A widely shared seasonality snapshot is making the rounds ahead of month-end: a Coinglass heat map of Bitcoin’s monthly returns, reposted by trader Daan Crypto Trades. The table spans 2013–2025 and shows November as the statistical outlier in Bitcoin’s calendar—both for eye-popping gains and for sharp drawdowns in certain years.
“November is Bitcoin’s best month based on historical performance. By far,” Daan wrote on X, pointing to an average November change of +46.02% across the dataset. That figure is visibly distorted by November 2013’s +449.35% surge, the single largest monthly move on the board. He added: “The average gain over all these months is +46.02%. But this is heavily skewed by a single monthly gain in November 2013. Bitcoin went up +449.35%!! that month.”
The raw counts back up the reputation without the hyperbole. Out of the 12 Novembers listed (2013–2024), 8 finished green—2013 (+449.35%), 2014 (+12.82%), 2015 (+19.27%), 2016 (+5.42%), 2017 (+53.48%), 2020 (+42.95%), 2023 (+8.81%), and 2024 (+37.29%)—while 4 were negative—2018 (-36.57%), 2019 (-17.27%), 2021 (-7.11%), and 2022 (-16.23%).
The median November change sits at +10.82%, a more conservative central tendency that dampens the 2013 effect. Excluding 2013 entirely, the simple average for November drops to roughly +9.35% across the remaining 11 years, underscoring how one month can skew mean-based seasonality.
Context from the broader table matters. November’s average is the highest of any month on Coinglass’s grid, ahead of October’s +20.30% average, while December shows a far more mixed profile with a +4.75% average but a -3.22% median—an imbalance consistent with outlier-driven months.
September, long maligned by traders, retains a negative average (-3.08%) over the full period. The 2024 row itself captures the push-and-pull of this cycle’s narrative: double-digit gains in February, March, May, October, and November, offset by meaningful drawdowns in April, June, and August, and a negative December print to close the year (-2.85%).
Daan’s framing extends beyond simple seasonality. “November & December is when the 2013, 2017 & 2021 cycles topped out. It’s also where the 2018 & 2022 cycles bottomed out,” he noted. That observation lines up with the historical inflection points most market participants remember: the late-2013 mania and subsequent crash, the December 2017 peak, the November 2021 all-time high, and the December 2018 and November 2022 washouts.
The Coinglass grid cannot timestamp intramonth highs or lows, but the clustering of major pivots into the final two months of the year is consistent with the market’s folklore and with the returns pattern that shows both exceptionally strong up months and some of the cycle’s most punishing down months in this window.
The practical takeaway—again in Daan’s words—is not categorical bullishness, but regime risk: “All in all, an eventful last 2 months of the year generally speaking. Whether it’s on the bullish or bearish side, volatility and big market pivots have been the theme into the end of the year.” The heat map supports that characterization.
November’s distribution spans the widest extremes on record—from +449.35% at the top to -36.57% on the downside—with a two-thirds hit rate for green months and a median gain in the low double digits. December, by contrast, has produced both cycle tops and cycle bottoms despite a modest average, a reminder that average and median statistics can obscure the path risk that defines Bitcoin’s fourth quarter.
Seasonality is not destiny, and the sample is limited. Still, the data-backed message is clear: as November approaches, Bitcoin’s historical pattern has been less about quiet trend continuation and more about variance—the kind that has marked both euphoric blow-offs and capitulation lows.
At press time, BTC traded at $114,487.
Crypto analyst CasiTrades has predicted that the XRP price could still crash to $1.4 in the final wave of this downtrend. This comes despite bullish catalysts such as the Fed rate cut, which could lift the altcoin to new highs.
In an X post, CasiTrades stated that exchanges are aligning toward their .618 retracements, with Binance showing a crash to between $1.35 and $1.46 for the XRP price. She noted that this next wave down would complete the macro Wave 2 correction, setting the stage for the next Wave 3 impulse that could send XRP toward $6.50 or $10.
This came as the analyst remarked that the XRP price was at a major decision point, with the price continuing to test the Wave 4 highs. She noted that this resistance is making another wave down a possibility. To invalidate the move down, CasiTrades stated that XRP needs to break and hold above $2.82 on Binance.
However, so far, the XRP price hasn’t done so, with CasiTrades noting that the price is still ranging between support and resistance. She explained that this leans toward this being a Wave 4, with the altcoin one final move lower before the next macro impulse. The analyst ruled out a V-shaped recovery, noting that price typically breaks through resistance immediately and decisively, which is not happening with the current price action.
She further remarked that the hesitation suggests that selling pressure isn’t fully exhausted for the XRP price. However, CasiTrades assured that the deeper support levels aren’t a reason to panic, as they are high conviction accumulation zones. Meanwhile, the analyst highlighted a discrepancy in the price action on different exchanges.
She noted that the XRP price on Binance wicked to $0.77 during the $19 billion liquidation event, while on Coinbase, XRP never reached its .618 retracement level. CasiTrades then reiterated that until $2.82 breaks, the price action favors one final wave down before the next major move up.
Crypto analyst Egrag Crypto has assured that the bull run isn’t over for the XRP price, despite predictions that the top may be in. He stated that as long as XRP holds above $2.20 and $1.97 as monthly closes, then there is no structural break. He also believes that the altcoin and other risk assets are about to “roar.”
Egrag Crypto noted that quantitative tightening is still active and that Fed rate cuts are just beginning. In line with this, he declared that the last leg up is still waiting to play out. He claimed that cycles don’t end when 50% of traders are cautious, but do when everyone is “drunk on euphoria.”
At the time of writing, the XRP price is trading at around $2.6, down in the last 24 hours, according to data from CoinMarketCap.
What to Know:
The Trump family has made another bold move in the corporate crypto world as the publicly listed treasury and mining firm American Bitcoin (ABTC) announced a 1,414 Bitcoin addition to its holdings.
That’s roughly $163M at current prices and brings $ABTC’s total stash to about 3,865 BTC – approximately $446M.
Backed by Donald Trump Jr and Eric Trump, American Bitcoin is the public-facing vehicle formed after a merger between Canadian miner Hut 8 Corp and Gryphon Digital Mining.
In a media release, American Bitcoin emphasized that its business model goes beyond simply buying $BTC; it also mines the cryptocurrency directly, which the company says gives it a cost advantage over peers that purely purchase from the market.
To drive the point home, ABTC relies on a metric called ‘Satoshis per share,’ or SPS. With 100M Satoshis per Bitcoin, ‘sats’ are the smallest unit of value in $BTC. By dividing the number of shares by the total number of sats in the Bitcoin it holds, ABTC can tell shareholders exactly how much $BTC their holdings represent.
Following the announcement, ABTC’s stock rose by more than 11% in a single session, as the news resonated with investors hungry for exposure to public company-level crypto strategies.
Bitcoin is up by around 4.7% in the past week, and sits just under $115K, near a two-week high.
ABTC forms part of the growing push for crypto treasuries, and signals confidence in Bitcoin’s near-term trajectory. That trajectory bodes well for key altcoins as well. Even as ABTC amasses Bitcoin, tokens like $HYPER, $PEPENODE, and $WLFI are emerging as the best altcoins to buy right now.Bitcoin Hyper ($HYPER) plans to introduce a next-gen Layer-2 ecosystem that will address Bitcoin’s biggest pain points – slow speeds, high costs, and smart-contract compatibility.
And the project will do this by merging Bitcoin’s monetary dominance with Solana’s high-performance virtual machine (SVM) environment.
The Hyper Layer-2 will use a Canonical Bridge architecture on the SVM that allows native $BTC to be minted, wrapped, and deployed across a fast, low-fee ecosystem. And with zero-knowledge proofs and final settlement on the original Bitcoin Layer-1, it will all be executed without compromising Bitcoin’s top-tier security model.
Bitcoin Hyper enables real-time payments, DeFi participation, and on-chain micro-transactions that unlock Bitcoin’s liquidity for practical utility.The project’s hybrid framework positions it as a natural upgrade to Bitcoin, capable of scaling transaction speeds from Bitcoin’s current seven transactions per second to multiple thousands, courtesy of the SVM. Meanwhile, its native token, $HYPER, will power validator staking, bridge operations, and ecosystem governance.
Discover more about this exciting Layer-2 project in our detailed Bitcoin Hyper review.
The combination of new utility and proven reliability bode well for $HYPER’s performance, which is why it’s no surprise that the Bitcoin Hyper surpassed the $25M milestone yesterday.
It’s also part of the reason our $HYPER price prediction shows that the token could potentially increase from its current price of $0.013185 to $0.08625 by the end of 2026 – for 554% gains. To get in now, check out our step-by-step guide to buying $HYPER.
Being a presale, though, its price rises in stages, while the staking APY decreases as more holders stake their tokens. With little over one day left before the next price increase – and staking APY currently at 47% – there’s no time like the present to join the presale at its early-bird price.
Ready to jump in? Visit the official Bitcoin Hyper presale website right away.
PepeNode ($PEPENODE) deploys an innovative ‘mine-to-earn’ infrastructure play that transforms how meme coin culture and the blockchain intersect.
With a virtual server-room model, you’ll be able to use your $PEPENODE tokens to buy mining rigs and nodes to outfit your server rooms. And the more nodes you have, the more $PEPENODE you’ll mine.
Rewards are also up for grabs courtesy of this gamified project – and they’re not limited to $PEPENODE. Rewards include other popular meme coins like $PEPE and $FARTCOIN.
This novel platform brings together the fun of blockchain gaming and the raw potential of meme coins. For PepeNode investors, mine-to-earn opens the door for several ways to earn from the project:
Discover how to buy PepeNode in our easy-to-follow guide.
Fancy being a virtual crypto miner? Head to the official $PEPENODE presale today.
World Liberty Financial ($WLFI) – like all Trump projects – is as politically charged as it is business-motivated. Launched in parallel with Donald Trump’s pro-crypto policies, World Liberty Financial includes the $WLFI token as well as stablecoins like $USD1.
$WLFI blends meme-coin energy with a treasury-backed investment protocol tied to the Trump movement’s populist narrative. Its mission is to empower holders through decentralized finance, tokenized assets, and a particular brand identity.
$WLFI recently gained viral traction after a White House-themed tweet referenced GameStop and crypto freedom and sent trading volume surging past $220M in a single day.
Currently trading at $0.1465, $WLFI is up by more than 14% in the past week, reflecting an appeal that lies partly in its growing ecosystem and partly in political mood affiliation.
Buy your $WLFI today through MEXC and other leading platforms.
To recap: American Bitcoin’s $163M bet on Bitcoin highlights just how much institutional corporate interest there is in the crypto space. Projects like $WLFI show how that interest bridges from corporate projects to leading altcoins, and $HYPER and $PEPENODE stand to benefit.Always do your own research; this isn’t financial advice.
Authored by Aaron Walker, NewsBTC – https://www.newsbtc.com/news/american-bitcoin-pumps-post-btc-buy-next-altcoins-to-soar
Strategy Inc., the company led by Michael Saylor that rebranded from MicroStrategy, was hit with a junk credit grade on Monday as S&P Global Ratings flagged its heavy concentration in Bitcoin and weak dollar liquidity.
According to S&P, the firm’s balance sheet is tied closely to the price of Bitcoin and carries risks that traditional ratings models find hard to treat as stable collateral.
Based on reports, Strategy’s Bitcoin stack is enormous — about 640,808 BTC on its books — worth roughly $73 billion to $74 billion at recent prices.
S&P said that while the company owns a large digital-asset hoard, the volatility of that asset and the company’s limited cash flow make it risky under S&P’s credit rules.
S&P assigned a B- issuer credit rating and kept the outlook stable. That B- places the company squarely in non-investment-grade territory, signaling a higher chance of stress if markets turn against it.
S&P Global Ratings has assigned Strategy Inc a ‘B-‘ Issuer Credit Rating (Outlook Stable) — the first-ever rating of a Bitcoin Treasury Company by a major credit rating agency. https://t.co/WLMkFqkkCb
— Michael Saylor (@saylor) October 27, 2025
Reports have disclosed that S&P was particularly concerned about a mismatch: most obligations are owed in US dollars, but most of the company’s value sits in Bitcoin. This gap can force the sale of Bitcoin to meet dollar payments if prices slide.
Analysts and commentators pointed to sizable convertible securities and preferred-stock commitments that add cash demands on the company. According to filings and market write-ups, the firm faces billions of dollars in convertible and preferred obligations spread over coming years.
Saylor and Strategy have made repeat purchases of Bitcoin as part of their stated plan. Those buys have created big unrealized gains on paper, but S&P’s methodology largely treats the token differently from traditional equity when measuring risk-adjusted capital.
S&P noted that, for now, Strategy still has access to capital markets, which is why its outlook is stable rather than immediately negative.
But the rating agency warned that a sharp drop in Bitcoin’s price or any sudden tightening of funding channels could trigger a further downgrade.
Market participants will watch funding costs, preferred dividend payments and convertible notes for signs of stress.
Investors reacted with mixed signals in early trading. Some buyers treated the downgrade as a formal recognition of a known risk, while others judged the move as a calibration that won’t stop Saylor’s accumulation strategy if markets stay calm.
Trading volume and price swings in both Strategy shares and Bitcoin may rise as traders reassess odds.
Featured image from Gemini, chart from TradingView
In a bid to dethrone Wikipedia, Elon Musk’s xAI has launched Grokipedia, an AI-generated online encyclopedia. With over 885,000 articles, xAI Grokipedia promises to deliver faster and more factual information.
According to recent reports, xAI, the company behind Elon Musk’s Grok platform, gave birth to a rival to the online knowledge powerhouse. The tech billionaire claims that the platform will be a “massive improvement over Wikipedia,” addressing it as a “woke” Wikipedia.
Tech billionaire Elon Musk launched xAI Grokipedia, an alternative to the uncontested titan, Wikipedia. Criticizing Wikipedia for harbouring “editorial bias” and “ideological narratives,” Musk intends to position his platform to provide fast, factual, and less biased information. In a September X post, Musk wrote,
“We are building Grokipedia @xAI. Will be a massive improvement over Wikipedia. Frankly, it is a necessary step towards the xAI goal of understanding the Universe.”
Despite initial technical hiccups, xAI Grokipedia went live at grokipedia.com on Monday. The platform, powered by Grok, aims to transform the way online knowledge is created and shared. After launching in the afternoon, the site experienced a brief outage due to high traffic, but was restored by the evening.
Notably, Grokipedia, the AI-powered online encyclopedia, boasts around 885,000 articles, a significant difference from Wikipedia’s vast repository of over 7 million articles in English alone. While Wikipedia has a more extensive collection, Grokipedia’s AI-driven approach enables faster updates and potentially more objective information.
Both platforms differ significantly in their approaches to content generation, editing access, and neutrality. Grokipedia uses an AI system in xAI’s Grok model to create and edit articles, using AI technology to update articles more quickly and with less potential bias than human editing allows. On the other hand, Wikipedia is entirely dependent on human volunteers to research, create, and edit entries.
While Grokipedia provides users the ability to submit feedback, the editing function is less available, whereas Wikipedia allows article editing and contributions from anyone.
According to Musk’s Twitter post, even in its early stage, Grokipedia is superior to Wikipedia; he noted that “version 0.1” is “better than Wikipedia,” promising that “Version 1.0 will be 10X better.”
Significantly, the xAI Grokipedia launch stems from Elon Musk’s long-standing criticism of Wikipedia. He believes that the latter is dominated by “far-left activists” and has an “extremely left-biased” editorial approach.
Musk has repeatedly expressed concerns about Wikipedia’s editorial bias, transparency, and potential manipulation of information. In a December 2019 post, he noted,
“Just looked at my wiki for 1st time in years. It’s insane!…Btw, can someone please delete ‘investor’. I do basically zero investing.”
Currently, many of the articles on the new platform appear to be derived from the existing online encyclopedia. But Musk aims to transition away from relying on Wikipedia’s content by the end of the year, leveraging xAI’s Grok model to generate articles instead. In his recent statement, reiterating the vision of xAI Grokipedia, the tech leader stated,
“The goal of Grok and Grokipedia is the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth. We will never be perfect, but we shall nonetheless strive towards that goal.”
To summarize, Grokipedia, an xAI initiative from Elon Musk, has launched with more than 885,000 articles and intends to compete with Wikipedia. Technical issues were apparent in the early experience, but the platform is billed as more regular and frequent, with quality articles produced faster.
Despite Grokipedia’s capacity to produce overwhelming amounts of information with an AI model, there are still considerable concerns about the potential for bias and whether it is factually correct. Moving forward, it will be interesting to see whether xAI can improve Grokipedia by balancing rapid updates with building reliability and trust with users; all attempts at launching in Version 1.0 are pointed to being ’10X better.’
Read More: Will Elon Musk’s xAI Grokipedia Replace Wikipedia?">Will Elon Musk’s xAI Grokipedia Replace Wikipedia?
XRP closed October with a mixed tape, yet the setup for November looks constructive. A repeatable price pattern, a genuine supply squeeze on exchanges, and a new institutional treasury building a billion dollar position all point to one thing: higher probability of topside tests.
A recent analysis mapped a close above 2.77 as the trigger that can open Fibonacci targets in the 2.75 to 3.00 area, with stretch room if momentum accelerates.
For search clarity and reader intent, the XRP price November discussion starts with levels. The first inflection is 2.77 on a daily close. Hold above that pivot and the classic 0.5 to 0.618 retracement zone lines up around 2.75 to 3.00, where sellers usually test the bid.
If liquidity thins and momentum runs hot, prior impulses have reached into the low 3s, which keeps 3.20 to 3.40 alive as a secondary path. The baseline case is more modest, but still positive, because the structure respects higher lows and a tightening range into that 2.77 gate.
The XRP price November story is not only technical. On chain flows set the tone. Data aggregators tracked one of the largest two day exchange outflow events on record around Oct. 19 to Oct. 20, with more than 2.6 billion XRP leaving centralized venues. Heavy withdrawals reduce near term sell supply and often precede relief rallies when bids reappear. The signal is not perfect, but combined with price holding support, it tilts odds toward upside follow-through.
New corporate demand shapes the XRP price November narrative as well. A Ripple-affiliated venture called Evernorth plans to become the largest publicly traded XRP treasury via a listing that aims to raise more than 1 billion dollars for accumulation.
The rationale is simple to understand and hard to ignore. A permanent buyer with a mandate to add on weakness can smooth drawdowns and intensify rallies. Reuters reported that the deal is expected to close in the first quarter of 2026, with strategic backers across crypto finance.
The team has been vocal in public.
“I am proud to share that we have launched Evernorth, a first of its kind institutional vehicle built to accelerate XRP adoption,” said CEO Asheesh Birla in a post on X, linking to the treasury’s introduction video. In a later update he added, “We are combining institutional discipline with on chain innovation to grow XRP per share and redefine what a digital asset treasury can be.”
Both messages underline a long horizon and an intent to keep accumulating.
Crypto market strategists have weighed in on flows across assets. “Inflows into altcoins seem to be confined to SOL and XRP at present,” wrote a leading European research head in a public thread, echoing a broader rotation into higher liquidity names while smaller tokens lag. Stronger breadth in these flows would further support the XRP price November case, but concentration in the leaders often comes first.
Good price calls do not rely on one data point. The XRP price November framework tracks several inputs. Exchange reserves trended lower into late October, consistent with those outflows. If reserves keep falling while open interest rises at a measured pace, price can pop on relatively small buy programs. If open interest spikes too quickly, unwinds can wash out gains.
Funding remains the real-time compass. Modest positive funding with rising spot volume is healthy. Aggressive positive funding without spot confirmation often precedes a shakeout. For short-term traders, derivative heat maps show a pocket of resting short-side liquidity just below the first resistance cluster, which can create a fast move if price rips through overhead levels.
Macro still matters. Digital asset products drew hefty weekly inflows in late October, a sign that investors continue to add exposure even after sharp swings. A sustained bid across the complex would support the XRP price November roadmap, especially if the pace of inflows persists as policy clarity improves. If flows stall, risk assets can slip back into chop.
Map three paths. In the base case, the XRP price November move respects the 2.77 trigger, grinds into 2.90 to 3.00, and consolidates while funding stays contained. In the bullish case, spot demand from treasuries and advisors aligns with falling exchange supply, extending the push toward 3.20 and possibly 3.40 if breadth improves.
In the risk case, a failed breakout below 2.77 meets a burst of positive funding and crowded longs, knocking price back toward the mid 2s. None of these paths require perfection. They require discipline about levels and respect for the data in front of the market.
Public voices will continue to influence tone. One high-profile trader on X said, “New all-time highs in November,” summarizing the current optimism in a single line. Whether that proves prescient or just enthusiastic color matters less than the sequence of daily closes and the behavior of flows. Long term holders look at the broader adoption arc and the entry of corporate treasuries. Short-term traders watch the gate at 2.77. Either way, the XRP price November discussion is now in the driver’s seat.
The market likes simple stories. The XRP price November story blends a familiar breakout pattern with tangible supply dynamics and a new corporate accumulator. It will not be a straight climb. It rarely is. But if price clears 2.77 and the outflows persist while institutional demand scales, higher prints are reasonable. If those conditions fade, the trade becomes range bound again. Clarity lives in the data. The next daily closes will tell the tale.
What is the key level to confirm momentum in November?
Analysts watch a daily close above 2.77 to validate upside targets in the 2.75 to 3.00 band derived from the 0.5 to 0.618 retracement.
Why do exchange outflows matter for price?
Large withdrawals reduce immediate sell supply. The Oct. 19 to Oct. 20 window saw more than 2.6 billion XRP leave exchanges, which historically improves the odds of relief rallies.
How does Evernorth influence market structure?
A dedicated treasury with a mandate to accumulate creates steady bid support. The initiative targets more than 1 billion dollars for XRP purchases as it prepares a public listing.
Are fund flows supportive into November?
Yes, late October showed sizeable inflows into digital asset products, which helps overall risk appetite if sustained.
Exchange reserve depletion
A trend where coins move from exchanges to self custody or treasuries, shrinking near term sell pressure and often tightening available liquidity for spot buyers.
Fibonacci retracement zone
A technical range, commonly the 0.5 to 0.618 band of a prior move, used to estimate probable resistance and profit taking zones after a rebound. In this case it aligns with 2.75 to 3.00.
Institutional crypto treasury
A publicly traded or regulated vehicle that accumulates a specific digital asset as a balance sheet holding, potentially buying on weakness and influencing market microstructure over time.
Derivative liquidation pocket
A cluster on heat maps where forced buy or sell orders may trigger if price touches certain levels, often accelerating moves and creating slippage in thin conditions.
Read More: XRP Price November Outlook: How High Can It Run">XRP Price November Outlook: How High Can It Run
This article was first published on The Bit Journal: Why did the MSTR stock price double despite being given a dismal S&P credit rating, and what does that say about the status of Bitcoin as a financial asset?
The world’s leading Bitcoin treasury firm, Strategy, saw its MSTR stock price double despite receiving a dismal S&P credit rating of B-. The firm maintained that Strategy’s weak liquidity and narrow focus could easily lead to its future collapse.
According to a post by Strategy on the social media platform X, S&P Global Ratings placed the Bitcoin treasury firm in speculative, non-investment-grade territory — aka “junk-bond” status — despite the outlook remaining stable. However, Strategy CEO Michael Saylor noted that his company was the first digital asset treasury to receive an S&P credit rating, which, he said, was a clear indication of the company’s ongoing success.
Despite the low rating, which indicates a lack of confidence, Strategy’s MSTR stock price turned positive, rising 2.27%, implying about 114% upside from Friday’s close and suggesting that investors had confidence in the firm’s long-term Bitcoin strategy. The special attention from investors at a time when the S&P credit rating took a dim view could serve as a milestone for the cryptocurrency industry.
The firm defended its decision to give a poor S&P credit rating, citing Strategy’s balance sheet as overwhelmingly tied to Bitcoin and stating that its low dollar liquidity and negative risk-adjusted capital outweighed strong access to prudent debt management and capital markets. S&P opines that the company’s structure creates an inherent currency mismatch: most assets are held in bitcoin, while debt and dividend obligations are denominated in U.S. dollars. Commenting on their report, the firm stated in their press release:
“We view Strategy’s high bitcoin concentration, narrow business focus, weak risk-adjusted capitalization, and low U.S. dollar liquidity as weaknesses.”
In reaction to the rating, Matthew Sigel, head of digital assets research at VanEck, posted on X saying:
“The company can service debt for now, but is vulnerable to shocks.”
However, crypto economics are known to live and die on community hype, and Strategy’s branding could be an “X factor” that the S&P credit rating may not have incorporated into its system. Even now, new digital asset treasury firms are still referred to as “MicroStrategies,” a nod to the original company’s outsized reputation. Also, the S&P credit rating may have overlooked that TradFi is increasingly integrated with the broader crypto industry.
Despite the firm’s dismal S&P credit rating, Strategy assigned it a stable outlook, citing its past success in maintaining access to capital markets and managing debt maturities. With the next major maturity date set for 2028, the Bitcoin treasury firm has room to improve, as long as Bitcoin’s price doesn’t collapse.
Strategy: A company that has a dual business model: it sells AI-powered enterprise analytics software, but its primary Strategy is to hold a large amount of Bitcoin on its balance sheet.
MSTR: MSTR is the stock ticker for Strategy Inc. (formerly MicroStrategy).
Bitcoin treasury firm: A publicly traded corporation that holds a significant amount of its corporate assets in Bitcoin as part of its treasury strategy.
Initially, the company focused on developing software for data mining and business intelligence. Currently, the firm’s Strategy involves leveraging its balance sheet to acquire BTC as a primary treasury reserve asset.
At their core, Bitcoin treasury companies are firms dedicated to accumulating a digital asset, regardless of whether that was the business’s original intent.
MicroStrategy raises capital through convertible notes to buy Bitcoin, which helps Bitcoin’s price rise as they buy a lot of it. The MSTR stock price rises as the value of their bitcoin assets increases, and with a higher stock price, Strategy can raise even more money and buy more bitcoin.
Read More: S&P Calls It Junk, Market Calls It Gold: Why MSTR Soars 114% With Bitcoin">S&P Calls It Junk, Market Calls It Gold: Why MSTR Soars 114% With Bitcoin
Ever wondered which cryptocurrency could redefine your portfolio in 2025? Investors are buzzing as MoonBull ($MOBU) takes center stage, promising unprecedented gains and a thrilling early-stage opportunity.
While XRP trades live at $2.64 with a daily volume of over $4.1 billion, and Polygon (previously MATIC) shows a live price today of $0.2043, crypto enthusiasts are racing to claim a stake in the next potential 1000x project. The excitement is palpable, and missing out on MoonBull ($MOBU) presale at its current stage could be a regret many won’t forget. MoonBull stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold, offering unmatched early-stage rewards. This article will cover the developments and updates of all three coins: MoonBull ($MOBU), XRP, and Polygon.
MoonBull ($MOBU) stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold, introducing a game-changing staking program at Stage 10 of the presale that offers holders an impressive 95% APY. Tokens can be staked anytime through the MoonBull dashboard, with rewards calculated daily, while a 2-month lock-in ensures structured growth without restricting flexibility. A dedicated pool of 14.6 billion $MOBU sustains the system, promoting stability, long-term engagement, and rewarding early believers for their commitment to the project.
With a total supply of 73.2 billion tokens, MoonBull’s 23-stage presale leverages strategic lock-ups, auto-liquidity, reflections, burns, and referral incentives. 50% fuels presale stages, 10% ensures liquidity, 20% supports staking, 11% powers referrals, 5% drives community incentives and burns, and 2% each secures influencers and team alignment. Unsold tokens will be burned, maximizing scarcity and rewarding early believers. MoonBull stands out as the next crypto to buy and hold.
The MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is live, and the frenzy is real. Currently in Stage 5, the price sits at $0.00006584, with a presale tally surpassing $500K and over 1,500 token holders. Stage 5 investors are enjoying an
ROI of 163.36%, with a total projected ROI from Stage 5 to the listing price at 9,256%. A $500 investment now would secure 7,594,167.68 tokens, potentially worth $46,780.07 at listing. Price increases are projected at 27.40% per stage until Stage 22 and 20.38% in Stage 23. Every passing moment without participation risks missing an explosive surge. The MoonBull presale is the gateway for early believers to secure massive rewards in the next crypto sensation. Don’t let this opportunity slip away.
The live XRP price today is $2.64, reflecting stability with a 24-hour trading volume of over $4.1 billion. Crypto price forecasts suggest XRP could maintain its bullish momentum in the short term, making it a strong candidate for investors looking for steady gains.
XRP’s price prediction highlights moderate growth potential, making it a reliable choice for portfolio diversification. For traders eyeing live prices and short-term fluctuations, XRP remains one of the most watched cryptos this week, offering insight into the broader market sentiment.
Polygon, previously known as MATIC, trades at a live price today of $0.2043 with a 24-hour trading volume of $110,140,007.52. Analysts’ crypto price predictions indicate a potential for incremental gains, supported by the network’s scalability solutions and increasing adoption.
The Polygon crypto price forecast positions Polygon as a practical option for investors seeking exposure to Ethereum layer two solutions. While gains may not match the explosive potential of meme coins, Polygon offers steady growth and reliable market presence, appealing to long-term crypto holders.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is shaping up as the most talked-about event in crypto this month. While XRP holds steady at $2.64 and Polygon trades at $0.2043, MoonBull’s 23-stage presale, staking rewards, and referral bonuses create an irresistible scenario for early investors. The project’s total supply and tokenomics are structured to reward believers while ensuring liquidity and market stability.
Investors eager to ride the next wave of crypto mania should act fast, as the MoonBull presale is gaining momentum rapidly. Don’t miss the chance to be part of a project where every token counts and massive gains await. MoonBull ($MOBU) is the next crypto to buy and hold. So, secure your stake now before it rockets.
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale offers early access with over 9,000% projected ROI, making it one of the best cryptos to buy now for early-stage investors seeking maximum rewards.
MoonBull’s structured presale stages, staking program, and referral bonuses make it a top crypto to invest in this week with high-profit potential.
Stage 5 participants in MoonBull ($MOBU) enjoy a projected ROI of 9,256%, ranking it among high-profit cryptos for early investors.
By joining the MoonBull presale, investors can secure tokens early and ride the next 1000x crypto wave before prices surge in the market.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale with 23 stages, staking, and referral incentives provides the best early-stage rewards for ambitious crypto enthusiasts.
Presale: Early phase of token sale offering discounted rates and exclusive rewards.
APY: Annual Percentage Yield, representing staking returns over a year.
Tokenomics: Structure of a cryptocurrency’s supply, distribution, and incentives.
ROI: Return on investment, measuring the potential gains from holding a token.
Liquidity Pool: Funds reserved to ensure smooth trading and reduce volatility
Summary
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is now live, capturing the attention of crypto enthusiasts worldwide. Spanning 23 stages, it offers early investors the chance to secure tokens at the lowest entry price while enjoying the potential for massive ROI. With an incredible 95% APY staking program and a well-structured tokenomics, MoonBull delivers both rewards and stability. While XRP trades at $2.64 and Polygon at $0.2043, MoonBull emerges as the next crypto to buy and hold, blending scarcity, community engagement, and explosive early-stage opportunities for maximum excitement and growth.
Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments carry risks. Always conduct independent research before investing in any project.
Read More: Top Crypto Updates – Is MoonBull Poised to Eclipse XRP and Polygon as the Next Crypto to Buy and Hold in 2025? ">Top Crypto Updates – Is MoonBull Poised to Eclipse XRP and Polygon as the Next Crypto to Buy and Hold in 2025?
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
BitMine Immersion Technologies has jumped into the top tier of institutional crypto treasuries with total crypto, cash and “moonshot” investments of $14.2 billion, anchored by a whopping 3,313,069 ETH position; seemingly the largest Ethereum treasury in the world.
Chairman Tom Lee has described the strategy as pursuing what the firm calls its “alchemy of 5%” of Ethereum’s total supply.
For BitMine Ethereum holdings, this means $ETH is no longer just a speculative token, but a corporate reserve asset.
BitMine’s recent announcement divulged that they now hold 3.31 million ETH tokens, or roughly 2.8% of Ethereum’s total supply.
The breakdown includes 192 BTC, $305 million in unencumbered cash, plus their “moonshot” investments, all totaling $14.2 billion.
Earlier in August, they reported 1.71 million ETH and crypto + cash assets of $8.8 billion.
BitMine’s ETH strategy started with a $250 million private placement announced on June 30 2025, specifically for ETH accumulation.
From there; they scaled fast and by July; they had over 300,000 ETH worth over $1 billion.
By early August, they had 833,137 ETH ($2.9 billion). By August 24th; they had 1.71 million ETH with $8.8 billion in assets.
BitMine’s move resonates with a trend in corporate treasuries where instead of just Bitcoin, Ethereum is becoming a reserve asset. By holding ETH as a core treasury holding, BitMine is signaling that they believe in ETH’s role in decentralized finance, staking, smart-contracts and tokenization.
Tom Lee drew a historical parallel, calling the ongoing evolution: “[The] end of Bretton Woods … as transformational to financial services in 2025 as ending Bretton Woods was 54 years ago.”
BitMine’s ETH accumulation has had effects. Their stock (BMNR) has gone up big time and is now one of the most traded stocks in the US with daily volumes in the billions.
Big investors like ARK Invest, Bill Miller III, Founders Fund (via Peter Thiel) and others are also reportedly behind the strategy.
For ETH markets, big public-treasury holders like BitMine set a new precedent: corporate accumulation, staking and ecosystem integration are part of how ETH is valued.
Going forward, market observers could monitor include how BitMine manages and deploys its ETH; whether it stakes, uses it for DeFi yield or holds it passively. The firm’s target of 5% of ETH supply is ambitious.
Also; how other companies respond; will more firms add ETH to their reserves? The whole ecosystem may change if BitMine Ethereum holdings becomes the corporate crypto strategy.
Finally; how this accumulation impacts ETH tokenomics, staking; supply concentration and market perceptions will make headlines.
Ethereum (ETH): a crypto-asset used for the Ethereum blockchain; for smart contracts; staking and DeFi.
Treasury holdings: assets held long-term by a company for reserve or strategic purposes; not for short-term speculation.
Staking: locking cryptocurrency to support blockchain operations; and earn rewards.
Tokenization: converting real-world assets or rights into digital tokens on a blockchain.
Circulating supply: total number of tokens available in the market; for a given cryptocurrency.
Private placement: issuing securities directly to a limited number of investors; often used to raise capital for strategic initiatives.
As of October 27, 2025; BitMine holds approximately 3,313,069 ETH.
$14.2 billion in crypto, cash and “moonshots.”
BitMine says its holdings are about 2.8% of the total ETH supply.
ARK Invest, Founders Fund (via Peter Thiel), Bill Miller III, Pantera Capital and Galaxy Digital.
The company’s internal target is 5% of the total ETH supply, its “5% alchemy” goal.
Read More: BitMine Becomes Ethereum’s Biggest Corporate Holder With 3.3 Million ETH in Reserves">BitMine Becomes Ethereum’s Biggest Corporate Holder With 3.3 Million ETH in Reserves
The crypto market is heating up fast as 2025 approaches, and investors are hunting for the Top cryptos with 100x potential before the next big rally. From powerful layer-one ecosystems to meme-driven legends, this lineup blends narrative, fundamentals, and adoption. Each coin on this list brings innovation, growing networks, and a loyal community base that could drive extraordinary gains. These are the projects analysts believe could deliver life-changing returns once momentum reignites across global crypto markets.
Amid this surge of opportunity, BullZilla ($BZIL) stands out as the apex meme beast roaring across Ethereum. It merges mathematical precision with cinematic storytelling, capturing investor attention everywhere. Alongside Avalanche’s speed, MoonBull’s fairness, and La Culex’s humor, the list also features giants like Hyperliquid, Cardano, Binance Coin, Stellar, and Sui. Together, they represent the Top cryptos with 100x potential that balance innovation, utility, and hype, ready to roar when the next bull cycle begins.
At Stage 8, BullZilla ($BZIL) trades near $0.0001924, with its Mutation Mechanism increasing price every 48 hours or each $100K raised. The Roar Burn Mechanism reduces supply, while The HODL Furnace yields a fiery 70% APY. With a listing target of $0.00527141, early believers eye over 2,600% ROI potential. This mix of mythic storytelling, deflationary mechanics, and Ethereum security cements BullZilla’s place among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, where math meets meme and belief meets blockchain.
BullZilla’s blueprint is pure conviction: Zilla DNA divides 50% presale, 20% staking, 20% vault, 5% burn, 5% team, all locked, transparent, and fair. The Zilla Launch Sequence extends through 2026, combining lore, liquidity, and trust. Its automatic stage-based price rises create structured FOMO. This is more than a meme coin, it’s an engineered ecosystem of narrative-driven growth. Among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, BullZilla roars the loudest.
When emotion fuses with engineering, legends are born. BullZilla’s investor appeal lies in certainty: price hikes are coded, burns are automatic, and staking yields are real. Its deflationary model tightens supply as the community grows stronger, transforming entertainment into equity. Each stage feels like a countdown to a historic launch, where conviction becomes currency. Early entrants are not just buyers, they’re believers fueling the loudest presale in crypto, where every roar signals rising value across Ethereum’s blue-fire ecosystem.
When in doubt, zoom out: the roar is just getting started!
BullZilla unites cinematic storytelling, automated burns, and high-yield staking under one Ethereum framework. It delivers emotional engagement plus tangible on-chain mechanics that strengthen value and community conviction across every presale stage.
Each completed lore chapter triggers a live token burn, permanently removing $BZIL from supply. This automatic deflation increases scarcity, creating continuous upward pressure on price while showcasing transparent blockchain activity.
Yes. BullZilla’s smart contract is audited, and its team is verified for transparency and investor safety. Built on Ethereum, it ensures trust, security, and credibility through open-source compliance and rigorous verification.
Avalanche ($AVAX) dominates blockchain innovation with near-instant finality, eco-efficient validation, and cross-chain interoperability. Its developer-friendly environment keeps attracting tokenized finance, NFT projects, and enterprise partnerships. Avalanche combines low fees with institutional scalability, making it ideal for real-world applications. As DeFi ecosystems and gaming platforms expand, AVAX remains a core infrastructure asset. Analysts continue ranking it among the Top cryptos with 100x potential for 2025 because it solves congestion, reduces costs, and delivers sustainability without sacrificing speed or security.
MoonBull ($MOBU) reshapes meme-coin fairness through its 23-stage structured presale model. By limiting whale influence and ensuring transparent pricing, it builds equitable access for retail investors. MoonBull’s Ethereum-based framework combines 2% liquidity, 2% reflections, and 1% burn for steady supply control. Staking launches later with a powerful APY, encouraging long-term holding. Its community-voting system and educational focus help differentiate it from speculative memes, cementing MoonBull’s status as one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential in the 2025 cycle.
Each presale stage has fixed pricing and duration, guaranteeing equal access. This transparent structure minimizes manipulation, ensuring fairness for every participant and rewarding conviction over timing.
MoonBull’s staking starts at Stage 10 with 95% APY, letting holders earn daily rewards while boosting ecosystem liquidity and strengthening long-term community engagement.
La Culex ($CULEX) is the upcoming viral swarm uniting humor and resilience. Modeled after mosquito persistence, it symbolizes unstoppable community energy. With its low-supply structure and high-engagement branding, Culex seeks to recreate the organic buzz that made Dogecoin legendary. Its marketing emphasizes participation and creativity over speculation, empowering holders to shape campaigns themselves. As it prepares for launch, analysts expect La Culex to inject fresh life into meme culture and secure a spot among the Top cryptos with 100x potential.
It symbolizes persistence and humor in crypto culture, rallying investors through collective energy and meme engagement, a swarm built for viral growth and strong community identity.
Official dates remain unannounced, but social leaks hint at a late-2025 debut. Early followers anticipate its community campaigns will mark one of the year’s most talked-about meme launches.
Hyperliquid ($HYPE) redefines on-chain trading by combining institutional-grade speed with DeFi freedom. Its transparent order books and low latency deliver centralized-exchange performance without custodial risks. As traders seek efficiency and security, Hyperliquid offers a next-generation experience for perpetual contracts and spot markets. Continuous volume growth and cross-chain support signal expanding demand. With on-chain derivatives set to boom, Hyperliquid is widely ranked among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, bridging professional liquidity and Web3 innovation.
Cardano ($ADA) continues to deliver scientific development and governance precision. Its Hydra scaling solution and peer-reviewed protocols maintain security while expanding throughput. Cardano’s focus on education, sustainability, and real-world deployments in Africa and Latin America sets it apart from competitors. With governance voting and DeFi growth accelerating, ADA demonstrates longevity and utility rather than speculative flashes. These qualities secure its ranking among the Top cryptos with 100x potential, where patient innovation consistently outperforms short-term hype.
Binance Coin ($BNB) remains the heartbeat of the largest crypto ecosystem, fueling exchange operations, DeFi apps, and payments. Its automatic burn program reduces circulating supply quarterly, driving long-term value. BNB’s integration across the Binance Smart Chain and global merchant platforms cements its relevance. With massive user adoption and utility spanning multiple industries, BNB stays resilient through market shifts. Its sustainable tokenomics and Web3 expansion keep it securely listed among the Top cryptos with 100x potential for the upcoming bull run.
Stellar ($XLM) bridges traditional finance and blockchain efficiency through affordable, instant cross-border payments. Its partnerships with financial institutions and government projects demonstrate mainstream utility beyond crypto trading. By focusing on financial inclusion and remittance innovation, Stellar proves blockchain can simplify global commerce. As regulators embrace tokenized money, XLM’s reputation for security and speed strengthens its appeal. Its consistent progress and real-world impact cement Stellar as one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential in the coming year.
Sui ($SUI) revolutionizes scalability through parallel transaction processing and object-based architecture. Designed by former Meta engineers, it delivers speed, security, and simplicity for NFTs, gaming, and DeFi. Its developer ecosystem grows rapidly thanks to easy smart-contract tools and low fees. Sui’s focus on user experience and real-time performance positions it to support mainstream apps on Web3. These technical advantages make Sui one of the Top cryptos with 100x potential, uniting scalability and accessibility for mass adoption.
From narrative brilliance to engineered scarcity, BullZilla stands as the apex of the meme-coin revival. Its automatic price escalations, 70% APY staking furnace, and Ethereum foundation merge entertainment with real investment strategy. Each stage strengthens conviction, creating a community that thrives on both story and sustainability. BullZilla isn’t merely a token; it’s an evolving ecosystem designed to reward belief and precision. With every roar and burn, the beast redefines what it means to hold conviction in crypto’s volatile arena.
While MoonBull champions fairness and La Culex delivers humor, BullZilla unites both elements into one dominant force. It’s mathematical precision wrapped in mythic storytelling, transforming meme culture into tangible wealth potential. Holders aren’t chasing hype, they’re fueling history. As Ethereum’s flames forge every transaction, BullZilla’s rise becomes inevitable. The future isn’t just bullish; it’s BullZilla-shaped, where belief meets blockchain, ROI meets narrative, and every stage becomes another chapter in crypto’s loudest, most legendary success story to date.
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
This article is for informational purposes only and not financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments involve substantial risk and volatility. Always perform independent research and consult a licensed financial professional before investing. Past results do not guarantee future performance.
Read More: Santa’s Secret List? Analysts Reveal the 6 Top Cryptos with 100x Potential Before Christmas Day">Santa’s Secret List? Analysts Reveal the 6 Top Cryptos with 100x Potential Before Christmas Day
XRP could become a potential go-to tool for FX hedging amid the growing need to hedge against FX fluctuations among corporate treasuries. For context, foreign exchange (FX) hedging is a practice that helps companies and investors manage the risks that come from currency fluctuations.
BlackRock CEO Larry Fink has continued to recommend exposure to Bitcoin and cryptocurrencies, calling them assets of fear. Fink appeared at the 9th edition of the Future Investment Initiative in Saudi Arabia and preached the virtues of Bitcoin ownership to one of the world's biggest investors.
The first U.S. spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) have officially begun trading.
Well-known Bitcoin leveraged trader James Wynn has now joined the XRP Army. He announced the move in a recent tweet, revealing his decision to invest a “significant portion” of his portfolio into XRP.
The move formalizes OpenAI’s ties with Microsoft, granting the tech giant long-term access to its AI models while locking in a $250 billion Azure commitment.
Bitcoin fluctuated wildly at the Wall Street open, with bulls pushing the price to $116,000 as opinions diverged over the next move in BTC.
With the right workflow, data feeds and prompts, ChatGPT can generate structured market summaries, flag risk clusters and support smarter decision-making.
BlackRock-backed tokenization company Securitize is going public via a $1.25 billion SPAC merger with a Cantor Fitzgerald affiliate to list on Nasdaq.
Truth Social wants to “democratize information” for its 6.3 million users with a social media prediction platform developed in collaboration with Crypto.com.
BlackRock was the only reason Bitcoin ETF investments didn’t turn negative in 2025, raising concerns for altcoin ETF performances without the asset manager.
Institutional crypto yield demands regulatory compliance, not just attractive returns. Market consolidation will separate compliant providers from speculators.
Milei’s LLA made a good showing in the midterm elections, but that doesn’t necessarily spell victory for the crypto industry.
As Pi Network prepares to align with ISO 20022 by November 2025, can it truly stand beside the XRP Ledger and the Stellar Network in cross-border finance?
Coinbase has completed more than 40 high-profile mergers and acquisitions, investing billions of dollars in promising cryptocurrency startups and unicorns.
As central banks ramp up their gold buying, BlackRock CEO Larry Fink referred to crypto and gold as the “assets of fear.”
Circle’s new Arc blockchain testnet launches with participation from more than 100 institutions, including BlackRock, Goldman Sachs, Visa and Mastercard.
The GRASS price is under heavy pressure as the market braces for a massive GRASS token unlock event.
With 181 million new tokens — worth more than $80 million — set to flood the market today at 1:30 PM UTC, investors are watching closely to see whether this move signals a deeper downturn or a short-lived shakeout before recovery.
Built on Solana, the Grass network powers a decentralised data infrastructure where users share idle bandwidth to support AI and web-scraping applications.
But despite its strong fundamentals, the latest unlock threatens to overshadow its long-term potential with short-term volatility.
Over the past 24 hours, the GRASS price has fallen by 2.9% to trade near $0.41, underperforming the broader crypto market, which slipped only 0.56%.
The token is now down more than 50% in the past 30 days, reflecting rising investor anxiety ahead of the unlock.
Notably, the upcoming token release will increase the circulating supply by nearly 58%, from 243 million to roughly 424 million tokens.
This surge in available coins raises significant dilution concerns, particularly in a market already grappling with low liquidity.
Unfortunately, data shows that trading volume has dropped by more than 25% over the past week, suggesting thin demand to absorb the incoming supply.
Historically, token unlocks of this magnitude have triggered immediate price declines of 10–30% or more, as early investors and contributors take profits.
GRASS’s decline of nearly 50% over the last month fits that trend, reinforcing the perception that the market has been pricing in the unlock for weeks.
Earlier this month, Grass secured a $10 million funding round led by Polychain Capital and Tribe Capital to expand its decentralised AI data network.
The investment validated the project’s DePIN model and its 8.5 million active users, but market reaction was subdued.
Instead of fueling a rally, the news coincided with a 6% drop in GRASS’s value as investors focused on the looming unlock.
Part of the concern stems from the nature of the funding, which included token allocations that may add to near-term selling pressure.
As a result, even fundamentally positive developments are being viewed through a bearish lens, with traders preferring to stay on the sidelines until the post-unlock price action stabilises.
Technically, GRASS remains in a pronounced downtrend.
The token trades below all major moving averages, with its 7-day SMA near $0.4266 and 30-day SMA at $0.6243.
Momentum indicators confirm weakness — RSI sits around 35, signalling oversold conditions, while MACD is attempting a modest bullish crossover.
Chart patterns point to a large descending triangle formation, with GRASS hovering close to its lower boundary.
The next major support lies at $0.3126, marking the 2024 low, while resistance is seen near $0.4694 and more prominently at $0.9 — the key point of control (POC) on the Volume Profile indicator.
A breakout above this zone could mark the beginning of a recovery phase, but until volume returns, upside potential remains limited.
Interestingly, Bitcoin’s strength over the weekend triggered a brief wave of optimism, sending GRASS higher on a large green volume candle.
However, follow-through buying has been muted, suggesting that traders are still cautious ahead of the unlock.
The immediate aftermath of the GRASS token unlock will determine whether this event deepens the sell-off or serves as a reset for future growth.
If selling pressure spikes, GRASS could test new lows below $0.31.
However, if buyers absorb the new supply and RSI begins to recover, a short-term rebound toward resistance near $0.47 may follow.
While GRASS’ fundamentals, anchored in decentralised AI data infrastructure, remain solid, the market’s focus is squarely on supply dynamics and investor sentiment for now.
As the flood of tokens hits exchanges, GRASS will need a compelling proof of demand to convince traders that the worst is behind it.
The post GRASS price analysis as 181M tokens, 72.40% of supply, get unlocked appeared first on CoinJournal.
KERNEL, the native token of restaking protocol KernelDAO, spiked more than 25% to hit highs of $0.23 early Tuesday.
While bulls are battling to hold onto the gains, the uptick saw the token rank among the top performers across the crypto market.
Given overall crypto sentiment, could Upbit listing help KERNEL price extend its upward momentum amid interest in restaking protocols?
As noted, the catalyst for KERNEL’s vertical price ascent today is likely trader reaction to Upbit’s announcement.
On October 28, 2025, the leading South Korean crypto exchange confirmed the token’s listing on its KRW market, adding support for trading on the Ethereum network.
The listing ignited immediate buying pressure, with KernelDAO daily volume spiking as bulls propelled KERNEL from lows of $0.16 to an intraday peak of $0.23 as of writing.
Notably, daily volume stood at over $316 million, up a staggering 1,540% in the past 24 hours.
With gains of over 20%, KERNEL ranked among the few top altcoins with double digit price movements on the day.
KernelDAO price hovered in the list of top gainers alongside Hedera’s HBAR, Pump.fun’s PUMP and Bittensor’s TAO tokens.
KernelDAO is a leading restaking protocol behind a $1.7 billion total value locked ecosystem.
The YZi Labs-backed project is live across top blockchains, including Ethereum and BNB Chain.
Notably, it boasts key products like Kernel, Kelp, Gain, and Kred, a recently introduced product focused on real-world assets.
Upbit’s listing is the latest in bullish support for the KERNEL token, with the South Korean crypto exchange known for its active trading community.
The listing not only boosts KERNEL’s visibility but also taps into fresh liquidity pools.
KernelDAO is a restaking infrastructure platform that provides a range of staking-related services.
It enables restaking on the BNB Chain, supports BNB Liquid Restaking Tokens (LRTs), and offers Bitcoin (BTC) restaking opportunities.
In addition, the project operates an Ethereum-based restaking protocol that runs directly on the Ethereum network.
This system includes a vault-style smart contract designed to manage staked ETH, rsETH, and liquid staking token (LST) assets.
The platform’s native KERNEL token serves multiple purposes, including governance, restaking, and slashing insurance within the ecosystem.
KERNEL price reached an all-time high of $0.46 in April 2025, and while it dropped to lows of $0.09 in June, it has recovered by more than 115% since.
Current prices around $0.19 means bulls are about 57% off the all-time peak.
As the broader cryptocurrency market rebounds amid various catalysts, including renewed institutional interest, regulatory clarity in key regions, and macroeconomic shifts favoring risk assets, KernelDAO looks set to benefit.
DeFiLlama shows the protocol’s total value locked (TVL) has pumped to over $1.7 billion.
As such, gains across the restaking sector could add further fuel to KernelDAO’s ecosystem.
Targets on the upside include the ATH and a breakout above $0.50.
On the downside, buyers need robust activity around $0.18 and $0.16.
The post KERNEL price goes vertical on Upbit listing, hits $0.23 appeared first on CoinJournal.
Router Protocol is entering a decisive phase as two major developments converge: the token migration completes with an airdrop for unmigrated balances, and the Router App — powered by the project’s Open Graph Architecture — has gone live.
These events could reshape liquidity, user flows, and market sentiment for the ROUTE token.
Router Protocol confirmed that unmigrated ROUTE tokens on the legacy Router Chain will be distributed to eligible Ethereum wallets via an airdrop on October 28, 2025.
The team published the eligible-wallet list and framed the distribution as the final step in consolidating the token on Ethereum.
ROUTE Migration Update
As part of moving all ROUTE tokens from Router Chain → Ethereum, the below addresses have unmigrated tokens and hence will receive their tokens via airdrop on Ethereum chain.
Airdrop Date: Monday, October 28
Eligible Wallet List: https://t.co/V1WyUqAgEF… https://t.co/3xN9SH6fSl— Router Protocol (@routerprotocol) October 23, 2025
Market participants typically react to migration completions in two ways: some see it as a trust-building milestone that simplifies token management and encourages broader exchange support, while others treat airdrops as near-term sell pressure events when recipients liquidate allocations.
That tension — immediate selling versus longer-term confidence — is why observers expect heightened volatility around the airdrop date.
The migration also follows a larger strategic pivot by the project away from maintaining an independent L1 towards providing cross-chain infra via OGA.
The sunset of Router Chain and consolidation on Ethereum removes fragmentation and ends on-chain inflation tied to validator rewards, according to community commentary.
On August 28, the team launched the Router App, a cross-chain swapping interface built on Open Graph Architecture.
The App aggregates bridges and DEX liquidity across EVM and non-EVM chains, promising smarter routing and the ability to split and reassemble trades in real time.
The announcement positions Router App as the consumer-facing layer of a broader routing standard.
Technically, the Router App’s value proposition is twofold: it offers immediate utility by improving swap efficiency across many chains, and it signals a productization of Router Protocol’s core infra, which may attract both retail users and protocol integrators.
Early adoption metrics, and whether users move meaningful TVL into the App, will matter for price and perception.
As Router Protocol completes its migration and launches the Router App, analysts and traders are closely watching the ROUTE price for confirmation of a possible breakout.
The token has already shown early signs of strength, maintaining steady gains in recent weeks as attention builds around these milestones.
At press time, ROUTE traded at $0.004541, up 11.7% in 24 hours after hitting a low of $0.003865.
Crypto analyst Chetan has been among the most vocal, noting that ROUTE remains up over 70% since his initial call and is now breaking above a key trend line that has held since November 2024.
Chetan suggests that if the breakout sustains, ROUTE could climb to a minimum target between $0.033 and $0.039, with a maximum upside around $0.10–$0.11.
Chetan frames the setup as a high-risk, high-reward scenario — roughly 50% downside risk versus 5x to 15x potential reward — but stresses the need for patience, saying he’s watching how the quarterly candle closes before adding more.
$ROUTE still up 70% since the buy…. and nearly 2x since its lows…
and now breaking out first time from its November 2024 trend-line….
if the breakout happens then its a possible sign for continuation to 0.033$ – 0.039$ minimum…
maximum it can go for 0.10$ – 0.11$…… https://t.co/7s3Rgy2YRk pic.twitter.com/Wsw9Ts46Hv
— Chetan (@chetangurjar642) September 28, 2025
At the same time, community member Jel has expressed renewed optimism, calling the potential “comeback of $ROUTE” “yuge”, reflecting growing bullish sentiment among long-term supporters.
Jel’s remarks echoed those of Ram from Router Protocol’s core team, who emphasised that the migration marks a fundamental reset for the ecosystem — validator rewards are ending, inflation is dropping to zero, and ROUTE is consolidating fully on Ethereum via Nitro.
Ram also noted that with consolidation complete, centralised exchanges are expected to fully support ROUTE on Ethereum, which could strengthen liquidity and accessibility.
The majority believe that completing the migration and delivering a live, functional cross-chain product could help the token rebuild credibility and attract more trading activity.
However, many warn that immediate volatility is likely after the airdrop as some recipients may take profits.
But if momentum continues alongside growing Router App adoption and Ethereum-based liquidity, the token could confirm its recovery narrative and extend its move higher.
The post Router Protocol price breakout as migration airdrop and Router App launch goes live appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Which Crypto to Buy Today for Long-Term Gains? A Utility Token Targeting $3 Post Listing appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Investors in the crypto market are always searching for the next big crypto that brings both innovation and stability. In 2025, one project is drawing serious attention for its blend of real-world use and long-term potential — Mutuum Finance (MUTM). Built as a decentralized lending protocol, it is developing a foundation that promises steady demand, active rewards, and transparent governance. Analysts tracking its presale growth already project a climb toward $3 post-listing, placing it among the most anticipated entries in upcoming crypto charts.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is now in Phase 6 of its presale, offering tokens at $0.035. Out of the 170 million tokens allocated for this round, most are already sold. The project has attracted more than 17,500 holders and raised around $18 million across all phases. The next phase will raise the price to $0.040, marking a 15% step-up as the presale progresses toward the final price of $0.06.
The total supply of 4 billion tokens is carefully distributed across 11 phases, allowing gradual onboarding before listings begin. With this structured release, investors get clear visibility into the project’s growth timeline and capital distribution.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) will introduce a dual-layer lending system that blends automation with flexibility. The Peer-to-Contract model will connect borrowers and lenders instantly through smart liquidity pools. Meanwhile, the Peer-to-Peer system will allow direct lending agreements for those seeking custom terms and higher control.
As per projects team on X, its first protocol rollout is scheduled for the Sepolia Testnet in late 2025. This version will feature mtTokens, Debt Tokens, and an automated Liquidator Bot, supporting ETH and USDT pairs for lending/borrowing and collateral activities. These modules will lay the groundwork for Mutuum’s future ecosystem, bringing real lending activity into decentralized finance.
One of Mutuum Finance (MUTM)’s biggest upcoming features will be its decentralized stablecoin. Designed to maintain a steady $1 peg, it will be created only when users borrow against approved collateral like ETH. When loans are repaid or liquidated, the stablecoin will automatically be burned, maintaining balance in the system.
This stablecoin will not depend on speculation but on actual borrowing and repayment activity, forming a consistent cycle of demand. Each approved issuer will have a capped limit, ensuring borrowing activity remains controlled. Governance will regulate interest rates to keep the peg close to $1 — lowering rates when the price moves above and raising them when it drops below. Arbitrage traders will help maintain that balance through natural market movements.
This cycle of borrowing, minting, and repaying will keep liquidity circulating within the ecosystem. It will also generate continuous protocol revenue that connects directly to MUTM’s reward system. As revenue builds, the platform will use it to buy back MUTM from the open market and distribute rewards to mtToken stakers. This mechanism will drive long-term token engagement, making the system self-sustaining and community-powered.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) will also integrate Chainlink data feeds to ensure fair and accurate pricing for assets. These oracles will track asset values in real time, preventing manipulation and inaccurate liquidations. Backup oracles and on-chain price metrics will further secure the process, allowing investors to trust the platform’s reliability. Such transparency will attract larger lenders and DeFi treasuries looking for predictable outcomes. The growth in total value locked and transaction activity will expand protocol earnings — which, in turn, will strengthen demand for MUTM.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) has already completed a comprehensive CertiK audit. The review included manual testing and static analysis, producing a Token Scan Score of 90.00 and a Skynet Score of 79.00. The audit, first requested in February 2025 and updated in May 2025, reinforces the team’s commitment to safety and clarity.
To complement that, the project has introduced a $50,000 USDT Bug Bounty Program that rewards community members who identify vulnerabilities. Critical findings earn up to $2,000, while smaller discoveries receive tiered rewards. This open structure keeps security continuous and transparent.
Market experts analyzing crypto charts compare Mutuum Finance (MUTM)’s early-stage setup to top lending platforms like Aave and MakerDAO during their initial years. One senior analyst who previously forecast XRP’s breakout in 2017 now projects MUTM to reach $3 by mid-2026 — representing an 85x return from the current $0.035 presale price and a 50x rise from the final presale stage.
This projection is built on real mechanics rather than speculation. As the platform’s stablecoin gains adoption, loan activity increases, and buybacks distribute more MUTM to stakers, demand for the token will keep rising. That cycle of participation, revenue, and reinvestment defines Mutuum Finance (MUTM)’s growth path.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is emerging as one of the most promising defi projects of 2025. Its model combines a lending framework, stablecoin system, and on-chain rewards in one unified ecosystem. With over 17,500 holders already on board and Phase 6 nearing completion, the presale offers a final low-cost entry before the next price move.
For investors searching for the next big crypto with genuine utility and long-term growth, Mutuum Finance (MUTM) stands out. It blends the best of decentralized credit, staking rewards, and stable liquidity. As the platform moves toward its Testnet launch and eventual listings, the current $0.035 stage marks a rare opportunity — one that forward-looking investors are treating as a timely entry into a project built for the future.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
Website: https://www.mutuum.com
Linktree: https://linktr.ee/mutuumfinance
The post Pleasing International Launches RWA Platform “Pleasing Golden,” Introducing Tokenized Gold (PGOLD) and Synthetic Dollar (PUSD) appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Pleasing International, a licensed precious-metals enterprise based in Hong Kong, is working with LayerZero and Chainlink to launch Pleasing Golden, an RWA platform redefining how precious metals are traded, invested, and settled on-chain.
Starting with deployments on Arbitrum and ApeChain, Pleasing Golden bridges traditional commodities with blockchain technology, creating a transparent, efficient, and inclusive market for both institutional and retail participants.
Pleasing Golden’s vision is to make gold ownership open, liquid, and collaborative. Through tokenization and a suite of liquidity-sharing programs—including DeFi liquidity leasing and Tokenization-as-a-Service—the brand transforms slow, closed markets into dynamic, programmable assets that can circulate instantly among builders, traders, and holders.
For years, Pleasing International has been a cornerstone of Asia’s physical gold market. Now, through Pleasing Golden, that expertise moves on-chain—delivering institutional-grade metals trading with real-time transparency, shared liquidity, and community participation accessible to anyone, anywhere.
PGOLD is the flagship token of Pleasing Golden, each representing one troy ounce of LBMA-certified physical gold. Since 2023, Pleasing International has built an integrated ecosystem of vaulting, refining, logistics, and distribution, partnering with leading operators across the APAC region.
Unlike traditional gold-backed products, PGOLD brings physical ownership on-chain, powered by LayerZero’s omnichain framework for cross-chain interoperability. Holders can acquire PGOLD through a Chainlink-powered spot market (public launch in late Q4) or by trading directly on decentralized exchanges.
Each PGOLD token provides verifiable ownership of real gold while enabling holders to share in:
The instant settlement between PGOLD and PUSD lets users switch seamlessly between gold and dollar exposure—eliminating traditional delays and unlocking real-time capital efficiency across global markets.
While most gold-backed tokens originate in Western markets, global demand for physical gold is increasingly shifting east. A major opportunity lies in creating a compliant and efficient gold-token bridge between Asia and the Middle East—the world’s two most active bullion centers.
Headquartered in Hong Kong and connected through established networks across Dubai and the broader APAC region, Pleasing Golden sits at the heart of this emerging Gold Corridor. PGOLD is designed to power this next era of digitized real-world gold through:
By connecting regulated bullion markets with blockchain networks, PGOLD transforms gold—long seen as a static, siloed asset—into a globally programmable store of value for institutional finance and the next generation of digital-native users.
PUSD is Pleasing Golden’s synthetic stablecoin connecting on-chain liquidity with the physical gold ecosystem. Backed by a hybrid reserve of USDT collateral and tokenized metal exposure, PUSD enables real-time financing and settlement throughout the network.
The model connects:
The PGOLD
PUSD loop allows 24/7 convertibility, enabling instant movement between stable and metal-backed value—reducing settlement times from days to seconds. PUSD is fully redeemable for USDT at any time, ensuring stability and flexibility while maintaining a direct bridge between blockchain liquidity and real-world assets.
Together, PGOLD and PUSD form a real-time financial rail where gold and dollar liquidity coexist—powering a new cross-regional economy spanning Asia and the Middle East.
With Pleasing Golden, Pleasing International evolves from a traditional metals leader into a Web3 innovator shaping the future of real-world assets. By combining trusted infrastructure with decentralized technology, the company enables anyone to trade, invest, and earn from gold—anytime, anywhere.
The synergy between PGOLD and PUSD delivers what legacy systems never could: instant settlement, shared liquidity, and borderless participation in real value.
Pleasing Golden is an RWA platform that transforms precious metals into liquid, yield-generating tokens accessible to anyone, anywhere.
The post SUI Price Prediction 2025: Can the Symmetrical Triangle Spark Another 900% Rally? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The year is about to close in the next two months, which has piqued the curiosity of market participants for a much-missed altcoin rally. As a reason SUI price prediction 2025 narrative is in trend. The SUI is among the top coins that have previously displayed massive gains and have the capability to achieve similar or higher gains again.
Looking at SUI specifically, then its price action is entering a decisive stage as the asset consolidates within a broad symmetrical triangle after a historic rally in late 2024. With ecosystem metrics booming and on-chain activity reaching record highs, the coming months could determine whether SUI crypto reclaims its previous all-time highs.
The second half of 2024 was nothing short of extraordinary for the SUI price, as it skyrocketed over 950% from $0.49 to an all-time high of $5.32. However, 2025 presented a different story. Following the euphoric rally, the SUI price chart displayed movements confined within a multi-month symmetrical triangle, indicating mounting accumulation.
As the trading range narrows, it reflects growing optimism and strengthened network fundamentals. Such consolidation phases often precede significant moves.
Currently, the $2 support level acts as the key area to watch. A breakdown below this threshold could open doors to a deeper correction toward $0.49, while holding this zone keeps bullish hopes alive.
Despite the choppy SUI price USD action, the project’s fundamentals remain remarkably strong. On-chain data shows the SUI crypto ecosystem continues to thrive. The network recently achieved an all-time high of 225 million total accounts, a clear sign of rising engagement and user participation.
Even more impressive, October 28th witnessed 923,966 new accounts created in a single day, showcasing rapid adoption momentum. This consistent expansion in network activity underlines investor confidence and reinforces the long-term viability of SUI’s ecosystem.
Additionally, SUI’s Total Value Locked (TVL) stands firm at around $1.89 billion, after touching an ATH of $2.62 billion earlier in October.
Another key aspect of the current SUI price analysis is the notable uptick in stablecoin inflows in october. The stablecoin market cap surged from a dip around $560 million to $1.15 billion at the time of writing. This is reflecting increasing liquidity and ecosystem utility.
Rising stablecoin activity often signals deeper adoption, as users engage more with decentralized applications, yield protocols, and staking opportunities.
This gradual yet firm rise in stablecoin dominance reflects investor confidence in the network’s resilience, suggesting that the groundwork for the next bullish phase may already be underway.
The SUI price prediction 2025 framework points to a decisive few months ahead. If aggressive buying emerges, a breakout from the symmetrical triangle could send prices surging back toward $5.32 before the year closes, possibly forming strong Marubozu candles on the SUI price chart.
However, a more gradual buildup could delay the explosive move to the first half of 2026, allowing the asset to consolidate between its triangle borders. Either way, the tightening pattern and strong on-chain foundation make SUI crypto one of the most intriguing assets to watch in the DeFi landscape.
The post Sui Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: SUI Price To Hit $5 Soon? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
SUI, a next-gen Layer-1 blockchain, is rapidly gaining traction with its focus on scalability, seamless user experience, and Web3 integration via ZkLogin. Sui has quickly gained a strong position in the crypto market. Recently, Grayscale expanded its focus on the Sui ecosystem by launching two new trusts, DeepBook and Walrus. These products give accredited investors direct exposure to tokens within Sui’s DeFi ecosystem.
After a terrifying run due to token unlocks and broader market turmoil. Sui has made an impressive comeback on its price chart and is now changing hands at $2.63, which is 1.48% higher than its previous day’s value.
The price of 1 Sui token could surge to a maximum of $3.42 by the end of November 2025.
| Cryptocurrency | Sui |
| Token | SUI |
| Price | $2.6209
 0.64%
|
| Market Cap | $ 9,502,862,312.82 |
| 24h Volume | $ 855,506,915.1753 |
| Circulating Supply | 3,625,742,933.0756 |
| Total Supply | 10,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 5.3519 on 06 January 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.3643 on 19 October 2023 |
Sui is trading near $2.63 after a sharp breakdown below both the middle and lower Bollinger Bands. Technicals indicate:
Key Support: $2.3550 (recent wick low), $2.70 zone (current price reaction)
Resistance: $2.8012 (middle Bollinger Band), $3.3322 (20-day SMA), $3.8631 (upper Bollinger Band)
Indicators: RSI at 31.25 signals oversold conditions, with a steep downward slope showing strong bearish momentum.
Sui is likely to remain volatile in November 2025 amid recent bearish momentum and oversold RSI readings. Expected price range: potential low near $2.115, average around $2.91, and possible high at $3.42 if buyers return. Unless a reversal occurs, price action may struggle above $3.00, with ongoing downside risks in the near term.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $2.115 | $2.91 | $3.42 |
ETF interest is also rising. The SEC moved forward with Canary Capital’s proposal, while 21Shares is also under review. Though decisions are delayed until January 2026, the ongoing discussions could heat up if the U.S. takes a crypto-friendly regulatory path.
Sui Network plans a $320 million token unlock by the end of 2025. The forecast of this altcoin for 2025 suggests a new all-time high with a potential high of $7.01, assuming the bullish sentiment sustains. However, with a short correction, it may reach a potential low of $3.84, making an average of $5.42.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.84 | $5.42 | $7.01 |
Also, read our Solana Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 5.16 | 7.21 | 9.26 |
| 2027 | 6.39 | 9.16 | 11.94 |
The SUI coin token projection for the year 2026 could range between $5.16 to $9.26, and the average price of the altcoin could be around $7.21.
SUI crypto price for the year 2027 could range between $6.39 to $11.94, and the average price of this crypto token could be around $9.16.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 7.98 | 12.68 | 15.38 |
| 2029 | 9.47 | 14.58 | 19.69 |
| 2030 | 12.63 | 18.20 | 23.77 |
Sui project can make a potential high of $7.98 in 2027, with a potential low of $15.38, leading to an average price of $12.68.
The forecast of this token for the year 2029 could range between $9.47 to $19.69, and the average coin price could be around $14.58.
With an established position in the market, altcoins’ potential high for 2030 is projected to be $23.77. On the flip side, a potential low of $12.63 will result in an average price of $18.20.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the altcoin, here are the possible Sui price targets for the longer time frames.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 16.38 | 23.09 | 29.81 |
| 2032 | 21.27 | 29.81 | 38.35 |
| 2033 | 28.09 | 38.92 | 49.76 |
| 2040 | 82.45 | 130.64 | 178.84 |
| 2050 | 496.64 | 802.18 | 1,107.73 |
Check out, Avalanche Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Wallet Investor | $8.38 | $11.84 | – |
| PricePrediction.net | $1.64 | $2.41 | $10.83 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $11.49 | $16.35 | $34.39 |
| VanEck | $16 | – | – |
Coinpedia’s price prediction for SUI is highly bullish as the price is displaying a constant uptrend. This suggests that the price may reach new swing highs during the upcoming time.
With the ongoing Sui crypto update, the price is predicted to be a high of $7.01, with an average price of $5.42.
CoinPedia expects the Price to reach $7.01 by the year-end.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.84 | $5.42 | $7.01 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Yes, the SUI blockchain is one of the most prominent projects and is projected to gain significant value in the coming time.
With a bullish surge, the altcoin may hit a high of $7.01 this year.
Considering the Sui long-term price prediction, it may reach a high of $23.77 by 2030.
With the rising popularity of the Sui token, this project may achieve the $23.77 mark by 2030.
The Sui project is targeted to conclude the year 2028 with a trading price of $15.38.
With active development on the SUI coin exchange, this crypto token is predicted to outperform some major cryptocurrencies in the coming years.
As per our latest Sui price analysis, the SUI could reach a maximum price of $178.84.
By 2050, a single SUI price could go as high as $1,107.73.
The post Securitize to Go Public in $1.25B Cantor Fitzgerald Deal: A First for Tokenization! appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Securitize, a leading platform for tokenizing real-world assets, is set to go public through a merger with Cantor Equity Partners II (CEPT), a SPAC backed by Cantor Fitzgerald, at a $1.25 billion valuation.
The move will make Securitize the first public company focused entirely on tokenized securities, marking a major step forward for the growing tokenization industry.
Once the deal is complete, the combined company will trade on Nasdaq under the ticker “SECZ.”
Existing investors – including ARK Invest, BlackRock, Blockchain Capital, Hamilton Lane, Jump Crypto, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, and Tradeweb Markets – will roll over 100% of their shares into the new entity.
No one is cashing out, which is a clear sign of long-term confidence in the company’s future.
The merger could bring in around $469 million in gross proceeds. That includes $225 million from a fully committed PIPE led by top institutional investors such as Arche, Borderless Capital, Hanwha Investment & Securities, InterVest, and ParaFi Capital, along with $244 million from CEPT’s trust account, assuming no redemptions.
“This is a defining moment for Securitize and for the future of finance,” said Carlos Domingo, Co-Founder and CEO of Securitize. “We founded this company with a mission to democratize capital markets by making them more accessible, transparent, and efficient through tokenization.”
The news are out! @Securitize has filed to go public in Nasdaq via a merger with Cantor Equity Partners II lead by @Brandonlutnick at a $1.25B valuation
— Carlos Domingo (@carlosdomingo) October 28, 2025
In a first for the finance industry, Securitize plans to tokenize its own equity, showing how a public company’s shares can exist and trade onchain.
Brandon Lutnick, Chairman and CEO of Cantor Fitzgerald, called blockchain “a foundational force in the next era of capital markets,” highlighting growing institutional belief in tokenization as the next big step in finance.
Securitize’s technology integrates with 15 blockchains. The company sees itself playing a key role in a $19 trillion market opportunity as more real-world assets move onchain.
The transaction, already approved by both boards, is expected to close in the first half of 2026, subject to regulatory approvals.
The post Solana Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: SOL Price Targets $500 Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Story Highlights
Solana has been quietly building momentum, proving that its network strength is not just hype but backed by real numbers. Over the last quarter, its DeFi ecosystem expanded rapidly, drawing strong attention from investors.
Talking about Solana news, Grayscale has opened up staking for its Solana Trust (GSOL), which lets its investors earn SOL rewards via conventional brokerage accounts. This, coupled with Q3 network upgrades, monthly DEX volumes, and a TVL surge, these developments are fueling bullish momentum and positioning Solana as a top Ethereum alternative.
Following this, crypto investors are storming Google with questions like “Will Solana Go Back Up?” or “How high can Solana go?” and “Will SOL price reach $500 this altcoin season?” To answer more such questions, we bring to you our latest Solana price prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030.
| Cryptocurrency | Solana |
| Token | SOL |
| Price | $200.7464
0.57%
|
| Market Cap | $ 110,350,550,631.66 |
| 24h Volume | $ 6,483,584,520.4725 |
| Circulating Supply | 549,701,175.1960 |
| Total Supply | 612,847,388.3837 |
| All-Time High | $ 294.3349 on 19 January 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.5052 on 11 May 2020 |
Solana (SOL) is currently trading near $202, having recently retraced from highs around $211.11. Technicals indicate:
SOL price is showing strength after winning over key levels. The RSI signals weak buying conditions, suggesting potential short-term pullback. If $200 breaks, the next support lies near $187.43. The resumption of the uptrend could push prices toward $252.01, then eventually to $270.41.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $187 | $210 | $229 |
Looking ahead, the Alpenglow upgrade, expected late 2025 or early 2026, will finalize blocks in about 150 milliseconds and simplify Solana’s consensus process. This could unlock real-time settlement for payments and derivatives, though short-term risks remain given past network stability issues.
Institutional players are already taking positions. Companies like Bit Mining, Upexi, and DeFi Development Corp together hold over 3.5 million SOL, worth more than $591 million. With technical upgrades, new partnerships, and rising investor interest, analysts see 2025 as a year of major potential.
If the market favors the bulls, the Solana coin price could breach its current all-time high and head toward a new high of $400. Conversely, stricter regulations or a network congestion setback could pull the price toward its annual low of $250. Considering the present market sentiment, the SOL crypto could settle with an average trading price of around $325.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $250 | $325 | $400 |
Also, read Ethereum Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 310 | 410 | 510 |
| 2027 | 389 | 506 | 623 |
By the Solana Price Prediction 2026, the potential low price of Solana crypto could be $310, with an average price projected at $410 and a potential high of $510.
Moving on to Solana Price Prediction 2027, the potential low price for SOL is estimated at $389, while the average price is predicted to be around $506. The potential high price for SOL in 2027 is projected to reach $623.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 476 | 622 | 769 |
| 2029 | 597 | 772 | 948 |
| 2030 | 716 | 1,033 | 1,351 |
As per the Solana Price Prediction 2028, the potential low price for SOL is expected to be $476, with an average price of $622. Further, the potential high price for SOL during this year is projected to reach $769.
Looking ahead to 2029, the Solana price targets a potential low of $597, with an average price of $772. Moreover, the potential high price for SOL in 2029 can reach $948.
For Solana Price Prediction 2030, we estimate a potential low at $716, with an average price of $1,033. The potential high price for Solana in 2030 is projected to reach $1,351.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 936 | 1,351 | 1,766 |
| 2032 | 1,196 | 1,697 | 2,198 |
| 2033 | 1,566 | 2,417 | 3,269 |
| 2040 | 5,091 | 8,394 | 11,698 |
| 2050 | 23,358 | 47,908 | 72,459 |
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $228.37 | $280.81 | $1,136 |
| Coincodex | $291.49 | $186.25 | $447.82 |
| Binance | $202.18 | $212.29 | $258.04 |
Raoul Pal, founder of Real Vision, predicts a potential 20x rally for Solana. He attributes this to Solana’s advanced blockchain technology, growing ecosystem, and rising investor interest.
If Pal’s prediction holds true, Solana’s price could exceed $400 in the coming months, a significant surge from its previous peak. Despite market trends, Solana has shown resilience, maintaining a strong performance with consistent buying pressure.
With the improving network conditions of Solana and the slow but steady rise in the DeFi sector, the SOL prices project a bullish future.
According to CoinPedia’s formulated Solana price prediction 2025, the price might surge to $400. On the flip side, a failure to sustain recovery will plunge Solana prices to $250 during that year.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $250 | $325 | $400 |
Also, read our Tron Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
According to our Solana price prediction 2025, the altcoin might chug up to a maximum of $400 by 2025.
As per our Solana price prediction 2030, with a potential surge, the price of SOL could reach a maximum of $1,351.
Solana stock, with its strengths in fundamentals, still holds significant prominence. That said, we can expect its glory to shine brighter with resolutions to shortcomings and major Solana news.
Solana holds the potential to climb higher on the market cap rankings. The digital asset could make it to the target if it does not fall to negative criticism.
The Solana Foundation is dedicated to growing the Solana network into the world’s most decentralized and censorship-resistant blockchain.
As per our latest SOL price analysis, Solana could reach a maximum price of $11,698.
By 2050, a single Solana price could go as high as $72,459.
The post Binance Coin Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will BNB Hit $1000? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Binance Coin, after facing the brunt of the crypto market downturn, has made fresh highs to mark a new all-time high at $1370.55. Successively, at the time of press, BNB coin is being sold across exchanges for $1090.42
Amid the changing landscape, the Binance Coin fundamentals remain solid. However, the underlying uncertainties amid the global tensions raise questions like, “Is Binance safe or not?” or “Will Binance go higher in 2025?”
To answer these questions and provide a clear view of the BNB price action, we present our latest Binance Coin (BNB) Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030.
| Cryptocurrency | BNB |
| Token | BNB |
| Price | $1,141.2494
 -0.13%
|
| Market Cap | $ 157,193,681,244.02 |
| 24h Volume | $ 3,401,049,563.6926 |
| Circulating Supply | 137,738,233.50 |
| Total Supply | 137,738,233.50 |
| All-Time High | $ 1,370.5460 on 13 October 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0961 on 01 August 2017 |
BNB is showing strong bullish momentum, if buyers sustain above $1,300, the next upside targets are $1,462 and $1,624. However, rejection from the current trend channel could trigger a short-term pullback toward $1,226 or even $1,083. Overall, the October 2025 outlook stays bullish as long as BNB holds above $1,200, with a potential low at $1,180, an average near $1,350, and a high around $1,620.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $1180 | $1350 | $1620 |
Now, attention has shifted to VanEck’s proposed BNB ETF in the U.S. If approved by late 2025 or early 2026, it could attract both institutional and retail investors, fueling more demand. With over 5,000 dApps and $8.1 billion in total value locked, the chain continues to grow.
That being said, the investors can anticipate the BNB coin price reaching a new All-Time High of $2,292. On the flip side, the Binance crypto may experience a low of $761 during that year. Considering the buying and selling pressure, the 3rd largest cryptocurrency could conclude the year 2025 with an average price of $926.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $761 | $926 | $2,292 |
Curious if Bitcoin will hit $100K as the crypto bull run begins? Find out more about Coinpedia’s Bitcoin price prediction.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 1,125 | 2,250 | 3,375 |
| 2027 | 1,687.50 | 3,375 | 5,062.50 |
By late 2026, BNB’s price could climb to a high of $3,375. However, the price might dip to $1,125, with an average value of $2,250 throughout the year.
In 2027, BNB’s price is anticipated to hit a peak of $5,062.50. On the downside, the price could fall to $1,687.50, with an average of $3,375.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 2,531.25 | 5,062.50 | 7,593.75 |
| 2029 | 3,796.88 | 7,593.75 | 11,390.63 |
| 2030 | 5,695.31 | 11,390.63 | 17,085.94 |
By the close of 2028, BNB’s price may reach a high of $7,593.75. If market conditions worsen, it could drop to $2,531.25, with an average price of $5,062.50.
In 2029, BNB could continue its upward momentum, potentially reaching $11,390.63. However, it may see a low of $3,796.88, with an average price of $7,593.75.
As 2030 begins, BNB crypto could hit a new high of $17,085.94. Conversely, it may bottom out at $5,695.31, with an average price of $11,390.63.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the altcoin, here are the possible BNB coin price targets for the longer time frames.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 8,542.97 | 17,085.94 | 25,628.91 |
| 2032 | 12,814.45 | 25,628.91 | 38,443.36 |
| 2033 | 19,221.68 | 38,443.36 | 57,665.04 |
| 2040 | 145,519.24 | 291,038.49 | 436,557.73 |
| 2050 | 1,131,478.37 | 2,262,956.73 | 3,394,435.10 |
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $608.66 | $1,219 | $6,344 |
| Coincodex | $1,119.10 | $592.92 | $1,305.46 |
| Binance | $608.63 | $639.06 | $776.79 |
Despite the growing troubles of workforce reduction, regulatory scrutiny, and frequent executive departures, the Binance ecosystem is expanding. With its research in product innovations and new token listings, Binance Exchange has the highest trading volume.
As per CoinPedia’s Binance (BNB) coin price prediction, the price of $BNB crypto will increase to $2,292 in 2025.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $761 | $926 | $2,292 |
Yes, BNB crypto is a profitable investment for the long term. Several initiatives, such as the auto-burn mechanism, contribute to reducing its supply and potentially increasing its value over time.
CoinPedia has dedicated a team of expert analysts to cover the possible crypto price prediction and sum it all up in one place, just for you!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
The initial price of Binance Coin (BNB) at the time of the ICO was $0.15.
The all-time low price of Binance Coin was $0.09611 on August 01, 2017.
As per our BNB price prediction 2025, the maximum trading price of $BNB could potentially reach $2,292 in 2025.
The price of the digital asset could reach a potential high of $17,085.94 by 2030.
The all-time high price of Binance Coin was $793.35 on December 04, 2024.
Yes, BNB is a profitable investment for the long term. With initiatives such as auto-burn, numerous projects, and growing prominence, we could find it bearing fruit.
As per our latest BNB price analysis, Binance could reach a maximum price of $436,557.73.
By 2050, a single Binance price could go as high as $3,394,435.10.
The post Ethereum Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Can ETH Reach $10k? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Amidst the turn of events, most cryptocurrencies are riding the bullish wave. And Ethereum, too, is receiving volumes. The Ethereum price today is $4150, with an intraday price change of -0.27%. Curious about where the ETH price is heading in the long run? Read our latest Ethereum price prediction for potential price targets.
Based on the current price trend, the ETH price tomorrow could range between $4,000 and $4,200.
| Cryptocurrency | Ethereum |
| Token | ETH |
| Price | $4,120.1771
-0.82%
|
| Market Cap | $ 497,297,675,153.58 |
| 24h Volume | $ 29,770,225,928.8059 |
| Circulating Supply | 120,698,129.7731 |
| Total Supply | 120,698,129.7731 |
| All-Time High | $ 4,953.7329 on 24 August 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.4209 on 21 October 2015 |
Ethereum is trading short of its strong resistance at $5,000 and $5,250, while support holds at $3,762. For November 2025, if bullish momentum continues, ETH could test $5,250 as the potential high. On the downside, if selling pressure intensifies, the price might revisit $4,144 as a potential low. Considering the current trend and RSI near 46.5, the average price is expected to be around $4,700, assuming consolidation within the current range before a major breakout.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| November | $4,144 | $4,700 | $5,250 |
A spot-ETH ETF could be the next major milestone. If approved, it may attract billions in capital. On top of that, institutional activity is growing. Layer-2 growth and big firms like State Street and PayPal are also building on Ethereum. The next big step is the Fusaka upgrade, coming in November 2025. Before that, Pectra will roll out in Q4, with long-term changes like Verkle Trees and danksharding ahead. These will make Ethereum faster and cheaper.
Ethereum price has been trading in a symmetric triangle pattern since early 2021, a breakout could lead to the ETH coin price hitting a new all-time high of $9,428.11. Conversely, rising uncertainty or any unfavorable global economic events could pull the ETH price toward its annual low of $3,142.70. That being said, it could average out at around $6,285.41.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3,142.70 | $6,285.41 | $9,428.11 |
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 4,714.05 | 9,428.11 | 14,142.16 |
| 2027 | 7,071.08 | 14,142.16 | 21,213.24 |
By 2026, the value of Ethereum is expected to reach a high of $14,142.16. On the other hand, the Ethereum price might drop to $3,142.70, with an average of $6,285.41.
The Ethereum 2027 forecast expects the ETH coin price to make a new all-time high at $21,213.24. However, a correction based on market shortcomings may drive the ETH crypto to $7,071.08, with an average of $14,142.16.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 10,606.62 | 21,213.24 | 31,819.86 |
| 2029 | 15,909.93 | 31,819.86 | 47,729.79 |
| 2030 | 23,864.90 | 47,729.79 | 71,594.69 |
In 2028, the chances of Ethereum dominating the crypto market rise as the ETH price potentially makes a new high at $31,819.86. On the other hand, the altcoin might fall to $10,606.62, making an average of $21,213.24.
Approaching its all-time high of $47,729.79 in 2029, the Ethereum price is expected to surpass the psychological barrier of $40,000. In case of a correction, $ETH may reach a low of $15,909.93, with an average price of $31,819.86.
As per our Ethereum Price Prediction 2030, the ETH crypto price is projected to reach a new all-time high of $71,594.69 in 2030, with a potential low of $23,864.90 and an average price of $47,729.79.
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the largest altcoin by market capitalization, here are the possible Ethereum price targets for the longer time frames.
| Year | Potential Low | Average Price | Potential High |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2031 | 35,797.35 | 71,594.69 | 107,392.04 |
| 2032 | 53,696.02 | 107,392.04 | 161,088.06 |
| 2033 | 80,544.03 | 161,088.06 | 241,632.09 |
| 2040 | ~1,376,550 | ~2,753,110 | ~4,128,680 |
| 2050 | ~79,396,500 | ~158,793,000 | ~238,189,500 |
With factors like the growing Ethereum network, rising inflows, broader market recovery, and increased adoption, the ETH price will likely give multi-fold returns in 2025.
As per CoinPedia’s Ethereum price prediction 2025, the Bulls can hit $9,428.11 in 2025. Conversely, a rise in FUD amongst investors and a lack of updates could curb the value of 1 ETH at $3,142.70.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3,142.70 | $6,285.41 | $9,428.11 |
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $4,012.41 | $5,375 | $24,196 |
| Coincodex | $6,540.51 | $3,816.62 | $6,660.08 |
| Binance | $3,499.54 | $3,674.52 | $4,466.40 |
| VanEck | $6,000 | – | – |
Ethereum price could shoot to $5,500 soon and $12,000 by 2025
-Tom Lee
*The Ethereum forecast mentioned above is the average targets set by the respective firms.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
As per our Ethereum price forecast 2025, the ETH price could reach a maximum of $9,428.11.
According to our Ethereum Price Prediction 2030, the ETH coin price could reach a maximum of $71,594.69 by 2030.
While Ethereum is trusted for its stout fundamentals, Bitcoin continues to dominate with its widespread adoption.
The $ETH price is expected to go up as the FUD settles and the altcoin season kicks off.
Ethereum 2.0 is an updated version of the existing Ethereum blockchain, which aims to increase the efficiency, scalability, and speed of the Ethereum network.
As the altcoin season begins, the short-term gains make Ethereum a lucrative buying option. However, the long-term promises of this programmable blockchain make it a viable long-term crypto investment.
As per our Ethereum price prediction 2040, Ethereum could reach a maximum price of $4,128,680.
By 2050, a single Ethereum price could go as high as $238,189,500.
The post Circle Launches Arc Public Testnet with Top Global Firms appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Circle has launched the public testnet for Arc, a Layer-1 blockchain designed to bring real-world financial activities onchain. Major firms like BlackRock, Visa, HSBC, AWS, and Anthropic are participating. Arc features USD-based fees, sub-second settlement, and optional privacy controls. Circle plans to decentralize Arc gradually by opening validator roles and governance to the community, aiming to build a decentralized, efficient global financial infrastructure.
The post Truth Social Partners with Crypto.com for Prediction Markets appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Trump Media’s Truth Social is launching “Truth Predict,” the world’s first social media prediction market platform in exclusive partnership with Crypto.com. Users can trade contracts on events like politics, economics, and sports, converting in-app rewards called Truth gems into Crypto.com’s CRO token. Beta testing is coming soon, followed by a full U.S. launch and plans for global expansion. This move aims to combine social engagement with real-time market insights.
Stablecoin transaction volume is soaring; meanwhile, tradfi companies are leaning in hard, and Japan’s first yen-denominated token has roared.
The post All is coming up stablecoins: volume soars, tradfi firms want in appeared first on CoinGeek.
Truth Predict's launch could reshape social media engagement, blending financial speculation with real-time event discussions and analysis.
The post Trump Media unveils Truth Predict for real-time event trading on Truth Social appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The SPAC deal could accelerate institutional adoption of blockchain technology, reshaping financial markets with tokenized assets.
The post BlackRock-backed Securitize to go public through SPAC deal appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Circle's Arc testnet could revolutionize institutional finance by enhancing transaction speed, privacy, and regulatory compliance with stablecoin use.
The post Circle’s Arc testnet debuts with over 100 global partners and institutions appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Cantonese Cat used his October 28 video to zero in on the Dogecoin market structure, arguing that the meme-coin is nearing the end of a multi-year accumulation phase—and that the recent washout was a feature, not a bug, of that process. While he declined to publish numeric price targets in the video, he made the case that DOGE’s setup is maturing in lockstep with broader “risk-on” signals, with a familiar lag to Ethereum that historically precedes Dogecoin’s larger moves.
On structure, he was explicit. “Just looking at Doge here, you can see how […] Doge has been forming a cup over here for close to four and a half, five years now […] it’s just been building a big giant base.” In his read, the rounded bottom is the defining pattern of this cycle for DOGE, and it remains intact despite recent volatility.
He framed the sharp drawdown two weeks ago as necessary positioning rather than a break in trend: “You just had a great deleveraging event […] I’m not going to look at a lower low and think the trend is broken […] These are very healthy deleveraging before the next move up as far as I’m concerned.” He highlighted “a big giant wick” and “a lot of demand down below,” pointing to what he sees as resilient spot support through the base.
Timing, not targets, was the centerpiece. He reiterated that Dogecoin typically follows Ethereum with a delay once ETH clears its own major resistance bands. “Whenever we get closer to the end of the rounded bottom […] that’s when Ethereum breaks out above the resistance zone and goes up a lot higher. Thus, Doge runs together with Ethereum,” he said, adding: “There is a lag. I would say the lag is probably maybe a couple months between Ethereum breaking up and Doge finally breaking above this rounded bottom here and going up.”
He made a similar observation using risk proxies, noting that DOGE moves have historically trailed small-cap-led risk cycles by several months, though he cautioned that the exact interval can vary. Via X, he added “DOGE lags behind IWM [iShares Russell 2000 ETF] all-time-high breakout by about 2 to 4 months before it takes off.”
Cantonese Cat also pushed back on the view that a sequence of lower lows automatically invalidates the DOGE setup, arguing that this occurred in prior cycles just before outsized rallies. “A lot of people look at this, ‘that’s a lower low […] the cycle is over.’ Well, it doesn’t work that way. That’s a lower low right there. Next thing you know, it just went a lot higher,” he said, tying the observation to the current “healthy deleveraging” and the persistence of the rounded-bottom structure.
If the video offered the structural blueprint, his same-day post on X clarified his stance on headline targets. “I realize that it’s stupid to call for DOGE to $2 or $4 when price is at 20 cents. If I was smart like others, I should just call for DOGE to $2 or $4 when it’s $2 or $4.” The comment is consistent with his prior price predictions.
Inside the video update, the analyst instead emphasized the sequence he expects to matter—ETH strength first, DOGE follow-through second, with the magnitude determined by how far the broader risk cycle runs once momentum rotates.
At press time, DOGE traded at $0.20.
The next Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting is fast approaching, and the bets are already pouring in as to what it would mean for the Bitcoin and crypto industry. The last FOMC meeting took place in September, when the Federal Reserve ended up cutting rates down to 4-4.25% after months of no rate cuts. With this setting the tone, the expectations that another rate cut could be on the way are getting louder, with the FedWatch Tool showing a high percentage.
The next FOMC meeting is scheduled for Wednesday, October 29, 2025, and there is already a major clamor around what the Fed is planning on doing. The current market headwinds point to a favorable outcome for risk assets such as Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies, with expected rate cuts.
Currently, the CME FedWatch Tool is showing that the probability of a rate cut has risen to 98.3% as of the time of this writing. This leaves only a 1.7% chance that the Federal Reserve will actually leave rates at their current levels, and there is zero chance that there will be a rate hike.
A reduction in the rate cuts is good for businesses all around, as lower interest rates mean better loan terms and increased spending and borrowing. Thus, it will increase the participation in the markets, from consumer goods to the stock market, and then make its way into newer markets such as Bitcoin and crypto.
A rate cut by the Federal Reserve aligns with the more pro-crypto stance that the United States has been moving in since President Donald Trump was elected. Last week, the president pardoned the Founder and former CEO of the Binance crypto exchange, Changpeng Zhao, after he previously pled guilty to money laundering violations back in 2024. Zhao has since served a 4-month stint before the pardon from Trump came.
With the US embracing Bitcoin and crypto again, a rate cut will only further the ascent, allowing more investors to get into the market as liquidity frees up. The initial announcement has been known to trigger a rapid increase in the market. But as the news settles, the crypto market is expected to continue to rise in response.
However, nothing is certain until the FOMC meeting is complete and the announcement is made. For the Bitcoin and crypto market to remain bullish, inflation will also have to be reduced, as an increase could trigger more conservative stances from investors.
What to Know:
A $135 price prediction for Litecoin appears more than feasible ahead of its spot ETF, which is ready to launch on Nasdaq today with the ticker LTCC.
Litecoin has been experiencing a notable increase over the last week, following a 10.44% surge that took it from $ 90.50 on October 23 to a high of $105.25 today.
The main catalyst is the SEC’s imminent favorable decision, which would greenlight Canary Litecoin, Canary HBAR, and Bitwise Solana ETFs today.
Bloomberg analyst, Eric Balchunas, confirmed the news on X, saying: ‘Assuming there’s not some last min SEC intervention, looks like this is happening’.
The news is understandably bullish for Litecoin, as the Nasdaq listing would open the asset to investors who don’t necessarily want to buy it. Long-term, this will boost liquidity, improve Litecoin’s legitimacy, and increase adoption at retail and, hopefully, institutional level.
Projects like PEPENODE ($PEPENODE) also stand to gain thanks to its on-chain utility and meme value. PEPENODE allows early adopters to buy mining nodes and build their own virtual coin mining facility, minus the electricity costs and expensive mining equipment.The momentum is there for a $135 push, especially considering the network activity, as shown by Santiment. Litecoin’s price spiked on October 9 and crashed soon after; the window was too short for investors to capitalize on it.
There was an attempt, but it fizzled out as Litecoin was already in free fall.
If investors had capitalized on it, the momentum might have held, increasing the opportunity window and potentially triggering a consolidation phase above $130.
But we’re not in that timeline.
Fortunately, we may be looking at a strong reset, as $LTC is already showing signs of consolidation above $101 after briefly popping its head above $105.
And this time, investors are not willing to miss the opportunity window again. The 24-hour transaction volume is up 69.41%, a clear indication that momentum is building ahead of the SEC’s decision later today.
We then have the Relative Strength Index, which currently stands at 64.77 points. For reference, the bull zone begins at a price above 50.
The community is clearly hyped up, $LTC shows growing potential, and investors are ready. In this context, a breakout above $135 is more than achievable if LTCC performs well following its Nasdaq listing.
If $LTC meets the bullish expectations, another project that stands to gain significant attention is PEPENODE ($PEPENODE), with its presale already at $1.96M.PEPENODE ($PEPENODE) encourages participation in its presale with the help of its innovative mine-to-earn mechanics.
The project addresses the main problems associated with crypto presales today: the lack of participation incentives. In short, presales don’t incentivize investors to buy in early, which leads to poor presale performances, which inadvertently lowers the coin’s visibility post launch.
PEPENODE’s mine-to-earn mechanics offer an exciting alternative in the form of virtual mining facilities. The concept is straightforward: purchase mining nodes, upgrade them, build your own virtual mining facility, activate it, and watch your rewards accumulate.The earlier you buy, the stronger your nodes, the faster you mine, and the more you can earn. This translates to higher post-TGE rewards, which include actual meme coins, such as $FARTCOIN and $PEPE.
The 653% staking APY is an additional incentive for early adoption.
$PEPENODE now sits at $0.0011227 and managed to raise $1,965,327 so far, while the presale is still going. Based on the project’s utility and meme value, the token still has plenty of growth potential.
A realistic price prediction for $PEPENODE puts the coin at $0.0077 by the end of 2026; possibly even higher if the mine-to-earn mechanics catch on. This translates to an ROI of 585%, excluding the staking benefits or the meme coin rewards resulting from your coin-farming.
Read our guide on how to buy $PEPENODE and visit the presale page to secure your nodes and start building your mining rig today.
This isn’t financial advice. Always do your own research (DYOR) and invest wisely.
Authored by Aaron Walker, NewsBTC: www.newsbtc.com/news/litecoin-135-price-prediction-pepenode-soars.
The crypto market, despite experiencing throughout the year major price fluctuations, security incidents, and legal hurdles, has experienced remarkable growth.
This can be attributed to the expansion of digital asset treasuries (DATs), increased institutional adoption, and new initiatives aimed at integrating digital assets, particularly stablecoins, into traditional financial sectors.
Andreessen Horowitz (a16z) recently shared their projections for the crypto landscape for the remainder of the year and years to come, highlighting nine key trends expected to be major catalysts for the industry.
Firstly, market structure legislation in the US is expected to emerge as a critical priority for policymakers and Congress, establishing a clear regulatory framework that supports crypto developers.
The passage of the GENIUS Act in July of this year also marked a pivotal moment, garnering bipartisan support and providing builders with much-needed certainty in their endeavors.
Secondly, the adoption of stablecoins is set to accelerate as network effects take hold among financial institutions, merchants, and consumers, thereby enhancing the global standing of the US dollar.
Furthermore, major players like JPMorgan, Citi, BlackRock, and Fidelity are amplifying their crypto offerings through new product launches, partnerships, and acquisitions.
The infrastructure supporting blockchain technology is also advancing rapidly. Current networks can process over 3,400 transactions per second, marking a 100-fold increase over the past five years.
Moreover, a new wave of real-world assets (RWAs) is transitioning onto the blockchain as the worlds of crypto and traditional finance converge. The market for tokenized real-world assets has expanded to nearly $30 billion, with significant contributions from Treasuries, money market funds, and private credit.
In parallel, the crypto sector is attracting a growing pool of talent, driven by a more favorable regulatory environment and the emergence of new opportunities for developers.
The focus on revenue generation is also shifting within the token ecosystem. More tokens are implementing fee mechanisms, redirecting attention toward fundamental value. In the past year, users have paid $33 billion in fees, resulting in $18 billion for projects and $4 billion for token holders.
Innovative consumer products are also expected to drive the next wave of crypto adoption. Although approximately 716 million people now own cryptocurrency, only 40 to 70 million are considered active users.
Ultimately, 2025 is poised to lay the groundwork and establish the foundations for the years to come. It is expected to be a transformative year for the crypto industry, characterized by widespread institutional adoption, regulatory clarity, and tangible utility.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
Last updated on October 28, 2025.
This Article Was First Published on The Bit Journal.
The Altcoins ETFs is set to launch this Tuesday, marking a significant moment in crypto investing. According to the source, U.S. exchanges have posted listing notices for spot funds tied to these three tokens.
This move allows everyday investors to gain exposure to Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera without owning the coins directly, opening a new access point in regulated finance.
Exchanges such as the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and NASDAQ Stock Market have posted official listing notices for the Altcoins ETFs suite. Specifically:
Current prices at time of writing: Solana (SOL) ~ $199.64, Litecoin (LTC) ~ $100.55, Hedera (HBAR) ~ $0.21. These values reflect the market’s anticipation of the debut of the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF.
The Altcoins ETFs may provide several benefits:
Beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum, these altcoin-linked ETFs widen the field. The Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF positions altcoins in a regulated vehicle format for the first time in the U.S..
The regulatory path for the Altcoins ETFs aligns with evolving U.S. rules. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has dropped delay notices and adopted generic listing standards for spot crypto ETFs, which helped clear the way for this launch. Lower procedural hurdles contribute to the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF coming into view.
Still, risks remain: trading volumes are unknown, token volatility persists, and early investors will observe how the funds perform once trading begins.
With the Altcoins ETFs about to trade, key indicators include:
The Altcoins ETFs represents a bridge between traditional finance and altcoins. Investors can now access SOL, LTC, and HBAR via regulated channels rather than buying tokens directly. Provided launch conditions hold, these funds could open the door for further crypto ETF innovations.
As trading starts, the performance of the Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETF will test how far the market can move beyond Bitcoin.
It is a set of ETFs offering exposure to Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) via regulated U.S. exchange-traded products.
The listing notices indicate trading will start this week, as early as Tuesday.
It opens regulated access to altcoins beyond Bitcoin and Ethereum through the crypto ETF format.
Yes, the Solana component is expected to include staking features within the ETF structure.
Read More: Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs to Begin Trading This Week">Solana, Litecoin, and Hedera ETFs to Begin Trading This Week
U.S. spot Bitcoin ETFs recorded roughly 446 million dollars in net inflows for the week, reversing the prior soft patch and hinting that institutions still buy the dips. Over the same stretch, spot Ether products saw about 244 million dollars in outflows, a notable contrast that kept the market honest after a frantic first half of October.
Daily prints show how quickly sentiment can turn. After four straight sessions of redemptions, Bitcoin funds swung to a single-day net inflow near 477 million dollars as prices steadied, a flip that broke the losing streak and re-anchored flows.
The split is not just about winners and laggards. Bitcoin’s rebound suggests allocators continue to treat it as the cleanest expression of crypto beta, especially when macro is noisy and liquidity is patchy. Ether’s outflows, meanwhile, reflect a different set of questions that investors still need answered, from staking mechanics inside fund structures to the timing and scope of future product features. The weekly etf total underscores that rotation within crypto is active rather than passive right now.
Context helps. Earlier in October, a monster print north of one billion dollars flowed into Bitcoin ETFs in a single session as price tagged fresh highs, a reminder that headline inflows often cluster near emotionally charged levels. That history makes last week’s steadier, mid-range rebound feel more durable, not less.
Flows do not move in a straight line. The week’s split sits against a backdrop of macro cross-currents, including intermittent risk-off wobbles and questions about policy data timeliness. Short squeezes and funding resets can add noise. Even so, the path of least resistance remains tied to whether Bitcoin ETFs keep printing green on more days than not, especially if breadth widens beyond a handful of big issuers. Recent records around 125,000 were pinned on ETF demand, so subsequent rallies will likely need the same sponsorship.
Ether’s challenge is more nuanced. Capital wants clarity on product design and the roadmap for yield features. Until those mechanics are settled, Ether funds may trade more like satellite positions in multi-asset portfolios, making them sensitive to weekly rebalancing. That does not preclude sharp risk-on weeks. It simply means the hurdle for sticky inflows is higher.
The week delivered a clean message. Bitcoin ETFs attracted fresh capital while Ether funds leaked. The daily swing back to inflows suggests the buyer is still there, even if conviction arrives in bursts. If the next few prints confirm breadth across issuers and steadier intake, price can follow. If not, expect more chop around well-watched levels while investors wait for the next catalyst.
What exactly changed last week in ETF flows?
Bitcoin ETFs added about 446 million dollars for the week that ended 24 October, while Ether funds lost about 244 million dollars, marking a clear divergence between the two largest crypto assets.
Did one big day drive the Bitcoin number?
A single day near 21 October saw roughly 477 million dollars in net inflows, which helped flip the weekly tally back to positive after a red streak.
Are large daily inflows reliable signals for price?
Huge prints can coincide with local peaks, as seen earlier in October, so traders often look for persistence across multiple sessions rather than one-off spikes.
What are analysts saying publicly?
Nate Geraci highlighted multi-billion weekly intake for spot Bitcoin ETFs. Other analysts pointed to advisors dominating known Ether ETF holders, which can magnify tactical shifts.
Exchange-traded fund (ETF)
A regulated fund that tracks an asset and trades on stock exchanges, allowing investors to gain exposure without holding the underlying coins.
Net inflows and outflows
The difference between new money entering a fund and money leaving it over a set period. Positive net inflows imply demand, while outflows imply the opposite.
Advisor-dominated holder base
A fund ownership profile where registered investment advisors represent a large share of known holders, which can increase sensitivity to model-driven rebalancing.
Product breadth across issuers
A sign of healthier demand where multiple funds, not just one or two, attract consistent inflows, reducing reliance on a single vehicle for price support.
Read More: Weekly ETF Split: Bitcoin Pulls In Cash While Ether Bleeds">Weekly ETF Split: Bitcoin Pulls In Cash While Ether Bleeds
This Article Was First Published on The Bit Journal |
As leverage trading takes over the crypto scene in 2025, traders are learning the hard way that big rewards often walk hand in hand with bigger risks, but could smarter risk control finally make leverage safer than ever?
Crypto leverage trading is becoming a popular way to invest in digital markets. It lets traders open larger positions with a small amount of money, which attracts both beginners and experts.
This method allows traders to make more profit when the market moves in their favor. But it can also bring large losses if it is not used with proper care and understanding.
Leverage refers to utilizing borrowed capital from an exchange for a larger trade. In crypto leverage trading, a trader with a capital of say $100 can trade as if they had say $1,000, fully using 10x leverage. This can create larger profits if the market goes in their favor.
But, equally important, this can create larger losses if the price moves against them. Leverage allows traders to benefit from even small price changes in coins like $BTC or $ETH. It is helpful for short-term trades and lets traders keep some of their money free for other uses.
But experts warn that leverage is not a guarantee of profit or easy money. Borrowed funds must be handled carefully to prevent losing the entire trade through liquidation.
In crypto leverage trading, the exchange lends money to increase the size of a trader’s position. The trader must keep enough margin in their account to support this larger trade. When the market moves in their favor, profits can grow quickly. But if prices move the other way, losses can rise just as fast.
When a trader’s balance drops below the required margin level, the exchange may automatically close the trade. This is known as liquidation and it often happens when the market moves very quickly.
Understanding how margin works can help traders stay away from liquidation. It is wise to plan every trade with care and know the risks before using leverage.
Using leverage in trading requires a clear plan and a steady approach. Many traders choose to begin with a smaller level of leverage, like 2x or 3x, until they gain more experience. Using very high leverage can make the impact of price changes much stronger.
Taking time to understand the market and manage each position with care usually leads to steadier outcomes. Using stop loss and take profit orders can also bring more structure and safety to crypto leverage trading. They close trades on their own once prices reach a chosen level.
By using them, traders can protect their capital and capture profits even when they are not watching the market. Making these orders part of a plan often brings more order and calm to the trading process.
Good risk management plays a central role in crypto leverage trading. It is advised that traders use only a small portion of their funds for each trade. This way, a single loss will not affect the entire account.
Experts often suggest risking only one percent of total capital per trade to limit losses. Watching margin levels helps traders avoid liquidation. Closing trades early or adjusting their size can protect funds. Funding fees should also be checked, as they can reduce profit over time.
Crypto leverage trading can be thrilling but also stressful. Rapid changes in the market can cause traders to react with emotions instead of with logic. This often creates errors, such as adding leverage after a loss or executing trades even earlier than expected.
Keeping emotions in check will allow traders to create rational, unemotional trading decisions. More experienced traders will advise taking a break after a loss to understand what went wrong. Patience and self-control will protect your trading capital better than any strategy.
It is also ok to look and learn from others, but don’t follow blindly from what you see on social media. Each trader must develop their own method based on their experience and what they have researched.
Crypto leverage trading gives traders a way to grow their profits with smaller capital. Traders who understand the risks, manage their positions, and stay disciplined can trade more safely and confidently.
Understanding risk and using tools like stop loss orders help protect funds. In 2025, smart and patient use of leverage remains the key to lasting success in crypto trading.
Leverage: Extra money you borrow to increase the size of your trade.
Margin: The small part of your money kept aside to support a trade.
Stop Loss: A safety tool that ends a trade to stop more loss.
Funding Fee: A small cost you pay for keeping a trade open longer.
Short Trade: You sell expecting the crypto price to go down.
Leverage helps you trade with more money, so your profit or loss can become bigger.
People use leverage to try to make more money from small price changes.
Yes, it is risky because you can lose your money very fast if the market goes down.
Traders can stop liquidation by using small leverage and watching their margin level.
A good rule is to risk only a small part of your money on each trade.
Read More: Leverage Trading in Crypto: How to Maximize Profits and Avoid Liquidation in 2025">Leverage Trading in Crypto: How to Maximize Profits and Avoid Liquidation in 2025
A recent analysis has highlighted key price levels to watch if Shiba Inu rallies from a crucial support area. Shiba Inu has held strong around the current support level around $0.000006 to $0.000010, as its long accumulation phase continues.
Crypto analyst AiMan recently revealed a personal investment of a quarter million dollars in XRP during the latest price dip. The purchase, which he said amounts to about 100,000 XRP, comes as the asset attempts to recover from the dip.
Bitcoin Magazine
Human Rights Foundation Grants 1 Billion Satoshis to 20 Freedom Tech Projects Worldwide
The Human Rights Foundation (HRF) has announced a new wave of funding through its Bitcoin Development Fund (BDF), distributing 1 billion satoshis — approximately $1.1 million USD — to 20 projects around the world.
The grants, awarded to developers, educators, and activists spanning Asia, Africa, Latin America, and Europe, aim to strengthen Bitcoin’s role as a tool for human freedom and resistance to financial repression.
HRF has a mission to empower people living under authoritarian regimes through open-source technologies that enable private communication, censorship-resistant finance, and decentralized coordination.
Since launching the Bitcoin Development Fund in 2020, HRF has provided more than $9.6 million in Bitcoin to 319 projects across 62 countries.
The foundation’s approach merges human rights advocacy with technical development, supporting builders who are creating practical tools for dissidents, journalists, and ordinary citizens in repressive environments.
“Bitcoin is more than just a monetary innovation,” HRF said in a statement. “It’s a survival mechanism for billions of people living without political or economic freedom.”
This round of grants supports projects advancing everything from core Bitcoin development and mining decentralization to regional education and financial autonomy programs. Each reflects a piece of a larger puzzle: a global freedom technology ecosystem built on Bitcoin’s permissionless infrastructure.
Nymius: Bitcoin’s transparent ledger is essential to its design, but it also exposes dissidents to surveillance from authoritarian states seeking to monitor transactions and networks. Silent Payments enables individuals to receive Bitcoin through unique, one-time addresses derived from a static public key, but its effectiveness depends on wallet adoption. Nymius, a Bitcoin Dev Kit (BDK) contributor, will integrate Silent Payments into the BDK. With this grant, dozens of wallets and applications built with the BDK will be able to offer users greater financial privacy.
Daniela Brozzoni: Bitcoin nodes (computers running the Bitcoin software) reveal user metadata when connecting with one another. This opens the door for regimes or hackers to track or isolate activists and dissidents running Bitcoin nodes. Daniela Brozzoni is a Bitcoin Core developer who has been researching this vulnerability and publishing mitigation proposals to counter the tactics. With this grant, she will gather community feedback and implement fixes to make the network safer.
Build on Bitcoin (BOB) Buidlers Residency: Every day, users often find freedom technologies difficult to use, which limits their accessibility and impact. BOB Buidlers Residency in Bangkok has supported three cohorts of free and open-source developers to advance Bitcoin’s privacy, decentralization, and mining. With HRF’s funding, a fourth cohort of four developers will improve usability across Bitcoin, Lightning, nostr, and ecash, making freedom tech more accessible to those who need it most.
2140 Foundation (Stichting 2140): Bitcoin developers, especially those in autocratic countries, often struggle with burnout, isolation, and a lack of incentives to complete long-term projects. The 2140 Foundation, founded by open-source developers Josie Baker and Ruben Somsen, is a co-working space in Amsterdam that provides mentorship, collaboration, and employment to global contributors advancing Bitcoin’s long-term security, resilience, and scalability. With HRF funding, the foundation will support the work of developers from authoritarian states to strengthen Bitcoin as a human rights tool.
Cashu for Community Sovereignty: In many parts of Latin America, governments restrict financial flows by blocking payments, freezing accounts, and, at times, disrupting internet access. Cashu for Community Sovereignty, founded by Forte11, addresses this with ecash, which enables quick and private payments that even work offline. The initiative will train 10 communities in authoritarian environments to deploy Cashu mints and Lightning Network nodes. With this funding, communities facing repression will develop a stronger infrastructure for financial freedom.
Bhartiya Bitcoin: As India advances a central bank digital currency (CBDC) and financially represses political opposition, Bitcoin offers a path to financial freedom. However, education is often inaccessible to non-English speakers. Bhartiya Bitcoin produces free, culturally relevant Bitcoin content in Hindi, Marwari, Sindhi, and Assamese. With HRF support, Bhartiya Bitcoin will expand into Marathi, Bengali, Gujarati, Kannada, and Malayalam to make Bitcoin more accessible to the more than 1.4 billion people living under increasingly autocratic rule in India.
Bitcoin Education for Lebanon’s Liberty & Empowerment (BELLE): In Lebanon, a collapsing currency, banking restrictions, and asset confiscations have stripped people of financial stability. The Lebanese Institute for Market Studies is launching BELLE, a project to teach political activists and youth to use Bitcoin to preserve their purchasing power. With HRF support, BELLE will provide Arabic-language workshops, educational videos, and media outreach to strengthen individuals’ ability to resist financial repression and secure their financial futures.
Bitcoin Arusha: Tanzania’s government restricts the use of foreign currency and limits dissidents’ banking access, while the local currency depreciates, leaving many citizens trapped in a cycle of poverty. To alleviate this, Bitcoin Arusha provides culturally rooted, Swahili-language Bitcoin education in northern Tanzania through music, dance, and events. HRF support will strengthen Bitcoin Arusha’s resilience and empower communities through economic opportunities.
Bitcoin for Fairness: Human rights defenders and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) often lack the knowledge to use Bitcoin to bypass repressive financial restrictions. Bitcoin for Fairness (BFF) is an educational initiative that disseminates Bitcoin knowledge to the global majority. In 2026, BFF will focus its initiatives in Zimbabwe, Mozambique, and Zambia – countries scarred by currency crises and periods of one-party rule – and deliver workshops, micro-seed funding, mentorship, and educator training. With HRF funding, BFF will empower activists and civic organizations in Southern Africa with censorship-resistant, permissionless financial tools.
Exile Hub: Burma’s military junta uses financial repression, exile, and imprisonment to crush peaceful resistance. Exile Hub’s Bitcoin for Exiles initiative will pilot a Bitcoin-based financial autonomy program designed to meet the needs of Burma’s democratic movement. With HRF support, the program will offer training, privacy-focused toolkits, and workshops to equip dissidents within Burma and in exile with the tools to survive, organize, and resist the junta’s financial repression.
Alberto Gangarossa: Today, most Bitcoin mining hardware relies on closed-source software that can expose user data and create dependence on third parties. Pluto, built by developer Alberto “Derek” Gangarossa, is the first open-source mining fleet management platform that gives miners control over their operations without third-party dependence. With HRF support, Pluto will empower individuals in repressive environments to mine Bitcoin privately, independently, and securely, further decentralizing the Bitcoin network.
WantClue: Bitcoin mining is dominated by industrial operations that use proprietary hardware and software. Over time, this could put Bitcoin’s decentralization and accessibility at risk. Bitaxe counters this trend by providing an affordable and open-source miner for individuals. WantClue maintains the Bitaxe firmware and produces educational content that makes mining more accessible to dissidents and individuals in closed societies. With HRF support, WantClue will strengthen mining decentralization and expand access to self-sovereign financial infrastructure for those under repression.
Peter Tyonum: Developers in adverse political and economic environments need accessible and secure wallet software infrastructure to build freedom tools. Developer Peter Tyonum contributes to the BDK, which abstracts wallet software into usable plug-and-play components and makes it easier for developers to create censorship-resistant tools. With this grant, Tyonum will continue to help developers worldwide create accessible, permissionless Bitcoin applications.
BitScript: An inclusive developer base is essential to Bitcoin’s long-term decentralization. BitScript, a free, open-source Bitcoin developer education program, trains developers in authoritarian and inflationary environments across Latin America and Africa to build protocol-level freedom technologies. Global development helps ensure that Bitcoin serves as a lifeline for people facing repression. HRF’s grant will help BitScript democratize protocol knowledge to ensure the network reflects global needs.
Code Orange Dev School: Many regions lack the technical education to build, maintain, and use Bitcoin. To address this, the Code Orange Dev School in Indonesia teaches developers and individuals across Asia to contribute to open-source Bitcoin projects, run nodes, and use privacy-enhancing tools like ecash, fedimint, and nostr. HRF’s support will help equip communities with tools to resist authoritarianism.
Demo Lab: As authoritarian governments in Latin America tighten their grip on financial and political power, there is an urgent need for civic and financial education. Demo Lab’s Freedom Academy introduces Bitcoin as a tool for financial independence and teaches practical skills for saving and transacting securely. Through this grant, the Freedom Academy will prepare the next generation of Latin Americans to defend democracy and achieve economic sovereignty.
Nostr under Autocracy: In Venezuela, Nicolás Maduro’s brutal dictatorship restricts traditional communication channels, prevents journalists from exposing the regime’s brutality, and financially suppresses civil society. Nostr under Autocracy, led by democracy activist Jesús González, will train Venezuelan activists and human rights defenders to use the open-source nostr protocol for private, censorship-resistant communication and payments. With HRF support, this project will help Venezuelan dissidents speak freely online and build movements to resist Maduro’s digital and financial repression.
KernelKind: Dictators restrict communication, manipulate online content, and restrict dissidents’ financial access to silence dissent. Notedeck is a Nostr browser created by Damus that makes it easier to build censorship-resistant apps with integrated Bitcoin payments. Its first app, Columns, introduces modular feeds and a marketplace for user-controlled algorithms, while Dmail will enable private, decentralized messaging with email interoperability. With this grant, Notedeck will continue to merge censorship-resistant communication with financial freedom and foster an ecosystem of apps for dissident communications and transactions.
Eric Holguin: Many people living under authoritarian regimes face censorship, Internet shutdowns, and frozen bank accounts that cut them off from communication and commerce. Nostr developer Eric Holguin is working to build censorship-resistant apps with integrated Bitcoin payments by contributing to Damus and Nostr projects that empower individuals to communicate and transact without centralized control. With this grant, he will continue expanding free speech and financial freedom tools for people resisting repression worldwide.
Craig Warmke and Troy Cross: As authoritarian regimes expand financial surveillance and roll out central bank digital currencies (CBDCs), many people remain dangerously unaware of their risks to individual liberties. Transactional Freedom, a forthcoming book co-written by philosophers Craig Warmke and Troy Cross, makes the moral and legal case for recognizing a universal and constitutional right to transact. With HRF support, Warmke and Cross will examine financial repression in authoritarian regimes and its impact on human rights, activism, and financial freedom.
Together, these 20 grantees form a diverse coalition of builders, thinkers, and educators working to fortify Bitcoin’s role as a global freedom network. While their methods vary — from protocol research to street-level education — their shared mission is clear: to ensure that financial and informational freedom remain accessible to everyone, everywhere.
This post Human Rights Foundation Grants 1 Billion Satoshis to 20 Freedom Tech Projects Worldwide first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Avalanche price holds above the $20 mark amid news that Nasdaq-listed company AgriFORCE Growing Systems has secured shareholder support for a bold pivot into the Avalanche ecosystem.
The AVAX token, which has bounced off lows of $18 in the past week, shows notable resilience amid broader market optimism around a potential altcoin explosion.
Nasdaq-listed AgriFORCE, a company traditionally rooted in sustainable agriculture technologies, is eyeing an aggressive pivot into the crypto treasury strategy ecosystem.
Specifically, the company wants to become the first publicly traded entity on Nasdaq dedicated exclusively to the Avalanche blockchain network. AVAX One is the new company.
On October 27, AgriFORCE revealed it had secured special shareholder approval for the initiative .
A $300 million capital infusion and a further $250 million offering are set to fund an aggressive AVAX treasury strategy.
In the process of acquiring and holding AVAX tokens, AgriFORCE is poised to commit up to $700 million in exposure through direct purchases, staking, and ecosystem participation.
Matt Zhang, founder of Hivemind and nominated chairman of the AgriFORCE board, commented:
“With this mandate from shareholders, we can now proceed to close the transaction and begin the focused work of accumulating AVAX strategically and creating the Berkshire Hathaway of the on-chain financial economy.”
Amid the corporate enthusiasm, the Avalanche native token shows resilience.
While the price of AVAX fell from highs of $21 this week, bulls managed to recover from lows of $18. Maintaining stability above the critical $20 psychological level signals a potential bullish momentum that will align with the broader cryptocurrency market.
If bulls break above $30, the altcoin could target prices above $40. As well as tokenization, catalysts such as institutional inflows and narrative shifts around spot exchange-traded funds are critical.
AgriFORCE’s corporate strategy and market performance also point to what investors may want to look out for in the coming weeks. In its announcement, the company said it will put its plans into action in the coming days.
“The completion of this transaction will position the Company as the first Nasdaq-listed entity with a primary mission centered on the Avalanche ecosystem. The transaction is expected to close on or about October 30, 2025,” it wrote.
AVAX price reached its all-time high of $146 in November 2021.
The current price is well off this peak.
However, bulls have managed to bounce by an impressive 630% since the Avalanche price fell to its all-time low of $2.79 in 2020.
The post Nasdaq-listed AgriFORCE eyes $700M Avalanche treasury bet; AVAX price outlook appeared first on CoinJournal.
TL;DR
HBAR, the native coin of the Hedera blockchain, is the best performer among the top 20 cryptocurrencies by market cap. It added 16% to its value in the last 24 hours, allowing it to cross the $0.20 mark.
The rally comes as the Canary HBAR ETF is set to commence trading on the New York Stock Exchange today. According to Bloomberg’s senior ETF analyst Eric Balchunas, several altcoin-focused crypto ETFs are set to begin trading, including the HBAR Fund by Canary.
The new ETFs will allow institutions to gain more exposure to the cryptocurrency market, with most of them trading Bitcoin and Ethereum-focused funds since the start of the year.
The listing comes as a surprise due to the ongoing U.S. government shutdown, with the Securities and Exchange Commission only retaining a few essential staff during this period.
However, HBAR’s price could rally higher in the near term thanks to this latest development.
The HBAR/USD 4-hour chart is bullish and efficient thanks to the ongoing rally, with the technical indicators suggesting a further upward rally. The MACD lines are within the positive territory, suggesting a bullish bias.
Furthermore, the RSI of 80 means that HBAR is close to entering the overbought region. If the bullish trend continues, HBAR could rally towards the next resistance level at $0.23400 over the coming hours. An extended rally would allow the coin to touch the $0.26 mark for the first time since August 22.
However, if the market undergoes a correction following this rally, HBAR could drop to the $0.18 level to cover the FVG left by the massive push. The low of $0.16 will provide support in the near to medium term to allow the coin to surge higher.
The post Hedera price forecast: HBAR eyes $0.23 amid ETF listing appeared first on CoinJournal.
The long-awaited Solana ETFs have finally been approved, sparking renewed optimism across the crypto market.
The ETFs’ approval has reignited bullish momentum, with analysts believing that the Solana price could soon rally toward $230 and beyond.
Bitwise and Canary Capital have confirmed that their individual Solana ETFs officially begin trading on October 28 after weeks of regulatory uncertainty.
Bitwise’s product, launched under the ticker BSOL, serves as a gateway for institutional exposure to Solana, featuring staking powered by Helius Labs and a temporary management fee waiver.
Introducing $BSOL — the Bitwise Solana Staking ETF. Starts trading tomorrow.
– First U.S. ETP to have 100% direct exposure to spot SOL
– Maximizing Solana’s 7%+ average staking reward rate*
– Targeting 100% of assets staked
– Staking through Bitwise Onchain Solutions, powered by… pic.twitter.com/Vo8Ko0qOCn— Bitwise (@BitwiseInvest) October 27, 2025
Grayscale has also moved swiftly, converting its Solana Trust (GSOL) into an ETF holding over $105 million worth of SOL.
Meanwhile, VanEck has also filed its sixth S-1/A amendment, with its Solana ETF status officially changed to “effective” and a 0.3% management fee established.
Adding to the growing momentum, Hong Kong’s first Solana ETF also began trading on Monday, marking Asia’s initial entry into the Solana ETF landscape.
Despite this wave of institutional activity, retail demand for Solana remains subdued.
Futures open interest sits near $9.75 billion — up slightly from the previous day but still below the $10 billion mark — indicating that traders are cautious amid market volatility.
Even so, analysts believe the ETF launches signal a critical turning point for Solana, reinforcing its legitimacy as an institutional-grade digital asset and providing the foundation for its steady hold above $200.
While retail demand for Solana remains unresponsive, the Solana price has been climbing steadily from $190 to $205, with short positions fading quickly.
Analysts note that bearish volume profiles are weakening while liquidity accumulates at higher price levels.
This shift has tilted momentum firmly in favour of buyers, with several technical indicators confirming the strength of the ongoing rally.
On the 4-hour chart, Solana trades above both its 50-day and 200-day moving averages, reinforcing the bullish setup.
The Ichimoku Cloud analysis shows a clear breakout, with price holding above key support between $197 and $201 — a signal that often precedes extended upward moves.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) also hovers near 62, leaving room for additional gains before overbought conditions emerge.
Analysts now eye resistance zones between $204 and $208, followed by key hurdles at $216, $227, and $230.
Notably, a confirmed close above $205 could trigger a sustained rally toward these upper levels.
If momentum continues, higher targets around $237 and $253 come into view, aligning with Fibonacci retracement levels that mark previous swing highs.
Market observers have compared the current structure of Solana’s price chart to its 2023 breakout phase.
Analysts such as GalaxyBTC point to an ascending triangle pattern forming on the weekly chart, defined by a series of higher lows that indicate strong accumulation.
Same pattern as October 2023.
This Q4 we should break-out from the consolidation into new all-time-highs. pic.twitter.com/pIURlH1YUu
— Galaxy (@galaxyBTC) October 25, 2025
The critical support at $188 remains intact, representing the network’s largest volume cluster where many long-term holders entered the market.
A successful breakout above $200 would confirm the pattern and potentially lead to a test of $215 and $225, echoing the bullish behaviour seen two years ago.
The broader macro picture also appears supportive.
Some traders suggest that if the US Federal Reserve signals an end to quantitative tightening, it could inject much-needed liquidity into the market — providing another tailwind for Solana’s next leg higher.
Even as short-term traders monitor resistance near $230, long-term analysts remain optimistic about Solana’s broader trajectory.
The asset has maintained a pattern of higher lows since early 2023, and its market structure mirrors the accumulation phase that preceded its previous bull run.
Projections place potential mid- to long-term targets around $300, $390, and even $520 if momentum and institutional demand persist.
In the near term, maintaining support between $198 and $200 is crucial.
If buyers continue to defend this zone, the Solana price could strengthen further, confirming its leadership among major altcoins.
As the first wave of Solana ETFs begins trading, the market’s sentiment has clearly shifted — bears are losing ground, and bulls now have their eyes fixed firmly on the $230 milestone.
The post First Solana ETFs approved: bulls regain control with eyes on $230 appeared first on CoinJournal.
Chainlink’s traction in the crypto and blockchain ecosystem sees the oracle network rank as a global standard for decentralized finance and capital markets on-chain.
Part of the growth now has the platform teaming up with Balcony, a leading real estate tokenization firm, to bring more than $240 billion in government-sourced property assets on-chain.
As the market eyes an overall bounce amid other tailwinds, could Chainlink’s native token, LINK, gain further amid the rising institutional adoption?
Among crypto news today is the announcement that Balcony, recognized as the premier platform for government-sourced real estate tokenization, has forged a pivotal alliance with Chainlink.
The latter is the gold-standard oracle network in the blockchain ecosystem, and the partnership points to growing adoption of Chainlink solutions.
In this case, the two platforms are collaborating via Chainlink’s Runtime Environment (CRE), which is now integrated into Balcony’s Keystone platform.
Chainlink and Balcony will tap into CRE to secure and digitize over $240 billion in on-chain property assets.
With Chainlink, Balcony has the blockchain solution to consolidate fragmented government-sourced property data into a unified, verifiable system.
The move lays the groundwork for compliant and programmable tokenized real estate, the firms said in an announcement.
At its core, CRE facilitates the seamless on-chain deployment of authenticated parcel data, fostering unparalleled transparency in an asset class that has long been hampered by opaque records and manual processes.
By embedding CRE within Keystone, Balcony unlocks new avenues for liquidity and accessibility, enabling fractional ownership, automated compliance checks, and real-time data verification.
The goal is to address longstanding challenges in real estate, such as fraud risks and inefficient transfers. It also elevates trust in tokenized markets, currently an asset category witnessing staggering growth.
Balcony’s integration of CRE is a clear example of how Chainlink’s industry-standard oracle platform is unlocking the next generation of real-world assets. By bringing government-sourced property data on-chain, Balcony is setting a new standard for transparency and efficiency in real estate. This partnership reflects an accelerating movement to redefine how institutions and market participants interact with tokenized assets in a compliant and verifiable way,” said Colin Cunningham, head of tokenized asset sales at Chainlink Labs.
Chainlink’s native token has surged in recent months amid broader market gains.
However, ecosystem developments have buoyed investor sentiment, helping bulls to hold prices above key support levels during profit taking events.
At the time of writing, LINK traded around $18.50, just in the red on the day but up nearly 4% as bulls continue to hold above $18.
Chainlink token’s resilience in the market and platform appeal in a maturing crypto landscape are two factors likely to help bulls eye new highs.
If LINK retests the $20 resistance level, a successful breakout could allow buyers to push for $30 and multi-year highs of $40.
RWA sector traction, DeFi resilience, and spot exchange-traded funds hype may prove key catalysts.
The post Chainlink expands into $240B property tokenization with Balcony; check price forecast appeared first on CoinJournal.
The long-awaited approval of the Hedera ETF and Litecoin ETF has arrived, marking a pivotal moment for both assets.
With trading set to begin on the Nasdaq, investor enthusiasm has driven renewed interest in HBAR and LTC, sending prices higher as markets react to the historic development.
In a surprising turn of events, Canary Capital confirmed that its spot ETFs tracking Hedera and Litecoin will launch tomorrow on the Nasdaq.
The approval comes despite the ongoing US government shutdown, which many assumed would halt all Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) operations.
However, a recent procedural shift allowed issuers to bypass direct SEC intervention by letting their filings automatically go effective after 20 days.
According to Canary Capital CEO Steven McClurg, both ETFs have met all legal requirements and are ready to trade.
Bloomberg ETF analysts Eleanor Terrett and Eric Balchunas confirmed that the NYSE and Nasdaq have certified the required 8-A filings, the final step before shares can begin trading.
This development follows the model used for previous spot crypto ETFs, including those for Bitcoin and Ethereum, but with an even more dramatic twist, given the timing during a government shutdown.
🚨NEW: @CanaryFunds spot $HBAR and $LTC ETFs are now effective and will begin trading on the NASDAQ tomorrow, according to CEO @stevenmcclurg.
“Litecoin and Hedera are the next two token ETFs to go effective after Ethereum,” McClurg told me in a statement. “We look forward to… https://t.co/tPjsjLEE3R
— Eleanor Terrett (@EleanorTerrett) October 27, 2025
The approval of the Hedera and Litecoin ETFs has energised the crypto market, sparking fresh optimism among investors who view it as another major step toward mainstream adoption.
Hedera’s native token, HBAR, has rebounded strongly, climbing to around $0.21 at press time and reclaiming critical technical levels.
Notably, HBAR’s rise above its 20, 50, 100, and 200 exponential moving averages signals a decisive bullish shift.
At the same time, the Litecoin price is attempting to break through its stubborn $100 resistance level.
LTC price briefly spiked above the $100 mark following the ETF announcement, reflecting heightened investor interest, though it has yet to confirm a full breakout.
Technical indicators, including the Relative Strength Index (RSI) and Moving Average Convergence/Divergence (MACD), suggest that a sustained move above $100 could mark the start of a broader bullish reversal for Litecoin.
Market data also shows a shift in trading behaviour.
Hedera’s open interest has declined from over $500 million earlier this year to roughly $163 million, indicating reduced speculative leverage.
This suggests that HBAR’s latest rally is being driven more by genuine spot demand than by leveraged futures trading — often a sign of healthier market growth.
Beyond the ETF launch, Hedera’s recent institutional partnerships have strengthened its long-term outlook.
The network has been selected to participate in the Reserve Bank of Australia’s Project Acacia, exploring the use of distributed ledger technology (DLT) in tokenised financial markets.
It has also been chosen by the Bank of England for its DLT Challenge, further cementing Hedera’s position among credible blockchain platforms with real-world use cases.
Meanwhile, asset management giant T. Rowe Price has filed for an actively managed crypto ETF that may include both HBAR and LTC, signalling rising institutional confidence in these networks.
These developments are viewed as reinforcing the credibility of both assets at a time when regulated exposure through ETFs is gaining traction.
If current momentum holds, Hedera price could test higher resistance zones near $0.25 and even $0.28 in the coming weeks, while Litecoin price may finally break through the $100 ceiling that has capped its rallies for months.
However, analysts maintain that Hedera (HBAR) must stay above $0.21, which has been established as the immediate support, for the bullish momentum to build.
At the same time, Litecoin (LTC) must stay above $99.67 for the $100 to come to effect.
The post First Hedera and Litecoin ETFs approved: HBAR and LTC prices take off appeared first on CoinJournal.
F2Pool co-founder Chun Wang criticized Bitcoin’s BIP-444 soft fork — seeking to curb arbitrary onchain data — as a “bad idea” that he will not support.
SOL analysts highlighted the potential of its price to surge to $400 and beyond, fueled by the launch of the first Solana ETF in the United States.
Fintech startup ZAR aims to use Pakistan’s corner stores and kiosks to make stablecoins accessible to millions of unbanked citizens.
A pickup in Bitcoin price momentum and trading activity could push BTC above the next significant hurdle at $115,000 and secure a sustained recovery.
Bitcoin’s diminishing returns and growing inaccessibility for average retail investors are threatening the predicted extension of the crypto market cycle, according to 10x Research.
Evernorth Holdings is progressing with its plan to launch a publicly traded XRP treasury vehicle on the Nasdaq by accumulating 388.7 million XRP.
Bitcoin put in a lower high while consolidating gains as favorable RSI signals combined with an expected Federal Reserve interest-rate cut.
Solana is stepping up to the “big league” thanks to the approval of the first Solana staking ETF, which may bring wider altcoin adoption among yield-seeking institutions, an analyst said.
Metaplanet’s market-based net asset value (mNAV) fell to 0.88 last week, prompting the Tokyo-listed Bitcoin treasury company to launch the Bitcoin-backed share buyback.
The post 3 Altcoins That Let You Spend Stablecoins Anywhere Visa is Accepted appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Most crypto cards sound great until the moment they don’t work at the checkout. That’s the problem this new wave of altcoins is finally solving. Digitap ($TAP), BNB, and CRO have each created systems that let users pay with stablecoins anywhere Visa is accepted. Their goal is simple: make digital money work as easily as cash.
These altcoins turn wallets into spending tools and give holders a reason to use their crypto, not just hold it. And leading this new wave is Digitap, which has already passed $1 million in its presale – a rare milestone for a project that’s still early but already has a live app.
Digitap is one of the newest names in crypto, but it already looks far ahead of most projects in the space. One of the world’s first omni-banks – a single app where people can hold, send, and spend both crypto and cash. The app is already live on the Apple App Store and Google Play Store, which makes it easy for anyone to download and start using today.
What makes Digitap stand out is that the Visa card connects directly to the user’s balance. There is no need to swap tokens first. Users can shop online or tap in-store just like they would with any regular debit card. The card also connects to Apple Pay and Google Pay, so payments are instant, contactless, and hassle-free.
At the center of the Digitap app is its token, $TAP. It’s what keeps everything running. Holders can stake it to earn rewards, get lower fees, and unlock special perks like higher card limits or concierge services.
What really sets it apart is the way Digitap manages value. Half of all platform profits go toward buying back and burning $TAP, which permanently reduces supply. That means every bit of growth in the app helps make the token more scarce over time. It’s a simple idea — real use creates real demand — and it gives $TAP a reason to exist beyond trading.
The presale has already passed $1 million, which is a strong sign of early support from investors who see real progress. The token is priced at $0.0194 for now, with the next round set to rise to $0.0268. That climb feels well earned — most presale projects never make it this far.
Digitap already has a live, working app in people’s hands, which gives the presale more weight than promises on a roadmap.
BNB sits comfortably among the top five cryptocurrencies in the world. It trades at around $1,167 and has a market cap of more than $150 billion — proof of how deeply it’s rooted in the market. Even after years of ups and downs, BNB stays at the center of the crypto economy.
The token fuels everything inside the Binance ecosystem — trading, staking, DeFi, and payments. One of its most practical features is the Binance Visa Card, which lets users spend their crypto almost anywhere.
At checkout, the card automatically turns crypto into local currency, so payments feel instant and simple. On top of that, users earn cashback in BNB, giving real value back every time they spend.
BNB’s strength comes from its scale. Binance has tens of millions of users and some of the highest daily trading volumes in the world. The token’s steady value and strong use inside the exchange help it stay resilient even during market slowdowns.
Source: CoinMarketCap/BNB
CRO, the native token of Crypto.com, currently trades around $0.15. The token has held steady through recent market swings, supported by the brand’s large user base and active card program.
The Crypto.com Visa Card remains one of the best-known crypto cards in the world. It lets users pay with crypto or stablecoins anywhere Visa is accepted. The app automatically converts digital assets into fiat at the point of sale. Cashback rewards are paid in CRO, and users who stake more CRO receive higher cashback and extra benefits such as airport lounge access.
Crypto.com has built one of the most complete ecosystems in the industry, combining an exchange, NFT marketplace, and DeFi tools. The CRO token sits at the center of it all. It connects users to products and rewards. Its stability and strong branding have helped it keep a loyal following even through volatile market periods.
Source: CoinMarketCap/CRO
All three tokens — $TAP, BNB, and CRO — connect crypto to real-world spending. Each has a Visa-backed card that lets users pay at millions of locations. Yet one project clearly leads in innovation and accessibility.
Digitap already runs a live app, not just a website promise. Its card works now, and users can join without complex KYC steps if they choose the privacy tier. The project also burns half of its profits, which supports long-term value for holders.
BNB and CRO are strong, established players, but they serve users mainly inside their own exchange ecosystems. Digitap stands apart as a full financial app built for both fiat and crypto. For anyone looking for the next altcoin that brings stablecoins into everyday life, Digitap looks ready to take that role.
Discover the future of crypto cards with Digitap by checking out their live Visa card project here:
Presale https://presale.digitap.app
Website: https://digitap.app
Social: https://linktr.ee/digitap.app
The post PayPal Partners with OpenAI to Power Instant Checkout, AI Commerce in ChatGPT appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
PayPal has teamed up with OpenAI in a major move that could change how people shop and pay online.
Announced on October 28, the partnership will bring instant checkout and agentic commerce to ChatGPT, allowing users to discover and buy products directly through the chatbot, powered by PayPal’s trusted payment network.
Here’s why this is exciting.
According to a press release today, PayPal will adopt OpenAI’s Agentic Commerce Protocol (ACP), a new system designed to make online shopping faster and more interactive. Soon, ChatGPT users will be able to find products, choose payment methods, and check out instantly using PayPal without even leaving the chat.
For merchants, the change could be massive. PayPal plans to connect tens of millions of businesses, from small shops to global brands, to ChatGPT’s growing user base.
“Hundreds of millions of people turn to ChatGPT each week for help with everyday tasks, including finding products they love, and over 400 million use PayPal to shop,” said Alex Chriss, President and CEO of PayPal. “By partnering with OpenAI and adopting the Agentic Commerce Protocol, PayPal will power payments and commerce experiences that help people go from chat to checkout in just a few taps.”
This partnership reflects PayPal’s broader shift toward AI-powered commerce and digital innovation. The company has already launched its PYUSD stablecoin and built crypto custody services, showing its growing focus on the digital asset space.
While the announcement didn’t directly mention crypto, this kind of AI-driven payments system could easily become a bridge between fiat and digital currencies in the future.
If PayPal’s ACP platform eventually supports blockchain-based settlements, it could boost the use of PYUSD and other regulated stablecoins in real-world transactions.
Also Read: What Can You Actually Buy With Crypto in 2025?
“Agentic Commerce” or AI-powered buying and selling could eventually go beyond simple checkouts. With time, it might connect with smart contracts, tokenized assets, or digital identity systems.
And as history shows, every major AI and payments announcement tends to boost interest in related crypto sectors.
Tokens tied to AI, payments, and stablecoins – like FET, AGIX, OCEAN, XRP, XLM, and PYUSD – could all see renewed investor attention.
PayPal’s latest move with OpenAI is exciting and a strong signal that shows us where digital commerce is headed.
The post Cardano Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will ADA Price Hit $2? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The Cardano price prediction for 2025 is generating significant buzz in the crypto market, particularly as we have entered Q3 2025 with July. The transformative Plomin Hard Fork, implemented in Q1, has played a crucial role in this momentum, especially with the announcement of full decentralized governance.
This landmark upgrade has reinforced Cardano’s commitment to community-driven innovation, leading to a strengthening of its internal ecosystem. Even bigger institutions like Grayscale have been applauding the project’s vision and gave 1/5th allocation in its fund.
Industry leaders like IOHK and EMURGO are also actively advancing the Cardano ecosystem. EMURGO’s partnership with Ctrl Wallet on July 2, 2025, has enhanced Cardano’s interoperability, enabling connections to over 2,300 blockchains.
Moreover, community-driven initiatives focusing on scalability, privacy through the Midnight chain, and integration with Bitcoin DeFi are paving the way for substantial growth.
Additionally, Bloomberg analysts have raised odds of potential spot ADA ETF approvals, and strong technical indicators signaling positive trends, investor enthusiasm is at an all-time high. Questions abound: “Will Cardano spearhead the altcoin movement?” and “What heights can ADA reach by 2050?” Explore this Cardano price prediction for 2025 and beyond, filled with expert insights and ambitious forecasts.
Cardano (ADA) is predicted to reach a potential high of $2.05 in 2025, driven by hopes of ETF approval, full decentralization after the Plomin Hard Fork, and increasing institutional interest. However, if ADA fails to hold above key support, it may range between $0.85 and $1.25.
| Cryptocurrency | Cardano |
| Token | ADA |
| Price | $0.6641
-1.95%
|
| Market Cap | $ 23,811,770,669.51 |
| 24h Volume | $ 878,152,462.6427 |
| Circulating Supply | 35,854,459,397.4189 |
| Total Supply | 44,994,478,516.77 |
| All-Time High | $ 3.0992 on 02 September 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0174 on 01 October 2017 |
ADA’s strong 2025 expectations faltered, with Q1-Q3 dominated by a sustained correction that wiped out most prior gains. This decline has forced price action back to a critical juncture. The recent volatility kicked off in Q4, even pushing ADA sharply down to the crucial $0.60 support level.
Despite this, the optimism remains high due to the technical structure as evidenced on ADA price chart the price action has perfectly performed a retest of the support line of a multi-month symmetrical triangle pattern
This consolidation suggests that the momentum is coiling for a major move. ADA’s immediate fate rests entirely on defending the $0.60 support floor.
That said, a sustained defence of the $0.60 floor and a subsequent breakout above the triangle’s upper resistance could validate the bullish thesis, which could target a significant recovery rally.
For now, November is predicted to be an important month, and $0.85 could be retested; there is also a chance that it might even close above $0.85 on a daily basis in November.
However, if the ADA price dips below the $0.60 level, the symmetrical triangle setup will be invalidated, likely paving the way for a decline toward the long-term low of $0.27.
| Price Prediction | Potential Low ($) | Average Price ($) | Potential High ($) |
| November 2025 | $0.25 | $0.92 | $1.32 |
| Source | Low Price | Average Price | High Price |
| Gemini | $0.85 – $0.95 | $1.00 – $1.20 | $1.30 – $1.50+ |
| BlackBox | $0.65 | $1.00 | $1.50 |
| ChatGPT | $0.75 | $0.95 | $1.25 |
Cardano has long prioritized decentralization, and the Q1 2025 Plomin hard fork pushed it even further. Unlike many blockchains, Cardano places control in the hands of users rather than central entities. This is evident in CoinCarp’s rich list, where the top 100 addresses hold just 22% of the mainnet supply, which is far less than most altcoins.
Technically, if ADA price intends for a long-term rally, then a break above the $1.10–$1.20 range, strong retail participation will be key. A major catalyst could be the approval of an ADA ETF, expected by year-end, which could attract billions in inflows. Another would be a global attraction in the sector with BTC continuing northward moves.
Therefore, if ADA holds above its Q1 2025 high, it has a strong chance of retesting the $2.05 mark before the year ends.
| Scenario | Potential Low | Average Price | Potential High |
| Without ETF Approval | $0.85 | $1.10 | $1.25 |
| With ETF Approval + Retail Surge | $1.20 | $1.65 | $2.05 |
| Bullish Breakout (with ETF & macro support) | $1.50 | $2.05 | $2.80 |
| Price Prediction | Potential Low ($) | Average Price ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 2.75 | 3.00 | 3.25 |
| 2027 | 4.50 | 4.75 | 5.00 |
| 2028 | 5.25 | 5.50 | 5.75 |
| 2029 | 6.75 | 7.25 | 7.75 |
| 2030 | 9.00 | 9.75 | 10.25 |
This table, based on historical movements, shows ADA prices to reach $10.25 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential Cardano price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 10.50 | 11.00 | 11.25 |
| 2032 | 13.75 | 14.25 | 14.75 |
| 2033 | 17.50 | 18.50 | 19.75 |
| 2040 | 34.25 | 51.75 | 69.25 |
| 2050 | 128.25 | 228.75 | 329.50 |
Based on the historic market sentiments and trend analysis of the altcoin, here are the possible Cardano price targets for the longer time frames.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $0.752 | $1.18 | $6.05 |
| Coincodex | $0.79 | $0.53 | $0.89 |
| Binance | $0.79 | $0.83 | $1.01 |
*The aforementioned targets are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Coinpedia’s Price Analysis provides you with the latest content on the recent market trend that enables you to get closer to the price movements & actions of the various cryptocurrencies.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
According to our Cardano price prediction, the altcoin’s price could hit a maximum of $2.05 in 2025.
At the time of writing, the price of 1 Cardano ADA token was $ 0.66412299
Cardano is an underrated investment and has a high chance of performing in the next couple of years, considering the plethora of applications.
Cardano is not dead, as it is witnessing major developmental upgrades, which could boost ADA’s price in the near future.
Even the most bullish of Cardano supporters acknowledge that Cardano will only potentially surpass Ethereum within 18 to 20 years.
As per our latest ADA price analysis, Cardano could reach a maximum price of $69.33.
By 2050, a single Cardano price could go as high as $329.56.
At the time of press, the Cardano price CAD is $0.9141.
The post Polygon (MATIC) Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will MATIC Price Surge to $1? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Polygon (POL) has a mind-blowing Layer-2 scaling solution project for Ethereum, which is primarily designed to address slow speeds and the network’s high transaction fees.
As a result, Polygon is seen as a revolutionary framework for developers and users, as it attracts by offering a more efficient Ethereum experience, which is the reason contributing to POL’s price value, too.
Through, POL, which is its native token (formerly MATIC), is utilized for transaction fees and network governance, in the framework of interconnected Ethereum-compatible blockchain networks.
Its use case makes it an attractive altcoin, and even its token POL price is attracting attention. The coin is expected to show a surge in the coming sessions, but it would require a technical eye to understand.
Therefore, if you are curious about whether the POL price can rebound to $1. Will Polygon go up? And is Polygon a good investment? We bring our Polygon Price Prediction for 2025 – 2030 to explore the POL price prediction.
| Cryptocurrency | Polygon |
| Token | MATIC |
| Price | $0.2182
2.88%
|
| Market Cap | $ 402,374,198.74 |
| 24h Volume | $ 1,217,344.7306 |
| Circulating Supply | 0.00 |
| Total Supply | 10,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 2.92 on 27 December 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0030 on 10 May 2019 |
Polygon price prediction for November 2025 (POL) suggests that a reversal rally could occur soon, as most of the price action seen in 2025 was a consolidation movement within a range-bound border between $0.16 and $0.26.
Since it has been coiling for many months, price action is critical. The larger the coil, the greater the rally, so November is crucial as it will determine how the year concludes.
Additionally, the $0.26 hurdle is a critical juncture; retesting and breaching it is a key prediction for November. As long as it sustains above $0.26, the target for November would be $0.42.
However, if it fails to retest due to a lack of bullish demand, the consolidation may continue for the remainder of the month.
| Month | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| Polygon Price Action November 2025 | $0.10 | $0.20 | $0.40 |
Throughout 2025, the POL token (formerly MATIC) has experienced a significant downfall, with its price declining by more than 60% from an annual high of $0.76.
This fall was largely influenced by broader macroeconomic shifts, as a result saw its steepest losses in the first half of the year. But the second half of 2025 has marked a change in momentum, as the token has stopped forming new lows.
The bullish hopes for the third quarter are rising as POL is inching higher with a key pattern’s assistance.
The majority of 2025 saw Polygon (POL) consolidate within a defined range. Although a bullish awakening occurred in Q3, pushing the price to a high of $0.29 in mid-September, this moment proved brief. As aggressive profit-taking accelerated from mid-September onward, completely reversing the rally and smashing the price down to the range’s lower border by mid-October. This move places POL at a critical juncture, facing a decisive retest of multi-month support.
This is the third time POL has revisited this support block, following successful bounces in both April and June. The established pattern suggests that every previous touch of this lower border has been met with significant demand, pushing the price back toward the upper range boundary at $0.26.
Based on this compelling historical examples of this year, the odds are high that POL will stage another reversal in the remaining days of October, aiming to revisit the $0.26 level. Flipping and sustaining a daily close above this upper border would give the bulls the upper hand and allow POL to target higher resistance levels at $0.4220 and potentially $0.5386 before the end of the quarter.
While the probability of a reversal from this historically strong support is high, the market risk cannot be ignored. The current retest represents a high-stakes scenario. Should the critical support fail and the price mark a new swing low, it would invalidate the current consolidation pattern. In this bearish event, the price could accelerate downward, leading to a new yearly low forming well below the $0.1500 mark.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| Polygon Price Action 2025 | $0.15 | $0.26 | $0.53 |
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| Polygon Price Action 2026 | $0.18870 | $0.47179 | $0.75488 |
| POL Price Prediction 2027 | $0.30194 | $0.75488 | $1.20782 |
| Polygon Crypto Price Forecast 2028 | $0.48311 | $1.20782 | $1.93252 |
| POL Coin Price Projection 2029 | $0.77297 | $1.93252 | $3.09205 |
| Polygon Price Prediction 2030 | $1.23676 | $3.09205 | $4.94729 |
This table, based on historical movements, shows POL price to reach $4.94 by 2030 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential POL price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Anticipating further expansion, MATIC’s potential high for 2026 is projected to be $0.75488, while the potential low is estimated at $0.18870, resulting in an average price of $0.47179.
MATIC crypto can make a potential high of $1.20782 in 2027, with a potential low of $0.30194, leading to an average price of $0.75488.
As the POL price progresses, the potential high price for 2028 is projected to be $1.93252, with a potential low of $0.48311, resulting in an average price of $1.20782.
Polygon coin price potential high for 2029 could be $3.09205, while a potential low of $0.77297, with an average price of $1.93252.
With an established position in the market, POL’s potential high for 2030 is projected to be $4.94729. On the flip side, a potential low of $1.23676 will result in an average price of $3.09205.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| CoinCodex | $ 0.71 | $ 0.50 | $ 0.90 |
| Binance | $0.24 | $0.26 | $0.31 |
| Flitpay | $6.25 | $4 | $10.4 |
Coinpedia’s price prediction for Polygon is bullish, suggesting the MATIC crypto price may reach new swing highs and possibly surpass its all-time high in the near future.
The Polygon Price Forecast 2025 predicts a swing high of $0.47181, with an average price of $0.29488.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $0.11795 | $0.29488 | $0.47181 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Yes, it is a profitable investment, but the digital asset should be under due consideration for the long term.
According to our MATIC price prediction, the altcoin could reach a maximum of $0.47181 by 2025. With a potential surge, the price could go as high as $4.94731 by 2030.
While it is not a direct apples-to-apples comparison, as one is a layer-2 and the other is a layer-1.
At its best, it can process 65,000 transactions per second.
The major functionality of this altcoin is to enable the multichain Ethereum ecosystem. It provides a network that offers interoperability between previous and present infrastructure scenarios of Ethereum.
As per our MATIC price prediction, $100 dollars target is possible over the next 18 years.
Yes, MATIC has been upgraded to POL as the network token for Polygon.
The post Hedera Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will HBAR Price Hit $0.5? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Hedera has been making waves in the cryptocurrency space, with a fast and secure blockchain that offers a distinct approach to transaction processing compared to Ethereum and other smart contract chains. It’s permission-only, meaning the blockchain is managed by private companies. Limiting what types of decentralised applications are allowed is what makes Hedera stand out from the rest.
Having entered the top 20 digital assets by market cap in 2024, it is now eyeing a potential leap into the top 10 by the end of 2025. Hedera has also recently ramped up its development activities for its ecosystem. Its ecosystem is strengthening, despite its capped price action. With increasing real-world use cases, institutional interest, and strategic partnerships, many are closely tracking HBAR price chart 2025 to gauge how high the token can rise.
With major companies like Google, IBM, and Chainlink Labs backing the project, and discussions about SEC approved HBAR ETF would flood string liquidity. Many are intrigued that: Will the HBAR Price Reach $1? Let’s discuss this in our Hedera price prediction 2025 article.
| Cryptocurrency | Hedera |
| Token | HBAR |
| Price | $0.2051
14.64%
|
| Market Cap | $ 8,710,306,730.66 |
| 24h Volume | $ 906,994,647.9130 |
| Circulating Supply | 42,475,229,929.1494 |
| Total Supply | 50,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 0.5701 on 16 September 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0100 on 02 January 2020 |
Hedera price USD began the year on a high note, peaking at $0.40 in mid-January before a steady decline took it to a low of $0.125 in early April. This downturn was caused by external factors and waning investor interest, reflected in a decrease in the Total Value Locked (TVL).
But this tide turned in the second week of April. As a broader crypto market rally helped HBAR price break free from the wedge, it bounced off a significant support zone that had previously fueled a late 2024 rally. This support, confirmed by the Fixed Range Volume Profile (FRVP) indicator, suggested strong institutional buying interest. The momentum propelled HBAR on a remarkable surge of nearly 80%, from $0.125 to $0.228 by mid-May
Unfortunately, this rebound was cut short by escalating geopolitical tensions, which pushed HBAR back to its April lows by the end of June. During this time, the price formed another parallel declining wedge.
The second half of the year started strong, with HBAR posting a significant rally in July from the $0.12 to $0.14 demand zone up to $0.30.
However, this upward move was firmly rejected at a critical resistance point, which strongly aligned with the upper boundary of a descending triangle established since early 2025.
This rejection fueled a sharp decline throughout August and September, which worsened further with a critical liquidation event on October 10th, momentarily pushing the price below the demand zone to $0.10.
This dip was quickly absorbed by institutional buyers, leading to a recovery attempt that failed to flip $0.20 psychological resistance, but after a decent consolidation below this hurdle buyers accumulated it and on October 28th it saw an near 20% rise that pushed its price to $0.22, this occurred as the much-anticipated launch of the Canary HBAR ETF (HBR) on Nasdaq opened the doors for institutional investors.
Now, it’s approaching once again the upper border of this multi-month pattern, and odds suggest that if sustained bullish momentum continues, a breakout could occur this time, and November could be the biggest month.
For price to rally, HBAR/USD needs to clear the short-term resistance at $0.24 and aim for $0.30. Once it sustains above $0.30 with a daily close, then the year-end target could be near $0.40.
Conversely, losing the $0.19 recently formed support would indicate that the major demand is present in the $0.12-$0.13 area. However, losing that support level would also confirm a deeper bearish trend, potentially leading to retreats toward $0.07 and, ultimately, the $0.04 support level.
The HBAR price is rising to test the upper border of the multi-month descending triangle after receiving positive news about the HBAR ETF from Canary. It is retreating in October to the key $0.12–$0.14 demand area after its rally stalled at the multi-month descending triangle resistance near $0.30 in July.
This upcoming retest is critical because a successful hold could launch a short-term move to $0.30 in November and potentially $0.40 by year-end. Failure to hold the demand $0.19 could pull its price back to $0.12-$0.13 demand area.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| HBAR Price Prediction November 2025 | $0.125 | $0.27 | $0.40 |
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2026 | $0.45 | $0.80 | $1.05 |
| 2027 | $0.60 | $0.95 | $1.20 |
| 2028 | $0.65 | $1.10 | $1.40 |
| 2029 | $0.70 | $1.35 | $1.60 |
| 2030 | $0.95 | $1.70 | $2.20 |
Moving forward to 2026, forecast prices and technical analysis project that Hedera’s price is expected to reach a minimum of $0.45. The price could escalate to $1.05 on the higher end, with an average trading price hovering around $0.80.
Looking ahead to 2027, the optimism around Hedera will lead to steady growth. Hence, the HBAR price is forecasted to reach a low of $0.60, with a potential high touching $1.20 and an average forecast price of $0.95.
As we advance to 2028, with moderate gains, the HBAR predictions indicate that the price of a single HBAR could reach a minimum of $0.65, with the ceiling potentially rising to $1.40. Within the range, the average price will be $1.10.
By the time 2029 rolls around, it’s predicted that Hedera’s price will maintain its upward trajectory, reaching a minimum of $0.70, with the maximum price possibly reaching $1.60 and an average of $1.35, reflecting cautious optimism.
By the end of this decade, HBAR is predicted to touch its lowest price at $0.95, aiming for a high of $1.70 and an average price of $2.20. Hence, the prediction suggests stable long-term growth for Hedera’s market value.
| Firm | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $0.259 | $0.370 | $1.74 |
| priceprediction.net | $0.27 | $0.40 | $1.99 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $0.43 | $0.50 | $1.07 |
By the end of 2025, the recovery run in HBAR prices is expected to continue with a gradual rise in momentum. Hence, by the end of 2025, Coinpedia’s HBAR price forecast expects a potential high of $0.80 with a solid support at $0.40, making an average of $0.60.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $0.40 | $0.60 | $0.80 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Yes, the stout fundamentals of the network make HBAR a good investment, but for the long term.
Analysts forecast HBAR could peak at $0.75 by the end of 2025, with averages near $0.40 and lows at $0.15.
The network can process over 10,000 transactions in one second.
By 2030, HBAR is forecast to reach highs of $2.20, averaging around $1.70 with lows near $0.95.
HBAR is available for trade across leading cryptocurrency exchange platforms such as Binance, Coinbase, Zebpay, etc…
The post Metaplanet Announces ¥75B Share Repurchase Program to Strengthen Bitcoin Strategy appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Metaplanet, widely known as “Japan’s MicroStrategy”, has taken a major step forward in its long-term strategy by launching a 75 billion JPY share repurchase program.
This comes after the company faced a setback with a decline in its mNAV, and aims to make better use of capital and boost returns for shareholders.
Metaplanet has established a share repurchase program to enhance capital efficiency and maximize BTC Yield. The Board also approved a credit facility to enable flexible execution as part of the company’s capital allocation strategy. https://t.co/zucPBrIqOQ
— Simon Gerovich (@gerovich) October 28, 2025
In its latest disclosure, Metaplanet noted that recent market volatility and a decline in its mNAV have led to its stock being undervalued.
The mNAV compares the company’s enterprise value to the market value of its Bitcoin holdings. When it falls below 1.0x, the company’s shares are seen as trading below their fair value based on BTC reserves.
To address this, Metaplanet launched a capital management plan designed to maximize BTC yield and improve capital efficiency.
Metaplanet’s stock is currently trading at 499 JPY, up 2.5% over the past day and roughly 18% over the last five days. Its mNAV has also recovered to 1.03 as of the time of writing.
The buyback program will cover up to 150 million common shares, representing about 13.13% of its total outstanding shares, excluding treasury shares. It will run from October 29, 2025, to October 28, 2026 and buybacks will be conducted through purchases on the Tokyo Stock Exchange under a discretionary trading agreement.
In order to give the company more flexibility in carrying out the repurchase program, the board has also approved a credit facility with a borrowing limit of up to USD 500 million (around JPY 76.4 billion).
This allows the company to secure funds using its Bitcoin holdings as collateral whenever needed. The funds raised could be used for additional Bitcoin purchases, investments in its Bitcoin Income business, or share buybacks.
The credit line also plays a major role in the Company’s financial strategy and is expected to serve as bridge financing ahead of its planned issuance of preference shares.
Metaplanet has also created a new Capital Allocation Policy designed to maximize sustainable value creation. It will be guided by three fundamental principles.
Metaplanet plans to actively utilize preferred shares, to strengthen BTC yield and enhance long-term shareholder value. It will avoid new issuances when mNAV is below 1.0x, and pursue them only when mNAV exceeds 1.0x and valuations and strategic conditions clearly support long-term shareholder value.
And if mNAV falls below 1.0x, the Company will actively consider share buybacks to enhance BTC yield and shareholder value.
It also noted that the funding sources for share repurchases may include cash reserves, funds raised from preferred share issuances, credit facilities, or income generated by its Bitcoin-related business operations.
Since April 2025, the company has expanded its Bitcoin Treasury Strategy, now holding 30,823 BTC, making it the fourth-largest public Bitcoin holder globally and the largest in Asia.
The company is also committed to its long-term goal of acquiring 210,000 BTC by the end of 2027.
Despite what appears to have been a setback, Metaplanet continues to show strong conviction in Bitcoin’s long-term potential.
The post Japan’s Metaplanet Plan $500M Share Buyback Program, Stock Jumps 2.3% appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Japan’s leading Bitcoin treasury company, Metaplanet, has announced a bold plan to buy back 13.15% of its outstanding shares. The firm has also secured a massive $500 million credit facility backed by Bitcoin, signaling a deep commitment to integrating digital assets into its corporate growth strategy.
According to the company’s official filing, it will buy back up to 150 million common shares, equal to 13.13% of its total shares (excluding treasury stock). The program will run through October 28, 2026, and the company can use its new credit facility for both share repurchases and additional Bitcoin purchases.
The buyback, supported by a $500 million credit line, shows the company’s confidence in its long-term growth and strong balance sheet.
*Notice Regarding the Establishment of Share Repurchase Program* pic.twitter.com/GBNY8fJfv4
— Metaplanet Inc. (@Metaplanet_JP) October 28, 2025
The company said the goal is to make capital use more efficient and respond to the recent drop in its market-to-net-asset value (mNAV), which compares the market value of the company’s Bitcoin holdings to its overall value.
Metaplanet’s aggressive Bitcoin-focused strategy stands out in the Japanese and global investment landscape. Currently, Metaplanet holds 30,823 BTC, valued at approximately $3.5 billion.
The firm noted that its stock price often trades below the actual value of its Bitcoin holdings, creating an opportunity to increase its “BTC yield per share.”
The company has highlighted its commitment to increasing its Bitcoin holdings, aiming for an ultimate target of holding 210,000 BTC, equal to 1% of the eventual 21 million Bitcoin supply, by 2027.
Following the announcement, Metaplanet’s stock climbed 2.3%, closing at 499 yen. The rally reflects renewed investor optimism fueled by expectations that reduced share supply and an injection of financial flexibility will lift per-share value.
Metaplanet’s buyback initiative signals a broader shift: public companies are increasingly viewing digital assets not just as speculative holdings, but as foundational drivers for capital strategy and market positioning
The post Noomez ($NNZ) Review – Is It the Next Meme Coin to Explode? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Noomez ($NNZ) review discussions are starting to dominate crypto forums as traders look for structured alternatives to hype-driven meme coins.
In a market where transparency and real mechanics matter more than marketing, Noomez features a deflationary model, measurable presale stages, and on-chain accountability.
Built on a transparent smart-contract framework, the project introduces a 28-stage presale with automatic burns, live tracking, and a fixed supply designed for scarcity.
Rather than chasing speculation, Noomez focuses on verifiable growth, a possible reason many consider it one of the most structured meme coin launches of 2025.
Noomez ($NNZ) is a deflationary meme coin built on the Binance Smart Chain, designed to combine entertainment value with measurable token mechanics.
It operates through a 28-stage presale model that allocates 50% of its 280 billion total supply to structured sales rounds.
During these stages, prices begin at $0.00001 in Stage 1 and gradually rise to $0.0028 by Stage 28. They create a clear, verifiable curve that might reward early participation.
Each stage ends with automatic burns of any unsold tokens, permanently reducing circulation before public trading.
Also, progress is displayed through the Noom Gauge, an on-chain tracker that verifies presale milestones in real time.
With KYC-verified founders, 15% locked liquidity, and 6-12-month team vesting, Noomez offers greater transparency than some other meme coins.
The features position it as a structured alternative in a category often ruled by speculation.
Pro Tip: Before joining any presale, verify on-chain proofs for token burns, liquidity locks, and team vesting. Noomez publishes all of these openly, giving buyers real data instead of promises.
The Noomez ($NNZ) tokenomics are built around fixed supply, stage-based scarcity, and verifiable deflation.
The total supply is 280 billion $NNZ, with 140 billion (50%) reserved for the 28-stage presale.
Each stage lasts up to seven days, starting at $0.00001 and increasing to $0.0028 by the final stage.
To further reward participants, two major Vault Events mark the presale’s progression:
Unsold tokens at each stage are automatically burned, while supply metrics and stage completions are displayed live through the Noom Gauge.
Beyond the presale, 15 % of tokens remain locked for liquidity, and the core team follows a 612-month vesting schedule.
The meme coin market has been dominated by viral launches and short-term hype, but Noomez ($NNZ) approaches growth through structure.
Each presale milestone is tracked by the Noom Gauge, allowing investors the ability to monitor token burns, vault airdrops, and total circulation.
Unlike meme coins that rely heavily on post-launch marketing, Noomez integrates accountability from day one through automatic burns, audited contracts, and a deflationary vault system.
Such a design allows value to form from supply logic and participation, not speculation.
After the presale concludes, Noomez ($NNZ) transitions into the Noom Engine, a post-launch framework designed to sustain utility and engagement.
Holders can stake tokens to earn up to 66% APY, with rewards scaling based on early participation. Partner projects will also deposit portions of their supply into the Engine, which are then automatically distributed to NNZ holders as ongoing rewards.
Meanwhile, deflation continues through scheduled burns tied to Vault milestones and the 5% Burn Vault outlined in the whitepaper.
Together, these mechanisms maintain scarcity while supporting active rewards and NFT integrations.
Instead of relying on market hype, Noomez’s function is based on transparent token flows, automated participation, and measurable outcomes.
For More Information:
Website: Visit the Official Noomez Website
Telegram: Join the Noomez Telegram Channel
The post Bitcoin Price Extends Gains, But Technical Signals Hint at a Pullback Below $110K—What’s Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bitcoin (BTC) price continues to trade with upward momentum, recently reclaiming levels above $113,000 as market sentiment leans cautiously optimistic. The market has followed suit, with speculation of whether this momentum can be sustained amid tightening liquidity and rising volatility. However, several technical indicators now suggest a potential cool-off phase. This raises concerns of a short-term correction below the $110,000 support zone.
After rebounding sharply from lows near $107,800 earlier this week, Bitcoin has steadily reclaimed lost ground, climbing back above the $113,000 mark. This recovery reflects renewed buying pressure around key demand zones, supported by improving market liquidity and increased spot trading activity. However, BTC now faces a crucial test near the $114,500–$115,000 resistance area, where profit-taking has historically intensified. Momentum indicators hint at potential exhaustion, suggesting that if Bitcoin fails to secure a daily close above this range, a corrective drop toward $110,000—or even lower—could soon follow.
Another major reason to be bearish on Bitcoin is the recently formed CME gap with the lower range close to $110,000.
Bitcoin’s rebound from the $107,800 lows has lifted prices toward $114,600, yet the move now encounters a key CME gap between $110,700 and $113,500, as highlighted on the chart. This unfilled gap has become a focal point for traders, as Bitcoin often revisits these levels before establishing a sustained trend. The Ichimoku Cloud currently acts as dynamic resistance, with the upper boundary near $115,700 aligning with the gap’s top.
Historically, BTC has tended to “fill” such CME gaps before reversing direction, suggesting a possible short-term rejection if momentum weakens. Meanwhile, the RSI around 51 signals a neutral bias, indicating potential consolidation before the next major move.
The recent rebound in Bitcoin (BTC) price underscores improving short-term sentiment, but the broader market remains cautious amid low volatility and mixed macro cues. A decisive move beyond the $115,700 cloud resistance could reignite bullish momentum across major altcoins, fueling renewed inflows into risk assets. However, failure to clear this zone may keep BTC range-bound, with traders eyeing $110,000 as a key defensive level. With upcoming macro events and ETF flows influencing liquidity, Bitcoin’s next move could set the tone for the entire crypto market heading into November.
The post XRP Rallying to $3, but Ozak AI Could 100x from Its $0.012 Presale appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
XRP is showing strong bullish momentum as it pushes toward a key breakout zone, supported by a solid technical structure and growing market confidence. A decisive move beyond critical resistance levels could pave the way for further gains, reinforcing its position as one of the more stable large-cap plays in this rally.
However, while XRP’s upside remains promising, its potential returns may be more moderate compared to early-stage opportunities like Ozak AI, which is still in presale and positioned at a much earlier growth stage. Ozak AI’s AI-driven ecosystem and strategic partnerships give it an asymmetrical edge, attracting investors looking for higher-risk, higher-reward plays.
Backed by partnerships with Perceptron Network and SINT, Ozak AI blends AI-driven predictive infrastructure with blockchain utility, positioning itself for exponential growth. While XRP might deliver solid gains, Ozak AI’s early entry point gives it a realistic pathway to 100x returns if adoption and listings align with market momentum, making it one of the standout opportunities of this cycle.
XRP is trading at $2.Fifty four, building momentum after weeks of sustained shopping for pressure and renewed investor confidence. The token has been moving regularly inside a robust uptrend, with key resistance stages forming around $2.72, $three.10, and $three.50. On the disadvantage, solid support zones are keeping at $2.30, $2.05, and $1.82, helping to hold a bullish structure no matter periodic profit-taking.
A clear breakout above $2.72 could set the stage for a rapid push to $3.50—a level not seen since the peak of previous bull cycles. XRP’s rally is being fueled by renewed optimism surrounding its institutional use cases and the growing likelihood of expanded adoption in global payment systems, making it one of the top-performing large-cap assets in this cycle.
While XRP is drawing headlines for its price action, Ozak AI is positioning itself as one of the most explosive early-stage opportunities in the market. Priced at just $0.012 in its sixth OZ presale stage, Ozak AI has already raised over $4.1 million and sold 975 million tokens, reflecting growing confidence from retail and early-stage investors.
Unlike many speculative tokens, Ozak AI has a clear utility layer—it integrates AI-powered predictive intelligence, autonomous agent systems, and real-time data sharing through its partnership with Perceptron Network. This partnership connects the project to over 700,000 active nodes, unlocking large-scale intelligence aggregation that can power on-chain predictive markets.
Another major catalyst behind Ozak AI’s rising attention is its strategic alliance with SINT, which brings voice-driven interfaces, cross-chain bridges, SDK toolkits, and over 60K active users into the ecosystem.
This integration aligns perfectly with the continuing narrative of AI-meets-blockchain, a zone projected to dominate innovation cycles in the coming years. Where XRP represents balance and mainstream adoption, Ozak AI represents velocity, agility, and early positioning—presenting retail investors a ground-floor entry into a story that is just starting to boost up.
Youtube embed:
For XRP, transferring from $2.54 to $5 could mean a kind of 2x return, which is appealing but restrained compared to early-stage initiatives. By contrast, Ozak AI attaining $1 from its $0.012 presale price might represent greater than an 80x to 100x growth—an outcome that turns into increasingly more realistic if the assignment executes its vision, secures important listings, and faucets into the growing AI-blockchain momentum. Investors who struck similar early-level opportunities in previous cycles—whether or not it become meme coins or application tokens—noticed lifestyles-changing returns during breakout runs.
Ozak AI has a compelling mix of low entry price, strong partnerships, and technological utility that positions it well for such a move. XRP may lead this market phase with strength and adoption, but Ozak AI offers the kind of asymmetric upside that traders and early investors often seek when rotating capital from established assets into emerging narratives. As the market matures and liquidity flows deepen, XRP could anchor portfolios while Ozak AI acts as the explosive growth play—making it a powerful combination for those aiming to capitalize on the 2025 bull cycle.
Ozak AI is a blockchain-based crypto project that provides a technology platform that specializes in predictive AI and advanced data analytics for financial markets. Through machine learning algorithms and decentralized network technologies, Ozak AI enables real-time, accurate, and actionable insights to help crypto enthusiasts and businesses make the correct decisions.
For more, visit:
Website: https://ozak.ai/
Telegram: https://t.me/OzakAGI
Twitter: https://x.com/ozakagi
Agent-based payment protocols like Google's AP2 and Stripe's ACP improve transaction efficiency with verifiable mandates and streamlined authorization.
The post When AI agents move money appeared first on CoinGeek.
We explore how the U.S. and the U.K. approach digital assets—the impact of enforcement-first vs innovation-first mindsets.
The post US, UK digital asset regulation: Different roads, same destination appeared first on CoinGeek.
Evernorth's substantial XRP holdings and strategic Ripple ties could significantly influence XRP's market dynamics and investor confidence.
The post Ripple-backed Evernorth now holds $1 billion in XRP appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Multiple crypto exchange-traded funds (ETFs) are set to launch this week despite the government shutdown, with investment products based on Solana (SOL), Litecoin (LTC), and Hedera (HBAR) seemingly ready to start trading as soon as Tuesday.
On Sunday night, Nate Geraci affirmed that the next two weeks will be key for the long-awaited spot crypto-based ETFs as Solana, XRP, LTC, and other ETF filings are “all lined up & ready for launch.”
Similarly, Bitwise CEO, Hunter Horsley, hinted that this week would be a “Big week,” suggesting progress related to its Solana Staking ETF. It’s worth noting that the crypto community has been awaiting the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)’s approval of the investment products following the numerous ETF applications filed over the past few months.
Between August and September, the regulatory agency postponed the decision deadline of most applications by two months, pushing back the key dates to mid-October and mid-November. However, the government’s shutdown, which started on October 1, reduced the odds of the products receiving a green line during the expected timeline.
On Monday morning, ETF expert Erich Balchunas reported that multiple issuers were looking to launch their crypto-based ETFs this week, despite the government shutdown. According to the Bloomberg analyst, Canary Capital had filed 8-A forms for its spot Litecoin and Hedera ETFs, while Bitwise had filed one for its Solana Staking ETF.
“These are the ones rumored to be poss looking to launch (along w Grayscale solana) this week despite shutdown. Not a done deal but clearly preparations being made. Stay tuned,” Balchunas stated.
Later, Balchunas confirmed the reports that the exchange had posted listing notices for Bitwise’s Solana Staking ETF, and Canary’s LTC and HBAR ETFs to launch on October 28, while Grayscale’s Solana trust is set to convert on Wednesday. “Assuming there’s not some last min SEC intervention, looks like this is happening,” the analyst added.
Crypto Journalist Eleanor Terret also shared the news, citing Canary’s CEO, Steven McClurg, who confirmed that the Canary spot HBAR and LTC ETFs will begin trading on Nasdaq on Tuesday.
“Litecoin and Hedera are the next two token ETFs to go effective after Ethereum,” McClurg told the journalist in a statement. “We look forward to launching tomorrow.”
Terret explained that despite the government shutdown, the launch is possible because “the operation of law does not always actually require an open government.”
According to the post, the 8-A forms are “just as important” as the S-1s filings: the former formally registers ETF shares under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, while the latter registers the investment products under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.
After NYSE certified all the 8-A filings for the ETFs above on Monday, shares can start trading, Terret affirmed, adding:
“Here’s the key: The issuers included language in their amended S-1s that lets them automatically go effective 20 days after filing. Typically, issuers delay S-1s until the SEC takes them effective, but the legal default is that the S-1 goes automatically effective without SEC intervention. That means the agency doesn’t need to approve them manually and the filings can go live on their own, even during the shutdown. So, long story short, all the legal boxes are checked and these ETFs are on track for launch.”
Despite facing criticism for lagging behind the United States in creating a more accommodating environment for cryptocurrency growth and adoption, China reaffirmed its stringent stance on crypto once again this week.
Authorities issued warnings about the alleged risks posed by stablecoins, particularly amid concerns that the US may have solidified its dollar dominance through these digital assets.
According to local media reports, Pan Gongsheng, governor of the People’s Bank of China, announced plans to expand the use of the country’s central bank digital currency (CBDC), known as the “e-CNY.”
He remarked, “[Stablecoins] are still in their early stages of development,” emphasizing that financial regulators globally remain cautious about these assets, which are typically pegged to other currencies.
In the United States, however, Trump’s policies toward digital assets have resulted in the passage of the GENIUS Act, as the first crypto bill aimed at laying the framework for the adoption of these dollar-pegged cryptocurrencies.
Yet, Pan highlighted that stablecoins currently fail to meet essential requirements such as customer identification and anti-money laundering (AML) measures, which could allegedly exacerbate gaps in global financial regulation.
He expressed concern that these issues foster a “speculative market atmosphere,” increasing vulnerabilities in the global financial system and affecting the monetary sovereignty of less developed economies.
The central bank plans to collaborate with law enforcement to continue cracking down on domestic operations and speculation related to crypto. “The policies and measures implemented since 2017 to address risks associated with virtual currencies remain in effect,” he stated.
Despite China’s continuous crypto crackdown, research on stablecoins is progressing within China. The country’s largest government-backed research fund recently opened applications for studies focused on stablecoins and their cross-border monitoring systems, offering grants ranging from 200,000 yuan (approximately $28,083) to 300,000 yuan ($42,126).
The central bank also plans to optimize the positioning of the digital yuan, allowing more commercial banks to participate in the pilot program that has been running in over two dozen cities since 2019, accumulating a transaction value exceeding 14 trillion yuan.
Zhu Hexin, director of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, indicated that nine new policy measures would soon be introduced to promote trade innovation and development, with the potential to bring positive developments for the growth of the crypto ecosystem in the Asian country.
Wu Qing, chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, also hinted at the possibility of such measures, stating that the regulator would review listing standards on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange’s ChiNext board to better align with the characteristics of emerging fields and future industries.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
Data shows the Bitcoin Fear & Greed Index has surged back into the neutral zone after the recovery rally in the cryptocurrency’s price.
The “Fear & Greed Index” refers to an indicator created by Alternative that measures the average sentiment present among traders in the Bitcoin and wider cryptocurrency markets. The metric uses the data of the following five factors to determine the investor mentality: trading volume, market cap dominance, volatility, social media sentiment, and Google Trends.
The index uses a numerical scale running from zero to hundred for representing this sentiment. All values above 53 correspond to greed among the investors, while those below 47 to fear. The region between the two cutoffs naturally corresponds to a net neutral mentality.
Now, here is how the current Bitcoin market sentiment is like, according to the Fear & Greed Index:
As is visible above, the indicator has a value of 51, which suggests the trader sentiment is almost exactly in the balance right now. This is a notable change in market mood compared to just a few days ago.
As displayed in the chart, the Fear & Greed Index was inside the fear zone during the past few days. The despair among the traders was a result of the bearish price action that BTC had recently faced.
At one point, the indicator even fell to a low of 22, reflecting a state of “extreme fear.” This zone, which occurs below 25, corresponds to investors being the most bearish toward the market. There is a similar region for the greed side as well, called the “extreme greed,” situated above 75.
Historically, the extreme sentiments have been quite significant for Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies, as they are where major tops and bottoms have tended to form. The relationship has been an inverse one, however, meaning extreme fear is where bottoms form, while extreme greed facilitates tops.
Since the extreme fear low earlier in the month, BTC has been on the way up, a potential indication that the contrarian signal of the sentiment may once again be in action.
The cryptocurrency has extended its recovery in a sharp manner during the last couple of days, which may be a potential reason why the Fear & Greed Index has surged back to the neutral territory now.
Though, for now, Bitcoin traders are still undecided on whether bullish action will follow next. It now remains to be seen whether they will embrace greed, or continue to be hesitant about the recovery.
At the time of writing, Bitcoin is floating around $114,900, up 3.6% over the last seven days.
Dogecoin struggled to rise above $0.210 and corrected some gains against the US Dollar. DOGE is now consolidating and might decline below $0.1980.
Dogecoin price started a fresh increase after it settled above $0.1920, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. DOGE climbed above the $0.20 resistance to enter a positive zone.
The bulls were able to push the price above $0.2020 and $0.2050. A high was formed at $0.2094 and the price is now correcting gains. There was a move below the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the upward move from the $0.1843 swing low to the $0.2094 high.
Besides, there was a break below a contracting triangle with support at $0.20 on the hourly chart of the DOGE/USD pair. Dogecoin price is now trading below the $0.20 level and the 100-hourly simple moving average.
If there is another increase, immediate resistance on the upside is near the $0.2020 level. The first major resistance for the bulls could be near the $0.2050 level. The next major resistance is near the $0.210 level. A close above the $0.210 resistance might send the price toward $0.2150. Any more gains might send the price toward $0.2250. The next major stop for the bulls might be $0.2320.
If DOGE’s price fails to climb above the $0.2020 level, it could start a downside correction. Initial support on the downside is near the $0.1970 level and the 50% Fib retracement level of the upward move from the $0.1843 swing low to the $0.2094 high. The next major support is near the $0.1935 level.
The main support sits at $0.190. If there is a downside break below the $0.190 support, the price could decline further. In the stated case, the price might slide toward the $0.1840 level or even $0.1780 in the near term.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for DOGE/USD is now gaining momentum in the bearish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for DOGE/USD is now below the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $0.1970 and $0.1935.
Major Resistance Levels – $0.2020 and $0.2050.
What if the next big crypto moonshot is already taking off while most investors are still watching from the sidelines? The search for the top crypto to buy in 2025 is heating up as traders hunt for the next token that could turn a modest investment into life-changing gains.
Everyone wants to be early. The meme culture has turned investing into a mix of hype, humor, and smart tokenomics. Ethereum and BNB are established powerhouses with real updates that keep them relevant, but MoonBull’s presale has caught serious attention. It is pulling in numbers and building energy faster than many expected.
MoonBull ($MOBU) has quickly become the talk of the town for investors searching for the top crypto to buy in 2025. Built on Ethereum, MoonBull combines meme power with real mechanics designed for fairness, transparency, and community growth. It automatically rewards holders, adds liquidity with every transaction, and burns a portion to increase scarcity. That balance creates a system where every transaction strengthens the ecosystem.
Two features make MoonBull stand out. First, it has already passed its audit, and liquidity is locked for long-term trust. That means traders can join without worrying about sudden rug pulls. Second, by Stage 12 of its 23-stage presale, MoonBull will activate community voting. Holders will be able to decide on future campaigns, surprise burns, and marketing pushes. It turns investors into decision-makers, a rarity for a meme coin.
MoonBull’s presale is currently in its 5th stage, priced at $0.00006584, with more than $500,000 already raised and over 1,500 holders onboard. The current ROI from Stage 5 to the listing price of $0.00616 stands above 9,200%, while early supporters have already seen gains of 163.36%. The next price surge is projected at around 27.40%, indicating that each stage is becoming more valuable as momentum builds.
An investment of $20,000 right now would secure 303,766,707.17 MOBU and could be worth about $1,871,202.92 once the listing price hits $0.00616. MoonBull’s mix of staking rewards, referrals, and community voting is making it one of the most hyped tokens in 2025. For anyone looking for the top crypto to buy in 2025, this is where excitement meets opportunity.
Ethereum continues to dominate headlines as one of the top crypto to buy in 2025. Recent updates show renewed whale accumulation, with institutional wallets increasing holdings as price momentum builds. Founder Vitalik Buterin recently warned that blockchain security concerns extend beyond the chain itself, calling for stronger protection for bridges and off-chain systems. His comments reignited debate about network resilience and next-gen infrastructure.
ETH is trading near $4,000, and analysts see a breakout toward $4,550. If resistance breaks, price targets between $5,000 and $7,000 are on the table. Layer-2 scaling, reduced gas fees, and new validator incentives continue to drive adoption. Technical analysts say ETH’s setup looks ready for another run if market sentiment holds..
BNB is back in the news and still one of the top crypto to buy in 2025 after a sudden rally tied to real-world headlines. The token jumped 5 percent after Donald Trump publicly defended the pardon of Binance founder Changpeng Zhao, sparking optimism and heavy buying across exchanges. The renewed confidence helped BNB reclaim the $1,100 mark.
In September 2025, BNB also logged a new all-time high near $1,080, a 70% gain this year. Analysts credit the surge to rising on-chain activity, regulatory clarity, and institutional adoption. The BNB Chain’s expanding ecosystem continues to attract developers, keeping demand high. For investors looking for steady performance with room to grow, BNB remains a staple in any list of the top crypto to buy in 2025.
MoonBull, Ethereum, and BNB each bring something unique to the table. MoonBull offers massive upside with its presale, staking, and community mechanics. Ethereum provides long-term reliability and ecosystem dominance. BNB combines proven adoption with consistent network growth.
Based on research and market trends, MoonBull stands out as the project generating the most excitement. Ethereum and BNB remain strong plays, but MoonBull’s early momentum and reward system give it a different kind of energy. Its presale is live right now, numbers are climbing, and the early window is closing fast. Those looking for the top crypto to buy in 2025 shouldn’t wait until it’s already flying.
For More Information:
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
MoonBull is currently one of the strongest meme coins to watch. It combines staking, referrals, and governance to give holders both fun and function.
Check official project websites, verified communities, and whitepapers. Look for features like locked liquidity and completed audits.
Yes. When built with real mechanics and transparency, meme coins can mature into strong communities with real value.
MoonBull leads current presales with over $500,000 raised, strong tokenomics, and high staking yields.
Review audits, liquidity locks, staking, and referral incentives. MoonBull checks all these boxes and rewards both referrers and buyers.
MoonBull, Ethereum, and BNB headline the list of top crypto to buy in 2025. MoonBull’s presale, staking, and referral mechanics make it a community favorite. Ethereum continues leading smart contracts, and BNB maintains strong utility and adoption. Each coin serves a different investor profile, but MoonBull’s early momentum gives it an edge for those chasing maximum upside.
Read More: Just Days Left for 27.40% Surge as MoonBull Presale Hits $500K, While ETH and BNB Rally Ahead of Q4 as Top Cryptos to Buy in 2025">Just Days Left for 27.40% Surge as MoonBull Presale Hits $500K, While ETH and BNB Rally Ahead of Q4 as Top Cryptos to Buy in 2025
Cardano founder Charles Hoskinson recently projected where Cardano would be by 2030, centering around adoption and market penetration. Hoskinson shared this in his conversation with pundit Sujal Jethwani, identifying where Cardano could be in the next five years and what the ecosystem needs to work on to become more competitive.
Carl Higbie, host at Newsmax, recently discussed how cryptocurrencies like XRP could help the U.S. government eliminate its massive $37.8 trillion national debt.
The XRP Stoch RSI has formed a golden cross on the weekly timeframe — an occurrence that previously led to massive price spikes. With XRP currently recovering from the latest market turbulence, multiple market experts believe it could be on the brink of a massive rally.
Cardano consolidates within a symmetrical triangle, and a bullish breakout could spark a strong price rally past the $1 mark. Cardano (ADA) currently trades at $0.66, down 3% over the past 24 hours.
The Ripple CTO, David Schwartz, has confirmed that the company can sell the rights to receive XRP tokens locked in its escrow accounts. He made this clarification during a community discussion that began after software engineer Vincent Van Code raised questions about how crypto data trackers report XRP's circulating supply compared to Bitcoin's.
The host of the Working Money channel recently shared a bullish outlook on XRP, citing multiple experts to make a case for a run to two digits. His commentary suggested that a $15 price for XRP could be feasible in the long run.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Price Jumps to $115,000 As Analyst Says It May Never Fall Below $100K Again
Bitcoin price surged to $115,000 on Monday, rising more than 1% in 24 hours, as optimism over easing U.S.–China trade tensions and renewed investor appetite for risk assets lifted global markets.
According to Geoffrey Kendrick, Head of Digital Asset Research at Standard Chartered Bank, Bitcoin price may “never fall below $100,000 again” if this week’s macro tailwinds continue.
In a note to clients, Kendrick said that improving trade relations between Washington and Beijing have flipped last week’s market fear into “hope.”
U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent’s weekend statement that restrictions on China’s rare earth exports could be postponed for a year, combined with reports that Beijing plans to buy large quantities of U.S. soybeans, sparked a relief rally across equities, commodities, and crypto.
The agreement, expected to be finalized after the upcoming Trump–Xi summit in South Korea, has renewed risk appetite and pushed the bitcoin-to-gold ratio back above pre-October 10 levels — the date when 100% tariff threats sent markets tumbling.
Kendrick pointed to fresh inflows into spot bitcoin ETFs as another key signal of strength. Over $2 billion exited U.S. gold ETFs late last week, and if even half of that re-enters bitcoin funds, he said, it would mark a major vote of confidence.
The analyst also highlighted macro tailwinds, including expectations for a 25-basis-point rate cut at Wednesday’s Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meeting — a move widely seen as bullish for bitcoin.
Meanwhile, investors are watching a packed earnings calendar from both tech and crypto heavyweights. Microsoft, Meta, and Google are set to report on Wednesday, followed by Apple, Amazon, Coinbase, and Strategy (formerly MicroStrategy) later in the week.
“If this week goes well — bitcoin may never fall below $100,000 again,” Kendrick said.
While bulls have made modest progress with Bitcoin, stronger resistance remains overhead at $117,600 and $122,000, leaving bears largely in control.
If Bitcoin manages to surpass $122,000, professionals note the next target could be the upper boundary of a broadening wedge pattern at $128,000.
Support levels remain critical for maintaining bullish momentum. The key short-term support at $106,900 held throughout last week, helping stabilize the market.
Falling below this level could open the path toward the $105,000–$102,000 support zone, which has already been tested twice, with a third test raising the likelihood of a breakdown.
Beyond that, $96,000 represents a crucial long-term support level for the broader bull market, acting as a do-or-die floor if prices decline further.
As of press time, bitcoin was trading at $115,041, up 1.22% over the past 24 hours.
This post Bitcoin Price Jumps to $115,000 As Analyst Says It May Never Fall Below $100K Again first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin’s largest corporate holder just got bigger. Strategy (MSTR.O) added another 390 BTC to its treasury last week, spending $43.4 million at an average price of $111,053 per bitcoin.
The move highlights the company’s consistent buying pattern even as the asset’s 2025 rally shows no signs of slowing down.
According to a post on X, the purchase was completed between October 20 and October 26, funded through proceeds from its STRF, STRK, and STRD series preferred stock issuances.
As of October 26, 2025, Strategy holds a total of 640,808 bitcoins, the largest corporate Bitcoin treasury globally. The company has spent an estimated $47.44 billion on its cumulative BTC acquisitions, with an average purchase price of $74,032 per coin.
The firm’s BTC yield has reached 26.0% year-to-date, reflecting the impact of Bitcoin’s continued appreciation throughout 2025. Strategy’s relentless accumulation underscores its belief in Bitcoin as a long-term store of value and strategic asset in an inflationary global market.
The 390 BTC acquisition may seem modest compared to earlier buys, but it reinforces a steady accumulation strategy rather than speculative timing. For a company already holding more than half a million bitcoins, even smaller purchases demonstrate conviction, and signal confidence to the broader market.
Strategy’s approach remains consistent: acquire, hold, and wait. Each acquisition pushes its balance sheet deeper into Bitcoin exposure, while the firm’s yield performance continues to validate its “digital gold” thesis.
In a market often driven by short-term hype, Strategy’s consistent purchases stand out. This latest buy adds to a streak of quarterly acquisitions despite fluctuating prices, proving that the company views Bitcoin less as a trade and more as a reserve asset.
The company’s funding model, issuing preferred stock to raise capital, provides a low-risk, flexible way to expand its Bitcoin portfolio without taking on excessive debt. It’s a model that other institutional players are beginning to notice.
A 26% BTC yield YTD is a remarkable figure, even for an asset that’s outperformed most global equities this year. It points to the effectiveness of Strategy’s treasury management approach. While traditional portfolios rely on bonds and equities for returns, Strategy’s balance sheet now behaves more like a Bitcoin ETF, one that captures both price appreciation and strategic yield.
This yield not only reflects gains from market performance but also the company’s ability to leverage its holdings effectively, signaling operational efficiency and a long-term advantage over competitors who remain on the sidelines.
In parallel, another institutional player, American Bitcoin ($ABTC), has also increased its holdings. The firm recently acquired 1,414 BTC, bringing its total treasury to 3,865 BTC.
American Bitcoin’s strategy differs from pure accumulation. The company combines direct Bitcoin production through mining with periodic market purchases to strengthen its balance sheet. This hybrid model allows it to reduce its average cost per bitcoin, ensuring it remains competitive even as spot prices rise.
Executive Chairman Asher Genoot explained the approach clearly:
“By producing Bitcoin directly, we can reduce our average cost per Bitcoin to drive a cost advantage over vehicles that buy exclusively on the open market.”
This production-based accumulation creates a natural hedge against market volatility. While most public Bitcoin holders rely solely on capital inflows, American Bitcoin generates part of its treasury through self-mining, providing long-term cost stability.
Another notable metric from American Bitcoin’s update is its Satoshis Per Share (SPS), now reported at 418, marking a 52% increase since September 1. This figure tracks the company’s Bitcoin exposure per share and gives investors a clear view of how effectively treasury growth translates into shareholder value.
The strong SPS growth indicates both aggressive accumulation and disciplined treasury scaling. It also positions the company competitively among institutional Bitcoin holders, where transparency around treasury performance is increasingly valued.
The company’s progress was shared in a post by Treasury Edge, highlighting the alignment between mining expansion, financial strategy, and shareholder impact.
The latest moves from both Strategy and American Bitcoin show that institutional conviction in Bitcoin remains strong even after significant price growth in 2025.
Strategy’s continued buying streak and American Bitcoin’s integrated mining model reflect two sides of the same coin, accumulation through both capital deployment and production efficiency. Together, they illustrate a maturing institutional ecosystem around Bitcoin, where companies view the asset not as speculation but as a strategic treasury reserve.
At a time when central banks debate digital currencies and inflationary pressures persist globally, the continued flow of corporate capital into Bitcoin adds weight to the idea that digital assets are no longer fringe.
With Strategy now holding over 640,000 BTC and American Bitcoin scaling production, the narrative is clear: Bitcoin is becoming an institutional-grade treasury instrument.
As Bitcoin’s supply issuance continues to decline and halving approaches, companies accumulating now are effectively securing their share of a finite asset. The result is a stronger, more mature market structure, one increasingly dominated by strategic, long-term holders rather than speculative traders.
Strategy’s latest 390 BTC purchase reaffirms its role as the world’s leading Bitcoin accumulator, while American Bitcoin’s dual mining-and-purchase strategy sets a cost-efficient precedent for others to follow.
Both stories highlight the same reality: corporate Bitcoin adoption isn’t slowing down. Instead, it’s evolving, from opportunistic buys to structured, yield-driven treasury management.
Bitcoin is no longer just a trade. For these institutions, it’s a strategy.
Disclosure: This is not trading or investment advice. Always do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any services.
Follow us on Twitter @themerklehash to stay updated with the latest Crypto, NFT, AI, Cybersecurity, and Metaverse news!
The post Strategy Expands Bitcoin Holdings to 640,808 BTC as Institutional Accumulation Surges appeared first on The Merkle News.
Traditional online payment systems are outdated. They’re slow, expensive, and depend heavily on humans.
x402 changes that.
It introduces a new way for developers and AI agents to pay for APIs, software, and services directly with stablecoins, all over standard HTTP connections.
In simple terms, it makes autonomous, instant payments possible between machines, without needing middlemen.
The digital world moves fast, but today’s payment rails still crawl.
They rely on centralized processors, carry high fees, and take days to settle.
Every API, subscription, or software access comes with friction, recurring billing systems, manual approvals, and regional limitations.
For developers and AI agents that operate in real time, that model doesn’t work anymore.
x402 replaces this outdated setup with an agent-to-agent payment model.
Here’s what that means in practice:
🔹 Payments settle in seconds
🔹 Micropayments are supported natively
🔹 Global access with no currency conversion
🔹 No chargebacks, no middlemen
It’s designed to work across borders and protocols, using stablecoins as the default payment medium.
Think of it as PayPal, but for machines.
x402 uses the existing HTTP 402 response code, the one originally intended for “Payment Required”, to enable direct payment settlement between two digital agents.
This means that a bot, app, or AI system can automatically pay for an API call or a data request in real time, without needing a human or a credit card.
Payments are made in stablecoins like USDC, achieving instant finality and zero chargebacks.
Each transaction happens seamlessly, fast, compliant, and verifiable on-chain.
Some of the most active builders on BNB Chain are already bringing x402 to life.
Projects like @unibase_ai, @pieverse_io, @AEON_Community, and @termix_ai are integrating the protocol into their systems to enable autonomous API payments.
BNB Chain describes x402 as an internet-native payment standard, a design built specifically for agents and AI ecosystems, not humans.
Developers can now plug x402 into their applications and allow AI agents to pay directly for what they consume, on demand.
The x402 system also introduces “Facilitators.”
These are the gateways that verify and settle payments made through the protocol.
Entities like PayAI or Coinbase can serve as facilitators, validating payments, ensuring compliance, and maintaining a secure on-ramp between traditional finance and machine payments.
This layer guarantees the same regulatory assurance as human transactions, without slowing down the process.
x402 is more than a payment protocol, it’s a new financial standard for the AI era.
It allows software agents to pay as they go, per API call, per data request, per inference, all without subscriptions, cards, or intermediaries.
That opens a new economy: one where AI models, tools, and bots transact directly, autonomously, and transparently.
By aligning payments with machine speed, x402 eliminates one of the biggest bottlenecks in AI deployment, billing.
BNB Chain has quickly become the home for x402 integrations.
Its speed, low fees, and EVM compatibility make it an ideal ground for developers experimenting with autonomous payments.
According to BNB Chain’s official announcement, the protocol’s adoption rate has already begun to climb, with multiple agent-based dApps adopting the standard.
Traditional online payment systems today are slow, expensive and human-dependent.
x402 changes that, allowing developers and AI agents to pay for APIs, software and services directly with stablecoins over HTTP.
Builders like @unibase_ai, @pieverse_io, @AEON_Community &… pic.twitter.com/0NS9jvidkK
— BNB Chain (@BNBCHAIN) October 27, 2025
BNB Chain’s ecosystem has long supported innovation in DeFi, gaming, and payments, and now, it’s positioning itself as the AI payment layer of Web3.
Interestingly, x402 isn’t just a BNB Chain story.
On Solana, the trend has exploded, up over 4,000% in just seven days, according to data tracked across developer communities.
The $X402 token, which powers the Solana side of the movement, is gaining traction fast.
It enables ultra-fast, low-fee payments for AI agents, while attracting new developers through hackathons and open integrations.
The mission: to make Solana the “default payment layer” for the AI economy.
x402 is an internet-native payment standard for Agents: fast, cheap, and on-chain.
Agents can pay per API call in USDC with instant finality, no chargebacks, and full compliance. The entire process is achieved without the friction of managing API keys or subscriptions.… pic.twitter.com/NSGC6Y0Bf9
— CoinMarketCap (@CoinMarketCap) October 27, 2025
The growth is already visible.
Over the last 7 days, several x402-based tokens have surged as developers race to integrate HTTP-based payments.
Here are the Top 10 Gainers in the x402 ecosystem:
🔸 ZARA – [@zaara_ai](https://x.com/zaara_ai)
🔸 PAYAI – [@PayAINetwork](https://x.com/PayAINetwork)
🔸 FREGO – [@GetFrego](https://x.com/GetFrego)
🔸 DREAMS – [@daydreamsagents](https://x.com/daydreamsagents)
🔸 JTVO – [@JatevoId](https://x.com/JatevoId)
🔸 QUAIN – [@quaindotcom](https://x.com/quaindotcom)
🔸 OPUS – [@opus_universe](https://x.com/opus_universe)
🔸 FDRY – [@getFoundry](https://x.com/getFoundry)
🔸 BREW – [@homebrewrobots](https://x.com/homebrewrobots)
🔸 SWITCH – [@switchboardxyz](https://x.com/switchboardxyz)
🚨 x402 trend is exploding on Solana – up over 4,000% in just 7 days 🚀
Powered by seamless HTTP 402 integration, $X402 enables ultra-fast, low-fee payments for #AIAgent.
The $X402 token not only attracts developers through the upcoming hackathon but also promises to… https://t.co/KDSF0r4P81 pic.twitter.com/sV3oBNeHZG— Solana Daily (@solana_daily) October 27, 2025
The rise of x402 marks a shift from human-driven payments to machine-native finance.
Just as DeFi decentralized trading and staking, x402 is decentralizing the act of paying itself, making transactions faster, smaller, and smarter.
It’s also setting the foundation for PayFi, a new movement that combines payment infrastructure with DeFi principles for AI and Web3.
As stablecoins continue to dominate settlement flows and agents become more autonomous, protocols like x402 will likely become the backbone of the next financial internet.
The internet of money is evolving again, this time, for machines.
x402 bridges the gap between AI agents and blockchain payments, offering speed, efficiency, and autonomy that traditional payment rails can’t match.
Whether on BNB Chain or Solana, the momentum is clear.
x402 is no longer just a protocol, it’s a standard in the making.
And as developers continue to build around it, one question lingers: Will the x402 trend take over Solana next?
Disclosure: This is not trading or investment advice. Always do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any services.
Follow us on Twitter @themerklehash to stay updated with the latest Crypto, NFT, AI, Cybersecurity, and Metaverse news!
The post x402: The Internet-Native Payment Standard Powering the AI Agent Economy appeared first on The Merkle News.
The post Hedera Price Breaks $0.20, Is $0.233 the Next Stop? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
If you have been tracking the markets lately, you probably noticed that Hedera’s price just pulled off an impressive rally. HBAR price soared more than 10% in a single day and nearly 18.5% in a week. It has climbed above the important $0.20 level for the first time in months.
Why did this happen? The answer lies in the following 3 events. First, the much-anticipated launch of the Canary HBAR ETF (HBR) on Nasdaq opened the doors for institutional investors. Second, HBAR staged a breakout above major technical barriers, invalidating a long-standing bearish pattern. Finally, the broader altcoin rotation worked in HBAR’s favor.
HBAR’s recent price action paints a striking picture of bullish revival. The current price sits at $0.2007, up over 10% in the last 24 hours and nearly 18.5% for the week. The surge comes with a robust 24-hour trading volume of $580.6 million and a market cap of $8.53 billion.
One of the most significant signals was the break above the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement level at $0.20116. This breakout also coincided with the price crossing above both its 30-day SMA at $0.19255 and the upper Bollinger Band, confirming that momentum shifted to the bulls. Additionally, the MACD histogram flipped positive (+0.0025).
On the sentiment side, HBAR’s surge invalidated a bearish descending channel. While the trend looks strong, the 14-day RSI sits at 48.45, which is considered neutral territory. This suggests there’s still room for upside before the token enters overbought conditions. The next test for the bulls is clear, immediate resistance looms at $0.233, the July swing high. If HBAR conquers this level, momentum could draw further inflows.
The HBAR rally is mainly driven by the new Canary HBAR ETF (HBR) launching on Nasdaq, a technical breakout above major resistance, and capital rotating from Bitcoin into altcoins.
HBAR’s breakout is supported by high trading volume, strong technical signals, and a neutral RSI. However, a retest of support levels may occur if bullish momentum fades.
Traders should watch $0.233 as the next resistance. Support sits near $0.1925 (30-day SMA) and $0.1847, while holding above these keeps the bullish case intact.
The post Bitcoin Bull Run Not Over Yet? Analysts See More Upside Ahead appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bitcoin’s recent rise has started a new debate among traders and analysts. Many are wondering if the bull run is coming to an end or if a new rally is just beginning. One of the most respected crypto chart analysts, Stockmoney Lizards, thinks this cycle is different from the past ones and says Bitcoin may still have more room to grow.
Traditionally, Bitcoin’s market follows a four-year cycle, roughly 1.5 years from halving to peak, and four years from one peak to the next. By that logic, the market should now be entering its bear phase.
But according to Stockmoney Lizards, this cycle is different. The total market cap has grown from $10 billion in 2016 to over $2 trillion in 2025, making simple historical comparisons less relevant.
Unlike previous cycles marked by dramatic parabolic rises, Bitcoin has been climbing in a steady channel. There hasn’t been a “blow-off top” or explosive hype phase yet, a sign that the cycle could still have room to grow.
One major difference this time is institutional involvement. Spot Bitcoin ETFs now hold roughly $150 billion worth of BTC, and inflows have remained strong throughout October.
Stockmoney Lizards points out that such large-scale investment reduces the chances of a -90% crash, which was common in previous cycles.
Apart from it, on-chain data like the Satoshimeter shows the market hasn’t reached its typical “hype zone.” Other technical patterns, like three rising valleys and Bollinger Band compression, also suggest a strong foundation for another leg up.
Adding bullishness to the analysis, crypto analyst Castrades says Bitcoin is still moving in a large ABC correction pattern, which often appears after big rallies.
He points out a key resistance area between $117,000 and $119,500 — calling it the “final resistance zone.” If Bitcoin can’t break above this range, it might drop back toward $94,000–$97,000.
But if the price climbs above $123,500, Castrades believes it could start a new strong bullish phase instead.
The post Cardano (ADA) is Still Set for $2 Despite Recent Crashes, while Ripple (XRP) Eyes $4.50, and Little Pepe Crypto Price Targets $1 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Despite the volatility in crypto markets this quarter, traders remain interested in several household names. Cardano (ADA) has managed to shrug off the impending price volatility, while Ripple (XRP) appears to be completing a technical setup for another leg upward. Little Pepe (LILPEPE), on the other hand, is emerging as one of the fastest-growing new meme coins that actually has an underlying infrastructure.
Cardano’s price action has been firm even in the face of broader market weakness. Trading between $0.64 and $0.67, ADA has managed to hold key levels that other assets have slipped from. The network’s steady pace of upgrades and vigorous developer activity is helping maintain long-term confidence among holders. Recent data also shows an uptick in whale accumulation and exchange outflows, both signals that large investors are taking positions for the next leg higher. Most analysts remain relatively optimistic, though they’re tempering their expectations. The more cautious believe ADA could reach $1 by early 2026, while the more bullish think it could easily climb to $2 or even $3 if network usage picks up.
Ripple’s native token has also been under close watch from technical analysts. Using Elliott Wave theory, a model that tracks investor behavior through recurring price patterns, several traders believe XRP is approaching the end of its fourth wave, the final consolidation before a breakout.
Analyst STEPH recently noted how XRP’s current chart mirrors its 2020 cycle almost perfectly. XRP has been moving sideways for a while, but the last time that happened, it suddenly broke out and surpassed its previous highs. If history repeats, XRP’s next rally could push it up to $4.50, maybe even $5.50.
Honestly, there’s a lot of excitement around Little Pepe (LILPEPE) right now. It’s not just another meme coin; it has a genuine community feel, is entertaining, and actually functions well. Since it operates on an Ethereum-compatible Layer 2, transactions are fast, and there’s no tax on trades. So, it has more substance than just hype. The project’s presale has already raised over $27.2 million, selling nearly 16.6 billion tokens and drawing interest from both retail and whale investors. LILPEPE’s growth story has been supported by transparency and engagement.
They also ran a $777,000 giveaway with tens of thousands of entries and have earned a reputation for being an inclusive and fair project. Market analysts believe that once listings on major exchanges go live, the token could see its first primary price discovery phase. Some forecasts place LILPEPE’s short-term targets near $0.10, while longer-term expectations stretch toward $1 by the next market top in 2026.
When it comes to raw return potential, the gap between established cryptos and early-stage projects like Little Pepe is massive. Ripple (XRP) would rise 107%, solidly outperforming its large-cap peers, yet again falling short of the performance seen for newer projects. If Solana (SOL) revisits $250 once again during this cycle, that would represent about a 16% upside, with price action more characterized by consolidation rather than exponential growth. It remains the safest high-throughput blockchain. Finally, Little Pepe (LILPEPE) is another strong candidate for outsized returns.
Currently priced at $0.0022 in Stage 13 of the Presale, it is expected to reach $0.10-$0.20 in the medium term and potentially as high as $1 at the peak of the cycle. That would equal a rate of return anywhere between 4,000% and more than 45,000%, exceeding the projected returns of XRP and Solana combined.
Despite recent market pullbacks, optimism is returning as investors anticipate the next crypto cycle. Cardano’s measured progress, Ripple’s technical setup, and Little Pepe’s viral traction each represent different facets of this emerging confidence. However, Little Pepe has by far the most significant potential for return. While XRP and Solana offer more modest upside, Little Pepe is positioned as the high-risk, high-reward play with potential returns magnitudes higher.
For more information about Little Pepe (LILPEPE) visit the links below:
The post Bitcoin and Ethereum ETFs See Over $280M in Inflows appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bitcoin and Ethereum spot ETFs kept their upward momentum on October 27, drawing a combined $283 million in net inflows. Bitcoin ETFs led with $149 million, marking their third consecutive day of gains. Ethereum ETFs followed with $134 million in positive flows, with all nine funds recording no outflows. The steady inflows highlight growing market optimism and rising institutional confidence in the two largest cryptocurrencies.
The post Malgo Launches Fully Anonymous Monero P2P Platform appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Malgo DEX, a decentralized peer-to-peer (P2P) crypto exchange platform, has announced the rollout of a major feature upgrade aimed at empowering users with greater control, privacy, and real-time trading flexibility.
This latest update introduces several key features that align with Malgo’s mission to provide a fast, secure, and anonymous crypto trading experience, all without requiring KYC or AML procedures.
Users can now trade directly with one another without providing personal identification. This opens the platform to privacy-conscious users who prefer decentralized, non-custodial crypto exchange options.
Malgo DEX now supports a growing list of trading pairs including BTC, ETH, USDT, XMR, and more. This broadens accessibility and trading opportunities across popular and privacy-focused assets.
Traders can set custom slippage tolerance to avoid unexpected price fluctuations. This feature is especially useful for large-volume swaps or volatile market conditions.
All P2P trades are protected by a secure, automated escrow mechanism that ensures both parties uphold their side of the transaction before funds are released.
“We designed this upgrade with privacy and usability in mind,” said a spokesperson for Malgo DEX. “Our users want fast and secure trades without sacrificing anonymity or control, and this release delivers on that promise.”
The new features are live and available to all users starting today. The platform is accessible via [https://malgoswap.io/p2p] and does not require any registration or personal data to begin trading.
Malgo is a decentralized, privacy-respecting crypto exchange platform focused on peer-to-peer trading. It allows users to buy, sell, and swap crypto assets without intermediaries or invasive KYC requirements. Malgo prioritizes transparency, user autonomy, and cross-chain flexibility.
For more information, visit https://malgoswap.io or follow us on Telegram and Twitter.
The post Trump-Linked American Bitcoin Adds 1,414 BTC Worth $163 Million appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Trump-linked American Bitcoin Corp, co-founded by Eric and Donald Trump Jr., just acquired 1,414 Bitcoins valued at $163 million, boosting its total holdings to 3,865 BTC worth nearly $445 million. Formed in March after a merger with Hut 8’s mining assets, American Bitcoin listed on Nasdaq in September. The company combines mining with direct buys, and now ranks among the top 25 public Bitcoin holders globally.
The post Henrik Zeberg Predicts Ethereum Rally Before Massive Crypto Market Crash appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Henrik Zeberg, the Head Macro Economist at Swissblock, known for connecting macroeconomic cycles with asset bubbles, says we are now living through what he calls “the biggest bubble in modern financial history.”
He predicts that Ethereum (ETH) is poised for a significant price surge in the near term, followed by a major crash across the entire cryptocurrency market.
According to Zeberg, current global financial conditions are fueling a “blow-off top,” a phase characterized by extreme price euphoria before a market peak.
In a tweet post, he anticipates that Ethereum will not only join but may outperform Bitcoin in this sharp upward move, driven by rising institutional interest, Layer 2 adoption, and Ethereum’s essential role in the DeFi and Web3 ecosystems.
Data and analysis after the October market flash crash indicate that ETH saw a 52.9% surge in futures volume, highlighting enduring demand and market resilience even as volatility persists.
#ETH will SOAR!
— Henrik Zeberg (@HenrikZeberg) October 27, 2025
We are close
Meanwhile, institutional developments such as growing spot-ETH ETF interest and the expansion of tokenized assets expected to surpass $25 billion by early 2025, support Zeberg’s view of Ethereum’s strong near-term potential.
Zeberg warns that global markets are in the “biggest bubble ever,” fueled by years of easy money and investor greed. But with inflation returning, he says the era of “free liquidity” is over.
He predicts a final “blow-off top,” a sharp, emotional rally before a major crash. According to him, Ethereum could outperform Bitcoin in this last surge as altcoin excitement peaks, but both will likely face a deep correction afterward.
Drawing from history, Zeberg compares today’s euphoria to the 1840s railway boom and the 2000 dot-com bubble, both revolutionary, yet followed by painful collapses.
Ethereum’s recent bounce from $3,686 to $4,134 shows its volatility and potential for rapid gains.
As of now, Ethereum (ETH) is showing signs of a potential breakout as its price forms a symmetrical triangle, a pattern that often leads to strong moves once the price breaks out.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) sits around 54, showing that buying pressure is building, but the asset isn’t overbought yet, suggesting there’s still room for further gains if momentum continues.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
While both are major cryptocurrencies, Ethereum’s value is also tied to its foundational role in powering decentralized finance (DeFi) and Web3 applications, not just as a digital asset.
Lower rates boost market liquidity and investor optimism, often fueling crypto rallies—Ethereum could benefit the most.
As per our Ethereum price forecast 2025, the ETH price could reach a maximum of $9,428.11.
The post HBAR ETF Goes Live on Nasdaq During U.S Government Shutdown appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The Hedera (HBAR) community is celebrating a major milestone as the network’s first U.S. exchange-traded fund (ETF) is set to start trading on Nasdaq this Tuesday, October 28, 2025.
The Canary Capital HBAR ETF, trading under the ticker HBR, will give investors direct spot exposure to HBAR, making it easier for institutions and advisors to invest in the network without managing crypto wallets.
Crypto Analyst Mark Chadwickx confirmed the listing, calling it a major step for institutional access to HBAR through Nasdaq. Many saw this as a huge credibility boost for the network.
Canary Capital CEO Steven McClurg confirmed the ETF launch after the company completed all required filings, using the SEC’s shutdown playbook, which allows new ETFs to go live 20 days after filing, even when regulators are short-staffed.
The new HBAR ETF will hold actual HBAR tokens in custody with BitGo and Coinbase Custody, while CoinDesk Indices will provide official price tracking.
Alongside the HBAR product, Canary is also rolling out a Litecoin (LTC) ETF, both debuting in what’s turning out to be a busy week for new crypto fund listings in the U.S.
The Hedera ETF launch stirred quite a buzz on social media. X users praised Hedera’s quiet strength, noting that while Bitcoin and Ethereum dominate headlines, Hedera has been steadily handling over 10,000 transactions per second for giants like IBM and Google. They described the ETF launch as “institutional stealth mode activated,” hinting at growing big-money interest behind the scenes.
However, not everyone was convinced. Another User, LuckyToken7777, cautioned that listing and full SEC approval are different matters, warning traders to be careful of potential hype-driven price moves.
However, the launch timing isn’t random. In mid-September, the SEC approved new listing standards that make it easier for exchanges to list spot commodity ETFs like HBAR, Solana, and Litecoin. These new standards cut down the long review times that previously delayed crypto ETF launches.
Despite the ongoing U.S. government shutdown, Elenor Terrett explained that these ETFs can still go live because the 8-A filings, which register ETF shares for trading, have been certified, and the S-1 filings include language allowing them to take effect automatically after 20 days without SEC intervention.
Having said that, this rule change has opened the door for multiple ETF debuts, including Bitwise’s Solana ETF on the NYSE and Canary’s listings on Nasdaq, all happening within days.
For Hedera, this marks a major turning point. The ETF not only increases market visibility but also gives traditional investors access to HBAR through regulated brokerage accounts, a big leap for a blockchain known for its enterprise and institutional partnerships with companies like IBM and Google.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
The Canary Capital HBAR ETF (ticker: HBR) is a new investment fund on Nasdaq that holds actual Hedera tokens, giving investors direct spot exposure to HBAR without needing to manage a crypto wallet.
You can invest in the HBAR ETF (HBR) through any standard brokerage account that offers access to Nasdaq, just like you would trade any other stock or exchange-traded fund, starting October 28, 2025.
The ticker symbol for the new spot Hedera ETF on the Nasdaq exchange is HBR. This is the symbol you will use to find and trade the fund in your brokerage account.
The post Why Flare’s XRPfi Is the Key to Making XRP Fly appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
What do you get when you combine XRP and DeFi? Why, XRPfi of course. Welcome to decentralized finance powered by XRP, the native asset of the Ripple ledger (also known as XRP Ledger) that’s since found a new lease on life with Flare’s blockchain for data. XRPfi has taken off in a big way this year, with Flare’s TVL growing by the tens-of-millions, weekly, since its launch in late-September 2025, as its XRP-focused DeFi ecosystem gathers momentum. The market has indicated that there is much positive sentiment surrounding XRPfi, and for good reason – it’s been a long time in the making.
DeFi as we know it really got going in 2020 on Ethereum before expanding to other networks. Today, virtually all public blockchains have some kind of DeFi sector, enabling users to borrow and lend; stake and trade; and participate in other on-chain money markets without needing to custody the owner’s assets – thanks to the magic of smart contracts.
In parallel to DeFi taking Ethereum by storm, another leading OG chain – Ripple – was had no choice but to be limited to watching from the sidelines. Like Bitcoin, Ripple doesn’t natively support Turing-complete smart contracts, making it very difficult to build the sort of dapps that can be assembled with Solidity.
Also around the same time as DeFi Summer, a new blockchain ecosystem emerged, by the name of Flare Network, with an ambitious goal of expanding XRP’s native functionality. The asset was already one of the most liquid and valuable cryptocurrencies by market cap after ETH and BTC, and the upside to making XRP smart-contract compatible offered plenty of financial incentive to many stakeholders. The technical challenges were indeed challenging, however, Flare’s core team persisted and has successfully built out its ecosystem, with XRP at its core.
In 2025, efforts began paying off. TVL on Flare has grown by almost 40% since the launch of FXRP (Flare-issued XRP), and is up five-fold YTD. What started out as a bold idea has turned into a working reality. Not only has the growth of XRPfi transformed Flare into a major DeFi hub, but there are signs that it’s stimulating demand for XRP, with its price predicted to move higher as users put the crypto asset to work in order to earn yield. Here’s how it works.
As Flare explains in its introduction to XRPfi, “XRP holders should have access to a wider selection of DeFi-enabled financial tools. For instance, there’s only one AMM live on XRPL [the XRP Ledger], when a holder of XRP – the [fifth] biggest market cap cryptocurrency – should have a suite of options to choose from.”
Flare achieves this by enabling non-smart contract assets such as XRP, BTC, and DOGE to be bridged to its network, where they can be used in DeFi. The benefits of this recently unlocked capability are manifold. For one thing, it means that users can hold XRP – and capitalize on the upside to further growth – while also borrowing against it and earning yield across numerous protocols.
For another thing, with the Tether-developed USD₮0 stablecoin now available on Flare, there’s access to a native stable that doesn’t have to be wrapped or bridged. This provides another important DeFi primitive and has helped to further deepen TVL on Flare. With both XRP and USD₮0 readily available on the network, there are ample opportunities for supplying liquidity and trading spot and perps markets. Once a simple payments token favored by various fintechs and money transmitters, XRP is now a multi-purpose DeFi asset.
The way in which Flare has achieved this without increasing security risk is through FAssets, its protocol that enables tokenized representations of assets such as XRP to be issued. This allows “plain” cryptocurrencies to be transformed into EVM-compatible tokens that can be used in an array of creative ways.
One of the use cases that’s formed a cornerstone of Flare’s thriving DeFi ecosystem is XRP staking. Revealed in May 2025 with the support of Firelight, this allows users to stake their FXRP, into protocols such as Sceptre. In return, staker receive a staking token – stXRP – that can be used to earn additional yield, in the same manner as stETH on Ethereum.
But this is by no means the only way in which XRP has found a new lease of life on Flare: it’s also being used in native protocols where leveraged perpetual futures can be traded fully on-chain, and is deeply embedded into decentralized exchanges such as SparkDEX, which has created its own fully-fledged DeFi ecosystem that includes yield farming, staking, and a token launchpad. In short, if you’re an XRP holder and are still keeping your assets in cold storage, you’re likely leaving considerable yield on the table.
While September saw large quantities of the asset being bridged to the network, one of the reasons behind this surge has been improved onramps that make it easier for users to move XRP over to Flare’s network. This includes recent integrations such as the rising Xaman wallet which now enables FXRP to be directly minted. As a result, XRP holders can begin putting their assets to work on Flare in a matter of minutes.
Other catalysts include a 2.2 billion FLR incentive program that offers additional rewards for liquidity providers, juicing the total APY that is attainable. Flare is now busy onboarding more partners that are looking to enhance access to its DeFi services including MoreMarkets, which has just launched its XRP Flare Account, further simplifying access to yield.
XRP may have started out as a simple cryptocurrency designed for payments and speculative trading, but it’s since evolved into much more and it’s thanks in no small part to Flare. Its DeFi network marks the most successful example to date of a non-native asset being revitalized on a secondary chain. Whereas other attempts at recreating DeFi for non-smart contact assets, such as BTC with “BTCfi,” have struggled to gain traction, XRPfi has found product-market fit. If Flare’s TVL can keep on rising, there’s every prospect of XRP following suit as users flock to acquire DeFi’s unlikely utility token.
The post Crypto News Today [Live] Updates On October 28 2025 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
October 28, 2025 07:42:31 UTC
Market analysts are urging calm among XRP holders amid rising confusion in the community. According to recent analysis, XRP’s current mid-base channel movement suggests accumulation following its initial rally, with even the latest liquidation wick closing within range a sign of continued buyer interest. However, experts caution that consecutive closes below this channel could signal trouble, as a critical resonance line from past pivots sits just beneath. While upside potential remains, projections of $9 XRP are seen as highly optimistic, representing a 4.236 Fibonacci extension. Analysts recommend a laddered exit between $5–$10, emphasizing the need for a clear trading plan over speculation.
October 28, 2025 06:51:25 UTC
Economist Peter Schiff has criticized the conflicting narratives around the U.S. economy and monetary policy. In a post on X, Schiff pointed out that those claiming the economy is “booming” are simultaneously calling for the Federal Reserve to slash interest rates. He questioned the rationale behind cutting rates when inflation remains at least 50% above the Fed’s 2% target and is still rising, arguing that such actions contradict claims of economic strength
October 28, 2025 06:47:53 UTC
India has verified over 34 crore government documents on its National Blockchain Platform as of October 21, 2025 a major leap in digital governance. Launched under MeitY’s National Blockchain Framework (NBF) in 2024 with a ₹64.76 crore budget, it aims to enhance trust, transparency, and efficiency. Powered by the Vishvasya Blockchain Stack, the platform supports projects like Property Chain, Judiciary Chain, and Certificate Chain. Over 21,000 officials have been trained, with integrations across RBI, TRAI, and NSDL. India is embedding blockchain into governance, setting a global benchmark for digital trust and transparency.
October 28, 2025 06:47:53 UTC
Bitcoin spot ETFs recorded $149 million in net inflows on October 27 their third straight day of gains — signaling renewed investor confidence ahead of the Fed meeting. Ethereum spot ETFs also saw robust activity, attracting $134 million in net inflows with zero outflows across all nine funds. The consistent demand highlights growing institutional appetite for crypto exposure despite near-term market volatility.
October 28, 2025 06:47:53 UTC
According to data from Artemis, on-chain perpetuals protocol Lighter has outpaced Aster and Hyperliquid in daily trading volume for three consecutive days. As of October 26, Lighter’s daily trading volume hit $8.6 billion, while its open interest stood at $1.7 billion — still lower than its competitors. The surge in volume highlights Lighter’s growing traction among on-chain traders despite its relatively smaller open interest base.
October 28, 2025 06:43:48 UTC
Ahead of today’s Federal Reserve meeting, BlackRock has reportedly sold 17,400 BTC valued at over $2 billion — and continues to reduce its holdings every few hours. The timing has stirred market speculation, with traders debating whether the world’s largest asset manager is anticipating short-term volatility or positioning for a post-FOMC rebound. The sell-off comes just as Bitcoin hovers near the $115,000 mark amid broader market uncertainty.
October 28, 2025 05:59:15 UTC
Crypto analyst Michaël van de Poppe predicts a strong rebound for SEI as the altcoin retests a crucial support zone after its initial upward move. He notes that such retests are common in altcoin markets — where price builds strength before the next breakout. Van de Poppe expects SEI to consolidate before targeting around 500 sats, potentially delivering a 3–4x gain against Bitcoin over the next 2–4 months.
$SEI is at a strong support zone as it retests this level for support after its first run upwards.
— Michaël van de Poppe (@CryptoMichNL) October 27, 2025
This happens quite often on the #Altcoin markets.
Finding support –> bounce upwards, first resistance point, there's a sell-off as people want to get out of the position –>… pic.twitter.com/o1ulk840np
October 28, 2025 05:35:00 UTC
Bitcoin is showing renewed market confidence as it exits the “fear” zone in investor sentiment. The Crypto Fear & Greed Index climbed to a neutral score of 51 on Sunday, up 11 points from Saturday and more than 20 points higher than last week. This shift follows Bitcoin’s rebound to around $115,000 after weeks of caution triggered by Trump’s China tariff announcement. The sentiment turnaround signals a potential return of bullish momentum in the broader crypto market.
October 28, 2025 05:32:30 UTC
A strong start to the week has Bitcoin traders bracing for a possible short-term correction as the FOMC meeting approaches. Analysts suggest a retest of the $112,000 level could be healthy before the next leg up. With bullish momentum building, many expect Bitcoin to rebound quickly — potentially setting the stage for a new all-time high once the Fed’s rate decision is out.
October 28, 2025 05:19:59 UTC
Crypto markets kicked off the week on a bullish note, with Bitcoin briefly surpassing $116,000 and Ethereum climbing above $4,240 their highest levels in two weeks. The surge comes ahead of the FOMC meetings starting tomorrow, fueling speculation around potential policy cues. Adding to the optimism, renewed enthusiasm surrounding Trump’s Crypto Advisory Board has further boosted trader sentiment across major digital assets.
UK regulators are adopting a more lenient stance on crypto, opening the LSE to digital assets and easing proposed stablecoin limits for institutions.
Santiment analyst Brian Q said MegaETH may be seeing hype as it promises a blockchain that’s as quick and smooth as a regular app.
Elon Musk’s open-source AI-powered online encyclopedia, Grokipedia, presents itself as an alternative to Wikipedia.
Kalshi has sued New York’s gambling regulator, claiming the state is overreaching its authority by issuing a cease and desist order.
Venezuela’s reliance on stablecoins could deepen if the Trump administration acts on its war threat, further destabilizing the South American nation.
US Representative Ro Khanna is looking to introduce a bill to restrict all elected officials from trading stocks and crypto, citing conflicts of interest.
Chinese tech giants rushed to secure stablecoin licenses in Hong Kong after it adopted new laws, but Beijing has now stepped in, suspending these plans.
The post China halts Alibaba, JD.com’s stablecoin plans in HK: report appeared first on CoinGeek.
Beijing has become the first provincial-level region China with mandatory AI classes, while Open Campus secures $5M to enhance blockchain education.
The post Beijing leads China’s push for AI education in public schools appeared first on CoinGeek.
Institutional interest in Ethereum signals a shift towards integrating traditional finance with decentralized technologies, enhancing web3 adoption.
The post BlackRock Ethereum ETF purchases $72.5M in ETH appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The surge in Strive's stock highlights growing investor confidence in Bitcoin-focused firms, potentially accelerating corporate crypto acquisitions.
The post Vivek Ramaswamy’s Strive stock pumps 49% after Mike Alfred confirms 1 million share stake appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Institutional investments in Bitcoin by major asset managers like BlackRock may bolster confidence and drive future market growth.
The post BlackRock’s IBIT purchases $65M in Bitcoin appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The Cardano weekly chart is still looking strongly bullish according to independent technician Charting Guy (@ChartingGuy on X) who resurfaced his long-running Fibonacci roadmap and channel study.
His latest post on X on October 26 noted that “ADA is fine as long as uptrend holds,” a view that is anchored in a multi-year rising channel that has contained price action since the 2018–2019 base. The channel features a lower rail now passing through roughly the $0.33–$0.35 area, a midline that has behaved as a recurring pivot since 2020, and overhead parallels that intersect with Fibonacci extension targets later in the cycle.
The chart history mapped on his visuals is orderly. The 2021–2022 bear trend, drawn as a steep descending line from the prior peak, ended into the channel’s lower support and resolved through a series of falling trendline breakouts during 2023 and early 2024. Since Q4 2023, the chart has shown a series of higher highs and higher lows. Currently, the ADA price is again guided by a falling trendline.
Everything in the layout revolves around the Fibonacci ladder. The retracement set on the right margin—derived from the 2021 peak to the cycle low—marks 0% at $0.23488, then $0.33360 (0.136), $0.43180 (0.236), $0.62932 (0.382), a mid-range 0.5 at $0.85, $1.15694 (0.618), $1.43911 (0.702), $1.78464 (0.786), $2.32189 (0.888), and $3.09981 (1.000). Above that stack, the cycle extensions are plotted at $6.25325 (1.272), $9.00941 (1.414) and $15.26831 (1.618).
Those numbers are consistent with how the analyst framed the market earlier in the year. On April 27 he wrote that “ADA fibs are very important here. The 0.618 is a STRONG resistance… the 0.382 MUST hold… neutral until one of these breaks on a weekly close.” That roadmap has aged intact.
Rallies through spring and summer repeatedly stalled in the 0.500–0.618 zone, with the 0.618 level at $1.15694 capping advances. Pullbacks, in turn, have found bids near the 0.382 pivot at $0.62932.
On September 18, after that rejection, he updated that “ADA higher low 
… higher high pending… still targeting 1.272 fib this cycle,” tying the price structure back to the extension grid. The implication is not casual moon-math; it is geometric. If ADA continues to defend the uptrend defined by the channel’s lower rail and, crucially, converts the 0.618 retracement at $1.15694 into support on weekly closes, the path reopens into the upper retracement shelf—$1.43911 at 0.702 and $1.78464 at 0.786—before confronting the 0.888 marker at $2.32189.
A yellow waypoint for a higher high (on the main chart) sits near ~$2.30, deliberately aligning with that 0.888 level to flag a logical checkpoint for the next impulsive leg beneath the full retrace at $3.09981.
Only beyond that zone does the headline question come into play. The analyst’s cycle objective is the 1.272 extension at $6.25325. On his canvas, that target is not an orphaned price label; it intersects with the upper parallels of the multi-year rising channel further out in time, which means the extension is technically consistent with the same structure that has governed ADA since the last cycle’s base.
The risk management side of the ledger remains equally explicit: lose the 0.382 at $0.62932 on a weekly closing basis and the neutral-to-constructive stance is impaired, pushing focus back to $0.43180 and $0.33360, with the 0% anchor at $0.23488 defining the absolute boundary of the cycle floor inside the channel’s lower third.
As the latest candles on the charts show, ADA sits mid-channel with the higher low confirmed and the range unresolved beneath descending trendline supply. The triggers are unchanged and numerically clear. A sustained weekly close above $1.15694 would validate an attempt toward $1.44, $1.78, and $2.32, with $3.10 the final retrace before extension math takes over.
A failure through $0.62932 would flatten the uptrend call. Between those guardrails, the analyst’s October 26 message reads less like bravado and more like a conditional statement embedded in the chart itself: Cardano can still reach $6.25 this cycle—but only if the uptrend continues to hold and the 0.618 ceiling finally gives way.
At press time, ADA traded at $0.67.
XRP price started a fresh increase above $2.50. The price is now showing positive signs and might rise further if it clears the $2.6880 resistance.
XRP price started a fresh increase after it settled above $2.40, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. The price surpassed the $2.420 and $2.50 resistance levels.
The bulls were able to push the price above $2.550 and $2.65. A high was formed at $2.6972 and the price is now consolidating gains above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent move from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.6972 high.
The price is now trading below $2.60 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average. There is a bullish trend line forming with support at $2.60 on the hourly chart of the XRP/USD pair.
If there is a fresh upward move, the price might face resistance near the $2.650 level. The first major resistance is near the $2.6880 level, above which the price could rise and test $2.70. A clear move above the $2.70 resistance might send the price toward the $2.7650 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $2.80 resistance. The next major hurdle for the bulls might be near $2.880.
If XRP fails to clear the $2.6880 resistance zone, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $2.60 level. The next major support is near the $2.5650 level.
If there is a downside break and a close below the $2.5650 level, the price might continue to decline toward $2.5120 or the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent move from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.6972 high. The next major support sits near the $2.4680 zone, below which the price could continue lower toward $2.420.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for XRP/USD is now losing pace in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for XRP/USD is now above the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $2.60 and $2.580.
Major Resistance Levels – $2.650 and $2.6880.
The XRP market is bracing for a new phase of intense volatility, with anticipation growing around key legal, regulatory, and institutional developments. Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse has recently addressed the XRP community, offering guidance and setting expectations for what is to come.
The cryptocurrency world is buzzing with increased anticipation for XRP, following a series of strategic announcements from Ripple and compelling technical analysis. Popular crypto news source CryptosRus has highlighted on X that the altcoin is poised for a sharp move, as Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse has mentioned that investors should be prepared for a substantial shift.
At the core of this move, Ripple has just launched Ripple Prime, a new global prime brokerage service tailored for institutional clients. According to the company, Ripple Prime will be powered by Ripple’s foundational digital asset infrastructure, encompassing its robust solutions for payments, crypto custody, and stablecoin capabilities, alongside XRP.
However, CEO Brad Garlinghouse called this move another step toward building the internet of value, emphasizing that the XRP sits at the center of everything Ripple does. CryptosRus noted that the altcoin has recently bounced off a key support level at $2.33. This technical indicator is signaling a potential 30% rally, with an initial target of $3.45 or even higher, as market momentum continues to build.
An analyst known as TylerHillYT, who is also the president of FluenceGlobal and Co-Founder of the CSS, has also stated that the XRP price comeback is showing structural strength. In just a day, the token burn rate spiked 29%, mirroring its 29% price surge, signaling a synchronized increase in both on-chain demand and heightened investor activity.
This Ripple’s deeper expansion into traditional finance and the recent launch of Ripple Prime have caused the network usage to ramp up again. TylerHillYT emphasized that at the accelerated pace, XRP is not just riding a wave of market momentum, but it’s rebuilding its long-term narrative. However, the burn acceleration with renewed institutional traction could be the early signs of a sustained upward trajectory, pushing the token structurally toward the $3.00 mark.
While the digital asset market is vibrating with renewed excitement surrounding XRP, a prominent crypto influencer and creator on Binance and CMC, Jack, has revealed that the bulls have firmly smashed through the critical $2.55 resistance level with conviction. This decisive breakout has now set the immediate sights of traders on $2.80 and beyond.
Jack mentioned that whale activity is back, and the Open Interest (OI) is climbing steadily, while sentiment is flipping fast. If this powerful momentum holds, the next significant pit stop for XRP could be the $3.00 mark and beyond.
Ethereum price started a decent increase above $4,000. ETH is consolidating gains and could aim for more gains above the $4,220 resistance.
Ethereum price started a steady upward move above the $3,880 zone, like Bitcoin. ETH price surpassed the $4,000 and $4,120 levels to enter a short-term positive zone.
The price even spiked above $4,200. A high was formed at $4,252 and the price is now consolidating gains. There was a minor decline below the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $3,708 swing low to the $4,252 high.
Ethereum price is now trading above $4,080 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average. Besides, there is a bullish trend line forming with support at $4,055 on the hourly chart of ETH/USD.
On the upside, the price could face resistance near the $4,180 level. The next key resistance is near the $4,200 level. The first major resistance is near the $4,250 level. A clear move above the $4,250 resistance might send the price toward the $4,320 resistance. An upside break above the $4,320 region might call for more gains in the coming sessions. In the stated case, Ether could rise toward the $4,480 resistance zone or even $4,500 in the near term.
If Ethereum fails to clear the $4,200 resistance, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $4,080 level. The first major support sits near the $4,050 zone and the trend line.
A clear move below the $4,050 support might push the price toward the $3,980 support or the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $3,708 swing low to the $4,252 high. Any more losses might send the price toward the $3,840 region in the near term. The next key support sits at $3,780.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for ETH/USD is losing momentum in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI – The RSI for ETH/USD is now below the 50 zone.
Major Support Level – $4,050
Major Resistance Level – $4,200
Bitcoin edged higher on Sunday as signs of easing US-China trade tensions lifted risk assets, while Strategy’s founder hinted the company kept adding to its Bitcoin holdings.
Michael Saylor posted a chart on October 26 that uses orange dots to mark recent purchases. The visual cue has become his shorthand for new buys.
Based on reports, Strategy added 387 BTC between October 13 and October 20, bringing its total to 640,418 BTC. That number is striking on its own. It shows a steady, deliberate approach to buying even when prices are volatile.
Strategy’s disclosed average cost for its Bitcoin stands at $74,010. The company’s moves lately have been small compared with September, when it took in more than 7,000 BTC across several large transactions. The size of any fresh purchases this week has not been publicly revealed.
At the same time, Bitcoin’s market moves were influenced by broader news. The price of Bitcoin rose about 1.6% on Sunday, while Ethereum gained roughly 2.8%. Short-term swings appear driven more by headlines than by a single company’s actions.
It’s Orange Dot Day. pic.twitter.com/5FSGmxwoNS
— Michael Saylor (@saylor) October 26, 2025
Based on reports, at prices a little over $115,000 per BTC, Strategy’s Bitcoin stash is valued at around $72 billion. That valuation implies a paper gain of more than $25 billion over a total cost basis of about $47.4 billion since the program began in 2020.
Reports have logged 83 separate purchase events in that time, a pattern that has left investors with a clear view of the firm’s playbook: buy repeatedly and report afterward.
Some of the buying was concentrated in September, when the firm added thousands of coins in a few large moves. Recently, however, allocations have looked smaller and more frequent. That shift suggests a preference for steady accumulation rather than single big bets.
Strategy shares have been trading above the company’s net asset value. That fact suggests investors are comfortable owning MSTR as a way to gain Bitcoin exposure without buying the token directly. The company’s method — announce purchases after the fact and let the market reflect the holdings — has been consistent and predictable.
Geopolitical Headlines Drive VolatilityMeanwhile, officials from the US and China signaled progress in trade talks, and that helped calm some investors. According to reports, Scott Bessent told CBS News he expected the threat of 100% tariffs and an immediate export control regime to have receded.
Earlier in October, China announced tighter limits on rare earth exports used in chip manufacturing. On October 11, US President Donald Trump said he would impose an additional 100% tariff on Chinese goods and planned export controls on certain software to take effect on November 1.
Those days of sharp rhetoric caused heavy losses across markets and triggered one of the largest liquidation events in crypto this year.
Featured image from Gemini, chart from TradingView
Bitcoin price is consolidating gains above $113,500. BTC could rise further if there is a clear move above the $115,750 resistance.
Bitcoin price formed a base and started a fresh increase above the $112,500 zone. BTC gained pace for a move above the main hurdle at $113,500.
It opened the doors for a move above $115,000 and the 100 hourly Simple moving average. Finally, the price spiked above $116,000 and is currently consolidating gains above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $106,718 swing low to the $116,309 high.
Besides, there is a bullish trend line forming with support at $113,900 on the hourly chart of the BTC/USD pair. Bitcoin is now trading above $114,000 and the 100 hourly Simple moving average.
Immediate resistance on the upside is near the $115,000 level. The first key resistance is near the $115,500 level. The next resistance could be $115,750. A close above the $115,750 resistance might send the price further higher. In the stated case, the price could rise and test the $116,300 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $117,500 level. The next barrier for the bulls could be $118,000.
If Bitcoin fails to rise above the $115,500 resistance zone, it could start a fresh decline. Immediate support is near the $114,000 level. The first major support is near the $113,500 level or the trend line.
The next support is now near the $111,000 zone. Any more losses might send the price toward the $110,500 support in the near term. The main support sits at $108,500, below which BTC might struggle to recover in the short term.
Technical indicators:
Hourly MACD – The MACD is now gaining pace in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for BTC/USD is now above the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $114,000, followed by $113,500.
Major Resistance Levels – $115,500 and $116,500.
Data shows cryptocurrency short investors have suffered large liquidations during the past day as Bitcoin and altcoins have made a recovery.
Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies have witnessed a rally during the past day, breaking away from the slump the market had earlier fallen into. At the height of this surge, Bitcoin broke past $116,000, while Ethereum touched $4,250.
The assets have since seen a small retracement. The chart below shows how BTC’s latest trajectory has looked.
At its current price of $115,400, Bitcoin is up about 4% on the weekly timeframe. Similarly, Ethereum at $4,160 is in a profit of 3.4%. Most other digital assets have seen similarly positive returns, although there are some outliers like Tron, which is down more than 7%. The market-wide recovery during the past day has meant that a large amount of short liquidations have piled up on the derivatives exchanges.
According to data from CoinGlass, about $467 million in cryptocurrency-related derivatives contracts have been liquidated over the last 24 hours. A contract is said to be “liquidated” when its platform forcibly shuts it down after it accumulates losses of a certain degree (as defined by the exchange).
Given that coins across the board have rebounded, the contracts crossing this threshold would mostly be the short ones. And indeed, the data would confirm so.
As is visible above, liquidations related to bearish cryptocurrency bets have reached $358 million in this window, representing 76.6% of the total flush in the sector. Bitcoin led the liquidations with $177 million in contracts involved, while Ethereum contributed the second most with $130 million in contracts. Out of the rest, Solana witnessed the largest flush at $34 million.
In some other news, Bitcoin spot exchange-traded funds (ETFs) have observed a notable amount of inflows over the past month, as CryptoQuant community analyst Maartunn has pointed out in an X post.
Spot ETFs refer to investment vehicles that allow investors to gain exposure to an asset without having to directly own it. The US SEC approved BTC spot ETFs in January of 2024. Here is the chart shared by the analyst that shows how the 30-day netflow for these vehicles has fluctuated since:
As displayed in the above graph, Bitcoin spot ETFs have seen inflows of $4.7 billion during the past month. Ethereum spot ETFs, which gained approval in mid-2024, have also enjoyed inflows in this period, although their value of $983 million is significantly less than BTC’s.
Why did the crypto investor bring a ladder to the exchange? Because the next big meme coin was ready to “scale” new heights! Meme coins have transformed from internet jokes into serious investment opportunities. Recent market surges highlight BullZilla, SPX6900, and Shiba Inu, each establishing a unique position. Investors now focus on projects offering structured growth, strong community support, and real utility, combining excitement with tangible market potential. These top meme coins exemplify the dynamic opportunities in today’s evolving crypto World.
BullZilla ($BZIL) stands out as a promising meme coin. Its phased presale, scarcity-driven tokenomics, and staking incentives have drawn significant investor attention. Over 3,300 holders and 31 billion tokens sold reflect strong early engagement. With mechanisms fostering scarcity, community growth, and structured ROI, BullZilla merges hype with utility. Early participants can benefit from high returns while supporting a sustainable project. This combination positions BullZilla as a leading contender among the top 100x meme coin presales with potential in 2025.
SPX6900 ($SPX) has firmly established itself as a key player in the meme coin market. Currently priced at $1.12, it boasts a market capitalization exceeding $1 billion and a 24-hour trading volume of about $47 million. With more than 215,000 holders, SPX6900 reflects increasing investor confidence and growing market interest. Its evolution from a niche token into a billion-dollar asset demonstrates how strong community engagement, strategic development, and consistent updates can enhance value and ensure long-term relevance.
SPX6900’s growth stems from active community engagement, strategic partnerships, and regular development updates. These factors foster investor trust, enhance market visibility, and create momentum, helping SPX6900 stand out in the increasingly competitive meme coin World.
Compared to many meme coins, SPX6900 emphasizes utility, structured development, and long-term growth strategies. This approach differentiates it from purely speculative tokens, attracting investors seeking credibility, sustained value, and potential for lasting market relevance.
BullZilla ($BZIL) is rapidly emerging as a top 100x meme coin presale in 2025. Currently in Stage 8 of its presale, $BZIL trades at $0.00019906, with over $980k raised and 31 billion tokens sold. Its growing community of more than 3,300 holders reflects strong investor confidence. Early participants may achieve an ROI of 2,548.15% from Stage 8B to the listing price, highlighting BullZilla’s structured presale as a high-growth opportunity for investors seeking substantial returns in the competitive meme coin market.
A $1,000 investment today secures approximately 5.023 million $BZIL tokens, with Stage 8C anticipating a price increase to $0.00020573. Strategic features, including staking, referral rewards, and token burns, reinforce scarcity and long-term growth. BullZilla’s strong presale performance, active community engagement, and innovative tokenomics combine to create one of the most promising top 100x meme coin presales. For investors seeking high-return opportunities in 2025, BullZilla offers a structured, high-growth project with significant potential in the competitive crypto World.
Joining the BullZilla presale is simple and secure. Investors can visit the official BullZilla website to access step-by-step instructions for purchasing $BZIL tokens. The platform is designed for both beginners and experienced crypto enthusiasts, ensuring smooth transactions. Participants can fund their wallets, select the desired token amount, and confirm their purchase quickly. This streamlined process reduces errors and increases confidence for first-time presale participants, creating a seamless investment experience while supporting the growing BullZilla community.
BullZilla’s HODL Furnace allows token holders to stake their $BZIL for rewards, enhancing long-term investment value. By locking tokens, participants contribute to market stability while earning additional tokens as incentives. Staking reduces circulating supply, which can positively influence token value. This mechanism combines financial benefit with community engagement, encouraging investors to remain committed. Full staking instructions and potential earnings are outlined, making it straightforward for holders to maximize their returns while supporting the project’s growth.
Presale tokens might not appear immediately due to network delays or wallet synchronization issues. It’s recommended to wait a few hours and, if necessary, contact the project’s official support channels for guidance and confirmation.
Official channels usually feature verified badges, consistent branding, and links from the project’s website. Avoid channels with minor name differences, unusual activity, or lack of verification, and always cross-check announcements with official sources before acting.
Presales allow early access to tokens at discounted rates, offering potential high returns if the project succeeds. While the upside can be significant, participants should understand risks, project credibility, and market volatility before investing.
Shiba Inu ($SHIB) continues to dominate the meme coin market. Currently priced at $0.00001050, it has a market capitalization of $6.18 billion and a 24-hour trading volume of $173.8 million. With over 2.87 million holders, SHIB maintains its leading position through strong community engagement and strategic ecosystem developments. Consistent updates, partnerships, and utility-focused projects help preserve investor confidence, ensuring liquidity and long-term relevance while balancing meme coin hype with tangible market growth and adoption.
Shiba Inu’s lasting popularity is driven by its dedicated community, consistent ecosystem updates, and strategic partnerships. These efforts ensure ongoing engagement, media attention, and investor confidence, helping SHIB maintain relevance and a strong position within the competitive meme coin market.
Despite rising competition from new meme coins, Shiba Inu maintains a strong market presence. Its extensive holder base, active community, and continuous development initiatives help SHIB outperform many rivals in terms of liquidity, visibility, and overall adoption.
Recent market activity highlights the continued relevance of meme coins. SPX6900 demonstrates steady growth with strong adoption, while Shiba Inu maintains its massive community and high market cap. Amid these developments, BullZilla’s presale performance, unique tokenomics, and community-driven incentives stand out. Investors participating in BullZilla now benefit from projected high ROI, scarcity mechanisms, and staking rewards. Its combination of hype, utility, and strategy positions it as a leading contender in the top 100x meme coin presales category, capturing both attention and investment potential.
BullZilla showcases how well-structured presales drive early participation and long-term engagement. Mechanisms like the HODL Furnace and Roarblood Vault incentivize investors to contribute actively while ensuring growth sustainability. With over 3,300 holders, $980k raised, and projections exceeding 2,500% ROI, BullZilla presents a tangible, exciting opportunity for investors seeking to maximize returns in the current market World. Strategic involvement now can create substantial rewards as the token launches and the community expands.
Secure your stake now – join over 3,300 early investors and claim millions of $BZIL tokens before the next surge.
This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Readers should conduct their own research before investing in any cryptocurrency or presale project.
Read More: Maximize Your Returns: BullZilla Dominates as the Top 100x Meme Coin Presale in 2025 While SPX6900 and Shiba Inu Gain Momentum">Maximize Your Returns: BullZilla Dominates as the Top 100x Meme Coin Presale in 2025 While SPX6900 and Shiba Inu Gain Momentum
Cybersecurity in 2025 is not just the ability to ensure that hackers stay away. It is about securing massive networks, confidential data and millions of online interactions daily that make businesses alive. The world has never been more connected through global enterprise systems and that translates to more entry points to intruders. The 2025 Cost of a Data Breach Report by IBM states that the average breach now costs an organization and its visitors an average of 5.6 million dollars or approximately 15 percent more than it was only two years ago in 2023. That is a definite sign of one thing, that is, traditional methodologies are no longer enough.
This is where the blockchain-based cybersecurity protocols are starting gaining attention. Originally serving as the basis of cryptocurrencies, blockchain is becoming one of the most powerful barriers to enterprise systems. Blockchain is equally powerful in the cybersecurity domain because of the same characteristics that render it the optimal choice in the digital currency industry, transparency, decentralization, and immutability of data.
In this article, we shall endeavor to articulate clearly how blockchain will play its role in security to the large organizations. We are going to cover some of the definitions in the field of cybersecurity that will relate to blockchain, why cybersecurity is becoming such a large portion of 2025, and how it will be used by organizations to mitigate cybersecurity threats.
Blockchain can sound like a complicated word. But in simple terms, it means a digital record book that no one can secretly change. All transactions or actions recorded are checked and stored by many different computers at the same time. Even though one computer may be compromised, the “truth” is still safe among the other stored copies.
This is great for organizations. Large organizations run massive IT systems that have thousands of users, partners, and vendors accessing data. They hold financial records, customer data, supply chain documents, etc. If a hacker gets access to a centralized database, they can change or steal the information very easily. But with a blockchain, the control is distributed across the network, making it much harder for a hacker, especially in large organizations.
In a blockchain cybersecurity model, data can be broken into blocks and shared across the network of nodes (virtual), where the nodes will verify the data before being added to the blockchain. Once added, it is not possible to delete or modify it in secret. This makes it perfect for applications that require audit trails, integrity and identity management.
While blockchain is not an alternative to firewalls or antivirus software, it offers additional security similar to the solid base of a trusted solution that assures the data cannot be modified in secret. For example, a company could use blockchain to record every employee login and file access. If a hacker tries to fake an entry, the other nodes will notice the mismatch immediately.
In 2025, there have already been digital attacks that have never been witnessed. In another instance, Microsoft declared in April 2025 that over 160,000 ransomware assaults took place every day, a rise of 40 percent compared to 2024. In the meantime, Gartner predicts that almost 68 percent of large enterprises will include blockchain as part of its security architecture by 2026.
Businesses are seeking blockchain since it eliminates a significant amount of historic burdens of possessing a digital security feature. The conventional cybersecurity functionality is based on a central database and central administrator. This implies that; in case the central administrator is compromised, the whole system may be compromised. Blockchain is not operated in this manner. No single central administrator can change or manipulate records in secrecy.
Here is a simple comparison that shows why many enterprises are shifting to blockchain-based protocols:
| Feature | Traditional Cybersecurity | Blockchain-Based Cybersecurity |
| Data integrity | Centralized logs that can be changed | Distributed ledger, tamper-proof |
| Single point of failure | High risk if central server is hacked | Very low, multiple verifying nodes |
| Audit trail | Often incomplete | Transparent, immutable record |
| Deployment complexity | Easier setup but limited trust | Needs expertise but stronger trust |
| Cost trend (2025) | Rising due to more threats | Falling with automation and shared ledgers |
As global regulations get tighter, enterprises also need systems that can prove they followed rules correctly. For instance, the European Union’s Digital Resilience Act of 2025 now requires financial firms to keep verifiable digital audit trails. Blockchain helps meet such requirements automatically because every transaction is recorded forever.
Another major reason is insider threats. In a 2025 Verizon Data Breach Report, 27 percent of all corporate breaches came from inside the company. Blockchain helps fix this problem by giving everyone a transparent log of who did what and when.
There are two main types of blockchains – permissionless and permissioned. A permissionless blockchain provides access to anyone publicly, for example, Bitcoin or Ethereum. A permissioned blockchain is typically used internally to an organization that only provides access to users with permission. Many enterprises tend to favor permissioned chains because of the security, compliance, and data control.
Let’s take a look at some of the form classes of blockchain technologies that are being used in enterprise cybersecurity today.
Smart contracts are programs that automatically run on the blockchain. A smart contract can execute the rules that are coded in the contract without an administrator needing to take action. For example, the smart contract would not permit an unauthorized user to access the information until an authorized digital key is used. The benefit of smart contracts is that they remove the human from the access granting process as a result limiting human error.
Traditional identity systems use central databases, which can be hacked or misused. Blockchain makes identity management decentralized. Each employee or partner gets a cryptographic identity stored on the blockchain. Access permissions can be verified instantly without sending personal data across multiple systems.
Many enterprises face the same types of threats, but they rarely share that information in real time. Blockchain allows companies to share verified threat data securely without exposing sensitive details. IBM’s 2025 Enterprise Security Survey found that blockchain-based information sharing cut response time to new cyber attacks by 32 percent across participating companies.
| Protocol / Technology | Use Case in Enterprise Security | Main Benefit |
| Permissioned Blockchain | Secure internal records and data sharing | Controlled access with strong audit trail |
| Smart Contracts | Automated compliance and access control | No manual errors or delays |
| Blockchain-IoT Networks | Secure connected devices in factories | Device trust and tamper detection |
| Decentralized IAM Systems | Employee verification and login | Reduces credential theft |
| Threat Intelligence Ledger | Global cyber threat data sharing | Real-time awareness and faster defense |
Designing a blockchain-based security system takes planning. Enterprises must figure out where blockchain fits best in their cybersecurity setup. It should not replace every system, but rather add strength to the areas that need higher trust, like logs, identity, and access.
A good plan usually moves in stages.
Enterprises first need to check their current cybersecurity setup. Some already have strong monitoring systems and access control, others still depend on older tools. Blockchain works best when the company already understands where its weak spots are.
Blockchain does not manage itself. There must be rules about who can join the chain, who can approve updates, and how audits are done. Governance is very important here. If governance is weak, even a strong blockchain system can become unreliable.
Enterprises use many other systems like cloud services, databases, and IoT devices. The blockchain layer must work with all of them. This is where APIs and middleware tools come in. They connect the blockchain with normal IT tools.
Once deployed, the new blockchain protocol should be tested under real conditions. Security teams need to simulate attacks and watch how the system reacts. Regular audits should be done to check smart contracts and node performance.
Here is a table that explains the general process:
| Phase | Key Tasks | Important Considerations |
| Phase 1: Planning | Identify data and assets that need blockchain protection | Check data sensitivity and regulations |
| Phase 2: Design | Choose blockchain type and create smart contracts | Think about scalability and vendor risk |
| Phase 3: Deployment | Install nodes and connect to IT systems | Staff training and system testing |
| Phase 4: Monitoring | Watch logs and performance on the chain | Make sure data is synced and secure |
The companies that succeed in deploying blockchain for cybersecurity often start small. They begin with one department, like finance or HR, and then expand after proving the results. This gradual rollout helps avoid big technical shocks.
By 2025, many global companies already started to use blockchain to protect data. For example, Walmart uses blockchain to secure its supply chain data and verify product origins. Siemens Energy uses blockchain to protect industrial control systems and detect fake device signals. Mastercard has been developing a blockchain framework to manage digital identities and reduce fraud in payment systems.
These real-world examples show how blockchain protocols are not just theory anymore. They are working tools.
| Use Case | Industry | Benefits of Blockchain Security |
| Digital Identity Verification | Finance / Insurance | Lower identity theft and fraud |
| Supply Chain Data Integrity | Retail / Manufacturing | Prevents tampered records and improves traceability |
| IIoT Device Authentication | Industrial / Utilities | Protects machine-to-machine communication |
| Secure Document Exchange | Legal / Healthcare | Reduces leaks of private data |
| Inter-Company Audits | Banking / IT | Enables transparent, shared audit logs |
Each of these use cases solves a specific pain point that traditional security tools struggled with for years. For instance, in industrial IoT networks, devices often communicate without human supervision. Hackers can easily fake a signal and trick systems. Blockchain creates a shared log of all signals and commands. That means even if one device sends false data, others will immediately see the mismatch and stop it from spreading.
In the financial sector, blockchain-based identity systems are helping banks reduce fraudulent applications. A shared digital identity ledger means once a person’s ID is verified by one institution, others can trust it without redoing all checks. This saves both time and cost while improving customer security.
Even though blockchain adds strong layers of protection, it also comes with some new problems. Enterprises must be careful during deployment. Many companies in 2025 found that using blockchain for cybersecurity is not as simple as turning on a switch. It needs planning, training, and coordination.
One of the biggest challenges is integration with older systems. Many large organizations still run software from ten or even fifteen years ago. These systems were never built to connect with distributed ledgers. So when blockchain is added on top, it can create technical issues or data delays.
Another major issue is governance. A blockchain network has many participants. If there is no clear structure on who approves transactions or who maintains the nodes, it can quickly become messy. Without good governance, even the most secure network can fail.
Smart contracts also come with code vulnerabilities. In 2024, over $2.1 billion was lost globally due to faulty or hacked smart contracts (Chainalysis 2025 report). A single programming error can create an entry point for attackers.
Then there is regulation. Legislations regarding blockchain are in their infancy. To illustrate, the National Data Security Framework 2025, which was launched in the U.S., has new reporting requirements of decentralized systems. Now enterprises have to demonstrate the flow of data in their blockchain networks.
Lastly, another threat is quantum computing. The cryptographic systems in the present could soon be broken by quantum algorithms. Although big-scale quantum attack is not occurring as yet, cybersecurity professionals already advise the implementation of post-quantum cryptography within blockchain applications.
Blockchain-based cybersecurity will transform the process of enterprise defense in the digital environment. In a blockchain, trust is encouraged by all members in the network where an organization usually depends on one system or administrator (or both) to keep the trust intact. It might not be short-term and might not be cost effective but it will be long term. In 2025, blockchain will be an enterprise security bargain, providing audit trails that are immutable, decentralized control, secure identities and more rapid breach detection.
Forward-looking organizations will have carbon floor plans, but they will also balance blockchain with Ai and quantum-resistant encryption techniques with conventional security layers. Our focus is not on replacing cybersecurity systems, but on strengthening cybersecurity systems with trustless verification outside of striking distance. In 2025, that is essential as hackers will make attacks and espionage more complex than ever, while blockchain offers something reliable and powerful, transparency that cannot be faked.
Blockchain keeps records in a shared digital ledger that no one can secretly change. It verifies every action through many computers, which makes data harder to tamper with.
At first, they can be costly because they require integration and new software. But over time, costs drop since there are fewer breaches and less manual auditing.
Blockchain prevents tampering and records all activity. If an attacker tries to change a file, the blockchain record shows the exact time and user. It also helps restore clean versions faster.
Yes, but large enterprises benefit the most because they manage complex supply chains and sensitive data. Smaller firms can use simpler blockchain tools for data logging or document verification.
Financial services, manufacturing, healthcare, and logistics are leading in 2025. These industries need strong auditability and traceable data protection.
Blockchain: A decentralized record-keeping system that stores data in blocks linked chronologically.
Smart Contract: Code on a blockchain that runs automatically when certain rules are met.
Node: A computer that helps verify transactions in a blockchain network.
Permissioned Blockchain: A private blockchain where only approved members can join.
Decentralization: Distribution of control among many nodes instead of one central authority.
Immutable Ledger: A record that cannot be changed once added to the blockchain.
Quantum-Resistant Cryptography: Encryption designed to withstand attacks from quantum computers.
Threat Intelligence Ledger: A blockchain system for sharing verified cyber threat data across organizations.
By 2025, blockchain has become a serious tool for cybersecurity in enterprises. From supply chain tracking to digital identity management, it helps companies create trust that cannot be faked. It records every change in a transparent and permanent way, reducing insider risk and external manipulation.
However, blockchain should not replace existing cybersecurity layers. It should work alongside traditional systems, adding trust where it was missing before. As businesses prepare for more advanced digital threats, blockchain stands out as one of the best answers, a shared truth system that protects data even when everything else fails.
Read More: Blockchain-Based Cybersecurity Protocols for Enterprises: A Complete 2025 Guide">Blockchain-Based Cybersecurity Protocols for Enterprises: A Complete 2025 Guide
The post XRP Left Behind Again as Solana, Hedera, and Litecoin ETFs Set To Go Live Tomorrow appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
In a surprising turn of events, spot ETFs for Litecoin (LTC) and Hedera (HBAR) are now officially effective and will begin trading on NASDAQ tomorrow, according to Canary Funds CEO Steven McClurg. Litecoin and Hedera are the next two token ETFs to go effective after Ethereum, and Canary Funds has confirmed their launch tomorrow.
Additionally, Bloomberg’s Senior ETF Analyst Eric Balchunas confirmed that the NYSE has certified the 8-A filings for multiple crypto ETFs, including Bitwise’s spot Solana ETF (SOL) and Grayscale’s GSOL, which will convert on Wednesday.
He said that the Exchange has posted listing notices for Bitwise Solana, Canary Litecoin, and Canary HBAR to launch tomorrow, and Grayscale Solana to convert the day after. Unless there is last-minute SEC intervention, the launches are moving forward.
This set of ETF approvals has raised questions about how such progress is possible during the ongoing U.S. government shutdown. Journalist Eleanor Terrett explained that certain legal provisions allow ETFs to move forward without active SEC oversight.
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Form 8-A filing formally registers ETF shares for exchange trading, while the S-1 filing registers them under the Securities Act of 1933.
The NYSE certified all relevant 8-A filings this morning, marking the final procedural step before trading begins. As for the S-1s, issuers included language allowing their registration statements to automatically go effective 20 days after filing, bypassing the need for manual SEC approval.
This mechanism means ETFs can legally go live even when the SEC staff is unavailable, allowing launches to continue uninterrupted despite the shutdown.
However, not every digital asset community is celebrating.
While the crypto market welcomes new ETF launches, XRP investors are once again left behind. Legal expert Bill Morgan noted that delays around XRP have become a recurring theme and that the asset continues to be excluded from major developments.
I had a strong feeling XRP Spot ETFs would not be next. There are always delays when it comes to XRP. Always held back. https://t.co/7Vhzi6Cesv
— bill morgan (@Belisarius2020) October 27, 2025
He also said that XRP’s price generally mirrors Bitcoin’s movements, explaining that even multiple ETF approvals would not necessarily drive the token higher if Bitcoin were to fall.
AI and blockchain executives have shared their thoughts and concerns as AI agents take a step closer to potentially controlling one’s crypto wallets.
Crypto treasury companies tightened their purse strings after the Oct. 10 market crash, with one exception, said Coinbase’s David Duong.
S&P Global Ratings said Strategy’s high Bitcoin concentration and low US dollar liquidity, among other factors, are weaknesses for the firm.
Young Filipino innovators shine at Byte Forward Hackathon 2025, creating digital solutions and proving the nation's tech talent can shape a better future.
The post Innovative filipino minds drive digital progress during the 51st Philippine Business Conference and Expo appeared first on CoinGeek.
Bitcoin’s recent liquidity flush has stirred volatility across the market, leaving traders cautious as Ethereum shows signs of a potential recovery. While BTC struggles to stabilize after clearing key liquidity levels, ETH is attempting to reclaim crucial resistance, setting the stage for what could be the next major directional move in the crypto market.
Can Özsüer, in his latest BTC 1H Current Chart update shared on X, highlighted that the hourly chart of Bitcoin shows little to no bullish reflection at the moment. He pointed out that market sentiment has weakened, particularly after the $116,000 liquidity zone was cleared, which further dampened the outlook across the broader crypto market.
According to Özsüer, the overall setup remains fragile, and taking scalp long positions in such conditions could be risky until a clearer reversal structure begins to form. Özsüer identified the $111,000 level as a potential zone for an initial reaction buy, suggesting that some short-term support could emerge around this point. However, he cautioned that if this level fails to hold, Bitcoin could experience a sharper decline toward the trendline support near $109,000.
He further advised that traders should construct their strategies carefully, focusing on the zones within what he referred to as “box number 1.” This area could provide a technical framework for identifying potential entry points and managing risk effectively.
To conclude, Özsüer noted that the cleanest and safest approach would be to align trading plans around optimal price levels while ensuring that positions remain protected above the defined support structure.
While Bitcoin faces a potential drawdown, crypto analyst Ted Pillows revealed that ETH is currently engaged in a critical fight to reclaim the $4,200 resistance zone. The success of this immediate technical battle is crucial, as it will determine the asset’s trajectory in the days to come.
Ted pillows outlined the condition for a continuation of the rally; if Ethereum is able to decisively reclaim and hold the $4,200 level, traders should “expect more bullish continuation.” Conquering this resistance would likely signal a clear path to the next higher price targets.
Conversely, should ETH fail to secure the $4,200 zone, the price will likely retreat. The analyst predicts that this failure would trigger a necessary retest of the $4,000 level before the market can attempt any further upward moves, indicating that $4,000 acts as the crucial defense line against a deeper correction.
Zcash (ZEC) has exploded in value past $350, clearing its 2021 high and igniting a wave of renewed optimism across the digital assets ecosystem. A surge in demand tied to privacy, cross-chain integration and bold market calls are pushing ZEC into the spotlight.
Related Reading: $10K Is Coming: Arthur Hayes’ Zcash ‘Vibe Check’ Sparks 30% Moonshot
Zcash’s recent rally is nothing short of dramatic. In the past month, ZEC’s price surged roughly 380 % and smashed through its May 2021 closing level of around US$319.
This breakout has drawn fresh attention to the coin’s core value proposition, transaction anonymity, at a time when regulatory scrutiny and surveillance concerns are rising globally.
Adding fuel to the fire, Arthur Hayes, co-founder and former CEO of BitMEX, publicly predicted that ZEC could ultimately reach US$10,000. Markets responded swiftly; within 24 hours of Hayes’s “vibe check” post on X, ZEC jumped over 30 %. The privacy-coin resurgence appears well underway.
Meanwhile, technical analysts argue the rise is more than hype. ZEC’s chart now showcases breakout patterns, rising volumes, and a shift in smart-money positioning. However, caution remains. Many analysts note that although the price is reflecting a strong narrative, actual usage of shielded transactions remains limited.
Behind the price action lies concrete ecosystem development. Zcash integration into other chains, such as its wrapped version on Solana, is reviving interest, while new solutions seek to restore ZEC’s full privacy features across cross-chain networks.
For example, the project Encifher is enabling encrypted versions of ZEC (eZEC) using fully homomorphic encryption on Solana so that users can transact privately while still engaging with DeFi.
Other catalysts include the anticipated halving event, which is due to cut miner rewards in mid-November, tightening supply. Added to that, institutional frameworks such as the debut of a trust vehicle for ZEC are reportedly expanding exposure. All told, these structural shifts support the narrative.
Related Reading: Forget Inflation: Bitcoin Rallies When The Dollar Falls, Study Finds
Nevertheless, even with infrastructure rising, the risk remains that price is racing ahead of real adoption. Analysts warn of a “sell the news” scenario if new integrations or usage metrics fail to materialize.
Cover image from ChatGPT, ZECUSD chart from Tradingview
Bitcoin (BTC) is showing renewed strength, reclaiming the $115,000 level after weeks of volatility and uncertainty. Bulls are attempting to build momentum for a potential impulse move higher, aiming to confirm a sustained bullish structure after the recent consolidation phase.
On-chain data continues to reveal a clear and repeating pattern tied to investor behavior and market cycles. Historically, when the percentage of Bitcoin supply in profit climbs above 95%, the market tends to enter an overheated phase, often leading to sharp corrections. These pullbacks serve as natural cooling periods, resetting sentiment and liquidity before the next major leg up.
Interestingly, each correction cycle has shown consistent bottoming zones around the 75% threshold, where long-term holders reaccumulate and market confidence begins to rebuild. More specifically, data highlights profit supply lows of 73% in September 2024, 76% in April 2024, and a recent rebound from 81%, signaling a potential mid-cycle recovery phase.
Bitcoin Supply in Profit Rises to 83.6% — Momentum Rebuilds Ahead of Key ThresholdAccording to top analyst Darkfost, the percentage of Bitcoin supply in profit has started to climb again, currently standing at 83.6%. This steady rise indicates that a growing share of Bitcoin holders are once again sitting on unrealized gains — a trend that often reflects improving sentiment and renewed market confidence.
Darkfost notes that this level can be interpreted as encouraging, suggesting that investors are willing to hold their BTC instead of realizing profits, anticipating further upside in the near term. Historically, such behavior has been characteristic of mid-cycle recovery phases, when fear starts to fade and accumulation resumes across both retail and institutional segments.
This stage of the cycle is considered healthy for rebuilding momentum, as it allows the market to stabilize after large corrections. Holders who previously capitulated often reenter at this stage, while long-term participants strengthen their positions, creating a more resilient market structure.
However, Darkfost cautions that once the supply in profit surpasses 95%, it typically signals overheated market conditions — a point where euphoria tends to replace rational conviction. In such phases, Bitcoin historically faces increased volatility and sharp corrections as overleveraged traders and short-term speculators take profits.
Bitcoin (BTC) is showing renewed bullish momentum, trading around $115,443 and successfully reclaiming key short-term support levels after weeks of consolidation. The daily chart highlights a strong recovery structure, with BTC breaking above both the 50-day and 100-day moving averages, signaling a shift in short-term market sentiment.
The next critical test lies at $117,500, a historical resistance zone that previously rejected multiple attempts in September and early October. A clear breakout and daily close above this level would likely confirm an impulse continuation toward $120K–$125K, opening the door for a more sustained uptrend.
Momentum indicators suggest strengthening buying pressure, while the recent bounce from the 200-day moving average near $107K underscores the market’s resilience. This level acted as a springboard for the current rally, aligning with the broader pattern of accumulation seen on-chain, where investor profitability is rising steadily.
However, BTC remains within a range-bound structure, and rejection at $117.5K could trigger short-term consolidation back toward $111K–$112K. Overall, Bitcoin’s technical outlook appears constructive — if the bulls can sustain above $115K and confirm strength above $117.5K, the market could transition into a new bullish leg, supported by improving investor sentiment and on-chain health.
Featured image from ChatGPT, chart from TradingView.com
Are cryptocurrencies still the ultimate game-changer in finance? Cardano (ADA) continues to spark curiosity among investors, developers, and crypto enthusiasts, as it hovers around $0.689, up 6.09% weekly. The burning question remains whether ADA will surge to new heights or slide into downside fears.
Interestingly, while Cardano draws attention with its blockchain innovations, MoonBull stands out as the best crypto presale, attracting early investors with massive ROI potential. Comparing both highlights the contrast between established tokens like ADA and emerging opportunities with explosive early gains. Market trends, whales, and community buzz are driving both ecosystems, fueling speculation.
MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale with a launch designed to reward early investors and protect holders. After the final presale stage, liquidity will be supplied to decentralized exchanges, and all $MOBU tokens will be fully claimable immediately following a 48-hour lock, with no vesting delays.
To stabilize the launch, a 60-minute claim delay requires any sell to be matched with a buy, preventing price drops and immediate dump pressure. Built on Ethereum’s ERC-20 standard, $MOBU ensures deep liquidity, seamless wallet access, staking, reflections, burns, and sell taxes. Leveraging Ethereum’s validator network and audit infrastructure, MoonBull thrives with scalability, cross-chain tools, governance frameworks, and broad ecosystem interoperability.
MoonBull’s $MOBU presale is heating up, currently in Stage 5 with a price of $0.00006584, over $500K raised, and 1,500+ token holders. Early buyers already enjoy 163.36% ROI, while Stage 5 to listing at $0.00616 projects a staggering 9,256% return. Investing $500 now secures 7,594,167.68 $MOBU tokens, potentially earning $46,780 at listing.
Each presale stage rises by 27.40% until Stage 22, with Stage 23 increasing 20.38%. The presale’s structured growth and limited supply create urgency and FOMO, making MoonBull a must-watch opportunity for crypto enthusiasts seeking high early-stage returns and maximum ROI potential.
Cardano (ADA) today’s price stands at $0.689766 with a 24-hour trading volume of $837 million, reflecting steady demand despite broader crypto market swings. The seven-day price movement shows a 6.09% increase, indicating short-term momentum in ADA trading. Analysts note that institutional participation and staking adoption are supporting the current price. Cardano (ADA) live price movements suggest that technical levels near $0.77 may serve as resistance, while $0.60 remains critical support.
Crypto developers and financial analysts monitor these metrics to anticipate potential breakouts or corrections. With the ecosystem maturing and DApps gaining traction, Cardano’s crypto price presents a blend of opportunity and caution, especially as new investors compare it with presales like MoonBull.
Cardano (ADA) price forecast for 2025 points to a potential trading range between $0.76 and $1.80, depending on adoption and market sentiment. Optimistic projections suggest ADA could reach $2 if blockchain developments such as scalability upgrades and interoperability features succeed. Analysts argue that if Cardano maintains support levels, institutional inflows may accelerate growth.
Conversely, risks include market volatility, regulatory changes, and short-term corrections. Social media chatter and retail sentiment indicate cautious optimism, with many investors eyeing ADA as a long-term hold. Compared to MoonBull, which has explosive presale stages and an early ROI of 9256%, ADA may seem slower, yet it offers stability and proven blockchain infrastructure, making it suitable for moderate risk investors.
Technical analysis of Cardano (ADA) highlights a symmetrical triangle pattern, with resistance near $0.77 and support at $0.60. Breaking above $0.77 could indicate bullish momentum, while falling below $0.60 may trigger short-term declines. Trading volumes have slightly declined, signaling the need for buyers to push momentum higher.
Price indicators such as the RSI suggest ADA is not overbought, leaving room for gradual appreciation. Historically, ADA has seen repeated cycles of growth and corrections, and investors are advised to monitor trendlines closely. Meanwhile, MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale by offering structured stages, increasing prices by 27.40% per stage, making early entry a high-risk, high-reward contrast to ADA’s measured market moves.
In conclusion, Cardano (ADA) offers a solid, mature blockchain with potential upside, supported by institutional interest and upcoming network upgrades. Its price forecast for 2025 ranges from $0.76 to $1.80, appealing to long-term investors seeking stability. In contrast, MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale, providing early participants with significant ROI and FOMO-driven urgency.
Both present valuable opportunities: ADA with measured growth and MoonBull with explosive potential. Investors must weigh risk tolerance, investment goals, and market timing. Whether focusing on Cardano’s blockchain fundamentals or MoonBull’s presale hype, informed research remains key to navigating the evolving crypto landscape successfully.
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
The best crypto to buy now depends on risk appetite and market conditions. Presales with structured stages like MoonBull offer high ROI potential, while established coins like Cardano provide more stability and long-term growth prospects.
Monitoring presale structures, social engagement, and blockchain fundamentals helps identify breakout crypto. MoonBull presale demonstrates early-stage growth, whereas established coins rely on adoption and institutional interest to drive price.
Presales with tiered pricing and strong community incentives deliver maximum early-stage gains. MoonBull presale stages, increasing 27.40% per stage, ensure early investors can achieve substantial ROI compared to other cryptos.
Institutional participation improves liquidity, stability, and market confidence. Cardano benefits from ETF and large fund interest, whereas presales like MoonBull rely on retail investors and community hype to fuel momentum.
Established coins like ADA offer security, proven tech, and steady growth. New presales like MoonBull dominate the hype space, providing high ROI but with increased risk. Diversified strategies are often recommended.
ADA: Native token of the Cardano blockchain.
ERC-20: Ethereum standard for creating tokens.
Liquidity Pool: Funds locked in smart contracts for decentralized trading.
Staking: Locking tokens to support blockchain network operations.
Presale: Early offering of a crypto token before public trading.
This article analyzed Cardano (ADA) price prediction for 2025, including market trends, technical analysis, institutional interest, and upcoming upgrades. MoonBull dominates as the best crypto presale, providing structured stages, massive ROI, and Ethereum security. While ADA offers stability, MoonBull brings explosive potential, allowing investors to balance risk and reward in the evolving crypto market.
Read More: Cardano Price Prediction: Could ADA Hit $2 While MoonBull Surges With 9,256% ROI as the Best Crypto Presale in Q4 2025?">Cardano Price Prediction: Could ADA Hit $2 While MoonBull Surges With 9,256% ROI as the Best Crypto Presale in Q4 2025?
Ever notice how crypto news now reads like a movie trailer? Bitcoin smashing $115K, Avalanche breaking $20, and a newcomer called BullZilla roaring through presale milestones, it’s a full-blown blockbuster. This November, the market’s rhythm feels electric, driven by ETF inflows, election speculation, and new-age presales redefining investing. Whether you’re holding Bitcoin or hunting the next big presale gem, the action is heating up. Amid this chaos, investors are asking: which project truly stands tall among the top crypto to buy for November?
Bitcoin’s steady climb has re-ignited faith in digital gold, Avalanche is fueling DeFi revival, and BullZilla is engineering the presale era’s most explosive ROI mechanism. From traders chasing stability to investors eyeing early-stage profits, these three projects dominate November’s spotlight. Bitcoin brings scale and certainty, Avalanche carries DeFi speed, and BullZilla delivers early-entry advantage. Together, they define the evolving balance between security and opportunity. But only one offers structured scarcity designed for exponential returns, and that’s where the BullZilla story begins.
Bitcoin (BTC) surged 2.89% over the past 24 hours to reach $115,015, accompanied by a remarkable 169% spike in daily trading volume to $59.58 billion. This sharp increase reflects renewed investor confidence driven by institutional inflows and strong ETF demand. Analysts attribute Bitcoin’s momentum to improving macroeconomic conditions, lower Treasury yields, and growing optimism surrounding broader crypto adoption. As the leading digital asset, Bitcoin remains the ultimate benchmark for market sentiment and liquidity. Its gradual climb toward the $126K peak demonstrates sustained strength amid global uncertainty. Despite smaller percentage moves than those of emerging altcoins, Bitcoin continues to serve as a stabilizing force for portfolios worldwide, offering long-term security, deep liquidity, and unmatched recognition as the cornerstone of the modern crypto economy.
Bitcoin’s surge is fueled by strong ETF inflows, rising institutional participation, and easing macroeconomic pressures. These factors have restored investor confidence, propelling BTC closer to its previous $126,000 all-time high.
Yes. Bitcoin remains the most secure and recognized cryptocurrency, backed by deep liquidity, regulatory clarity, and institutional adoption, making it a stable long-term store of value compared to emerging altcoins.
BullZilla ($BZIL) isn’t just another presale; it’s redefining what the top crypto to buy for November truly means. Now in Stage 8 (Echoes of the Bull-A, Phase 2), each token trades at $0.00019906. The project has already raised over $980,000, sold 31 billion tokens, and attracted more than 3,300 holders globally. Analysts forecast a 2,548.15% ROI to its $0.00527 listing, while early entrants already enjoy 3,361.91% gains. A $1,000 investment secures 5.023 million tokens before the next 3.35% surge hits. Through The HODL Furnace, investors can stake tokens for flexible durations, earning compounding rewards while contributing to deflation. With over 32 billion tokens allocated for staking, holders generate passive income while strengthening liquidity and project resilience.
A $1,500 investment at the current Stage 8 price nets around 7.53 million $BZIL tokens. If projections to the $0.00527 listing hold, this could translate to roughly $39,700 in value, a 2,548% increase. Such exponential potential stems from BullZilla’s Progressive Price Engine, which lifts value every 48 hours or when $100K is raised. Coupled with the Roar Burn mechanism and staking features, it builds mechanical scarcity into the ecosystem, driving both long-term token appreciation and short-term presale demand.
Start by setting up a Web3 wallet, such as MetaMask or Trust Wallet. Buy ETH on an exchange such as Binance or Coinbase, then transfer it to your wallet. Then visit BullZilla’s official presale site, connect your wallet, and swap ETH for $BZIL. Your tokens will be securely locked until the presale ends, then claimable. Vesting schedules are fully transparent on the platform. Joining early ensures the highest ROI potential and access to referral rewards through the exclusive Roarblood Vault program.
BullZilla stands out with its 24-stage burn model, Roar Burn mechanism, and Progressive Price Engine, ensuring automatic scarcity, transparent growth, and consistent upward pricing rarely seen in conventional meme or presale tokens.
BullZilla’s smart contracts are fully audited and transparent. Investors maintain complete wallet control, while vesting mechanisms promote fairness and protect against early dumps or sudden market volatility.
Yes. Through the Roarblood Vault, investors can earn up to 12% referral bonuses for bringing in new buyers, strengthening community growth and increasing presale participation before the token listing.
Avalanche (AVAX) recently broke through the critical $20 threshold after weeks of consolidation, confirming the start of a sustained bullish continuation. Currently trading at $19.71 and up 1.66% in the last 24 hours, AVAX appears poised for a potential rally toward the $30 zone. Analysts believe that once it clears the $22 resistance level, roughly $40 million in short positions could be liquidated, accelerating upward momentum. With a robust DeFi footprint and expanding subnet ecosystem, Avalanche continues to attract developers, institutional investors, and liquidity providers. Consistent higher lows since $18.50 reinforce its strong technical foundation, positioning it as one of the most resilient, innovative, and scalable blockchain networks in 2025, capable of driving long-term growth across decentralized applications and cross-chain integrations.
Avalanche’s move past $20 highlights renewed investor confidence driven by its scalable architecture, ultra-fast transactions, and expanding DeFi ecosystem, positioning AVAX as one of the most efficient and adopted Layer-1 networks.
If Avalanche sustains momentum above $22, analysts anticipate a breakout toward the $25–$30 range, supported by increasing institutional accumulation and strengthening on-chain activity across DeFi and enterprise integrations.
Bitcoin’s 2.89% jump reflects renewed macro optimism, Avalanche’s $20 breakout signals DeFi resurgence, and BullZilla’s Stage 8 success redefines what presale strength looks like. Together, these cryptos show a market evolving beyond volatility into structured opportunity. The November narrative highlights balance, stability from Bitcoin, scalability from Avalanche, and exponential growth from BullZilla. As the presale scene matures, projects offering real mechanics, transparency, and utility stand out as the actual top crypto to buy for November.
BullZilla’s engineered scarcity and price progression present a modern blueprint for long-term value creation. While Bitcoin and Avalanche attract traditional confidence, BullZilla captures the excitement of structured ROI. Its 24-stage burn mechanism, staking systems, and referral rewards create a balanced ecosystem of reward and scarcity. As the next 3.35% price rise nears, the presale’s explosive start underscores one message: opportunity favors the early. BullZilla might just be the beast leading the next bull wave.
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
Read More: Crypto Price Today (27th Oct): BTC Nears $116K, AVAX Eyes $30, Yet All Eyes are On BullZilla, The Top Crypto to Buy for November">Crypto Price Today (27th Oct): BTC Nears $116K, AVAX Eyes $30, Yet All Eyes are On BullZilla, The Top Crypto to Buy for November
The eight-hour outage occurred during the largest liquidation event in crypto history, prompting dYdX to propose community-governed reimbursements from its insurance fund.
Amid a US government shutdown with no end in sight, a Republican lawmaker said Congress had only until January or February to pass crypto legislation.
Bloomberg analyst Eric Balchunas said exchanges have posted listing notices for Bitwise’s Solana ETF and Canary’s Litecoin and Hedera funds.
Citi partnered with Coinbase to pilot stablecoin payments as the bank forecasts a $4 trillion market by 2030, signaling Wall Street’s growing crypto embrace.
Just a few weeks after a Singaporean court approved WazirX's parent company's restructuring plan, a decision out of one of India's courts may impact users.
The Bitcoin price is positioning for a potentially explosive move that could take it well beyond its previous all-time highs. Analysts are closely watching a critical resistance level near $116,000, which may serve as the final hurdle before BTC catapults into uncharted territory above $126,000.
Crypto analyst Donny Dicey revealed in an X social media post this week that the $116,000 price level is the decisive zone Bitcoin must breach to confirm a breakout toward a new all-time high. His technical analysis suggests that once BTC achieves a clean break above this resistance area, momentum could swiftly carry it above $126,000.
Notably, Bitcoin set a new ATH on October 6, 2025, after breaking through its previous record above $124,000 and climbing past $126,000. Since achieving this level, the price of BTC has fallen dramatically to $115,000. Dicey’s accompanying chart shows the market steadily recovering after testing support near $108,000, marked as a “market structure break” region, with bullish price action consolidating above $109,000.
The analyst has emphasized that each day Bitcoin maintains a close above $109,000 strengthens the probability of a strong upward swing as the market heads into November. This period coincides with the Federal Open Market Committee’s (FOMC) next meeting, where investors are anticipating dovish signals such as rate cuts or the formal end of Quantitative Tightening (QT).
Dicey also notes that bullish S&P 500 earnings, easing global trade tensions from a potential agreement between US President Donald Trump and China’s President Xi Jinping, and improving ISM manufacturing data point to a macro environment supportive of risk assets. A community member commented that whales may have underestimated how much BTC’s demand tends to persist during these conditions. Dicey responded that the same whales might become “exit liquidity” as Bitcoin accelerates higher, possibly missing out on the strongest phase of this cycle.
In a follow-up analysis, Dicey highlighted Bitcoin’s remarkable stability above its January highs, describing its price structure as “unbreakable” amid global macroeconomic uncertainty. He pointed to several converging factors that reinforce BTC’s resilience, including ongoing fiscal and monetary expansion, a weakening US dollar, and renewed confidence in the global business cycle.
The analyst also emphasized that geopolitical tensions tied to US-China relations appear to be subsiding. At the same time, ETF inflows and exponential growth in the Artificial Intelligence (AI) sector contribute to acting as tailwinds for digital assets. He disclosed that despite strong underlying fundamentals, skepticism remains widespread in the market.
According to him, many still believe in the traditional four-year cycle narrative, while retail enthusiasm has not fully returned. Furthermore, the Russell 2000 index has yet to breakout, and rotation from traditional assets, such as the S&P 500 and gold, into Bitcoin remains limited. With these developments subduing broader market participation, Dicey suggests it creates the perfect setup for a powerful rally in BTC once sentiment shifts decisively.
After months of growing uncertainty and anticipation, the debut of exchange-traded funds (ETFs) for Hedera (HBAR) and Litecoin (LTC) is set to commence tomorrow, as confirmed by Canary Capital’s CEO Steven McClurg on Monday.
Crypto reporter Eleanor Terret shared the news on X (formerly Twitter), revealing that the ETF launches for Litecoin and Hedera are imminent, with a statement from McClurg underscoring the excitement for the upcoming launch.
Notably, the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) has also made significant moves in the ETF sector by certifying 8-A filings and issuing listing notices for Bitwise Invest’s spot Solana (SOL) ETF launch tomorrow and Grayscale’s GSOL conversion slated for Wednesday.
Despite the ongoing government shutdown, these ETF debuts are proceeding smoothly, Terret confirmed. The legal processes behind ETF launches, including the crucial 8-A filings, have been completed successfully, paving the way for the launch of these investment vehicles.
Addressing concerns about Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) approval during the shutdown, a key detail emerged: the issuers strategically included provisions in their amended S-1 filings, enabling automatic effectiveness 20 days post-filing. This ensures a seamless transition to trading without manual SEC approval.
Bloomberg’s ETF expert, Eric Balchunas, further corroborated this development on social media, confirming the listing notices for Bitwise, Canary, to launch imminently, with grayscale Solana’s conversion scheduled shortly after. Balchunas stated, “Assuming there’s not some last min SEC intervention, looks like this is happening.”
The news has sparked a recovery in HBAR and LTC prices. Litecoin has regained the key $100 mark with a 2% surge in the 24-hour time frame, while Hedera has seen similar gains of 2.1% during the same period.
Featured image from DALL-E, chart from TradingView.com
XRP is staging a remarkable rebound, rising from early October lows of $1.77 to over $2.60, even as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) prolongs its review of pending XRP ETF filings.
The delays have sparked mixed market sentiment, yet XRP’s trading volume and technical setup indicate growing bullish momentum. Over the weekend, XRP surged to $2.68, breaking critical resistance at $2.63 on a 147% volume spike, one of the largest in recent months.
This explosive move coincided with renewed optimism following Ripple’s strategic acquisitions, including the integration of Ripple Prime and GTreasury, which CEO Brad Garlinghouse said place XRP “at the center of everything Ripple does.”
From a technical perspective, XRP’s chart paints a clear bullish picture. The token has moved firmly above both its 50-day and 200-day exponential moving averages (EMAs), key indicators of trend continuation.
It has also formed an inverse head-and-shoulders pattern, historically signaling potential for higher highs. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) remains near 70, showing strong demand despite slightly overbought conditions.
Analysts expect a confirmed breakout above $2.70 to set the stage for XRP to reach the $2.90–$3.00 range in the near term. Momentum indicators such as the True Strength Index (TSI) and rising open interest in CME XRP futures, which recently crossed $27 billion in notional volume, reinforce this bullish outlook.
However, traders are watching the $2.54–$2.58 support zone closely. A drop below this range could weaken momentum and invite short-term corrections.
While ETF delays have briefly dented sentiment, institutional accumulation around XRP remains strong. The token’s rapid integration into U.S.-listed ETFs, expanding derivatives markets, and corporate adoption, including Evernorth’s treasury allocation, underscore growing confidence in Ripple’s long-term fundamentals.
Institutional demand continues to accelerate through vehicles like the REX-Osprey XRP ETF, which recently surpassed $100 million in assets under management, placing XRP as a mainstream financial instrument rather than a speculative token.
With global crypto market capitalization hovering near $3.8 trillion and the Federal Reserve’s upcoming rate decision expected to ease liquidity constraints, analysts believe XRP could outperform peers in the next leg of the bull cycle.
If buying pressure holds above $2.70, the $2.90 breakout target may only mark the beginning of a broader rally, one that cements XRP’s role at the heart of institutional digital finance.
Cover image from ChatGPT, XRPUSD on Tradingview
In August 2021 a huge event happened; Poly Network got hit. Over $600 million vanishes in one of crypto’s biggest heists. The vulnerability? Something proper testing would have caught easily. This wasn’t some sophisticated zero-day exploit requiring nation-state resources. It was a bug sitting there in plain sight, waiting for someone to notice.
Here’s what makes this worse: smart contract bugs are permanent. You can’t hotfix blockchain code like patching a web server. Once deployed, that’s it. The code lives forever in that exact form. And we’re not talking about broken images or 404 errors here. We’re talking about actual money disappearing, real financial damage that can’t be undone. Think about the Wormhole bridge losing $320 million, or Ronin Network’s $625 million disaster. Every single one could have been prevented with better testing.
Blockchains don’t allow quiet hotfixes. Once a contract is out, it behaves as written, not as intended. Thorough testing cuts catastrophic risk, speeds reviews with executable documentation, and gives auditors a cleaner target. It also exposes design gaps while fixes are still cheap.
Attackers are motivated and methodical. Your suite should model adversaries, not polite users. Determinism is your ally: you can replay the same failing path, capture it as a regression, and never trip on it again. Over time, this turns panic into process and folklore into tests.
Traditional software gives you room for mistakes. Your web app crashes? Push a fix in an hour. Database gets corrupted? Restore from backup. Smart contracts don’t work that way. Deploy buggy code and you’re stuck with it forever, watching helplessly as attackers drain funds while you frantically try implementing emergency measures.
The financial aspect changes everything about how we think about bugs. In normal software, a bug might annoy users or crash their session. Common smart contract bugs can empty wallets in seconds. And here’s the thing people don’t talk about enough: gas costs create this whole additional testing dimension. Inefficient code doesn’t just run slower, it literally costs your users money every single time they interact with your contract. Users will absolutely abandon your dApp if transactions cost $50 in gas, regardless of how brilliant your features are.
Testing requirements get more complex because everything happens in public. Your code sits there on the blockchain where anyone can read it, analyze it, and look for vulnerabilities. Attack vectors that would never occur to you become obvious when thousands of people with financial incentives start examining your contracts. This public scrutiny means your testing needs to be absolutely paranoid, assuming attackers will find any weakness you miss.
Hardhat testing has pretty much won the framework wars for Ethereum development. The JavaScript and TypeScript integration just works smoothly, and the testing suite includes everything you actually need. Assertions make sense, contract deployment is straightforward, and console.log actually functions in Solidity which still feels like magic. Most production teams use Hardhat because it’s reliable and doesn’t fight you.
Foundry offers something different. Tests run incredibly fast, like 10-100x faster than JavaScript frameworks. More interesting though: you write tests in Solidity itself. No more switching between JavaScript test syntax and Solidity contract logic. Your brain stays in one place. The ecosystem is younger, documentation can be sparse, but teams obsessed with speed swear by it.
Local blockchain simulators are non-negotiable. Hardhat Network comes bundled with Hardhat and simulates Ethereum accurately, including proper gas calculations and network conditions. Anvil does the same for Foundry users with even better performance. Ganache still has fans, especially for the GUI that visualizes what’s happening with blockchain state during tests. Each resets state between tests automatically, which saves you from debugging mysterious test failures caused by leftover state from previous runs.
Beyond frameworks, you need supporting tools. Hardhat Gas Reporter shows exactly where gas gets consumed so you can optimize intelligently. Solidity-coverage identifies untested code paths. Static analysis tools like Slither should run from day one, catching obvious security problems before you even start writing tests. OpenZeppelin Test Helpers provide utilities for handling time-dependent functions, big number math, and event checking that would otherwise require writing tons of boilerplate.
Solidity unit testing verifies individual functions work correctly in isolation. Each test sets up conditions, executes one function, and checks the results match expectations. The pattern is simple: Arrange your test data, Act by calling the function, Assert the results are correct. Keeping tests focused on one behavior makes debugging failures trivial because you know exactly what broke.
// Hardhat testing example
describe(“TokenContract”, function() {
it(“transfers tokens between accounts correctly”, async function() {
// Arrange
const [owner, addr1] = await ethers.getSigners();
const Token = await ethers.getContractFactory(“MyToken”);
const token = await Token.deploy(1000);
// Act
await token.transfer(addr1.address, 50);
// Assert
expect(await token.balanceOf(addr1.address)).to.equal(50);
});
});
Testing happy paths where everything works is just the start. The real bugs hide in edge cases. What happens when transferring zero tokens? What about the maximum uint256 value? What if someone passes the zero address? Each edge case is a potential vulnerability waiting to be exploited. Boundary testing catches off-by-one errors and weird behavior at limits that normal usage never triggers.
Failure scenarios need as much attention as success cases. Verify functions revert with appropriate errors when given invalid inputs. Check that unauthorized users get rejected properly. Test what happens when funds are insufficient or contracts are paused. These negative tests often reveal the most critical security issues because they verify your defensive programming actually works.
Smart contracts have unique testing requirements beyond normal functions. Events communicate state changes and provide the primary interface for external monitoring. Test that events emit with correct parameters. State changes need thorough verification because blockchain state is permanent and expensive. Access control mechanisms demand exhaustive testing since they protect critical functions from unauthorized access. Modifiers should be tested independently to ensure they correctly validate conditions before allowing function execution.
// Foundry testing example
function testTransferRevertsWhenBalanceInsufficient() public {
vm.expectRevert(“Insufficient balance”);
token.transfer(address(1), 1000);
}
Integration testing verifies multiple contracts working together as a system. Real applications almost never consist of one contract. DeFi protocols combine tokens, lending pools, price oracles, governance, and more. Integration tests catch problems that unit tests miss entirely because they test actual system behavior rather than isolated components.
Setting up realistic test scenarios takes work. Deploy all contracts in proper order with correct initialization. Test complete user flows from beginning to end, like depositing collateral, borrowing against it, accruing interest, and repaying. Mock external dependencies when real ones are impractical. Testing with actual Chainlink oracles during development is expensive and slow; mock oracles give you control and speed.
Different contract patterns need specific testing approaches. Factory patterns that deploy contracts programmatically require verifying both factory logic and deployed contract functionality. Proxy patterns used for upgradeability need tests confirming proxies delegate correctly and upgrades preserve state without corruption. Multi-signature wallets demand testing all threshold scenarios and signature validation edge cases that could allow unauthorized access.
Fuzz testing automates finding edge cases you’d never think to write manually. Instead of specifying exact test inputs, you define properties that must always hold true. The fuzzer then generates thousands of random inputs trying to violate those properties. This discovers entire bug categories that traditional testing overlooks.
Foundry’s built-in fuzzing makes this accessible. Mark function parameters for fuzzing and Foundry generates test cases automatically. Write assertions about invariants that should hold regardless of inputs. The fuzzer hammers your contract with random values, looking for assertion failures.
// Foundry fuzz test example
function testTransferNeverChangesTotalSupply(address to, uint256 amount) public {
vm.assume(to != address(0));
vm.assume(amount <= token.balanceOf(address(this)));
uint256 totalBefore = token.totalSupply();
token.transfer(to, amount);
uint256 totalAfter = token.totalSupply();
assertEq(totalBefore, totalAfter);
}
Echidna takes fuzzing further with longer execution sequences and more sophisticated invariant checking. Real vulnerabilities get caught this way. Fuzzing found integer overflow bugs before Solidity 0.8.0 added automatic protection. Reentrancy vulnerabilities emerge when fuzzers test malicious callback patterns. Access control flaws appear when fuzzers try calling restricted functions from random addresses with random parameters.
Smart contract debugging starts when something breaks. Transactions revert without clear reasons. Gas consumption explodes unexpectedly. State doesn’t update as planned. Events fail to emit. Each symptom points to different debugging approaches.
Hardhat’s console.log brings familiar debugging patterns to Solidity. Import the library and drop console.log statements directly into contract code during development. Watch variable values and execution flow in ways external tools can’t provide. Just remember to remove them before production since they add gas costs and clutter.
import “hardhat/console.sol”;
function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) public {
console.log(“Transfer from:”, msg.sender);
console.log(“Transfer to:”, to);
console.log(“Amount:”, amount);
console.log(“Sender balance:”, balances[msg.sender]);
require(balances[msg.sender] >= amount, “Insufficient balance”);
// Rest of logic
}
Tenderly’s transaction simulator becomes essential for complex debugging. Paste any transaction hash and see complete execution traces with every function call, state change, and gas cost. The visual debugger lets you step through execution line by line. You can simulate transactions before sending them, catching problems without spending gas or waiting for confirmations.
Block explorers provide transaction traces that often solve production mysteries. Etherscan shows input data, emitted events, internal transactions, and state changes for any transaction. Failed transactions display revert reasons if contracts include descriptive error messages. Learning to read these traces quickly separates developers who ship from developers who struggle.
Remix’s debugger excels for step-by-step analysis. Deploy contracts in Remix, execute transactions, open the debugger. Step through every operation while watching stack, memory, and storage evolve. The visual representation makes complex execution flows comprehensible in ways text debuggers can’t match.
Advanced techniques include time-travel debugging with snapshots. Hardhat and Foundry let you snapshot blockchain state, run experiments, then revert perfectly. Test time-dependent functions without waiting. Try destructive operations without permanent effects. For deployed contracts, fork mainnet locally to test against real contracts and actual state without any risk.
Security-focused testing targets specific attack patterns rather than just checking functionality. Reentrancy attacks exploit external calls that recursively callback before state updates complete. Test this explicitly by deploying malicious contracts that attempt reentrancy, verifying your guards actually prevent the attack.
// Testing reentrancy protection
contract MaliciousContract {
VulnerableContract target;
function attack() public {
target.withdraw();
}
receive() external payable {
if (address(target).balance > 0) {
target.withdraw(); // Attempting reentrancy
}
}
}
Static analysis tools like Slither automate vulnerability scanning. Slither examines code without executing it, spotting patterns indicating problems. Run it before every deployment to catch reentrancy risks, unchecked external calls, access control mistakes, and optimization opportunities. Integration into CI/CD pipelines means every pull request gets scanned automatically.
Integer issues still matter for older Solidity versions or unchecked blocks. Test arithmetic operations with maximum values ensuring proper overflow handling. Access control testing verifies restricted functions reject unauthorized callers. Front-running tests manipulate transaction ordering to verify contracts behave correctly regardless of sequence. Oracle manipulation testing uses extreme price values, confirming contracts handle volatility without catastrophic failures.
Mock oracles during testing give control over returned values, letting you test edge cases that rarely occur naturally but could be exploited. Test with price crashes, spikes, and stale data to verify your contract degrades gracefully rather than breaking catastrophically.
Gas testing matters because inefficient contracts cost users money. People abandon dApps with ridiculous gas fees regardless of features. Testing identifies bottlenecks and verifies optimizations reduce costs without breaking functionality.
Hardhat Gas Reporter tracks consumption automatically during tests. Configure it, run tests, get detailed reports showing gas usage per function. Compare implementations choosing the most efficient. Foundry’s built-in profiling provides even more granular breakdowns of where gas gets consumed.
Storage operations cost dramatically more than memory or stack operations. Test that moving frequently accessed data to memory reduces costs without changing behavior. Loop optimizations multiply gas costs with iterations. Verify optimizations don’t introduce off-by-one errors or skip operations. Batch operations combining multiple actions into single transactions reduce overhead, but need testing to ensure atomic behavior remains correct.
Testing optimizations systematically prevents regressions. Write tests for original functionality, optimize code, verify tests still pass, check gas consumption decreased. This methodical approach catches optimizations that reduce gas while silently introducing bugs nobody notices until production.
Continuous Integration catches problems before production. GitHub Actions provides free CI/CD for public repositories and works excellently for smart contract testing. Configure workflows running on every commit and pull request, executing complete test suites automatically without human intervention.
# GitHub Actions workflow
name: Smart Contract Tests
on: [push, pull_request]
jobs:
test:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
– uses: actions/checkout@v2
– uses: actions/setup-node@v2
– run: npm install
– run: npx hardhat test
– run: npx hardhat coverage
– run: npx slither .
Pre-deployment checks prevent disasters. Require passing tests before allowing merges to main branches. Run Slither on every pull request, failing builds if critical vulnerabilities appear. Check test coverage enforcing minimum thresholds, typically 90% on critical contracts and 80% overall. Verify gas consumption stays reasonable by failing builds if costs increase unexpectedly without justification.
Deployment testing validates contracts in production-like environments. Deploy to testnets automatically through CI/CD pipelines and run integration tests against deployed contracts. Mainnet forking tests against actual production state without risk or cost. Post-deployment monitoring watches for unexpected behavior, failed transactions, or suspicious activity patterns requiring investigation.
Test-Driven Development writes tests before implementing features. This ensures testable code design and comprehensive coverage from the start. Each test verifies one specific behavior, making failures immediately obvious and fixes straightforward. Use descriptive test names explaining what gets tested and expected behavior clearly.
Maintain test independence so tests run in any order without interference. Tests depending on previous test state create debugging nightmares with intermittent failures. Keep tests fast by avoiding unnecessary blockchain operations and using fixtures for common setup scenarios. Fast tests encourage running the suite frequently during development, catching regressions immediately.
Professional workflows follow systematic processes from development to deployment. Start with unit tests for new functionality before implementing features. This Test-Driven Development approach ensures testable design and comprehensive coverage naturally. Run unit tests frequently during development catching regressions immediately when they’re cheapest to fix.
After unit tests pass, run integration tests verifying contracts work together correctly. Integration tests catch interface mismatches and interaction bugs unit tests miss. Perform security analysis using automated tools like Slither and manual review for common vulnerability patterns. Run fuzz tests overnight catching edge cases manual testing overlooks completely.
Deploy to testnet verifying everything works in real blockchain environments rather than just simulators. Test all user flows end-to-end including wallet interactions and external dependencies. Monitor testnet contracts for days catching issues appearing only over time or with real usage patterns. Run final verification checks confirming coverage requirements, acceptable gas costs, and passing security scans.
Pre-deployment checklists ensure nothing gets forgotten. Verify all tests pass without skips or pending tests. Confirm coverage exceeds 90% on critical contracts and 80% overall. Run Slither fixing all high-severity findings. Check common operation gas costs remain reasonable. Verify upgradeability mechanisms work if implemented. Ensure access controls properly restrict sensitive functions. Get professional security audits for contracts managing significant value. Document known limitations and intended behavior clearly.
Effective testing and debugging is what separates professionals from folks paying tuition in production. Because blockchains are immutable, mistakes stick and can get expensive fast. Treat testing as risk management: write unit tests for each function, add integration tests to validate cross-contract flows, include fuzzing to flush out edge cases, and layer in security analysis for known attack patterns. Use the right tools for the job: Hardhat for a smooth developer experience, Foundry for speed and Solidity-native workflows, Slither for static analysis, and Tenderly plus block explorers for step-through debugging. Together, these keep bugs from graduating to mainnet.
Security should drive every decision. Write tests that try to break your own contracts, automate checks for reentrancy, access control slips, and arithmetic quirks, and bring in professional audits when real money will touch the code. Testing is never “done,” because new exploits and patterns keep showing up. Stay current with research, study public postmortems, refine your suite, and iterate. The ecosystem gets safer only when developers take testing seriously enough to ship contracts that are actually secure.
Effective testing and debugging requires understanding blockchain’s unique challenges: immutability, financial stakes, gas costs. Comprehensive approaches combine unit testing for individual functions, integration testing for system behavior, fuzz testing discovering edge cases, and security testing targeting vulnerabilities. Essential tools include Hardhat for JavaScript integration, Foundry for Solidity-native performance, and Slither for automated analysis. Debugging uses console.log during development, Tenderly for transaction simulation, block explorers for production issues. Best practices emphasize Test-Driven Development, test independence, high coverage, continuous integration. Security testing specifically targets reentrancy, access control flaws, integer issues, oracle manipulation. Professional workflows progress systematically from unit tests through security analysis and testnet deployment before mainnet. Success requires security-first mindset, proper tooling, continuous learning about emerging threats.
Use a layered approach: unit tests for each function, integration tests for contract systems, fuzz tests for edge cases, and security tests for known attacks. Pair Hardhat or Foundry with Slither, coverage, gas reporters, Tenderly, and block explorers. Automate everything in CI and gate deployments on passing checks.
Hardhat shines for JS/TS teams, plugins, and DX; Foundry is blazing fast and Solidity-native with built-in fuzzing. Many teams use both: Hardhat for workflow and scripting, Foundry for speed, invariants, and fuzz. Pick the one your team can run daily without friction.
Define invariants (what must always be true), mark parameters for fuzzing, and assert them under randomized inputs. In Foundry, write invariant and property tests; in Echidna, specify properties and let it generate sequences. Failures expose edge-case bugs you wouldn’t handwrite.
Grab the tx on a block explorer to read revert data and logs. Reproduce locally: fork mainnet, run the call with a debugger, and add console.log (Hardhat) for variables. Use Tenderly’s simulator for full traces and gas hotspots. Fix, re-run, then add a regression test.
Aim ~90% on funds-touching/core contracts and ~80% overall. CI should run unit, integration, fuzz/invariant tests, slither, coverage, and gas checks on every PR. Block merges if coverage drops or high-severity findings appear; auto-deploy to testnets and run end-to-end flows before mainnet.
Read More: How to Test and Debug Smart Contracts Effectively">How to Test and Debug Smart Contracts Effectively
Citigroup Inc. and Coinbase Global Inc. are partnering to enhance digital-asset payment solutions for the bank’s corporate clients, marking another major step by a traditional financial institution toward embracing blockchain technology.
The collaboration reflects Wall Street’s growing interest in digital assets after years of regulatory caution and market volatility.
The initiative aims to make it easier for Citi’s institutional clients to move funds between cryptocurrencies and traditional fiat currencies — a long-standing challenge in the digital economy.
The move comes as banks and payment providers increasingly explore blockchain to enable faster, cheaper, and more efficient transactions across global financial networks.
The initial phase of the Citi-Coinbase partnership will focus on simplifying the process of converting crypto to fiat and vice versa, particularly for cross-border transactions.
Debopama Sen, head of payments for Citi Services, said the bank’s clients are increasingly seeking innovations that go beyond traditional transaction models.
Citi’s clients want “programmability and conditional payments and other cost and speed and efficiency aspects,” Sen said, emphasizing the growing demand for payment systems that can operate continuously and offer greater flexibility than conventional financial rails.
Sen added that Citi is also “exploring solutions to really enable on-chain stablecoin payments for our clients” in the coming months, noting that stablecoins could play a key role in the evolution of corporate payment infrastructure.
“Stablecoins will be another enabler in the digital payment ecosystem,” she said.
“It’ll help grow the space, it’ll help grow functionality for our clients.”
Stablecoins — cryptocurrencies typically pegged to fiat currencies such as the US dollar — have become one of the most promising use cases for blockchain technology.
They combine the efficiency of digital payments with the relative stability of traditional money, making them increasingly attractive for corporate transactions and settlements.
Citi’s “Future of Finance” team, led by Ronit Ghose, has projected that the global stablecoin market could surpass $1 trillion within five years, up from about $300 billion today.
This growth outlook underscores how blockchain-based assets are rapidly evolving from speculative investments to tools for practical financial operations.
The collaboration with Coinbase follows Citi’s earlier introduction of a blockchain platform that enables institutional clients to move tokenized deposits around the clock within the bank’s internal network.
This system offers clients real-time settlement capabilities, reducing the delays and costs associated with traditional payment systems such as ACH and wire transfers.
Coinbase, one of the world’s leading digital-asset exchanges, brings extensive infrastructure and experience to the partnership.
The company works with more than 250 banks and financial institutions globally, according to Brian Foster, Coinbase’s global head of crypto-as-a-service.
“Coinbase has spent years developing very specialized infrastructure,” Foster told Bloomberg News, adding that traditional financial institutions are increasingly seeking partnerships across various crypto-related services — from spot and derivatives trading to custody, staking, and payments.
Foster said that growing interest in stablecoins, crypto exchange-traded funds (ETFs), and tokenized assets is prompting more financial institutions to engage with blockchain-based systems.
As Citigroup and Coinbase explore new ways to bridge traditional banking and digital assets, their collaboration signals how mainstream finance is steadily integrating blockchain into its infrastructure — moving beyond experimentation toward real-world adoption.
The post Citigroup and Coinbase partner to expand digital-asset payment capabilities appeared first on CoinJournal.
Reliance Global Group Inc. (NASDAQ: RELI) has expanded its cryptocurrency portfolio with the addition of Solana (SOL), marking another step in its ongoing digital asset treasury strategy.
The move positions the company among a growing list of publicly traded firms integrating blockchain-based assets into their corporate balance sheets.
The announcement, made on October 27, 2025, confirms that Reliance now holds five of the top ten cryptocurrencies by market capitalization — Bitcoin, Ethereum, Cardano, XRP, and Solana.
The addition underscores the company’s belief in the long-term potential of blockchain technology and its applications in both finance and enterprise innovation.
Reliance’s decision to purchase Solana represents a milestone in its broader digital asset diversification strategy.
The company described the acquisition as part of its disciplined approach to building exposure across major blockchain ecosystems.
“By adding Solana alongside Bitcoin, Ethereum, Cardano, and XRP, we continue to execute our disciplined strategy of diversifying across leading blockchain ecosystems,” said Moshe Fishman, a member of the Reliance Global Group Crypto Advisory Board and Director of Insurtech at Reliance. “Solana represents the next generation of blockchain performance — built for real-world adoption and institutional-scale applications.”
Solana, currently the sixth-largest cryptocurrency by market capitalization at over $110 billion, has become increasingly attractive to corporate treasuries and institutional investors.
Known for its hybrid Proof-of-Stake and Proof-of-History consensus mechanisms, Solana can process over 65,000 transactions per second, with blocks confirming in about 400 milliseconds.
The blockchain’s scalability and efficiency have made it a favored platform for decentralized finance (DeFi), non-fungible tokens (NFTs), and Web3 applications.
Fishman noted that expanding into Solana aligns with Reliance’s commitment to innovation while maintaining a balanced approach to governance, security, and compliance.
Solana’s inclusion in Reliance’s treasury comes amid growing institutional and corporate interest in the blockchain.
Its expanding ecosystem — spanning DeFi protocols, tokenized real-world assets, and NFT platforms — continues to drive adoption.
Market analysts point to the increasing appeal of Solana as a potential treasury asset, bolstered by the anticipation of regulatory approval for spot Solana exchange-traded funds (ETFs).
The token traded near $200 on October 27, reflecting broader optimism surrounding blockchain utility and scalability.
Reliance’s move follows similar announcements by other public companies in recent months, as corporate treasuries diversify away from traditional assets to hedge against inflation and capture long-term value in digital markets.
The addition of Solana to Reliance Global Group’s treasury is a strategic effort that many other public companies have tapped into across the market.
SOL’s price has largely benefited from the sentiment around these efforts.
While DeFi, NFTs and RWA traction stands out, Solana’s native token has received notable upside momentum from the growing treasury asset plays.
Forward Industries, Solana Company, Upexi, DeFi Development Corp, Sol Strategies and Sharps Technology are among the top SOL treasury companies.
Data from CoinGecko shows the 10 leading public companies cumulatively hold over 15.7 million SOL, currently worth over $3.18 billion.
The post Solana boost as Reliance adds SOL to treasury holdings appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Coinbase Collaborates With Citi to Facilitate Seamless Adoption of Crypto and Stablecoin Payments appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Coinbase Global Inc. (NASDAQ: COIN) has partnered with Citigroup Inc. (NYSE: C). The strategic partnership between Citigroup and Collaboration will help democratize stablecoin and crypto payments to both retail and institutional clients.
According to Brian Armstrong, CEO of Coinbase, the collaboration with Citi will work on improving stablecoin utility and digital assets adoption. Furthermore, Citi is a top-tier bank with more than 200 million customers from over 160 nations and jurisdictions.
The direct impact of Citi’s collaboration with Coinbase is the enhancement of the mainstream adoption of digital assets, amid the ongoing macro bull market. With both entities serving millions of global users, their partnership will enhance crypto liquidity and demand in the short term.
“This collaboration will combine Coinbase’s years of experience building secure, streamlined, and scalable infrastructure for digital assets with Citi’s global payments network that spans 94 markets and over 300 payment clearing systems. Together we’re working to create innovative payment solutions for institutions operating at scale,” Coinbase noted.
Both entities will be building their collaboration on the notable crypto regulatory clarity, especially in the United States. For instance, Citi users will seamlessly access stablecoin payments via Coinbase in a regulated manner through the GENIUS Act.
Following the announcement, COIN shares edged 5% higher on Monday, October 27, to trade about $366 at press time. Investors have gained more confidence in the long-term growth of COIN, since the exchange has an edge over its competitors.
Notably, the COIN stock price in the weekly timeframe has signaled a potential bullish breakout towards market discovery. Meanwhile, Citi’s stock price gained 2% on Monday to trade at about $100.81 at press time.
Bitwises Solana Staking ETF and new Litecoin, HBAR funds to launch this week, expanding crypto ETF access beyond Bitcoin and ETH.
The post Crypto ETFs tied to Solana, Litecoin, and HBAR set to launch this week appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Coinbase Asset Management teams with Apollo to launch tokenized stablecoin credit products, expanding blockchain-based lending in 2026.
The post Coinbase joins Apollo to bring stablecoin credit to institutional markets appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
NYSE approves Bitwise Solana Staking ETF listing, expanding access to Solana staking for investors and reflecting rising market interest.
The post NYSE approves Bitwise Solana Staking ETF listing appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The potential launch of these crypto ETFs could significantly enhance institutional access to digital assets, driving broader market adoption.
The post Spot XRP, Solana, and Litecoin ETFs may launch in next two weeks, expert speculates appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
XRP may surge to $3 amid strong bullish signals, including Evernorth’s $1 billion accumulation and a growing supply shock at exchanges.
White House crypto and AI czar David Sacks announced Selig as US President Donald Trump's pick after Brian Quintenz's nomination to lead the regulator was withdrawn.
The tokenized asset marketplace plans to go public next year, joining a wave of crypto companies moving into public markets amid clearer US regulations.
Bitcoin and several major altcoins have started a strong recovery, but the relief rally is expected to face significant headwinds near major overhead resistance levels.
Ledn has facilitated $2.8 billion in cumulative crypto-backed loans as holders leverage market gains amid the bull market.
Canada eyes new stablecoin rules in upcoming budget, aiming to modernize payments and follow the US GENIUS Act’s regulatory example.
Japan has officially stepped into the regulated stablecoin era with the launch of JPYC EX, the country’s first fully licensed digital yen under the revised Payment Services Act. This milestone marks a pivotal moment for Japan’s financial sector, bridging traditional banking infrastructure with the Web3 ecosystem.
Building on earlier versions of JPYC, the new JPYC EX is designed to serve as a compliant, yen-backed stablecoin connecting the nation’s banking system to blockchain-based commerce, DeFi applications, and cross-border payments. With full legal authorization and asset backing, it positions the yen as a future cornerstone in global digital finance.
According to CryptoQuant, the total stablecoin market capitalization has now surpassed $150 billion, forming the backbone of liquidity for crypto markets, DeFi protocols, and global payments. Analysts from Citi and Bloomberg project that this figure could expand to between $1.6 and $4 trillion by 2030. Within that rapid growth, JPYC is forecasted to capture roughly 2% of the market, reaching a valuation of around $70 billion.
A Fully Regulated Digital Yen Bridging Japan’s Finance and Web3
What distinguishes JPYC EX from other stablecoins is its combination of regulatory clarity, asset backing, and technical versatility. Domestic bank deposits and Japanese government bonds fully collateralize each token, ensuring complete transparency and stability. This structure makes JPYC EX one of the world’s most legally robust stablecoins. A benchmark for compliance-driven innovation in digital finance.
Built on Ethereum, Polygon, and Avalanche, JPYC EX provides instant yen transfers with near-zero fees. Making it a practical tool for businesses and individuals alike. It supports commerce, payroll, peer-to-peer payments, and DeFi applications, offering the efficiency of blockchain without sacrificing legal or operational safeguards.
JPYC EX also aligns closely with Japan’s digital transformation strategy, which aims to merge traditional finance with emerging Web3 systems. By serving as a settlement layer for e-commerce platforms, NFT marketplaces, and cross-border transactions, the stablecoin enables instant yen transfers across Asia, lowering costs and increasing accessibility for international trade.
Looking ahead, analysts forecast JPYC’s market capitalization could reach $70 billion by 2030. It represents roughly 2% of the global stablecoin market. This growth potential underscores Japan’s ambition to establish the digital yen as a key pillar of the decentralized global economy. With its blend of regulatory trust, technological precision, and global reach, JPYC EX may redefine how national currencies operate in the Web3 era.
The chart shows that stablecoin market dominance currently sits around 8.31%, following a sharp rise earlier in October that pushed the ratio above 9%. This level often signals heightened demand for liquidity and safety, as traders move capital into stable assets amid market uncertainty.
Over the past few months, dominance has steadily climbed from the 7.3%–7.5% range, reflecting a cautious sentiment as Bitcoin and major altcoins face selling pressure. However, the recent pullback suggests that some funds are beginning to rotate back into risk assets, a potential early sign of market stabilization.
Technically, the dominance remains above both the 50-day and 200-day moving averages, indicating a broader uptrend in liquidity positioning. If this level holds, it may serve as a buffer during continued volatility. Conversely, a sustained drop below 8% could signal that traders are redeploying capital into crypto assets, possibly fueling short-term rallies.
Stablecoin dominance remains elevated — a sign that market participants still prefer holding dry powder. Until dominance begins a more decisive decline, this cautious stance will likely persist, underscoring the market’s fragile balance between risk-off sentiment and the readiness for re-entry into volatile assets.
Featured image from ChatGPT, chart from TradingView.com
Ethereum’s bullish momentum has intensified throughout the weekend, with the price climbing above $4,100. This steady recovery follows a strong rebound from the $3,500 region after a crash earlier in the month.
Investor sentiment, as shown by trading volume and flows on exchanges, has turned optimistic amidst the recovery. Now that Ethereum’s price action is starting to turn bullish again, a new technical analysis shared by crypto analyst Freedomby40 on the social media platform X suggests that the current rally could be far from over, projecting a possible long-term climb to $16,000.
Freedomby40’s analysis, which is based on the Elliott Wave structure, presents Ethereum as currently positioned in an extended bullish sequence that began forming in late 2022. Posting the technical analysis on X, the analyst noted that Ethereum’s price action looks great for a continuation.
His chart shows that the asset has just completed a corrective phase and is entering a renewed impulse wave, with support established between $3,225 and $3,563 at the 0.5 and 0.382 Fibonacci retracement zones, respectively. The analyst labels this zone as the ideal accumulation area for the next leg up, consistent with previous cycle structures seen in 2017 and 2021.
The Elliott Wave projection in his analysis presents a multi-layered confluence of impulse waves extending to the third degree. It illustrates that Ethereum is currently unfolding its fifth major impulse wave in a structure that traces back to mid-2022.
The internal structure of this wave sequence also reveals a C wave in motion, which itself contains smaller sub-impulse waves. Within that C wave, Ethereum appears to be entering its own fifth sub-wave, which is known to be a decisively bullish wave.
Based on this setup, the analyst outlined two potential target zones on the chart: a green box representing the realistic price range for this wave cycle and a red box depicting the higher, more extended scenario that could push Ethereum’s market cap into the trillion-dollar level.
Freedomby40’s analysis identifies multiple price levels based on Fibonacci extensions from the current price action. The first price target is at $6,303, which is based on the 1.0 Fibonacci extension. This initial price target will see the Ethereum price break above its current all-time high, but this is the first of many.
The next target, the 1.236 extension, is positioned around $9,013. These two price targets ($6,303 and $9,013) were described by the analyst as very realistic. Possible extensions are at the 1.382 and 1.618 Fibonacci extension levels, corresponding to $11,210 and $16,077, respectively.
At the time of writing, Ethereum is trading at $4,160, up by 5.2% in the past 24 hours. Freedomby40’s outlook joins a growing list of ultra-bullish Ethereum price forecasts from institutional research desks and top analysts. Standard Chartered Bank recently raised its 2025 price target for Ethereum to $7,500, while projecting a potential long-term path to $25,000 by 2028.
Crypto analyst Bobby A is warning that the XRP price may face trouble soon. He says the large monthly chart is showing weak signs, and this could mean the market is turning bearish again. The analyst thinks the price might need to drop further before it can move higher.
Bobby A says the big XRP chart does not look healthy right now. He explains that many important monthly indicators are crossing bearishly. He says XRP is trading below the 1.618 level, and the price action there looks like a rejection rather than a breakout. He thinks this rejection is happening at a terrible time for XRP, noting that the monthly candle is closing near the BMSB line, another dangerous sign for the price.
Bobby A reminds traders that when the Bressert indicator crosses bearish on the monthly chart, history shows it has never been good for XRP. He believes that history could repeat itself, and these bearish signals are evident on the chart right now, suggesting the mid-term trend may not be strong. His analysis says that in six days, XRP will be facing the monthly candle close again, and facing it while price action is weak is usually not a good sign. He is worried because the chart’s overall structure shows more weakness than strength at this time.
He explains that when a chart shows this kind of technical damage, the smart move is to stay alert. He says traders must focus on risk control during times when the big charts start to flash warning signs. He shares this because he has trusted his chart study before when XRP was under $0.30, and now he needs to trust what he sees again with XRP above $2. He says the market can change very fast, and traders must be ready for those changes.
Right now, XRP is already making a small move downward. Bobby A says this retracement is happening in real time. He warns that XRP could roll over again and retest lower price support levels. If this happens, the token price could fall under $1 to find more substantial support before it tries to recover. He believes there is a real and present risk that the price will crash below $1 if sellers keep pushing it down.
He advises traders to protect their money and manage their trades carefully. He says capital safety must come first in times like these. Even though he still believes in XRP’s long-term future and remains a strong supporter of the project, he feels the odds right now point to lower prices in the mid-term. He says this is because the latest market signs are not strong enough to support a big bullish move yet.
This article was first published on The Bit Journal: Why is Ripple CEO emphasizing the role of XRP in Ripple’s future strategy despite the growing influence of stablecoin RLUSD? Read on to discover.
Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse has reaffirmed XRP’s role in Ripple’s future strategy. Saying that XRP wasn’t simply a token, the CEO stated that it was central to Ripple’s entire ecosystem and daily operations.
According to a statement by the chief executive on the social media platform X, Garlinghouse said that even as the company continued building other solutions to enable the Internet of Value, the role of XRP remained at the center of everything. He made the statement after completing a $1.25 billion acquisition of the prime brokerage platform Hidden Road, which has since been renamed Ripple Prime. Commenting on Ripple’s future strategy, Garlinghouse stated:
“With today’s close of Hidden Road (now Ripple Prime), Ripple has announced 5 major acquisitions in ~2 years (GTreasury last week, Rail in August, Standard Custody in 2024, Metaco in 2023) […] As we continue to build solutions to enable an Internet of Value, I’m reminding you all that XRP sits at the center of everything Ripple does. Lock in.”
Ripple’s future strategy has involved several acquisitions, such as Hidden Road, aimed at strengthening XRP’s role and improving its liquidity. As a result, it will now be easier for users to buy, sell, and use XRP, enabling more individual traders and institutions to access the token.
According to Ripple President Monica Long, “the future ahead is mighty bright,” since the firm intended to use the deal to unlock utility for both XRP and new stablecoin RLUSD. Long noted that RLUSD was already being used as collateral in prime brokerage products and that Ripple Prime was exploring additional ways to use XRP.
While stablecoin RLUSD was already receiving increased market focus, Garlinghouse stated that XRP would continue to serve as a bridge asset within its On-Demand Liquidity (ODL) solution, which has now been rebranded as Ripple Payments. Addressing concerns that an emphasis on stablecoin RLUSD would diminish XRP’s role, Garlinghouse reassured the XRP community that XRP would remain at the center of Ripple’s future strategy. He further stated:
“XRP is the heart of Ripple’s strategy. We are committed to ensuring its continued role in our ecosystem.”
Even amid ongoing global expansion and strategic acquisitions, the company’s entire leadership has reassured users that XRP’s role within the Ripple ecosystem remains intact. Garlinghouse states that the token was not simply a cryptocurrency, as Ripple’s future strategy was founded on.
Ripple’s infrastructure has been designed to complement XRP’s utility and ensure that it remains the central cog of the firm’s growing portfolio.
As Ripple’s influence expands globally, it will be interesting to see how the company places the token as central to its success in the digital asset market.
Ripple: A blockchain-based digital payment company that has created a network and protocol that uses the cryptocurrency XRP and the XRP Ledger.
XRP: A digital asset that serves as the native cryptocurrency for the XRP Ledger (XRPL), an open-source, decentralized blockchain built for fast and low-cost global payments.
RLUSD: Also known as Ripple USD, it’s the official Ripple stablecoin, pegged 1:1 to the U.S. Dollar and built on the XRP Ledger. Designed for instant payments and institutional use, RLUSD brings together stability, compliance, and speed, connecting the traditional financial world with on-chain liquidity.
XRP is sometimes referred to as “the banker’s coin,” and for that reason, XRP was originally used for sending cross-border remittances. Today, the primary use case for XRP is making high-value cross-border payments.
Online stores, gift card sites, and some businesses accept XRP for goods and services. Many payment gateways (like Bitpay) integrate XRP as a payment method.
Yes. Ripple Labs partners with major banks and payment providers to enable XRP for real-world cross-border payments (e.g., remittances and B2B payment services).
Yes. XRP is designed for fast, low-cost international transfers. Many remittance services integrate XRP into their workflows.
Read More: Why XRP Still Matters in Ripple’s Strategy Despite RLUSD’s Growing Influence">Why XRP Still Matters in Ripple’s Strategy Despite RLUSD’s Growing Influence
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
Mike Selig has just been nominated by President Donald Trump to lead the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC).
According to multiple reports, crypto regulator Mike Selig is currently the chief counsel for the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Crypto Task Force and has experience at the CFTC under former chair Chris Giancarlo.
The nomination comes as the Trump administration is trying to refine the regulation, oversight, and institutional framework of the digital assets space.
Mike Selig’s background is a mix of traditional financial regulation and crypto-policy experience. He’s currently Chief Counsel for the SEC’s Crypto Task Force and has advised SEC Chair Jay Clayton.
Before that, he worked at the CFTC as a law clerk or counsel and was a partner at the law firm Willkie Farr & Gallagher, specializing in asset-management and digital-asset regulation.
He’s publicly commented on the classification of digital assets, including saying in 2023 that “XRP itself is simply computer code. A fungible commodity, like gold or whiskey.”
Hence, experts say he would bring regulatory gravitas and crypto awareness to the role.
Selig’s nomination comes at a time when the U.S. regulatory framework for crypto is in flux. Legislation like the CLARITY Act and the GENIUS Act are being set to clarify which agency oversees which types of digital assets.
Reports share that the CFTC and SEC just had joint discussions to eliminate fragmentation in crypto oversight. Crypto regulator Mike Selig is to replaces a previously stalled candidate, Brian Quintenz, whose appointment was met with industry push-back.
White House crypto adviser David Sacks described Selig as “deeply knowledgeable about financial markets and passionate about modernizing our regulatory approach” in his announcement.
With Selig in charge, the CFTC may get more responsibility in the digital-asset space. The nomination is about the agency’s role in overseeing commodities and derivatives, including digital asset-related products.
Sources reported that Selig is charged with just as the CFTC is expected to take on new authority over the nearly $4 trillion crypto market.
Moreover, Selig’s comments and analysis of the Ripple Labs litigation show he’s comfortable classifying digital assets as commodities rather than securities, a big holding block in regulatory terms.
His appointment may make market participants open up more access to regulated platforms and vehicles.
The big question in crypto regulation has been jurisdiction: which agency regulates what? The SEC has always focused on securities, while the CFTC handles commodities and derivatives.
Crypto regulator Mike Selig’s nomination aligns with recent signals of cooperation between the two agencies. A joint roundtable held in September featured SEC Chairman Atkins and acting CFTC Chair Caroline Pham saying they would end decades of regulatory fragmentation.
Selig’s nomination reinforces that. According to expert analysis, his dual agency background means he can streamline overlapping regulatory mandates. That could mean clearer paths for token classification, custody frameworks, and digital-asset exchanges, fewer grey areas for issuers and investors.
Industry has welcomed the nomination. The crypto community noted his previous comments and legal positions align with the adoption of digital assets. Charles Hoskinson, founder of Cardano, wrote on X:
“Chairman Selig is going to do a great job at the CFTC. I have full confidence in his ability and leadership.”
The media also said crypto regulator Mike Selig is seen as a market-friendly regulator compared to previous enforcement-heavy regimes. While confirmation by the Senate is still needed, the nomination itself is a signal that the regulatory environment may favor of more structured crypto oversight.
Crypto regulator Mike Selig’s nomination as CFTC chair means a big change for digital-asset oversight in the US. With experience at both the SEC and CFTC, Selig is put uo to lead at a moment of regulatory convergence, institutional engagement and legislative momentum.
His nomination means the US is doubling down on its goal to be a global hub for crypto innovation, with clearer rules and coordinated oversight.
The impact is expected to be far-reaching, from institutional access to token classification, custody services, and trading venues.
CFTC: US regulatory agency that oversees commodity futures, options, and derivatives.
SEC: US federal agency; that enforces securities laws and regulates securities markets.
Crypto-Task Force: A unit within the SEC, focused on crypto-asset regulation, compliance, and enforcement.
Token classification: The legal determination of whether a digital asset is a security, commodity, or other asset class with regulatory implications.
Confirmation (Senate): The process by which the US Senate approves presidential nominees for agency leadership.
Regulatory convergence: The alignment of rules, mandates, and enforcement approaches across multiple agencies, to reduce conflict and overlap.
Mike Selig is the current chief counsel for the SEC’s Crypto Task Force, previously worked at the CFTC and in private practice focused on asset-management and digital-asset regulation.
He’s being nominated at a time of regulatory flux and legislative movement so clarity on oversight, token classification and institutional access might be seen.
He may expand CFTC oversight of digital assets treated as commodities or derivatives and coordinate more with the SEC on securities-type tokens.
As of the latest report; he’s been nominated but still needs Senate confirmation before he can take the chair.
Many are positive; citing his prior legal commentary and regulatory experience. For example; Cardano’s founder is fully confident in his ability to lead the CFTC.
Read More: Trump Pro-Crypto Lawyer Nominee for CFTC Chair: A Turning Point for U.S. Crypto Regulation?">Trump Pro-Crypto Lawyer Nominee for CFTC Chair: A Turning Point for U.S. Crypto Regulation?
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
When market experts, watchers and enthusiasts speak of bull market in crypto, wild rallies, retail joy and altcoins mooning, are easily brought to mind . However, this cycle seems different. For many, the term crypto bull market no longer means euphoric highs, it feels like a grind.
The blockchains are active, big-name institutions are all in and the charts are up. But the energy and optimism of past cycles is missing. This is the backdrop that is making experts question why this crypto bull market grind has emerged, what’s shaping it and how it’s different from 2017 and 2021.
The tale around this cycle starts with institutions. Certain market reports call 2025 the year the “world went on-chain”, highlighting institutional adoption and stablecoins as the main themes. Traditional banking, asset management, and fintech firms have dabbled and built infrastructure, custody networks, and tokenization platforms.
As a recent sources put it, they say financial institutions have embraced crypto after years of watching from the sidelines.
This has changed the market. Instead of chasing altcoin hype, many big players are focused on regulated corridors, institutional custody and real-world asset tokenization.
In effect; they own the pipes through which retail traders must flow. The result therefore is that the cycle looks more like the maturation of crypto’s financial plumbing and less like the wild west of earlier years.
While institutions professionalized the space, the opposite force roared from the grassroots which are meme coins. Humor, irony and community tokens exploded across chains, changing the tone of the cycle. According to sources, what began as satire became the dominant narrative of 2024 and 2025.
Data shows meme coin market is still growing but in a weird way. In 2025, it is estimated to be 5-7% of global crypto market-cap, or $80-90 billion.
Platforms like Pump.fun on Solana enabled millions of tokens to launch, but most traders lost money while infrastructure owners made the money.
That changed the psychology of the cycle. Retail that once chased broad altcoin seasons found themselves playing mini-token launches and the odds were stacked against the individual.
The meme coin culture thrived but the era of alt-season joy became harder to sustain.
Beyond institutions and meme culture, the macro environment has had a big impact on this crypto bull market grind. High interest rates, risk-off sentiment and liquidity constraints reportedly killed speculative flows. And indeed in 2025, capital seems more expensive and speculative asset classes (many altcoins included) have fewer positive developments.
As a result, even though Bitcoin is at new highs, the rest of the market feels flat, lethargic or brutally repressed.
The interplay of institutional adoption which favors big, regulated assets, and macro caution which limits speculative leverage has created a cycle where growth exists but feels thin, incremental and far less exciting than previous bull runs.
Bitcoin on its own stays as the anchor. According to multiple market sources, Bitcoin price appreciation and growing legitimacy are backed by macro- and regulatory-driven forces not just hype. Reports say Bitcoin is core to crypto’s maturation.
This means the crypto bull market grind is less about risk-on altcoin explosions and more about consolidation, institutional ingress and standards of infrastructure.
For many in crypto, that is less exciting, but arguably more sustainable. The sentiment has shifted as this cycle is reinforcing the system rather than igniting wild outsized alts.
Combining these threads, a clearer picture of why the crypto bull market grind feels so different is obtained.
Institutional adoption has increased legitimacy but also anchored expectations around regulated assets rather than speculative up-swings.
Meme coins dominate cultural narratives but the upside is skewed and the environment is highly competitive and treacherous.
Macro conditions has restrained speculative flows and forced the market into a slower growth mode.
Bitcoin’s dominance means the broader market is less about wild rallies and more about incremental infrastructure growth and asset re-classification.
In short, this bull cycle is about transition from frontier experimentation to a more integrated, regulated, infrastructure-led phase of crypto.
This removes some of the fireworks but replaces them with the architecture of a financial system. For many who came for the “number goes up” style ride, the word “grind” feels apt.
Altcoin: Any cryptocurrency other than Bitcoin.
Institutional adoption: The participation of big financial firms (banks; asset managers); in crypto assets and infrastructure.
Meme coin: A cryptocurrency built around internet memes; jokes or viral culture, with little underlying use.
Macro: Broad economic factors like interest rates, liquidity; inflation and risk appetite that affect asset markets.
Tokenization: Creating digital tokens to represent ownership of real-world assets; on a blockchain.
Bull: A market where prices are up everyone is positive and more people are buying.
Because the market is being shaped by institutional infrastructure; meme coin culture and macro constraints rather than widespread retail frenzy and broad alt-season surges.
Yes, they are still culturally prominent and active, but their value dynamics are different. The infrastructure around them captures most of the returns and the environment is more competitive and less favorable for the average retail trader.
Exactly. Bitcoin’s increasing institutional support; regulatory clarity and role as a foundational asset means it’s less subject to wild swings and more aligned with long-term finance systems.
Not dead, but altcoins face a tougher environment. With less speculative capital, more scrutiny and higher expectations for utility, only those with strong fundamentals and product-market fit are likely to perform.
Read More: Crypto’s Worst Bull Run? Why 2025’s Rally Feels More Like a Grind">Crypto’s Worst Bull Run? Why 2025’s Rally Feels More Like a Grind
As Cardano struggles to recover from the recent downturn, enthusiasts are debating the potential impact burns could have on ADA’s price. Cardano is gradually recovering from the recent downturn that pushed its price below the $0.35 mark on October 10.
IBM has announced the launch of Digital Asset Haven, a new platform to help financial institutions and governments securely manage and scale their digital asset operations. The platform aims to provide an integrated system for managing the entire digital asset lifecycle, covering custody, transactions, and settlement.
Mt. Gox, the defunct Tokyo-based Bitcoin exchange, has again postponed its creditor repayment deadline, and this time, to October 2026.
Bitcoin Magazine
Strategy (MSTR) Earns S&P ‘B-’ Rating, Marking a Major Milestone for Bitcoin-Backed Credit
For the first time in financial history, a major credit rating agency has formally evaluated a company built on a bitcoin-backed credit model. In news covered by Bitcoin Magazine, the S&P Global Ratings has assigned Strategy Inc (MSTR) a ‘B-’ Issuer Credit Rating with a Stable outlook, recognizing not just the company, but the emergence of Bitcoin as collateral inside the credit system. This marks a watershed moment for corporate finance. Bitcoin-backed credit is no longer theoretical. It is now a rated financial reality.
Until now, Bitcoin had been accepted by equity markets, ETFs, and corporate treasury conversations — but credit markets remained untouched. Credit markets are where legitimacy is ultimately decided because they determine who can borrow, at what cost, and against which assets.
By rating Strategy Inc, S&P has implicitly acknowledged:
This is not a marketing milestone — it is a structural one. Bitcoin has entered the language of risk-adjusted return, yield, and covenants.
The rating is speculative grade, but the Stable outlook is critical. It signals S&P’s belief that Strategy can continue to service obligations and access capital markets without selling its Bitcoin reserves — a foundational principle of bitcoin-backed credit.
S&P’s analysis mentions several possible weaknesses:
However, they also credited Strategy with unique structural strengths:
In short, S&P is signaling that bitcoin-backed credit can function — if managed with discipline.
Strategy Inc met the S&P 500 inclusion criteria in profitability and market capitalization but was passed over in 2024, widely believed to be due to its Bitcoin-heavy balance sheet. That decision now appears less defensible.
With a formal credit rating, the company shifts from “unrated anomaly” to “rated issuer.” For institutional capital, that distinction matters.
Bitcoin entering equity indices begins with Bitcoin entering the credit models behind them.
This rating does more than validate Strategy — it validates the architecture of bitcoin-backed credit as the superior evolution of corporate treasury management.
Phase 1 was equity-funded Bitcoin accumulation — high growth but shareholder dilution.
Phase 2 introduced convertible debt and preferred equity — allowing companies to acquire Bitcoin through capital markets rather than operating earnings.
Phase 3, now underway, is full institutional recognition of bitcoin-backed credit — rated, benchmarked, and capable of scaling.
This is the endgame:
With S&P formally rating Strategy’s issuer credit, this model moves from innovation to infrastructure.
This rating does not compel companies to adopt Bitcoin. But it removes the claim that Bitcoin cannot be integrated into traditional credit systems.
From now on:
What makes this moment different isn’t that another institution “acknowledged” Bitcoin. That’s happened before with ETFs, GAAP accounting changes, and treasury allocations.
What’s different is where the recognition has now occurred: Not in equity markets. Not in payment networks. But in credit — the foundation of corporate finance and monetary systems.
When a credit rating agency like S&P evaluates a company built on Bitcoin, it does three things that have never happened before:
This rating does not mean the model is risk-free. It means the model is real enough to underwrite, stress test, and lend against.
That is the real inflection point — not that S&P approved of Bitcoin, but that they were forced to measure it.
Disclaimer: This content was written on behalf of Bitcoin For Corporations. This article is intended solely for informational purposes and should not be interpreted as an invitation or solicitation to acquire, purchase or subscribe for securities.
This post Strategy (MSTR) Earns S&P ‘B-’ Rating, Marking a Major Milestone for Bitcoin-Backed Credit first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Nick Ward.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Closes at $114,530 Amid FOMC Volatility: Bulls Eye $117,600 Resistance
Bitcoin Price Weekly Outlook
Bitcoin’s price action was rather subdued last week, keeping traders guessing whether or not we would see another large drop in price entering the weekend. Price held above the lows, however, slowly plodding a little bit higher to close out the week at $114,530. Bulls should not be overly disappointed with this price action, as they did reclaim the $112,200 resistance level, and are now closing in on conquering the next resistance level at $115,500. The bears are still sitting comfortably in control, though, with stronger resistance levels hanging overhead that the bulls have yet to challenge. This may be an interesting and volatile week ahead, with the FOMC meeting on Wednesday and a slough of large companies reporting third-quarter earnings.
Key Support and Resistance Levels Now
Nothing has materially changed from last week’s resistance levels as the bulls have made little progress. Heavy resistance is still sitting at $117,600 and $122,000 above there, so the bears aren’t feeling any real pressure yet. If by chance this week gets above $122,000, we will look to the upper boundary of our broadening wedge pattern at $128,000.
Holding above the prior week’s low is a positive sign for the bulls, while they managed to maintain price above the key short-term support of $106,900 last week as well. This level must hold going forward, as closing below $106,900 opens the door back down to the $105,000 to $102,000 support zone that has already been tested twice. A third test of this support zone would be more likely to break it than to hold it. $96,000 is the long-term bull market support below here, a do-or-die support level if the price were to slide down and test it.
Outlook For This Week
Expect significant volatility this week, especially on Wednesday, as we have the Federal Reserve’s interest rate decision and ensuing Powell speech, followed by major earnings reports from Microsoft, Meta, and Google after market close. Bulls will look to hold $109,000 as a floor into this week, as doing so would position them to maintain upward momentum. Looking at the Momentum Reversal Indicator, we are currently sitting on an 8-count entering Monday. This is a warning candle that we may see momentum begin to fade. Tuesday should bring the 9-count at which point we should expect at least a pause on upward momentum and a 1 to 4 day correction in price. So if bulls can push price up to the 0.618 Fibonacci Retracement at $117,600 by Monday night or Tuesday morning, we should expect to see a rejection ther,e and we can re-assess after Wednesday’s FOMC and earnings reports play out.
Market mood: Bearish – While the bulls gained some ground last week, the bears remain stoic and strong. The bulls must push the price past $122,000 to take back control.
The next few weeks
If bulls can manage to survive through this week, there are still some potential headwinds on the horizon. The US-China tariff dispute may or may not be resolved by the end of next week; a negative outcome will likely send all markets lower. Additionally, the US courts’ ruling on the legality of Trump’s tariffs is expected by November 5th. If these tariffs are reinstated, we should expect markets to head lower to price this impact in.
Terminology Guide:
Bulls/Bullish: Buyers or investors expecting the price to go higher.
Bears/Bearish: Sellers or investors expecting the price to go lower.
Support or support level: A level at which the price should hold for the asset, at least initially. The more touches on support, the weaker it gets and the more likely it is to fail to hold the price.
Resistance or resistance level: Opposite of support. The level that is likely to reject the price, at least initially. The more touches at resistance, the weaker it gets and the more likely it is to fail to hold back the price.
Fibonacci Retracements and Extensions: Ratios based on what is known as the golden ratio, a universal ratio pertaining to growth and decay cycles in nature. The golden ratio is based on the constants Phi (1.618) and phi (0.618).
Broadening Wedge: A chart pattern consisting of an upper trend line acting as resistance and a lower trend line acting as support. These trend lines must diverge away from each other in order to validate the pattern. This pattern is a result of expanding price volatility, typically resulting in higher highs and lower lows.
Momentum Reversal Indicator (MRI): A proprietary indicator created by Tone Vays. The MRI indicator tracks buyer and seller momentum and exhaustion, providing signals to indicate when to expect momentum to fade and accelerate.
This post Bitcoin Closes at $114,530 Amid FOMC Volatility: Bulls Eye $117,600 Resistance first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Ethan Greene - Feral Analysis and Juan Galt.
Bitcoin Magazine
S&P Assigns ‘B-’ Rating to Strategy (MSTR), Citing Bitcoin Exposure and Liquidity Risk
S&P Global Ratings assigned a ‘B-’ issuer credit rating to bitcoin-juggernaut Strategy, reflecting the company’s heavy concentration in bitcoin and limited dollar liquidity. The outlook is stable.
S&P said the rating reflects Strategy’s “high bitcoin concentration, narrow business focus, weak risk-adjusted capitalization, and low U.S. dollar liquidity.” The company reported $8.1 billion in pre-tax earnings in the first half of 2025, almost entirely from appreciation in the value of its bitcoin holdings.
The firm said in their release that while Strategy’s balance sheet is dominated by bitcoin, its management has prudently staggered debt maturities and maintained flexibility by financing primarily with equity.
In other words, this rating means Strategy can meet debt obligations for now but faces significant default risk if market conditions worsen.
Strategy — now effectively a bitcoin treasury company — raises capital through equity and debt issuances to purchase and hold bitcoin. Its securities give investors varying exposure to bitcoin across its capital structure.
Just today, founder and former CEO Michael Saylor announced a purchase of 390 BTC between October 20 and October 26, spending approximately $43.4 million at an average price of $111,053 per Bitcoin. The firm still operates a small AI-powered analytics business, though it remains roughly breakeven.
JUST IN: S&P Global Ratings has rated a #Bitcoin treasury company for the first time — Michael Saylor’s Strategy
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 27, 2025pic.twitter.com/oP4j5UIJlj
This S&P rating is the first-ever rating of a Bitcoin Treasury Company by a major credit rating agency.
According to S&P, Strategy’s risk-adjusted capital ratio was significantly negative as of June 30, 2025, because the agency deducts bitcoin assets from equity in its calculation.
Strategy reported $8.1 billion in pre-tax earnings in the first half of 2025. Operating cash flow during the period was negative $37 million.
The agency cited several key risks, including a currency mismatch between Strategy’s bitcoin-denominated assets and dollar-denominated obligations such as interest, debt principal, and preferred dividends.
S&P also pointed to cybersecurity risks given the company’s reliance on custodians to safeguard its bitcoin.
Strategy holds bitcoin valued at roughly $70 billion, against $8 billion in convertible debt, much of which matures beginning in 2028. Annual preferred dividends total about $640 million, which the company plans to fund through additional stock and preferred equity issuance.
While Strategy’s access to capital markets remains a core strength, S&P warned that a sharp decline in bitcoin prices or loss of investor confidence could impede its ability to refinance debt or pay dividends, potentially leading to bitcoin sales “at severely depressed prices.”
S&P said the rating could be downgraded if access to markets weakens or debt management risks rise. An upgrade is unlikely unless the company improves its U.S. dollar liquidity or reduces reliance on convertible debt.
Earlier this year, Michael Saylor laid out an ambitious plan to reshape global finance through Bitcoin.
In an interview with Bitcoin Magazine, Saylor described an “endgame” in which Strategy accumulates a trillion-dollar bitcoin balance sheet, growing 20–30% annually, and uses it as the foundation for a new global credit system.
At the core of his vision is scale: with enough BTC on corporate balance sheets, the long-term appreciation of Bitcoin — historically around 21% annually — would supercharge the capital base.
On top of that, Saylor sees an opportunity to issue bitcoin-backed credit at yields significantly higher than traditional fiat-based debt, potentially two to four percentage points above corporate or sovereign rates.
He argued that over-collateralization could make this system safer than even AAA-rated debt, while simultaneously fueling broader financial growth.
Saylor’s vision extends beyond credit markets. As Bitcoin becomes embedded in corporations, banks, insurers, and sovereign wealth funds, public equity indexes could gradually become indirect bitcoin vehicles.
This, he says, would benefit equity markets and corporate balance sheets while introducing higher yields and greater transparency into financial products.
The implications are broad: savings accounts could yield 8–10% instead of near-zero, money market funds could be denominated in bitcoin, and insurance products could be reimagined around bitcoin collateral.
This post S&P Assigns ‘B-’ Rating to Strategy (MSTR), Citing Bitcoin Exposure and Liquidity Risk first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
IBM Launches “Digital Asset Haven” to Help Banks and Governments Enter into Crypto
IBM announced a platform designed to help financial institutions, governments, and large corporations securely manage their crypto and blockchain-based assets, like bitcoin.
The platform, developed in collaboration with crypto wallet provider Dfns, combines IBM’s infrastructure and security expertise with Dfns’ institutional-grade custody and wallet technology.
At its core, Digital Asset Haven wants to simplify what has long been a tricky and complex landscape for institutions.
Many banks and governments have been cautious about crypto because it involves multiple blockchains, regulatory hurdles, and security risks. IBM’s platform wants to change this and consolidate these moving parts, offering a single solution.
The partnership with Dfns is central to the platform. Dfns has built more than 15 million wallets for over 250 clients, focusing on secure and compliant operations.
By combining this with IBM’s high-assurance infrastructure, Digital Asset Haven is meant to provide institutions with the same reliability and governance standards that traditional financial systems offer.
That includes multi-party approvals, policy-driven governance, and support for cold storage, where crypto keys are kept offline for maximum security.
The platform also supports more than 40 blockchains, both public and private, giving institutions flexibility to engage with a wide range of digital assets, from traditional cryptocurrencies to emerging stablecoins and tokenized assets.
It integrates third-party services for identity verification, anti-money laundering checks, and yield generation, and offers developer-friendly APIs to enable further customization and innovation.
“This is more than custody,” said Clarisse Hagège, CEO of Dfns. “We’ve built a platform that orchestrates the full digital asset ecosystem, moving digital assets from pilot programs to production at a global scale.”
Tom McPherson, General Manager of IBM Z and LinuxONE, emphasized that the platform brings IBM’s signature resilience and data governance to the emerging digital asset space, helping institutions explore new products without compromising on security or compliance.
The launch comes at a time when regulated digital assets are gaining momentum.
Stablecoins, for example, have become increasingly used in payments following the U.S. adoption of legislation earlier this year, and major banks are exploring blockchain-based money transfers.
This post IBM Launches “Digital Asset Haven” to Help Banks and Governments Enter into Crypto first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
One Bitcoin a Day: Prenetics Raises $48M to Accelerate Bitcoin Treasury Strategy
Does one bitcoin a day keep the doctor away?
Prenetics Global Limited (NASDAQ: PRE), a Hong Kong-based health sciences company, announced today the successful pricing of a public equity offering expected to generate approximately $48 million in gross proceeds, with the potential to raise up to $216 million if all accompanying warrants are exercised.
The capital raise is intended to support the expansion of its supplement brand, IM8, while bolstering Prenetics’ Bitcoin treasury strategy.
The company has a disciplined Bitcoin accumulation plan, purchasing one bitcoin per day since August 1, 2025, and currently holds approximately 275 BTC, valued at $31 million as of October 27.
Prenetics said the offering attracted a distinguished group of institutional and individual investors, including major crypto platforms and financial firms such as Kraken, Exodus (NYSE: EXOD), GPTX by Bitcoin mining pioneer Jihan Wu, American Ventures LLC, XtalPi (2228.HK), DL Holdings (1709.HK), and Mythos Group, among others.
The offering, led by sole placement agent Dominari Securities LLC, consists of 2,992,596 Class A ordinary shares and/or pre-funded warrants, along with Class A and Class B warrants exercisable for up to 5,985,192 additional shares.
The Class A warrants carry an exercise price of $24.12 — 50% above the offering price of $16.08 — while the Class B warrants are exercisable at $32.16, or a 100% premium. Both warrants are immediately exercisable upon issuance and have five-year terms.
High-profile strategic investors like Aryna Sabalenka, the world No. 1 tennis player, and Adrian Cheng, a prominent Asian entrepreneur, also increased their stakes in the company. David Beckham is also a prominent backer.
Prenetics’ supplement brand IM8 hit $100 million ARR in 11 months and aims for $180–$200 million in 2026 within the $704 billion global market, the company said.
CEO Danny Yeung highlighted the company’s dual focus on health supplements and cryptocurrency.
“IM8 has huge global potential, evidenced already by our extraordinary traction across multiple markets. We’re particularly honored to have the backing of a distinguished group of new and existing strategic investors who share our confidence in our dual-engine strategy,” Yeung said.
As mentioned earlier, Prenetics has a Bitcoin accumulation plan, purchasing one bitcoin per day since August 1, 2025, and currently holds approximately 275 BTC, valued at $31 million as of October 27.
Financially, Prenetics will hold roughly $100 million in cash post-offering, bringing its total liquidity — including Bitcoin holdings — to around $131 million.
The company also plans to review and divest non-core business units to focus resources on IM8 and Bitcoin initiatives.
The offering is expected to close on or around October 28, 2025, pending customary conditions. Prenetics positions itself as pursuing a bold long-term ambition: to reach $1 billion in annual revenue alongside $1 billion in Bitcoin holdings within the next five years, combining health supplement growth with cryptocurrency accumulation as a cornerstone of its corporate strategy.
IM8’s operational performance underscores the brand’s subscription-driven growth model, with more than 12 million servings shipped to over 420,000 customer orders across 31 countries.
Average order values have risen from $110 to $145 following the launch of IM8’s Daily Ultimate Longevity product, reflecting strong consumer demand for premium offerings.
This post One Bitcoin a Day: Prenetics Raises $48M to Accelerate Bitcoin Treasury Strategy first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
Trump-Backed American Bitcoin Adds 1,414 Bitcoin Amid U.S. Expansion
American Bitcoin Corp. (Nasdaq: ABTC), a Trump family–backed mining platform, has expanded its Bitcoin holdings to 3,865 bitcoin, adding 1,414 bitcoin since September through a combination of mining production and secondary market purchases.
The Miami-based firm, which describes itself as “America’s Bitcoin infrastructure backbone,” said the latest accumulation includes coins held in custody and those pledged for miner purchases under its ongoing procurement deal with Bitmain.
The update continues a rapid expansion trajectory that began earlier this year when Hut 8 spun out its U.S. mining arm as a separate, publicly traded entity.
American Bitcoin initially held around 500 BTC at the time of the carve-out, then purchased another 1,726 BTC between July and August for approximately $205 million.
Those holdings were pledged to Bitmain as collateral for a $314 million order of 16,299 Antminer U3S21EXPH units — nearly the full 15 EH/s option under the companies’ strategic supply agreement. Most of those machines will be hosted at Hut 8’s new Vega site in Texas, a 400-megawatt facility central to American Bitcoin’s push toward 25 EH/s of proprietary hashrate.
“We believe one of the most important measures of success for a Bitcoin accumulation platform is how much Bitcoin backs each share,” said Eric Trump, co-founder and chief strategy officer. “As part of that conviction, we are focused on providing transparent updates as we aim to increase our holdings.”
JUST IN:
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 27, 2025Trump Family-backed BTC miner American Bitcoin acquires 1,414 Bitcoin.
They now hold 3,865 Bitcoinpic.twitter.com/21dgPKboOG
Executive Chairman Asher Genoot added that American Bitcoin’s integrated mining model allows it to lower its average cost per Bitcoin compared with treasury-style vehicles that buy on the open market.
“That structural advantage allows us to compound Bitcoin value per share more efficiently for our investors,” he said.
Shares of ABTC have been volatile since their September debut, rising 11% on Friday to close at $5.62 after recovering from midweek lows below $5.
The company, valued around $5.1 billion, remains one of the most closely watched plays in the sector — both for its aggressive expansion plans and its deep ties to the Trump family.
At the time of writing, the stock is trading at $5.83 and Bitcoin is trading at $115,000 after a couple of tumultuous weeks.
Earlier this year, Gryphon Digital Mining merged with American Bitcoin Corp., the Trump family–backed subsidiary of Hut 8, to form what they claim could become the most efficient pure-play Bitcoin miner in the industry.
The all-stock merger saw Gryphon shareholders own about 2% of the combined entity and American Bitcoin stakeholders hold 98%.
The merger, now finalized, provides American Bitcoin with a faster route to public markets and combines Gryphon’s mining technology with American Bitcoin’s capital strength and large-scale reserve strategy.
This post Trump-Backed American Bitcoin Adds 1,414 Bitcoin Amid U.S. Expansion first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Micah Zimmerman.
Bitcoin Magazine
Bitcoin Price Rebounds Above $115,000 As Strategy Buys 390 More Bitcoin
Bitcoin’s price surged above $115,000 on Monday as Strategy, the largest corporate holder of Bitcoin, announced another significant purchase of Bitcoin. The business intelligence firm acquired 390 BTC between October 20 and October 26, spending approximately $43.4 million at an average price of $111,053 per Bitcoin.
According to a Form 8-K filing released today, Strategy’s total Bitcoin holdings have now reached 640,808 BTC, with an aggregate purchase price of $47.44 billion. The company’s average purchase price stands at $74,032 per Bitcoin, including fees and expenses.
The latest acquisition was funded through proceeds from Strategy’s At-The-Market (ATM) equity programs, specifically through the issuance of preferred shares under its STRF, STRK, and STRD ATM programs. The company raised a combined total of $43.4 million during the period to finance these purchases.
The announcement comes amid a growing trend of companies adopting Bitcoin treasury strategies. Recent data indicates that publicly traded companies now hold over $110 billion worth of Bitcoin, with Strategy alone accounting for approximately $74 billion of that total.
BREAKING:
— Bitcoin Magazine (@BitcoinMagazine) October 27, 2025
The emergence of Bitcoin treasury companies has accelerated notably in 2025, with Germany’s aifinyo AG recently announcing plans to accumulate 10,000 BTC by 2027. This follows similar moves by companies across Europe and Asia, signaling a broader institutional acceptance of Bitcoin as a treasury reserve asset.
The Bitcoin treasury model has moved from experimental to established corporate strategy. We’re seeing new companies enter this space almost weekly, recognizing Bitcoin as the ultimate treasury reserve asset.
Bitcoin’s price responded positively to Strategy’s announcement, trading above $115,000 as of press time. Bitcoin has shown strong momentum in recent days, supported by growing institutional adoption and the approaching 2026 halving.
Strategy’s stock (MSTR) has also shown positive movement, rising 3% in pre-market. Recent regulatory developments have further supported the Bitcoin treasury trend. Strategy recently received favorable guidance from the IRS and Treasury regarding the treatment of unrealized crypto gains in Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax (CAMT) calculations, eliminating concerns about potential tax liabilities for long-term Bitcoin holdings.
As more companies adopt Bitcoin treasury strategies and regulatory frameworks become clearer, the trend appears poised to continue. With Strategy leading the way and new entrants like aifinyo AG joining the space, corporate Bitcoin adoption is increasingly becoming a global phenomenon, spanning various industries and regions.
This post Bitcoin Price Rebounds Above $115,000 As Strategy Buys 390 More Bitcoin first appeared on Bitcoin Magazine and is written by Vivek Sen.
The Hyperliquid price has seen a brief pullback after a significant surge today, shedding 1.2% to trade around $46.57.
Despite this short-term dip, the HYPE token remains up 19.5% over the past week, highlighting continued investor interest and optimism about the project’s long-term prospects.
The retracement follows a strong rally and reflects a blend of profit-taking, technical rejection, and growing competition in the decentralised derivatives space.
After a robust run last week, Hyperliquid encountered selling pressure near the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement level at $49.36.
The failed breakout prompted traders to lock in gains, leading to a brief correction.
The MACD histogram is flipping negative on the 4-hour chart, signalling weakening short-term momentum, while the RSI eased from overbought territory at 69.89, suggesting that the market needed a cooldown after a 19% weekly surge.
Part of the sell-off also reflects the growing rivalry between Hyperliquid and the newly launched Binance-backed Aster DEX.
Since its debut on September 17, Aster has attracted massive trading volumes, processing $20.8 billion on its first day compared to Hyperliquid’s $9.7 billion.
Aster’s rapid adoption and $2 billion in total value locked within a week have shifted liquidity across the decentralised perpetuals landscape, briefly denting Hyperliquid’s dominance.
Still, Hyperliquid maintains a commanding presence in the market.
With a $12.74 billion market cap and a total value locked (TVL) of $4.85 billion, it remains one of the largest decentralised derivatives platforms.
However, traders are watching closely as the project faces near-term headwinds from both external competition and internal supply pressures.
The most immediate challenge facing HYPE is a looming token unlock event beginning on November 29.
Around 237.8 million tokens — roughly 24% of the total supply — will begin to unlock over 24 months.
At the current price, this adds nearly $500 million per month in potential sell pressure, partially offset by $65 million in monthly buybacks from the project’s treasury.
This could lead to a monthly imbalance of around $410 million, which could lead to near-term volatility as the market adjusts to the increased supply.
Despite these concerns, the project’s $1 billion treasury filing, connected to the Sonnet Bio and Rorschach merger, could help counterbalance some of the dilution fears.
The treasury’s size and strategic reserves give the team room to manage liquidity and maintain market confidence through buybacks or ecosystem growth initiatives.
While short-term traders may focus on resistance levels, derivatives, and on-chain data tell a more optimistic story.
Futures open interest (OI) on HYPE has surged from $1.27 billion last Wednesday to $1.97 billion on Monday, the highest level since early October.
Rising open interest signals new capital entering the market, typically an indicator of growing bullish conviction.
Data from CryptoQuant also shows that whales — large investors — are increasing their positions, with buy orders dominating both spot and futures markets.
This accumulation trend suggests that institutional and high-net-worth participants expect further gains ahead.
Network data reinforces this bullish sentiment.
According to Artemis Terminal, Hyperliquid’s 24-hour chain fee revenue reached $2 million, surpassing edgeX and BNB Chain.
High network fees often correlate with elevated trading activity and liquidity, signalling robust user engagement even amid short-term market uncertainty.
Technically, HYPE has shown resilience after breaking above its descending trendline and the 50-day exponential moving average (EMA) at $43.54.
Over the weekend, it held that level as support before climbing back above $48.57.
If the token closes above the next resistance at $51.15, analysts expect the rally to extend toward the record high of $59.46, last seen on September 18.
However, a failure to hold above the $43.54 EMA could open the door for a deeper correction toward the $41.6 support zone.
The post Hyperliquid price forecast after rejection at the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement level appeared first on CoinJournal.
Key takeaways
ZEC, the native coin of the ZCash ecosystem, has continued its rally, up 12% in the last 24 hours. The rally comes after the coin added 380% to its value in the last 30 days, outperforming other major cryptocurrencies.
The positive performance comes after Solana, the world’s second-largest smart contract platform, launched wrapped ZEC via the Zolana bridge. The wrapped tokens function as standard Solana Program Library (SPL) tokens. Hence, they don’t offer the privacy protections inherent to native Zcash.
Furthermore, they are backed 1:1 by native ZEC but do not conceal balances or transaction data.
The ZEC/USD 4-hour chart is bullish and efficient thanks to the coin’s ongoing rally. The technical indicators are bullish, suggesting that buyers are currently in control. The bullish trend could see ZEC’s price surge higher in the near term.
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) of 67 shows a bullish bias, with the buyers currently in control. The MACD lines are also within the positive region, suggesting that the price could surge higher in the near term.
If the bullish trend continues, ZEC could rally towards the $400 level over the next few hours or days. An extended bullish run would allow ZEC to hit a multi-year high of $500 in the coming days or weeks.
However, if ZEC faces a correction following its recent run, it could retrace to the ILQ at $318 over the next few hours. Further downtrend could see ZEC drop to the major support and TLQ level at $235. This support level will likely hold in the medium term, allowing ZEC to build on its recent run.
The post ZEC rallies 12% as bullish momentum continues; Check forecast appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Litecoin LTC Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Can Litecoin Reach $1000 Dollars? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Litecoin has quietly been one of the strongest performers this year. Since January, it has gained traction with growing adoption, solid transaction volume, and renewed investor interest. According to the Litecoin Foundation, over 12% of all Litecoin transactions ever made have occurred in 2025 alone. That’s more than 300 million transactions, making it one of the most-used cryptocurrencies for real-world payments.
The key questions that investors are keen on include: Is it a good time to invest in Litecoin? Or Will Litecoin (LTC) cross $250 in 2025? Such questions put the Litecoin price prediction under the indecisive box. So, let’s head on to the latest Litecoin (LTC) price prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030, and the years between them!
| Cryptocurrency | Litecoin |
| Token | LTC |
| Price | $99.7757
-0.23%
|
| Market Cap | $ 7,628,473,906.47 |
| 24h Volume | $ 873,599,476.4745 |
| Circulating Supply | 76,456,251.9835 |
| Total Supply | 84,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 412.9601 on 10 May 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 1.1137 on 14 January 2015 |
Yes, Litecoin can be halved, employing a mechanism similar to Bitcoin’s that reduces the block reward by half approximately every four years. The most recent Litecoin halving occurred in August 2023, successfully completing the procedure. The next Litecoin halving event is estimated to take place in July 2027.
Litecoin (LTC) is trading near $98.56, sitting well below the 20-day SMA at $109.32. Technicals indicate:
Based on the current 4-hour Litecoin price chart, LTC shows consolidation near $97 with resistance at $103 and support around $93.36. The RSI at 43 suggests mild bearish momentum, while Bollinger Bands indicate low volatility before a potential breakout. If market sentiment improves, LTC could retest $110–$121 levels.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| October | $92 | $108 | $128 |
Litecoin is a feasible alternative to Bitcoin in all aspects, which makes it attractive to many traders. There’s also growing optimism around a potential Litecoin Spot ETF approval by October 2025. With the CFTC recognizing Litecoin as a commodity, its regulatory standing is clearer, encouraging investor trust. If major financial institutions collaborate with Litecoin, then the price could soar to $231.21 in 2025.
If the market crashes in the coming years, then the price of Litecoin could drop to $77.07. However, long-term investors are likely to hold on to the currency, so the average price of LTC is expected to be $154.14.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $77.07 | $154.14 | $231.21 |
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | $115.61 | $231.21 | $346.82 |
| 2027 | $173.42 | $346.82 | $520.23 |
By 2026, LTC’s potential low price could be $115.61, with an average price projected at $231.21, and a high price of $346.82.
In 2027, Litecoin is forecasted to potentially reach a low price of $173.42, an average price of $346.82, and a high price of $520.23.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | $260.13 | $520.23 | $780.34 |
| 2029 | $390.20 | $780.34 | $1,170.51 |
| 2030 | $585.30 | $1,170.51 | $1,755.77 |
Moving into 2028, the potential low price for Litecoin using price prediction will be $260.13, while the average price is expected to be around $520.23. The potential high price for LTC in 2028 is estimated to reach $780.34.
Looking ahead to 2029, Litecoin has the potential to reach a low price of $390.20, an average price of $780.34, and a high price of $1,170.51.
Finally, in 2030, Litecoin price prediction anticipates a low price of $585.30, an average price of $1,170.51, and a high price of $1,755.77.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Wallet Investor | $110.74 | $94.44 | – |
| priceprediction.net | $209.82 | $310.85 | $1,441 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $290.04 | $412.95 | $857.18 |
*The targets above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
According to CoinPedia’s formulated Litecoin price prediction, several well-known institutions may invest in and accept LTC as payment in the future. Moreover, the increasing number of events that can directly affect the LTC price will improve social sentiment.
If the coin gains some hype in the coming months, then the LTC price can hit $231.21 in 2025. However, a rise in bearish influence can drop Litecoin to $77.07 by the end of 2025.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $77.07 | $154.14 | $231.21 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
The price of LTC could possibly reach its maximum of $231.21 this year.
With a potential surge, the price of Litecoin may reach a maximum trading price of $1,755.77 during the year 2030.
Yes, Litecoin can be a good investment option if you are considering it for the long term.
Yes, Litecoin can be halved, it was in August 2023 when it had completed the halving procedure. The next LTC halving event will take place in July of 2027.
Litecoin can be traded across exchanges like Binance, Bitrue, Coinbase Pro, OKEx, and HitBTC, amongst others.
The post ClearBank to Join Circle’s Payments Network and Expand Stablecoin Access appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
ClearBank, a technology-enabled clearing bank, is making a major push into digital finance to expand stablecoin use and improve cross-border payments across Europe.
ClearBank has announced a strategic framework agreement with a subsidiary of Circle Internet Group, the stablecoin giant behind USDC and EURC.
Through this partnership, the two companies will work together on a range of initiatives in the European market.
Initially, the focus will be on expanding access to USDC and EURC, Circle’s MiCA-compliant, fully reserved stablecoins, through Circle Mint in Europe. This move places ClearBank as a core infrastructure partner for banks and fintechs, that are looking for trusted, multi-currency stablecoin solutions for payments, treasury, and liquidity use cases.
ClearBank is taking another big step by planning to join Circle’s Payments Network (CPN), making it one of the first European banks to do so. This will let clients move money around the world at internet speed, with the transparency of blockchain technology.
By linking its cloud-based banking system with Circle’s infrastructure, including Circle Mint and the Circle Payments Network, ClearBank is bridging traditional and digital finance to make cross-border payments faster and cheaper.
Mark Fairless, CEO of ClearBank, said this move marks a major step in ClearBank’s growth as a cross-border payments innovator.
Sanja Kon, VP of Partnerships & Business Development, EMEA at Circle, said that this partnership will expand access to USDC and EURC, helping drive faster, more transparent payments and unlock new financial services built on “open, programmable money.”
ClearBank and Circle are also exploring additional strategic use cases, including stablecoin-based treasury solutions and future tokenized asset settlement integrations.
Circle launched the CPN in April, to connect banks, fintechs, and payment providers to settle cross-border payments in real time using regulated stablecoins like USDC and EURC. CPN supports a wide range of cross-border use cases, from payments and remittances to treasury and onchain finance.
Circle also became the first global stablecoin issuer to meet MiCA requirements in July 2024, well ahead of the regulation coming fully into effect later that year.
Clearbank’s move highlights the growing confidence among financial institutions in using stablecoins for global payments.
The post Polkadot Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Will DOT Price Cross $10? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Polkadot began with a bold goal, to bring blockchains together. In 2025, that goal is being realized in new ways. Now ranked 28th by market cap with over $5.1 billion, DOT is showing signs of renewed momentum.
Polkadot is entering a transformative phase in 2025. Between August 11 and 18, 2.3 million DOT tokens worth $9.41 million, about 0.15% of the total supply, were released. This event could add short-term selling pressure. Despite this, the network is thriving. TokenTerminal data shows monthly active users are near record highs.
So, where could DOT go from here? This Polkadot price prediction dives into key catalysts, expert forecasts, and whether 2025 could be the year DOT finally breaks out.
| Cryptocurrency | Polkadot |
| Token | DOT |
| Price | $3.1221
-2.65%
|
| Market Cap | $ 5,088,208,861.13 |
| 24h Volume | $ 203,842,629.7934 |
| Circulating Supply | 1,629,739,714.0694 |
| Total Supply | 1,629,739,714.0694 |
| All-Time High | $ 55.0050 on 04 November 2021 |
| All-Time Low | $ 1.4104 on 10 October 2025 |
Polkadot 2.0 went live on August 6, 2025 bringing elastic scaling and upgraded cross-chain communication, giving more flexibility to parachains. The upgrade also moves toward full EVM compatibility, set to be complete by year-end.
Data reveals the network is active and stable, with over 50% of DOT’s supply staked. While it has not been in the spotlight during the recent altcoin surge, its strong staking rate and expanding ecosystem position it well for a possible breakout when sentiment turns positive.
Polkadot (DOT) could surge to $10.4 by late 2025, with a potential low of $3.47 and an average price of $6.93.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.47 | $6.93 | $10.4 |
Also, read Binance Price Prediction 2025, 2026-2030!
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 5.20 | 10.40 | 15.60 |
| 2027 | 7.80 | 15.60 | 23.40 |
Like Bitcoin’s, broader crypto market conditions and coin price movements still drive much of the overall token price. However, Polkadot’s price for 2026 is projected to range between $5.20 and $15.60, with an average price of $10.40.
Progress made in the Polkadot ecosystem of complementary blockchains, enabling seamless interoperability, will increase the token price. Hence, the Polkadot price forecast for 2027 is projected to range between $7.80 and $23.40, with an average price of $15.60.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 11.70 | 23.40 | 35.10 |
| 2029 | 17.55 | 35.10 | 52.65 |
| 2030 | 26.33 | 52.65 | 78.98 |
The growth of built applications, smart contracts usage, and overall transaction activity on the Polkadot network will fuel the token price. Further, DOT crypto price prediction for 2028 is projected to range between $11.70 and $35.10, with an average price of $23.40.
Polkadot’s price for 2029 is projected to range between $17.55 and $52.65, with an average price of $35.10.
Polkadot’s price for 2030 is projected to range between $26.33 and $78.98, with an average price of $52.65.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Wallet Investor | $10.23 | $11.025 | – |
| priceprediction.net | $6.03 | $8.59 | $42.60 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $20.71 | $29.01 | $58.88 |
| VanEck | $36.36 | – | – |
*The targets mentioned above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Polkadot might receive notable impetus from its new parachains, as the industry has seen with Moonbeam. If the digital asset receives the much-needed sentimental boost from the investors, then the DOT prices will reach $10.40 in 2025.
On the flip side, if the sentiments of marketers fall prey to bearish trends. The Polkadot coin price could take a downswing to $3.47.
Coinpedia’s DOT Price Prediction expects the DOT coin price to reach $6.93 in 2025.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $3.47 | $6.93 | $10.40 |
Also, Check Out: UniSwap Price Prediction 2025, 2026-2030: Will UNI Coin Price Record New Yearly High Soon?
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
At the time of writing, the price of one DOT token was $ 3.12209908.
Yes, Polkadot shows strong 2025 potential with upgrades, staking, and ETF buzz boosting investor appeal.
According to our Polkadot price prediction. If the bulls take charge, the price of DOT could reach $10.4 in 2025.
With a potential surge, the altcoin could achieve a high of $79 during the year 2030.
No, DOT is not an ERC-20 token but a digital asset built and developed on the Polkadot blockchain.
DOT is available for trade on leading cryptocurrency exchanges like Binance, FTX, Huobi, and Kraken, amongst others.
Polkadot 2.0 isn’t live yet, mainnet launch expected in Aug–Sep 2025.
Anthropic's India expansion marks a shift from global scale to sovereign-aware AI, building trust, data residency, and deeper enterprise integration.
The post Data residency in AI: Geopolitical, regulatory, enterprise risk appeared first on CoinGeek.
This partnership could accelerate the integration of digital currencies in corporate finance, potentially transforming global payment systems.
The post Citigroup collaborates with Coinbase to explore stablecoin payments appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
MetaMask's potential token distribution could enhance user engagement and solidify its role in the evolving crypto financial ecosystem.
The post MetaMask rumored to have registered domain for claiming tokens as airdrop chatter rises appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The BNB burn enhances token scarcity, potentially boosting value and investor confidence, while reinforcing the deflationary model's impact.
The post BNB Foundation completes 33rd quarterly burn, destroying $1.6B in BNB appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The rapid oversubscription of MegaETH's ICO underscores growing investor appetite for innovative blockchain solutions, signaling robust market confidence.
The post MegaETH ICO oversubscribed within 5 minutes, raising $50M at $1B valuation appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
BitMine's strategic Ethereum accumulation may indicate rising institutional confidence, potentially leading to a supply shock and broader blockchain adoption.
The post BitMine’s Ethereum holdings increase by 77,055 tokens in one week appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
IBM's platform could accelerate institutional blockchain adoption, enhancing secure digital asset management and compliance in finance sectors.
The post IBM announces new digital asset platform for banks and governments appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Popular technician Charting Guy (@ChartingGuy) calls Shiba Inu “weak and choppy” and suggests the token may not break out until late in the current crypto cycle. Sharing a weekly Shiba Inu chart, he wrote on Oct. 26, 2025: “SHIB has been weak and choppy all cycle. Won’t do anything until the end imo.”
The below TradingView chart is a weekly SHIB/USD study anchored to a Fibonacci ladder. The price marker on the right rail reads $0.000010205, placing SHIB fractionally below the 0.236 retracement band annotated at $0.000011043.
Above that, the chart maps successive overhead levels at 0.382 near $0.000016434, 0.5 around $0.000022661, 0.618 near $0.000031247 and 0.786 at about $0.000049369. The red 1 line flags $0.000088410, with higher extension markers plotted at 1.272 ≈ $0.000185406, 1.414 ≈ $0.000272917 and a terminal 1.618 ≈ $0.000475605.
A stylized projection trace on the chart depicts a late-cycle, near-vertical advance that only materializes after a prolonged base and then stalls inside the 1.0–1.272 cluster before breaking above the 1.272 Fib extension and topping below the 1.414 Fib extension roughly at $0.000022; the path visually reinforces the author’s contention that SHIB underperforms until the “end.”
In a separate post on Oct. 24, Charting Guy ranked market structures across majors and large-cap altcoins, explicitly placing SHIB in his “Bad Looking Charts” bucket while labeling Bitcoin, Ether, XRP, Solana, BNB and Stellar as “Good Looking Charts.” His list read, in part: “Good Looking Charts: BTC, ETH, XRP, SOL, BNB, XLM … Decent Looking Charts: XDC, DOGE, PENGU, ADA, ONDO, SUI, AAVE, LTC … Eh Looking Charts: PEPE, FLOKI, FLR, LINK, BCH … Bad Looking Charts: SHIB, WIF, ETC, AVAX, FET, RENDER, INJ, CRV, ALGO, SOLO, COREUM, NEAR, VET, COMP, DOT, IOTA, FIL, ATOM, And many more.”
The technical message is unambiguous: on a weekly timeframe, SHIB remains capped beneath early Fibonacci thresholds that many chartists treat as momentum gates. Remaining below 0.236 typically signals that price has yet to reclaim even the shallowest retracement of the prior cycle; clearing it often opens room to test the 0.382–0.5 midpoint zone where trends either accelerate or fail.
In Charting Guy’s map, structurally meaningful inflection areas stack tightly from roughly $0.000016 to $0.000031, with the 0.618 level near $0.000031 attributed the role of a trend-confirmation threshold. The cycle-top roadmap he drew concentrates risk and reward into the higher cluster around $0.000088 to $0.000185, a range often watched by Fibonacci practitioners for exhaustion and distribution in late-stage moves. However, a rise to $0.00022 could still mean an incredible upside for SHIB of around 2,055.81%—a roughly 20.56-fold increase.
Contextually, his relative-strength table is just as important as the levels. By grouping SHIB with other “bad looking” structures while upgrading Bitcoin, Ether, XRP, Solana and BNB, he is signaling an expectation that market breadth will remain narrow and quality-led before any speculative rotation into meme-beta like SHIB. That framework aligns with his succinct call that SHIB “won’t do anything until the end,” implying a sequencing view rather than a categorical dismissal.
At press time, SHIB traded at $0.00001046.
Kraken’s Q3 report shows a massive 114% year-over-year revenue jump, signaling explosive growth and renewed investor confidence.
The exchange’s strategic acquisitions and xStocks innovation have positioned it as a serious contender to Coinbase and Binance.
If you’re hunting for the best altcoins to buy, consider watching low-cap gems like $PEPENODE, $BEST, and $AURA.
In a year that has been a bit topsy-turvy for the cryptocurrency markets, firms like Kraken are proof that the industry’s bottom line is getting stronger and stronger.
Kraken recently announced its Q3 financial results, and they are smoking hot, to say the least.
It’s essential to recognize that Kraken’s phenomenal growth hasn’t occurred simply because the broader industry is expanding – other firms haven’t experienced a similar increase in growth.
Kraken has clearly done something extraordinary to attract such large numbers.
First, this year, Kraken announced several major acquisitions, including NinjaTrader and Small Exchange, which have made it a go-to name in the derivatives trading space, giving it direct market access in the U.S.
One of its most notable innovations has been the xStocks platform, which allows investors in more than 160 countries to trade tokenized versions of U.S. equities – and that too without middlemen or market-hour restrictions.Given that it blends Wall Street and Web3 in a never-before-seen manner, it’s no surprise that xStocks has racked up over $5B in trading volume in just a few months.
So, what’s next for Kraken? Well, an IPO seems like the most obvious answer. Earlier this year, the company raised $500M at a $15B valuation.
And if reports are to be believed, it could be eyeing another funding round – this time at around $20B.
As for the potential IPO timeline, 2026 appears to be the most likely candidate. If it does go through, Kraken would join the likes of Coinbase, Gemini, and Bullish as crypto exchanges that have gone public.
All in all, the growth of a major firm like Kraken is a telltale sign of increased footfall in crypto – and of its growing acknowledgment as a legitimate trading and investing avenue.If you want to ride the gravy train that is crypto and make some chunky gains along the way, consider investing in low-cap, high-upside tokens.
Here are our top three suggestions for the best altcoins to buy right now.
PEPENODE ($PEPENODE) is a unique mine-to-earn cryptocurrency project offering everyday investors an inexpensive and straightforward way to scratch their crypto mining itch – and earn real rewards, too.
While real-world crypto mining requires a massive upfront investment, maintenance costs, and technical expertise to build and maintain the setup, virtual crypto mining with PEPENODE is not only affordable but also accessible to beginners, making it inclusive, fun, and engaging.
You start with an empty virtual server room, which you get as soon as you buy your first $PEPENODE tokens. From there, it’s up to you to fill this room with any combination of meme nodes you like.
Of course, these nodes differ in efficiency and mining capability, so you’ll have to put your smarts to work to create the perfect mining setup.
Oh, and remember that you’ll be competing with other $PEPENODE holders and miners, as rewards will be distributed based on the final leaderboard. So, the better your mining rig, the more rewards you’ll earn.
Speaking of rewards, these will include free $PEPENODE, $PEPE, and $FARTCOIN tokens, and they’ll be distributed after PEPENODE’s Token Generation Event (TGE) completes and its virtual mining simulator goes live.Currently in presale, PEPENODE has already raised over $1.95M from early investors, with each token available for just $0.0011183.
Here’s how to buy PEPENODE in four simple steps – and unlock 656% staking APY.
According to our PEPENODE price prediction, the token could reach $0.0077 by the end of 2026, so a $100 investment today could turn into $700 in just a few months.
Join the crypto mining revolution – grab your $PEPENODE tokens today!
Best Wallet Token ($BEST) is the native cryptocurrency of Best Wallet, a free-to-use cryptocurrency wallet that offers a robust blend of security and ease of use.
First things first, since it’s a non-custodial crypto wallet, Best Wallet never hands over your private keys to anyone but you, ensuring airtight privacy for your funds.
It also comes equipped with class-leading encryption technology, two-factor authentication (2FA) including biometric login, and robust safeguards against hackers, scams, and phishing websites.
In terms of convenience, Best Wallet stands out as the only crypto wallet on the market that allows you to buy the best crypto presales directly within the app.
Its ‘Upcoming Tokens’ section lists all of the best new cryptocurrency projects in one place, meaning you no longer have to scour the internet for the next moonshot opportunity.
Compare this to traditional crypto wallets that force you to visit external presale sites, connect your wallet, and authorize transactions – all while wondering whether those sites are legitimate.
In contrast, every token listed in Best Wallet’s Upcoming Tokens section is vetted first-hand by the internal Best Wallet team.
Best Wallet is well-positioned to capture over 40% of the non-custodial wallet market by 2027, and you can ride this growth by buying $BEST.Based on our $BEST price prediction, the token could soar up to 170% by the end of 2030, potentially reaching $0.07.
Currently, one $BEST is available for just $0.025855, and the project has already raised over $16.6M in its ongoing presale.
Buy $BEST today – and unlock voting rights, reduced fees, a 79% staking APY.
If you want to maximize your returns from an altcoin run, it could be worth including a top-trending crypto like Aura ($AURA) in your portfolio.
As the name suggests, the $AURA token is based on the wildly popular internet phenomenon of ‘Aura points,’ which, simply put, represent how much charisma you gain or lose through a particular action.
For instance, if you’re playing football with your friends and happen to score a free kick from near the halfway line, you’d gain infinite Aura points.
Sounds absurd, right? Well, it is, and that’s precisely why $AURA has gained so much traction among meme coin investors.
In June 2025, $AURA skyrocketed over 28,000%, and while the token has traded sideways since then, it has now found strong support around the $0.05 level.
On the charts, it’s currently on the cusp of breaking out of a neat descending triangle pattern, which could send the token back to its all-time high of around $0.24 – meaning a potential 160% gain could be on the cards if you get in now.
Interested? Buy $AURA on MEXC or any other cryptocurrency exchange.
Recap: With Kraken’s explosive growth signaling a stronger crypto market, now’s the perfect time to load up on PEPENODE ($PEPENODE), Best Wallet Token ($BEST), and Aura ($AURA) – high-upside tokens with the potential to become the next 1000x crypto.Disclaimer: The cryptocurrency market is highly unpredictable; therefore, please invest only after conducting your own thorough research. This article is not financial advice.
Authored by Elena Bistreanu, NewsBTC – https://www.newsbtc.com/news/best-altcoins-to-buy-as-kraken-breaks-records-with-114-yoy-surge
Crypto analyst CryptosRus has drawn attention to the open interest reset for XRP. The analyst also explained why this development could spark a major price surge for the altcoin.
In an X post, CryptosRus revealed that XRP’s open interest on Binance has dropped back to the same lows that were seen in May 2025. The analyst noted that back then, the liquidation flush sparked a massive rally for the altcoin, which pushed it to $3.50. He added that this time around, the open interest is at the floor again, but the price is holding around $2.6.
CryptosRus stated that this means that leverage is gone while the strong hands are still holding XRP. The analyst predicted that if new liquidity enters, this setup could signal the next leg up for the altcoin. He added that rallies usually start when leverage is low, spot demand is strong, and shorts are trapped.
Notably, XRP has witnessed new demand with the launch of the largest XRP treasury company, Evernorth. The company has already accumulated up to $1 billion in XRP with Ripple’s backing and has revealed plans to continue accumulating more, using gains from its DeFi activities. Notably, the company stated that it will purchase XRP on the open market, which is expected to impact the altcoin’s price.
Meanwhile, the SEC is expected to approve the spot XRP ETFs once the U.S. government shutdown ends. This could drive new liquidity into the altcoin, boosting its price. Moreover, experts such as Canary Capital’s CEO Steven McClurg have predicted that the XRP ETFs could see more inflows in their first month than the Ethereum ETFs did.
Crypto analyst Ether stated that XRP is quietly gearing up to melt faces and that most aren’t even aware or ready for what is coming. This came as the analyst alluded to an earlier analysis, in which he revealed that a similar scenario from a previous cycle was playing out for the altcoin.
Ethere stated that XRP’s cyclical structure is showing a striking similarity again. After the altcoin’s rally in 2017, its price was rejected from the 2013 all-time high (ATH) level and then retested the 2014 ATH level, which had previously acted as resistance. XRP then began its parabolic run after it accumulated strength in that range.
Now, this same XRP price action is playing out again, according to Ether. He noted that after the strong surge in 2024, the altcoin’s price was rejected at the 2017 ATH level and retested the 2021 ATH level, which had previously acted as resistance. The analyst added that the power accumulation phase is now underway in this region and that once it is complete, the next parabolic run will be inevitable.
At the time of writing, the XRP price is trading at around $2.63, up in the last 24 hours, according to data from CoinMarketCap.
The Dogecoin price shows quiet strength as retail sentiment stays weak. Dormant whales accumulated 15.1 million DOGE, worth about $2.95 million, signaling renewed long-term confidence.
The move contrasts sharply with soft trading activity among small investors. Many retail holders continue to sell into every minor rally, showing limited confidence in short-term gains. The cautious behavior reflects broader market uncertainty and hesitation to buy at current levels.
On-chain data reveals a steady accumulation of DOGE by high-value wallets. One whale address reactivated after months of dormancy, adding 15.1 million DOGE to its holdings.
It later sold 7,473 DOGE for about $1,450, leaving 15.19 million DOGE valued near $12.96 million. Analysts view this as a strong signal that institutional or early adopters are positioning ahead of the next market phase.
While retail traders appear cautious, large wallets are quietly adding exposure. This split in behavior highlights an ongoing tug-of-war between speculative exit and long-term accumulation.
Dormant whale accumulation often precedes renewed confidence among experienced holders. These “smart money” actors typically buy when the Dogecoin price trades near historical support zones. Their activity indicates belief in a medium- to long-term recovery, even when short-term metrics appear bearish.
Also Read: Thumzup Media to Accept Dogecoin Payments for Creators in Major Crypto Integration
Whale wallets moving after long silence also suggest that value recognition is returning to the meme-coin sector. Despite a weak broader market, their actions may mark early groundwork for the next uptrend.
Despite whale optimism, retail traders are doing the opposite. CryptoQuant data shows that the Spot Taker CVD remained negative through October, signaling sustained selling pressure. This metric reveals that most traders continue to execute aggressive sell orders rather than buy into dips.
Supporting this, Coinalyze data reports a persistent negative Buy–Sell Delta. Over the past 30 days, Dogecoin recorded 156.67 million in sell volume versus 154.88 million in buy volume — a net negative of 1.79 million DOGE. This imbalance confirms that retail enthusiasm has yet to return.
The DOGE USD price is still hovering below the main moving averages. It is bellow the 20,50,100 and 200 EMA lines which are pointing down. The Directional Movement Index supports this view, as the Positive Index is very close to 12 and the Negative was near 39.
| Month | Minimum Price | Average Price | Maximum Price | Potential ROI |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| October | $0.192 | $0.195 | $0.198 |
-2.6%
|
| November | $0.224 | $0.237 | $0.250 |
23%
|
| December | $0.225 | $0.232 | $0.238 |
17.1%
|
Buyers need to break more than $0.20 (20 EMA level) for the Dogecoin price trend to become bullish. A follow-through recovery back above the 50–100 EMA zone.
Around $0.21 is likely to pave the way for an extension of the up-move towards the $0.22 intermediate hurdle in the near-term. If it does not, the price can remain range-bound between $0.17 and $0.20 for an extended period.
Despite the present soft performance, Dogecoin price exhibits superior resilience when compared to larger altcoins. It was up more than 2% this week compared with the CD5 index. Trading volume was 9.8% above the seven-day average, a sign of institutional participation.
The pattern suggests “early-cycle momentum building,” says market strategist Rishi Patel of Bluepool Digital. “DOGE’s resilience while Bitcoin and Ethereum consolidate suggests rotation flows are returning to higher-beta assets,” Patel said.
Technical charts indicate that dogecoin is supported by an uptrendline, drawn from $0.1949 low on the hourly chart. Steady re-tests at $0.2060–$0.2070 support indicate buyers remain in the market daily. RSI is sitting at around 58 on the 4-hour — just like you’d expect early in a trend.
The MACD indicator remains in the positive area but starts to narrow, indicating light consolidation following an attempt to break out. This action suggests re-accumulation, not exhaustion, analysts said. The bias remains bullish with sustained closes above $0.2085.
But if buyers take over, Dogecoin price may rise towards $0.22 and then at the end of this week or next, to $0.25 ahead of new conditions next month. But an inability to take out the resistance levels may extend sluggishness.
Although most long-term holders still talk about DOGE as a speculative — yet resiliently decentralized– digital asset. Its strong community and growing whale interest keeps its story running even in slow markets.
The Dogecoin price narrative today is emblematic of the quiet confidence beneath the surface. Whales that were previously dormant are accruing millions, while retail traders are even hopping out.
Technicals are still cautious, momentum indicates slow-building recovery. If DOGE can break above $0.20 and maintain, that will signify its next leg. For the time being, the whales seemed to be gambling that patience would pay.
Also Read: Dogecoin Price Calm May End Soon as Analysts Eye $0.5 Breakout
Whale: A name for someone holding a large quantity of cryptocurrency who is able to manipulate the market.
Dormant Wallet: A cryptocurrency or blockchain wallet that has gone dormant, and is either empty or contains an insignificant sum of cryptocurrency.
On-Chain Data: Information written to a blockchain itself, which can be utilized to track wallet movements, transactions and the general health of network.
Retail Traders: Small, individual investors usually trading in small quantities who generally follow the short-term market favourite.
Spot Taker CVD: A measure of trading that compares volumes of buying and selling in the spot market, with negative values indicating pressure to sell.
Short-term signals remain bearish, but whale accumulation hints at early bullish positioning.
Dormant wallets suggest long-term investors see value at current levels and expect gradual recovery.
Key resistance sits at $0.20 and $0.21. A breakout above $0.2085 could confirm new upside momentum.
Not yet. Retail sentiment remains weak, with net selling pressure persisting for most of October.
Read More: Dogecoin Whales Accumulate 15 Million DOGE as Retail Traders Exit the Market">Dogecoin Whales Accumulate 15 Million DOGE as Retail Traders Exit the Market
In the latest development within the US-China trade deal, both countries have hinted at a peaceful agreement ahead of the meeting between Donald Trump and Xi Jinping. This development has sparked widespread enthusiasm within the crypto market, with experts and investors anticipating a potential rally.
According to Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, Trump is likely to eliminate the 100% tariffs on Chinese imports, which were slated to take effect on November 1. The deal also includes a potential final agreement on the sale of TikTok in the US.
Reportedly, senior finance and trade officials from the US and China met in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, to discuss trade ahead of a meeting that President Donald Trump scheduled with Chinese President Xi Jinping in South Korea, later Trump expressed hope the US and China were nearly ready to wrap up a trade deal, mentioning, “I have great regard for President Xi, and we will certainly end up with the deal.”
Li Chenggang, China’s senior trade negotiator, supported the agreement, but said it has to pass through the approvals in the Chinese administration. He noted,
“The US position has been tough. We have experienced very intense consultations and engaged in constructive exchanges in exploring solutions and arrangements to address these concerns.”
On Sunday, following the discussion between officials, US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent revealed the remarkable progress in the US-China trade deal. He stated that the US is likely to remove the 100% tariff imposed on Chinese imports. “I think we’ve reached a substantial framework for the two leaders who will meet next Thursday,” stated Bessent, adding,
“President Trump gave me a great deal of negotiating leverage with the threat of 100% tariffs on November 1, and I believe we have reached a very substantial framework that will avoid that and allow us to discuss many other things with the Chinese.”
This week is poised to witness a series of macroeconomic events poised to reshape the crypto market. A significant event is the soon-to-happen encounter between Donald Trump and Xi Jinping. The two heads of state will talk about important matters like tariffs, rare earth exports, and agri-product payments on Thursday.
Since a cordiality agreement has apparently been made between the nations, the meeting is going to be a plus.. The meeting could result in final decisions on the Chinese tariff, China’s rare earth exports, and the TikTok sale.
The potential US-China trade deal has sparked widespread enthusiasm and excitement in the crypto space. “Asset prices will get crazy this week if the US-China trade deal is announced and the Fed cuts interest rates. Buckle up,” said investor and analyst Anthony Pompliano.
Notably, the crypto market is sensitive to trade war developments. This is significantly evident from the recent crypto crash on October 11. Described as the greatest of all crypto falls ever, the 1011 crash occurred in response to Trump’s 100% tariff announcement.
Thus, if the upcoming meeting ends the ongoing US-China trade war with a peaceful agreement, it could propel the crypto market into new heights. As of press time, the market is in the green zone, reaching $3.89 trillion, up 2.37%. As the industry shows signs of recovery from the recent downturn, the upcoming US-China trade deal could trigger a remarkable rally.
In conclusion, optimism has once again returned to global markets, including cryptocurrency markets, based on expectations of a US-China trade deal. The countries have announced they are negotiating and Trump will likely not continue with his tariff proposals, and investors are gearing up for a rally. The peace-declaring resolution that would come from Thursday’s Trump-Xi meeting could mark a pivotal shift, restoring faith and igniting a bullish trend in cryptocurrency markets.
Read More: US Treasury Chief Bessent: “Very Substantial Framework” Reached with China">US Treasury Chief Bessent: “Very Substantial Framework” Reached with China
The Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction says that Ethereum, which is trading around $4,170, could be at the start of a big rise. Robert Kiyosaki believes this price level may give patient investors a strong chance to grow their wealth.
Robert Kiyosaki, the writer of Rich Dad Poor Dad, shared his opinion that Ethereum today reminds him of Bitcoin in the early days. He stated that people buying Ethereum will one day experience the same gains as those who bought Bitcoin when it was also valued at around $4,000.
Famous author and investor Robert Kiyosaki, the author of Rich Dad Poor Dad, often expresses his belief in the value of owning real assets, not just depending on paper money.
Recently, he has taken a strong liking to Ethereum and its future value. Robert Kiyosaki’s Ethereum prediction reflects his belief that Ethereum could have a run like Bitcoin.
Robert Kiyosaki is excited about Ethereum because he believes that fiat currencies are in decline, and he believes that investors will need real digital assets for security throughout the rest of their lives.
Robert Kiyosaki is known for leading the use of gold, silver and Bitcoin, and now he has classified Ethereum with them. The Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction focuses on the fact that ETH is real money due to its utility and scarcity driving its value.
In his recent talk, Robert Kiyosaki said Ethereum has many real uses, such as in finance and smart contracts. He explained that these uses make it much more than just a coin to trade.
The Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction says that real and practical uses could help Ethereum rise over time. He thinks that these uses will keep attracting more people and businesses to the network.
Kiyosaki’s comparison between Ethereum at $4,000 and Bitcoin when it was at the same price has drawn strong attention. He believes both reached a point where more people could begin to use them widely.
The Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction presents ETH as the next version of Bitcoin with similar potential for major growth. Kiyosaki thinks Ethereum could follow a path like Bitcoin’s as blockchain technology continues to develop.
Analysts say Robert Kiyosaki’s opinions often shape how investors think because of his long experience in finance. Some experts share Kiyosaki’s positive outlook and note that Ethereum has a solid network with updates that could make it quicker and easier to use. They believe these changes may help its value grow over time.
Other analysts point out that Bitcoin has a fixed supply, while Ethereum’s supply can change depending on network activity. Because of this, they say the prices of the two coins may not always move in the same direction.
Even so, the faith expressed in the Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction keeps people in the market talking. Many investors are watching closely to see how Ethereum’s value will change in the future.
Kiyosaki often talks about the idea of saving what he calls real money, such as gold, silver, Bitcoin, and now Ethereum. This shows that he does not fully trust traditional paper currencies.
He said that people who buy Ethereum at $4,000 could be like those who bought Bitcoin when it was at the same price. Through the Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction, he points to Ethereum as both a way to protect wealth and a chance for future growth.
Ethereum’s staking system, support for NFTs, and growing interest from large investors make it different from many other digital assets. Kiyosaki pointed to these features as key reasons Ethereum could perform well over time.
He believes these strengths prove that Ethereum holds true and lasting worth in the market. The Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction links these strong points to a chance for a big increase in value.
Kiyosaki thinks Ethereum could grow the same way Bitcoin did when it first started rising. He believes it has the power to play a big part in the future of online investing.
When a well known investor like Robert Kiyosaki shares his thoughts, many people in the market pay attention. His view on Ethereum strengthens the idea that blockchain assets are becoming an important part of today’s investments.
The Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction invites people to see crypto as more than just a gamble. It suggests that digital assets can be real tools for building wealth as technology continues to evolve.
The Robert Kiyosaki Ethereum prediction presents Ethereum at $4,000 as the starting point for a new era of digital growth. Although no prediction can be guaranteed, Kiyosaki’s belief matches the wider view that blockchain technology is shaping the future of finance.
If his idea turns out to be right, those investing in Ethereum today could see success similar to early Bitcoin holders. This makes his prediction one of the most closely followed in the cryptocurrency world.
Generational Wealth: Wealth saved to help future family members.
Passive Income: Money that keeps coming in without daily work, like staking rewards.
Staking: Keeping crypto locked to help its system and earn more coins.
Blockchain: A secure digital book that records every crypto transaction.
Robert Kiyosaki: A famous author who teaches people smart ways to handle money.
He said buying Ethereum at arround $4,000 could be a big chance, like buying Bitcoin early.
He thinks Ethereum has strong use in DeFi, gaming, and AI, and could build wealth over time.
Yes, he thinks Ethereum could become as big as Bitcoin one day.
He means assets like gold, silver, Bitcoin, and Ethereum that hold value over time.
Yes, through staking, users can earn rewards for helping run the Ethereum network.
Read More: Robert Kiyosaki Predicts Ethereum Could Mirror Bitcoin’s Early Boom">Robert Kiyosaki Predicts Ethereum Could Mirror Bitcoin’s Early Boom
Are crypto investors missing the next big wave in digital assets? Solana (SOL) has been in the spotlight for years, known for its lightning-fast transactions, low fees, and growing ecosystem of developers, NFTs, and DeFi projects. The live Solana price today is $193.14, with a 24-hour trading volume of $7.1 billion, and over the past 7 days, SOL has climbed 4.09%, showing steady momentum.
While many analysts see strong adoption trends and increasing institutional interest, downside fears remain, including competition from other blockchains and market volatility. Meanwhile, the MoonBull ($MOBU) presale is creating massive excitement, and MoonBull is igniting as the top 100x crypto to buy now, offering early investors a chance for explosive ROI and high-growth potential.
MoonBull ($MOBU) is an emerging meme coin capturing massive attention with its presale and innovative features. At Stage 10, holders unlock 95% APY staking, allowing tokens to be staked directly from the dashboard with daily rewards and a 2-month lock-in, fully controlled by users. The staking pool is funded with 14.68 $MOBU, with no minimum required, encouraging participation from all holders.
On the other hand, its referral system gives 15% to referrers and 15% to buyers instantly, while the top 3 leaders earn 10% USDC bonuses, and the 4th and 5th earn 5%. Backed by an 11% referral allocation ($8.05 billion $MOBU), MoonBull ignites as the top 100x crypto to buy now, combining FOMO, community growth, and passive income.
While Solana has proven itself over time, MoonBull ($MOBU) presale offers early investors an extraordinary opportunity. Stage 5 of the presale is live at $0.00006584, with over $450K raised and more than 1,500 token holders.
Early investors are already seeing a current ROI of 9256% from Stage 5 to the listing price of $0.00616, and the ROI until Stage 5 for the earliest joiners is 163.36%. The upcoming price surge is projected at 27.40%. If a participant invests $600 at Stage 5, they receive 9,113,001 $MOBU tokens with estimated listing earnings of $56,136.09.
Solana crypto price has been fluctuating within a tight range, reflecting cautious optimism. Solana’s live price today shows steady activity, as analysts track its growth potential. Community sentiment is bullish, with new wallet addresses surging and network upgrades promising more scalability.
A Solana coin price prediction for late 2025 indicates the coin could reach $250 to $300 if adoption continues at this pace. Yet, macroeconomic factors and competitive blockchains could slow growth. Solana price forecast experts suggest investors keep an eye on resistance levels near $203 and strong support around $181.
Investors are monitoring Solana price charts for patterns signaling breakout opportunities. Some analysts point to bullish MACD crossovers and rising volume as indicators of future gains. Others warn that a correction could pull Solana’s live price down to $161 if momentum stalls.
Social media sentiment reflects optimism among whales, while retail investors remain cautious. Solana price prediction shows a mixed outlook, with potential upside tempered by market volatility and regulatory uncertainty. Traders are advised to weigh past performance, adoption trends, and broader crypto market movements before committing.
Looking ahead, the Solana price forecast for 2025 combines optimism with caution. Analysts project that if the blockchain continues gaining institutional adoption, the Solana price could surge to $220–$300.
However, potential network issues, global regulatory pressures, and competition from other chains remain key risks. Solana crypto price enthusiasts should watch staking developments, DeFi integrations, and NFT activity, all of which influence Solana coin price prediction. Balanced analysis shows that while Solana remains a strong contender, diversification and careful monitoring are essential to manage downside risks.
The Solana price prediction points to potential growth through 2025, with a possible high of $300. However, downside fears remain due to market volatility and competition. MoonBull ($MOBU) presents an alternative for investors seeking high early-stage returns, with 95% APY staking, a robust referral system, and live presale momentum.
By combining established projects like Solana with emerging opportunities like MoonBull, investors can strategically navigate the crypto space. MoonBull ignites as the top 100x crypto to buy now, offering participants the chance to secure extraordinary gains.
For More Information:
Website: Visit the Official MOBU Website
Telegram: Join the MOBU Telegram Channel
Twitter: Follow MOBU ON X (Formerly Twitter)
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale combines early-stage access, high ROI potential, and staking rewards, making it a top crypto to buy now for savvy investors.
MoonBull presale stages offer up to 9256% ROI for early participants, positioning it as the most rewarding crypto presale currently.
Investors can join MoonBull ($MOBU) presale now to claim tokens before the listing, capturing potential early-stage gains.
MoonBull ($MOBU) presale, combined with staking and referral incentives, currently offers the highest ROI among new meme coins.
MoonBull ($MOBU) staking provides 95% APY with flexible lock-in, offering one of the best passive income options in crypto for 2025.
Read More: Solana Price Prediction 2025: Will SOL Soar Beyond $300 as MoonBull ($MOBU) Ignites the Top 100x Crypto to Buy Now?">Solana Price Prediction 2025: Will SOL Soar Beyond $300 as MoonBull ($MOBU) Ignites the Top 100x Crypto to Buy Now?
Cardano founder Charles Hoskinson highlights a major milestone for the blockchain, one that could transform the network into the financial backbone of the agent economy. Earlier today, Patrick Tobler, developer of Mansumi Network, announced the minting of the first x402-standard proof-of-concept (PoC) meme coin on Cardano.
LMAX Group strategist Joel Kruger believes the Bitcoin and crypto market is staging a strong comeback after weeks of struggle following the Oct. 10 crash.
Binance co-founder and former CEO Changpeng Zhao has reacted to the staggering numbers of Binance Coin (BNB) tokens burned every minute. BNB implemented the auto-burn mechanism in December 2021, which automatically chalks off a portion of its supply from circulation.
XRP has the potential to reach higher price levels if it maintains its market dominance when the total crypto market cap hits $10 trillion, $50 trillion, or $100 trillion. The global crypto market now stands at about $3.8 trillion, and analysts believe it still has plenty of room to grow.
Tradeship University’s founder, Cameron Scrubs, has stirred excitement in the XRP community, suggesting that a major price move could be just around the corner. Indeed, market sentiment around XRP is heating up again, as the coin is now trading at a new weekly high after several days of ranging.
Dom Kwok, the co-founder of EasyA, has insisted that XRP has a much stronger chance to surge a hundredfold compared to Bitcoin. Kwok made this assertion in a recent discussion within the XRP community after he countered claims from Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong that crypto assets like Bitcoin (BTC) and Ethereum (ETH) are not too expensive for the average retail investor.
XRP open interest on Binance has again reset to yearly lows, giving the XRP market more room to breathe. This is largely due to the Oct.
The XRP community has unearthed a past statement in which Ripple CTO David Schwartz said the company pursues business models that benefit XRP’s price. Specifically, Schwartz made the comment exactly eight years ago, on October 27, 2017.
President of NovaDius Wealth Management, Nate Geraci, has suggested that spot XRP ETFs could potentially debut as early as next month. Geraci shared this optimistic outlook via a viral meme that illustrates the current state of spot crypto ETFs.
With his Binance executive ban in place, Zhao found new channels to shape markets and policy across the crypto world.
Ant Group filed to trademark “Antcoin” in Hong Kong through a Cayman Islands subsidiary while Beijing intensifies its crypto crackdown.
Strategy posted few BTC buys in October, with only 778 BTC purchased, down 78% from 3,526 BTC in September.
Trump-linked Bitcoin miner and treasury company American Bitcoin added 1,414 BTC to its holdings, bringing its total stash to 3,865 BTC.
A growing demand for stablecoin payments and tokenized real-world assets is creating more institutional interest in blockchain-based services, according to IBM.
Corporate scale has become an innovation liability as bureaucracy stalls retail payment evolution. Fintech partnerships offer the only escape from irrelevance.
As investors exit gold for digital assets, Bitcoin could be the next big winner — possibly crossing the $200,000 barrier.
ClearBank and Circle’s partnership involves scaling USDC and EURC operations through Circle Mint, which enables the minting and redemption of the tokens.
Growing optimism surrounding a potential trade deal is the main catalyst for a recovery in investor sentiment ahead of Thursday’s tariff meeting, industry watchers told Cointelegraph.
Key takeaways
Ether, the second-largest cryptocurrency by market cap, is up by more than 5% in the last 24 hours. The rally allowed the coin to briefly hit the $4,200 level before retracing to now trade at around $4,160 per coin.
This latest development comes as Bitcoin and the broader cryptocurrency market recorded an excellent weekend. Bitcoin is trading above $115k once again after adding 3.5% to its value.
With Bitcoin, Ether, and other leading altcoins recording gains, the total cryptocurrency market cap now stands at $3.91 trillion. Ether could rally higher in the near term, with the technical indicators suggesting further buying pressure.
The ETH/USD 4-hour chart is bearish and efficient despite Ether adding 5% to its value in the last 24 hours. The technical indicators suggest that Ether could face further buying pressure thanks to its rally.
Ether’s price surged by 5% last week, closing the weekly candle above the 50-day EMA at $4,129 on Sunday. It briefly climbed to $4,206 on Monday before retracing to now trading around $4,160.
The RSI of 67 shows a bullish momentum, with the MACD lines flashing a buying signal in the last few days. If Ether breaks and closes above its daily resistance of $4,232, it could continue its rally towards the next major resistance and TLQ level at $4,529. An extended bullish run could allow Ether to reclaim its recent high above $4,700.
However, if Ether faces a correction following its recent run, it could dip towards the major support level at $3,593.
The post Ethereum price forecast: ETH eyes $4,500 amid bullish momentum appeared first on CoinJournal.
Mt. Gox, once the world’s largest Bitcoin exchange, has delayed repayments to its creditors until October 2026 — extending a saga that began more than a decade ago.
The announcement, made just days before its previous deadline of October 31, 2025, reflects ongoing administrative and technical challenges in finalising payments.
While many creditors who submitted paperwork have received partial repayments, a significant number are still waiting for their funds.
The Tokyo District Court approved the extension after the trustee cited the need for additional time to process remaining claims and complete settlements efficiently.
According to the latest notice, the Mt. Gox rehabilitation trustee confirmed that most base, early lump-sum, and intermediate repayments have been processed for creditors who completed the required steps.
However, repayments for others remain pending.
The trustee explained that it was “desirable to make the repayments to such rehabilitation creditors to the extent reasonably practicable,” leading the court to approve a new deadline of October 31, 2026.
This marks another chapter in one of the cryptocurrency industry’s longest-running recovery efforts.
Mt. Gox, which once handled over 70% of the world’s Bitcoin trading volume, collapsed in 2014 after a massive hack led to the loss of approximately 850,000 BTC.
The company subsequently filed for bankruptcy in Japan.
When Mt. Gox failed, the exchange’s bankruptcy shook investor confidence in digital assets and exposed vulnerabilities in early crypto infrastructure.
About 200,000 BTC were later recovered, but 650,000 BTC remain missing.
The recovery process transitioned into a court-supervised civil rehabilitation in Japan, during which a trustee began redistributing recovered Bitcoin and Bitcoin Cash (BCH) in 2024.
At the time of its collapse, Mt. Gox’s influence was unmatched.
The incident not only caused a sharp decline in Bitcoin prices but also prompted tighter regulatory oversight in key markets.
In the years since, it has become a landmark case in crypto regulation, bankruptcy law, and investor protection — shaping how global exchanges handle custody and insurance.
With repayments scheduled to continue into 2026, traders and analysts have debated whether the eventual release of thousands of Bitcoin could trigger selling pressure.
Historically, such fears have surfaced each time Mt. Gox announced repayment progress.
However, recent on-chain data suggests that these effects may be limited.
According to Arkham Intelligence, Mt. Gox currently holds 34,690 BTC worth nearly $4 billion, down from about 142,000 BTC in mid-2024 — a decline of more than 75%.
Analysts tracking these wallets have noted that even large movements from the exchange have had only short-term effects on Bitcoin’s market price, indicating that most creditors are choosing to hold rather than sell immediately.
The trustee’s revised timeline means that full repayments could now take another year, extending the wait for thousands of claimants worldwide.
For many early Bitcoin investors, the repayments represent not only financial recovery but also closure on one of crypto’s most notorious events.
Still, the Mt. Gox story continues to serve as a cautionary tale for digital asset investors.
It underscores the importance of secure custody, transparent operations, and regulatory compliance — principles that have since become standard practice across global crypto exchanges.
The post Mt. Gox delays Bitcoin repayments again as creditors await full settlement appeared first on CoinJournal.
The uptick across the crypto market has seen the BNB price retest a critical price level around $1,160. Gains signal the potential for significant upward movement, particularly as analysts point to a big week ahead for risk assets.
With price hovering at $1,153 as of the time of writing, bulls’ flirtation with the pivotal supply zone remains critical.
BNB’s price action over the past week has seen the token approach and briefly test the area above the $1,160 level.
This retest, occurring amid a broader market rebound, demonstrates robust buyer conviction. Binance coin has recorded two consecutive green daily closes and eyes a third.
Indeed, the 3% uptick in the past 24 hours has the exchange token holding onto a nearly 20% tick up over the past month.
The last time it traded above $1,160 was in mid-October, which is when prices crashed from all-time highs above $1,370. BNB has broken higher amid an ascending channel pattern.
The Relative Strength Index has climbed from oversold territory below 40 to a neutral 54 on the daily chart. The RSI is around 65 on the 4-hour chart.
A divergence suggests diminishing selling pressure. This could give bulls more room to wiggle upwards before overbought conditions come into view.
In this case, a decisive close above $1,160 could validate a breakout.
Bulls will target the next resistance at $1,185 and $1,215, and success will bring the ATH above $1,300 into play. However, failure to hold off bears at $1,150 might see a pullback to $1,100 and then $1,080.
The horizon for BNB is considerably brighter with a recent development in mind.
In particular, President Donald Trump’s pardon of Binance founder Changpeng “CZ” Zhao not only invigorated BNB but the broader crypto market.
Zhao served a four-month sentence in 2024, having stepped down as Binance CEO and convicted of violations of anti-money-laundering guidelines as tied to Binance’s operations.
BNB surged immediately after Trump’s pardon. But the bigger question is whether Zhao’s pardon means he could return to the exchange behemoth.
Speculation is rife, but CZ is said to be more focused on YZi Labs and other initiatives.
The native token of the high-throughput BNB Chain has also benefited from fresh listings on platforms like Coinbase and Robinhood.
The retest of $1,160 could thus mark a key zone for both bulls and bears.
The post BNB price retests $1,160 as bulls eye $1,300 rebound amid CZ pardon boost; check forecast appeared first on CoinJournal.
The Pi Network price has staged a strong rebound, with the PI coin surging above key resistance levels amid renewed market optimism.
This rally comes on the heels of a major mainnet migration involving 2.7 million users and growing anticipation ahead of the network’s ISO 20022 financial integration scheduled for November 22, 2025.
Pi Network’s market momentum has accelerated in recent days, with the token’s price climbing more than 25% in 24 hours and over 30% over the week.
The price currently hovers near the $0.28 mark, just shy of the psychological $0.30 breakout target eyed by bullish traders.
The price surge follows the completion of mass Know Your Customer (KYC) verification that enabled 2.69 million “Pioneers” to migrate their tokens to the mainnet.
🚨Welcome to the Mainnet! A massive 2.69 million Pioneers have migrated their Pi in the last week alone after a huge KYC verification wave. The ecosystem is expanding rapidly as we approach the Nov 22 ISO 20022 integration. The future of finance is being built now🚀#PiNetwork pic.twitter.com/zU1Myw7oGJ
— PiNetwork DEX⚡️阿龙 (@fen_leng) October 27, 2025
The migration marks one of the largest transitions in Pi’s history and signals growing confidence in the network’s long-term viability.
This migration has triggered a surge in market demand, particularly as millions of tokens were moved into circulation while exchange supplies tightened.
According to PiScan data, centralised exchanges (CEXs) recorded an inflow of more than 2.422 million PI tokens in the past 24 hours, but this was offset by strong accumulation activity.
In October alone, over eight million tokens exited exchanges, reducing available supply by roughly 2.4%.
This supply squeeze has been a key catalyst in Pi’s latest rally, easing sell pressure and fueling upward momentum.
Technically, the Pi Network price is displaying a clear attempt to break out of a bullish pattern.
The token recently exceeded the 50-day Exponential Moving Average (EMA) at $0.2627, a level that previously acted as a strong resistance zone.
A sustained movement above $0.28 could be a confirmation of a breakout that could target $0.36 in the short term.
Momentum indicators, however, paint a mixed picture, with the Relative Strength Index (RSI) currently sitting above 58, suggesting the asset is approaching overbought territory.
At the same time, the Money Flow Index (MFI) hints at slowing inflows, creating the possibility of short-term consolidation before another push higher.
A failure to reclaim $0.28 could trigger a pullback toward $0.20, where strong support has held since mid-October.
Despite potential volatility, market sentiment remains upbeat.
The network’s strong fundamentals and reduced exchange supply continue to draw traders and long-term holders.
Pi’s recovery from its October low of $0.172 to recent highs around $0.29 underscores the renewed optimism surrounding the project.
Beyond market charts, Pi Network’s ecosystem continues to mature rapidly.
The project’s upcoming ISO 20022 integration, aligned with the global financial messaging standard, is seen as a gateway to real-world adoption.
The move will allow Pi to connect more efficiently with banking systems, potentially enabling SWIFT compatibility for faster and cheaper cross-border transactions.
Built on the Stellar Consensus Protocol (SCP), Pi Network’s blockchain prioritises scalability, security, and energy efficiency.
This technical framework supports regulatory compliance while minimising environmental impact, positioning Pi alongside ISO 20022-compliant assets like XRP and XLM.
Community confidence has also strengthened as Pi’s automated KYC system verified over 3.36 million users, resolving one of the project’s major bottlenecks.
The growing mainnet base now stands at 2.69 million active users, reflecting sustained ecosystem expansion ahead of the November 22 milestone.
The Pi Network price rebound reflects both technical recovery and growing ecosystem confidence.
While short-term traders eye the $0.30 resistance for signs of continuation, long-term observers point to Pi’s steady progress toward financial standardisation and global interoperability.
As the project approaches its ISO 20022 rollout, Pi Network is steadily bridging the gap between blockchain and traditional finance.
But whether the current bullish run holds or pauses for consolidation, the network’s growing user base, tighter token supply, and upcoming integrations suggest that the Pi Network price may be entering a defining phase in its evolution toward real-world adoption.
The post Pi Network price rebounds: 2.7M migrate as bulls target $0.30 breakout appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post This New Crypto Priced Under $0.04 Might Change Your Crypto Portfolio Forever appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Every market cycle brings a handful of early-stage projects that redefine what’s possible in DeFi — and investors are always on the lookout for the best crypto to buy now before the next major breakout. With Bitcoin and Ethereum already commanding massive market caps, the biggest opportunities often come from new cryptocurrencies priced under $1 that still have room for exponential growth.
One token currently fitting that profile is Mutuum Finance (MUTM) — a DeFi protocol combining real utility, security, and transparency with a fast-moving presale that’s turning heads across the crypto industry. Still priced under $0.04, analysts say MUTM could be the next big cryptocurrency that reshapes portfolios heading into 2026.
Mutuum Finance’s presale has rapidly evolved into one of the most talked-about events in the DeFi space this year. The project has already raised over $17.8 million from more than 17,400 investors, with over 770 million tokens sold to date. The current MUTM price is $0.035 in Phase 6, which is 72% complete. Once this stage closes, the price will rise to $0.04, ahead of the official listing price of $0.06.
What makes Mutuum Finance’s presale stand out is its fixed-price, fixed-allocation structure. Each stage has a predetermined token count and price, offering investors a clear and transparent view of progress. This tiered system rewards early buyers with visible price appreciation as demand grows — for example, participants from Phase 1 at $0.01 have already seen a 250% increase, with potential token appreciation of up to 500% at listing.
To keep engagement high, Mutuum Finance has also introduced a 24-hour leaderboard that resets at 00:00 UTC, granting the top daily contributor $500 worth of MUTM tokens. This feature not only promotes active participation but also reinforces transparency.
Mutuum Finance (MUTM) is an Ethereum-based decentralized lending and borrowing protocol built to bring structure, transparency, and scalability to DeFi markets. The system operates through dual lending markets, one providing pooled liquidity for major assets like ETH and USDT, and another supporting isolated, customizable lending arrangements for more tailored financial use cases.
Users who deposit assets into these markets receive mtTokens, ERC-20 yield-bearing tokens that automatically accumulate interest as borrowers repay their loans. Borrowing rates are utilization-based, adjusting dynamically to market conditions: when liquidity is plentiful, rates remain lower to encourage borrowing; when liquidity tightens, rates rise to attract new deposits and maintain pool stability.
On the security side, Mutuum Finance’s smart contracts have undergone an audit by CertiK, earning a strong 90/100 Token Scan score. This result places it among the most secure DeFi projects currently in presale.
The Mutuum Finance V1 testnet is scheduled for Q4 2025 on Sepolia, marking a major step toward full product rollout. The launch will feature critical components such as the Liquidity Pool, mtToken system, Debt Token, and Liquidator Bot, all of which will work together to facilitate on-chain lending, borrowing, and liquidation management. Initial supported assets include ETH and USDT, with more tokens expected to follow as the ecosystem expands.
Looking ahead, Mutuum Finance plans to expand beyond Ethereum mainnet with a Layer-2 scaling solution designed to reduce transaction fees and enhance processing speed for high-volume users. This move will make lending, borrowing, and liquidation operations significantly more cost-efficient — a crucial advantage for a DeFi protocol aiming to attract both retail and institutional participants. By improving throughput and lowering gas costs, the Layer-2 upgrade positions Mutuum Finance as a more scalable and accessible DeFi crypto as network activity grows heading into 2026.
Momentum around Mutuum Finance continues to build as Phase 6 nears completion, with just under 30% of the current allocation remaining. Large contributors, typically early-stage investors with six-figure entries, have started making visible allocations, a sign that experienced market participants recognize the long-term potential of the project.
Analysts often point out that early-stage DeFi tokens tend to generate the biggest gains in the first year post-launch. Similar patterns were seen with early versions of Aave and Compound, both of which grew exponentially after their mainnet deployments. With MUTM priced at just $0.035 and its roadmap focused on lending use cases, many investors see this as the last opportunity to enter before the next price jump to $0.04.
For more information about Mutuum Finance (MUTM) visit the links below:
Website: https://www.mutuum.com
Linktree: https://linktr.ee/mutuumfinance
The post XRP Jumps 6% to $2.63, But Digitap’s ($TAP) $1 Million Milestone Signals a Much Bigger Breakout Ahead appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Animal spirits are back. XRP just ripped 6% in a day, reclaimed $2.50, and investors are leaning forward in the chair—it is time to pay attention again. But even more exciting is presale velocity, and there are plenty of hidden gems, criminally undervalued currently, that could one day join the current cohort of blue-chip projects.
Digitap’s ($TAP) presale just crossed $1 million, and whale participation has driven most of this. Early-stage buyers are treating $TAP like the next stage of the cross-border payments trade. Some are even calling Digitap “XRP 2.0,” and the setup looks perfect.
XRP proved that money wants faster rails. Stablecoins proved that money wants to live on-chain in dollar form. Digitap is the first to package both worlds into a single experience—here is everything investors need to know.
Sentiment changes fast, and nobody was expecting such a quick reversal after the October flash crash, which flushed practically all the built-up leverage out of the system. XRP is up more than 10% over the last week and is currently fighting the 200-day moving average.
Bulls need to reclaim this level ($2.61) because if they do, and it turns into support, it would mark the start of a long-term bullish impulse. XRP jumping 6% on the day and clearing $2.50 is a signal that investors should be paying attention to it.
This type of move signals the market wants to own risk and that interest in the cross-border trade remains red hot. The demand for faster settlement and cheaper remittance is not going away. And if majors are putting in 6% daily candles, small caps could be preparing to put in some monstrous moves.
The biggest macro trade in crypto right now is payments. Stablecoins are in a secular bull run. And policy is incredibly pro-stablecoin because stablecoins extend dollar reach. The Federal Reserve is talking about lighter account access for fintechs and stablecoin issuers.
All of those signals point in the same direction: dollar liquidity is being pushed onto programmable rails and treated as normal money.
That is exactly where Digitap enters. Growth in 2025 will be driven by giving normal people and globally connected businesses a way to treat stablecoins, cash, and crypto as one balance and move it instantly. $TAP’s presale has skyrocketed past $1 million since launch, and it is riding the stablecoin gold rush in style.
Digitap brands itself as the world’s first omni-bank. In simple terms, it means one environment where all forms of money live together and behave the same way. Fiat, stablecoins, and crypto are all held in a single account with a clean, banking-grade interface. And users can download the app today on iOS and Android.
But the crucial part is under the surface. Digitap can move value over traditional banking rails or via blockchains, depending on which path is cheaper and faster at that exact moment. Its multi-rail architecture includes the old system and the new, and that’s how it is breaking down the siloes between systems.
Everything routes through Digitap’s decision engine. When users send a cross-border payment, the system decides which rails to use: SEPA, SWIFT, Faster Payments, ACH, or blockchain. And when users pay with an on-chain balance using their Visa card, it looks for the best possible swap price. This is what money looks like in the twenty-first century.
Digitap is a live product. And that is why large buyers have begun treating it as the “XRP 2.0 trade.” While XRP chased bank adoption, Digitap is going after consumers first and has made the money layer feel like online banking from day one.
Momentum is king in crypto, and presale clearing $1 million raised in record time is the signal. Investors are choosing high-conviction infrastructure plays tied to stablecoins and payment rails.
$TAP is available for $0.0194 right now. But soon there is a programmed step to $0.0268 in the next round—more than a 38% move higher for investors who act quickly.
But the driving force behind these inflows is $TAP’s tokenomics model. It has a fixed supply of 2 billion with a powerful flywheel. Digitap commits 50% of platform profits to buy $TAP on the open market. Half is burned and removed from circulation permanently, and the other half is distributed to stakers.
Use of the platform becomes programmatic buy pressure. And that’s why whales love this model. Holding $TAP is a direct bet on platform growth, and this is the same approach all of this cycle’s most successful altcoins have implemented—real revenue used for buybacks.
Each cycle has a theme that creates massive winners. Last time it was DeFi, which sent layer 1s to crazy valuations. This cycle, it is stablecoins and projects that merge old money and new money.
Traditional finance wants on-chain dollars, and on-chain finance wants access to the real economy. Digitap is perfectly positioned as a product that becomes an index bet on the entire payments wave.
$TAP is arriving in the middle of a stablecoin boom, under an openly pro-innovation policy regime and with Visa rails live. That is why Digitap is earning the “XRP 2.0” nickname and sits firmly on any good shortlist of the best cryptos to buy now.
Discover how Digitap is unifying cash and crypto by checking out their project here:
The post Bitcoin Price Prediction 2025: Why November Could Be the Jackpot Month? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
As October draws to a close, optimism around Bitcoin price prediction 2025 is heating up. With BTC reclaiming key technical levels and macro events aligning in the final week of the month, November could emerge as the ignition point for a major bullish phase across crypto markets led by Bitcoin’s resurgence.
This final week of October is shaping up to be one of the most pivotal in months. Multiple macro catalysts are converging simultaneously, as an analyst has mentioned that the end of quantitative tightening (QT) could be near, potential rate cuts have a higher likelihood than ever, a $1.5 trillion liquidity injection could boost US sentiment, and renewed U.S.-China cooperation could completely rejuvenate the market.
If these developments unfold as anticipated, the result could be a massive surge in global liquidity and risk appetite. The combination of macro, liquidity, and narrative dynamics sets a near-perfect stage for a breakout going into November.
Bitcoin price today is trading around $115,196, marking a sharp 12% rebound from its mid-October low of $103,750. This surge has propelled BTC price above its 200-day EMA, a historically significant indicator.
The last time Bitcoin crossed this level was in Q2 2025, it triggered a powerful upward rally, and similar momentum appears to be building again.
On the Bitcoin price chart, the move above all above major EMAs into new support zones. Now, sustaining above them reinforces bullish sentiment and increases the likelihood of continued upside in the BTC price USD range.
Based on the bullish circumstances from this week’s event, the coming November could see the primary target of $ 130,000 and the next target at $ 145,000 before the year concludes, if bullish momentum continues.
Following a series of outflows, Bitcoin ETF products are now experiencing net positive inflows. On October 24, $90 million in fresh institutional capital flowed into Bitcoin ETFs, signaling renewed investor confidence.
If this momentum continues, october ending days could attract even more institutional liquidity into the market before heading into November.
Simultaneously, on-chain data reveals a steep decline in Bitcoin exchange reserves since September, implying mass accumulation by long-term holders.
Over the past ten days, nearly 7 million BTC have moved back into profit territory, including 5.1 million coins held by investors under six months, per an CryptoQuant insight. This shift indicates growing conviction among newer market participants and a strengthening market structure.
Behaviorally, profitability breeds confidence. As short-term holders see consistent gains, they’re less likely to sell prematurely and more inclined to add to positions. This gradual transformation from short-term speculation to medium-term conviction is a hallmark of early bull market phases.
If Bitcoin maintains its position above these realized price levels, it could confirm a structural transition back to optimism potentially paving the way for another leg up in the broader crypto rally. With momentum, macro alignment, and ETF inflows all trending upward, the Bitcoin price prediction 2025 looks increasingly promising.
As per Coinpedia’s BTC price prediction, the Bitcoin price could peak at $168k this year if the bullish sentiment sustains.
With increased adoption, the price of Bitcoin could reach a height of $901,383.47 in 2030.
As per our latest BTC price analysis, Bitcoin could reach a maximum price of $13,532,059.98
By 2050, a single BTC price could go as high as $377,949,106.84
The post China’s Central Bank Governor Warns Stablecoins Pose Risks to Global Financial System appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Stablecoins have been attracting increasing attention lately as banks and institutions explore its growing role in digital finance. However, despite its rapid innovation and increased adoption, some officials believe that it is in its early stages and the risks remain.
Pan Gongsheng, Governor of the People’s Bank of China, recently noted that virtual currencies, especially stablecoins issued by institutions, have seen a surge in growth over the past few years. However, he pointed out that the industry is still in its early stages.
Moreover, global financial bodies regulators are also growing increasingly cautious about the development of stablecoins.
Just ten days ago, at the IMF and World Bank Annual Meetings in Washington, D.C., finance ministers and central bank governors discussed stablecoin and their potential risks as one of the main topics. They noted that while stablecoins are growing popular, they still fall short of basic financial standards like the customer identification and anti-money laundering measures.
Officials warn that these very gaps could make it easier for money-laundering, illegal cross-border transfers and even terrorist financing to occur. This has led to increased market speculation, adding pressure to the global financial system and concerns that it could even threaten the monetary sovereignty of smaller, less-developed economies.
These issues highlight the need for stronger oversight measures, before stablecoins can safely play a larger role in the financial system.
The governor has stressed that since 2017, the People’s Bank of China (PBOC), together with other departments, has introduced several policies in an effort to prevent and address the risks of domestic virtual currency trading speculation. He also noted that these measures are still in effect.
Looking ahead, the PBOC will keep working with the law enforcement agencies to continue cracking down on the operation and speculation of virtual currencies in China. At the same time, it will also closely monitor the growth of overseas stablecoins.
This comes as Ant Group, Alibaba’s fintech arm, filed a trademark for “AntCoin” in Hong Kong, hinting at its growing interest in Web3 and digital assets. The trademark covers a wide range of financial operations from banking, lending, foreign exchange to blockchain settlement, digital-asset custody, stablecoin issuance, and even loyalty rewards.
It has previously faced pushback as the Chinese authorities ordered the company to halt its plans due to concerns over privately controlled digital assets.
However, its latest move shows that it is moving forward despite China maintaining a tight grip on crypto activity.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
China’s central bank says stablecoins are still in early stages and could pose financial risks without stronger oversight.
Global officials worry stablecoins may enable money laundering, cross-border risks, and threaten smaller nations’ monetary control.
Since 2017, China has banned crypto trading and continues cracking down on illegal transactions and speculative activities.
The post Bitcoin Cash Price Breaks $550, Is the $615 Target Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Bitcoin Cash has burst back into the spotlight with a sharp upward move that is catching traders’ attention. In just one day, the BCH price has climbed 6.64% to $558.91, and in the past week alone, it’s rallied an impressive 16.28%. With the market cap pushing $11.17 billion and 24-hour trading volume spiking 65% to $774.45 million, Bitcoin Cash is showing real momentum.
What’s behind this comeback? First, fears of a $4 billion Bitcoin and BCH sale have eased now that repayments from the long-awaited Mt. Gox case are delayed until 2026. That has taken a big supply shock off the table for now. Adding fuel to the rally, T. Rowe inclusion of BCH in its crypto ETF filing is being seen as a nod of institutional validation.
Looking at the charts, Bitcoin Cash price has punched through both the 7-day and 30-day SMAs. It is now standing clear above $497.86 and $536.94. At $558.91, BCH is trading close to its daily peak of $564.25, miles above the session low of $536.57. The RSI14 sits at 58.45, which gives a neutral-to-bullish read. The MACD histogram has turned positive with a +5.82 print, supporting the bullish view.
A rising 24-hour volume, up nearly 66%, confirms that buyers are not just optimistic but also backing their conviction with real capital. Price is currently challenging the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement level at $577.32. This is a critical area, a clear close above $577 could open the door for a move toward the next resistance zone at $615. Contrarily, the $534 support level will be closely watched. Holding above it keeps the uptrend intact, while a break back below could lead to profit-taking.
The current backdrop suggests that traders are eyeing a potential bullish continuation, provided that volume stays high and no negative headlines emerge. With institutional interest growing and technicals aligning, Bitcoin Cash price prediction models are becoming increasingly optimistic for the week ahead. However, markets can turn quickly, so monitoring key levels and adjusting risk is crucial.
This move is fueled by a mix of positive technical signals, a significant drop in sell-off fears due to the Mt. Gox repayment delay. And growing institutional interest as justified by ETF filings mentioning BCH.
Critical resistance sits at $577 and $615. Support is at $534. A close above $577 may trigger further gains, while a slip below $534 could spark selling.
Momentum is bullish with rising volume and positive MACD. Still, staying above $534 is crucial for the rally to continue. A move below could stall upward momentum.
The post Strategy Buys 390 BTC, Bringing Total to 640,808 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Strategy acquired 390 BTC for approximately $43.4 million, at an average price of $111,053 per bitcoin, achieving a strong 26% yield in 2025 year-to-date. As of October 26, 2025, the company holds a total of 640,808 BTC purchased for around $47.44 billion, with an average cost of $74,032 per bitcoin. This reflects MicroStrategy’s continued confidence and aggressive strategy in bitcoin accumulation and investment growth this year.
The post XRP Price Builds Momentum as Macro Catalysts and ETF Hopes Spark Accumulation appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The broader crypto market appears to be approaching a major turning point and XRP price is positioned right in the middle of it. With liquidity expected to surge and macro catalysts aligning, XRP’s consolidation phase could soon give way to a decisive breakout, setting the tone for a new bullish cycle.
As the global economy braces for a series of synchronized macro shifts, risk assets like crypto are gaining renewed attention. The end of quantitative tightening (QT), the prospect of rate cuts, and a $1.5 trillion liquidity injection are building the foundation for what could be a historic rally.
Combined with easing U.S.-China tensions and strong S&P earnings, the current setup paints a “risk-on” environment. This perfect storm of liquidity, narrative, and capital rotation makes digital assets such as Bitcoin, Ethereum, and particularly XRP stand out among blue-chip cryptocurrencies.
Currently, XRP price hovers around $2.62, with a market cap of $157 billion and $4.49 billion in 24-hour trading volume. On the XRP price chart, the token is converging within a symmetrical triangle pattern.
This price compression indicates an extended accumulation phase. Smart money appears to be quietly positioning ahead of what could be a significant shift once volatility expands. The resilience of XRP price today highlights growing investor confidence despite ongoing macro uncertainties.
Interestingly, on-chain metrics from the XRP Ledger DEX are flashing bullish signals. Since May 2025, while price consolidation has continued, the DEX transaction count has been steadily rising shows that order activity and liquidity are building beneath the surface.
This surge in transactional engagement, including order placements and cancellations, reflects heightened participation from sophisticated traders. Such patterns typically precede strong price movements, suggesting that the market is “coiling the spring” for a sharp upside breakout once catalysts align.
Perhaps the most influential upcoming driver for XRP crypto is the growing anticipation around a potential XRP ETF launch. Recent discussions indicate that spot crypto ETFs for XRP, Solana, and Litecoin are ready for regulatory clearance once Washington resumes full operations.
Next two weeks?
— Nate Geraci (@NateGeraci) October 27, 2025
Spot xrp, sol, ltc, & other ETF filings all lined up & ready for launch. pic.twitter.com/BVLbfSeD0K
Market commentators describe this situation as a “dam about to burst,” with the delay in approval being the only barrier holding back institutional inflows. Once lifted, the wave of new ETF products could dramatically increase XRP exposure, shifting it from an accumulation phase to a sustained XRP price rally.
Analysts and AI forecasts project XRP could reach $5.05 by the end of 2025, driven by ETF approvals, partnerships, and regulatory clarity.
Based on compounding growth and adoption, projections estimate XRP could trade around $26.50 by 2030, with averages near $19.75.
Hypothetically, yes—if XRP reaches $500+ and an investor holds a significant amount (e.g., 2,000 XRP). However, this is speculative and depends on extreme long-term growth.
XRP is considered a strong investment due to its institutional adoption, regulatory progress, and role in cross-border payments. However, it carries volatility risks like all cryptocurrencies.
The post Canada Fast-Tracks Stablecoin Rules Ahead of November 4 Budget appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Canada’s crypto scene is heating up and the government is leading the charge.
Ottawa is moving fast to bring stablecoin regulations to the table, with details expected in the federal budget on November 4, just days after a record-breaking $126 million fine hit a crypto company for anti-money laundering violations.
Here’s what you should know.
According to Bloomberg, officials have spent the past few weeks in intense talks with regulators and industry leaders to finalize how stablecoins will be governed in Canada. The discussions are expected to result in clear regulatory proposals when Finance Minister François-Philippe Champagne presents the new budget next week.
Stablecoins are seen as a key bridge between digital assets and mainstream finance. But in Canada, the rules have been unclear. Regulators currently treat stablecoins as securities or derivatives, creating uncertainty for companies and investors.
Meanwhile, the US has already taken a major step forward.
The Genius Act, passed in July, gave US regulators the authority to supervise stablecoin issuers and set reserve standards. The law treats compliant stablecoins as payment instruments, a move the crypto industry has largely welcomed.
Industry leaders are urging Canada to act quickly or risk falling behind. John Ruffolo, founder of Maverix Private Equity, warned that if the government doesn’t move soon, Canadian investors may shift to US stablecoins, which could hurt demand for Canadian bonds and weaken local financial control.
“Every Canadian who transacts in a US stablecoin funds American debt, enriches American institutions and exports our financial data south,” Ruffolo wrote earlier this month.
Even the Bank of Canada and the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) have called for a national framework to close the gap.
Former deputy governor Carolyn Wilkins said Canada needs rules that build “trust, security, stability and competitiveness” in the payments space.
Just last week, FINTRAC, Canada’s financial watchdog, fined Cryptomus (Xeltox Enterprises Ltd) a record $126 million for 2,593 anti-money laundering violations – the largest fine ever issued in Canada’s crypto sector.
Investigators found the company failed to report suspicious transactions linked to child abuse, ransomware, and Iran-related transfers. The operations traced back to Uzbekistan and Spain.
FINTRAC said the company’s weak systems “significantly impair transparency and accountability,” adding that Canada’s crypto sector still has major gaps criminals can exploit.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
After years of hesitation, Canada appears ready to tighten enforcement and draft long-awaited rules.
Canada plans to set clear rules for stablecoins in the November 4 federal budget, covering reserves, licensing, and oversight.
Stablecoin rules will bring clarity, build trust, and help integrate digital assets into Canada’s mainstream financial system.
The US Genius Act already regulates stablecoins as payment tools; Canada’s move aims to create a similar, balanced framework.
The post Enough About Ethereum (ETH) and Bitcoin (BTC), These 4 Tokens Cheaper Than a Cup of Coffee Are Stronger Buys in Q4 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Investors are beginning to ask a crucial question: where’s the next wave of big returns going to come from? While BTC and ETH continue to dominate headlines, their massive market caps mean smaller, cheaper tokens often deliver higher percentage gains in early bull phases. As we enter Q4 2025, four coins, Little Pepe (LILPEPE), Ethena (ENA), Pudgy Penguins (PENGU), and Dogecoin (DOGE), are emerging as high-upside opportunities priced lower than a cup of coffee.
Among low-priced tokens, Little Pepe (LILPEPE) is quickly becoming the most talked-about project of 2025. Now in Stage 13 of its presale at $0.0022 per token. The project’s final presale price is set at $0.003, meaning early buyers could already be sitting on strong paper gains before its official launch.
But what truly sets LILPEPE apart is its blockchain innovation, it’s launching as the world’s first meme-focused Layer 2 EVM chain, combining lightning-fast speed, ultra-low fees, and sniper-bot-resistant technology to ensure fair trading for all users. Its ecosystem includes a Meme Launchpad, NFT marketplace, and staking rewards, positioning it far beyond a simple meme coin. Little Pepe’s presale success is further fueled by major incentives, including a $777,000 giveaway and a 15 ETH Mega Giveaway, which has drawn thousands of participants. With CertiK’s audit score of 95.49% and upcoming listings on two top centralized exchanges, analysts believe LILPEPE could become one of the top meme coins of the bull cycle, rivaling Dogecoin and Shiba Inu in cultural impact and performance.
Smart investors are discreetly buying Ethena (ENA), an infrastructure play, while meme currencies make headlines. Ethereum-based Ethena drives the synthetic dollar (USDe) and yield-bearing sUSDe, which use futures hedging rather than collateral-only reserves to maintain their pegs. This strategy attracts top backers. Ethena raised $530 million in PIPE investment, raising its total to roughly $900 million. Brevan Howard, Susquehanna Crypto, and YZi Labs support its model in the long term. ENA is 49% below its all-time high, but analysts expect stablecoin usage to boost it. Ethena might quietly power DeFi’s next growth phase as Bitcoin and Ethereum reach new highs.
Pudgy Penguins (PENGU) has grown from a lovely NFT project to a meme coin. At $0.02017, PENGU has a market valuation exceeding $1.7 billion and a daily trading volume of approximately $320 million. After key partnerships and cross-platform integrations, its price rose 18%. A retest of $0.033 could drive another breakout before year-end, say analysts. PENGU is becoming one of Q4’s best low-cost buys with record community participation and meme momentum. Pudgy Penguins has abundant cultural power and growth potential in a meme-driven market.
Although Dogecoin is no longer under a penny, its $0.19 pricing makes it a “cheap” entry relative to BTC or ETH. DOGE, up 131% year-over-year, has broken key resistance zones and is bullish with daily volumes over $2.5 billion. Dogecoin rallies have typically been driven by retail traders, and Elon Musk’s support on X (formerly Twitter) and ambitions to integrate it into payment systems make it one of the most well-known and resilient meme assets. Dogecoin should be in every meme portfolio heading into the next bull run due to its liquidity, brand strength, and long-term staying power.
Little Pepe, Ethena, Pudgy Penguins, and Dogecoin all trade below $1, yet each offers a unique narrative, growing community, and explosive potential as Q4 unfolds. Of the four, Little Pepe (LILPEPE) stands out as the clear frontrunner, merging meme energy with real blockchain infrastructure and record-breaking presale momentum. With analysts projecting a 100x upside once it lists, it’s the token that could redefine meme investing this cycle.
For more information about Little Pepe (LILPEPE) visit the links below:
Lord Christopher Holmes spoke of the “extraordinary potential” of blockchain to transform public services on Day 2 of the London Blockchain Conference.
The post Lord Holmes expounds ‘extraordinary potential’ of blockchain appeared first on CoinGeek.
Increased whale activity on Hyperliquid suggests a shift towards decentralized platforms for high-leverage crypto trading, impacting market dynamics.
The post Whale deposits $3.72M USDC into Hyperliquid, opens $27.7M BTC long appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
Strategy's Bitcoin acquisition strategy may influence corporate treasury practices, promoting Bitcoin as a key asset amid economic uncertainty.
The post Strategy acquires 390 Bitcoin valued at $43M appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The acquisition reflects growing institutional interest in Bitcoin as a strategic asset, potentially influencing broader market adoption.
The post Eric Trump’s American Bitcoin acquires 1,414 BTC appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
BlackRock's significant crypto deposit into Coinbase Prime underscores growing institutional trust and integration in digital asset markets.
The post BlackRock deposits $225M in Bitcoin and Ether into Coinbase Prime appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
The extended deadline highlights ongoing challenges in crypto bankruptcy resolutions, impacting creditor trust and industry stability.
The post Mt. Gox extends repayment deadline by one year appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
China's crackdown on digital currencies underscores its commitment to monetary sovereignty and control over financial stability.
The post China vows to crack down on digital currency operations and speculation appeared first on Crypto Briefing.
According to market snapshots, Zcash rose about 30% in a 24-hour span, moving from roughly $272 to a peak near $355. The coin has been up more than 40% in the last week.
The token’s gain outpaced all other top 50 coins by market cap during the same window. Volume spiked at the same time, showing traders piled in quickly after a single social post touched off the move.
Based on reports on social media, the rally was partly driven by traders reacting to a bullish post from Arthur Hayes on X.
Contributors on platforms like Binance Square flagged the post, and one user known as AB Kuai Dong said an endorsement by what he called a “legendary Silicon Valley investor” pushed people into the market.
Vibe check $ZEC to $10k pic.twitter.com/tBc0WaxzZ1
— Arthur Hayes (@CryptoHayes) October 26, 2025
Another poster, Clemente, who is listed as a board member at treasury firm K9Strategy, said they joined the trade because they felt “so much FOMO I couldn’t keep myself sidelined.” These bursts of hype pushed more orders onto the books and helped lift the price in a short time.
Hayes has prompted market moves before. At a Tokyo conference in August 2025, he predicted Hyperliquid’s HYPE token could climb 126 times over three years.
That call produced a modest market response then — roughly a 5% uptick for HYPE — but it showed how a single forecast from a well-known figure can sway trader behavior.
Market participants say such calls sometimes lead to brief spikes and sometimes to longer trends. Follow-through, depth of liquidity, and general demand all matter.
Reports have disclosed that Zcash rallied close to 500% over the last 30 days and crossed a $5 billion market cap on Sunday, according to CoinMarketCap data.
At the same time, Monero, the largest privacy coin by market cap, ticked up about 3.2% to trade near $345 and remains restricted on many big exchanges, highlighting differences in access and regulatory pressure.
Technical Indicators Show Choppy Momentum
According to a recent Zcash price outlook, ZEC is forecast to rise about 52% and reach $558 by November 26, 2025. Current technical indicators are flagged Bullish, while the Fear & Greed Index sat at 51, a neutral reading.
Over the past 30 days Zcash posted 19/30 green days, which is 63%, and showed 37% price volatility. Those numbers point to strong recent momentum but also to a bumpy ride. Some gains may hold if new buyers arrive and liquidity tightens; other gains could fade quickly if selling pressure appears.
Based on reports and the data above, the Zcash move highlights how social signals can trigger rapid trading flows. The numbers are eye-catching. Still, traders and observers will be watching whether demand deepens or the rally is a short-lived reaction to hype.
Featured image from Gemini, chart from TradingView
The Dogecoin weekly chart is flashing a cluster of technically constructive signals, according to crypto analyst Cantonese Cat (@cantonmeow), who published a four-panel weekly read on DOGE on Oct. 27. Price is currently hovering near $0.208 on Binance spot, and the setup he highlights pivots on four independent checks: the cycle-high anchored VWAP, Ichimoku “Katana” support, a 0.5 log-scale Fibonacci hold, and conspicuously light sell-side volume during the recent drawdown.
In his post, Cantonese Cat wrote: “Attempting to reclaim cycle high AVWAP as support. Claiming Ichimoku Tenkan + Kijun fusion (blue and red lines fused together), AKA Katana, as support so far. Holding 0.5 log fib from cycle high–cycle low as support so far. There’s been no volume so far during this downturn on multiple exchanges including Coinbase and Binance, and all it takes is just some volume to come in and we could reverse any downtrend in a hurry.”
On the anchored VWAP chart, the teal line measured from Dogecoin’s cycle peak tracks the market’s volume-weighted cost basis since the 2021 top. DOGE is pressing that band from above/at parity, attempting to convert it into support after a failed breakdown earlier this month.
On a weekly basis, closing and subsequently holding above the cycle-high AVWAP tilts risk-reward positively because it implies the marginal participant who bought since the peak is no longer underwater. Notably, the most recent weekly wick that probed below the band—printing a sharp stab toward the low-$0.09s—was retraced swiftly, with subsequent candles clustering back around ~$0.21. That rejection of lower prices right at the anchored VWAP argues against sustained distribution at current levels.
The Ichimoku frame reinforces the same idea. Tenkan-sen and Kijun-sen are fused around ~$0.2009 on the weekly (a configuration the analyst labels “Katana”), and price is currently riding that confluence as support. The cloud (Senkou span) remains red and overhead, spanning roughly the $0.24s into the ~$0.29 region, which defines the near-term supply zone that would need to be cleared on a weekly close to confirm trend resumption.
Until then, the Katana acting as a shelf at ~$0.20 is the near line in the sand; lose it decisively and the bias flips back to testing deeper supports, but sustain it and the path of least resistance shifts to re-engaging the cloud’s lower boundary.
Fibonacci context adds precision to those levels. Measured log-scale from the cycle high to the cycle low, DOGE has so far defended the 0.5 retracement at $0.19070 on multiple weekly closes.
That 50% line is the pivot of the current structure: a confirmed weekly close and acceptance below would hand momentum to bears toward the 0.382 at $0.13847, while continued defense keeps the market pointed at successive retracement ceilings overhead—the 0.618 at $0.26261, the 0.707 at $0.33430, the 0.786 at $0.41416, and the 0.886 at $0.54318—before the full retrace to the cycle high marker around $0.73995.
Price has been oscillating in a broad $0.16–$0.27 corridor for months; sitting above the 0.5 while probing the AVWAP strengthens the case that the mid-$0.20s could be revisited if buyers can reclaim momentum.
Volume is the wild card—and the fourth reason the analyst cites for optimism. The weekly histogram across multiple years shows that persistent selloffs have been accompanied by contracting volume, with downward arrows on the chart denoting successive periods of declining activity into lows.
By contrast, the last major impulsive advance in late 2024 printed the cycle’s heaviest weekly turnover. The current downturn lacks that distribution signature; bins on Coinbase and Binance have thinned rather than expanded. In market-structure terms, falling volume on pullbacks is textbook corrective behavior, and it leaves the door open for a sharp reversal if/when demand returns.
Put together, the four lenses describe a market sitting on top of a stacked support cluster: the cycle-high AVWAP roughly at the current price, the Ichimoku Katana fused near ~$0.2009, and the 0.5 log Fibonacci at $0.19070 just below. The invalidation path is clear enough—a decisive weekly loss of the $0.19 handle would expose the $0.13847 (0.382) shelf—while the upside path is equally mapped: first reclaim the lower edge of the cloud in the low-$0.20s, then test $0.26261 (0.618), with any weekly close through that level shifting focus to $0.33430 and beyond.
At press time, DOGE traded at $0.206.
Ethereum enters the week with a sturdier floor. The tenor feels different, not loud, just confident. The latest on-chain reads show a market that prefers patience over drama, with long holders adding and fewer coins sitting on trading venues. That mix supports a measured push toward a decisive move above the recent pivot.
The case starts with concrete data. Whale addresses holding 10,000 to 100,000 ETH expanded their stacks to roughly 31 million ETH, a band that grew during prior bull phases. Alongside that, total staked supply climbed to about 36.15 million ETH, while exchange reserves hovered near 15.9 million.
Together, the trio points to firmer hands and thinner near-term sell pressure, which often precedes breakouts when macro is not a headwind. These figures were highlighted in a Monday roundup that also noted ETH trading near 4,225 after a swift 7 percent rebound, published on October 27, 2025.
Ethereum staking is pulling coins out of the active float, which tightens supply during risk-on stretches and cushions drawdowns when volatility flickers. The mechanical effect is simple. Fewer liquid tokens on exchanges can amplify price sensitivity to fresh demand. The behavioral effect matters too. Participants willing to lock capital for yield tend to ignore noise and trade less often, which steadies the tape.
Policy and positioning sit in the background like stage lighting. The fund market premium tied to ETH has held in positive territory in recent snapshots, a sign that institutional appetite remains constructive when futures trade above spot. When that premium stays above zero, subsequent weeks have often leaned higher, according to prior analyses.
Public voices are adding color. Vitalik Buterin recently defended the design choice that exiting validators face some friction, stating that
“friction in quitting is part of the deal. An army cannot hold together if any percent of it can suddenly leave at any time.”
The framing underscores why a multi-week exit path exists and why the process lowers reflexive churn during stress events.
Regulatory temperature also enters the frame. Brian Armstrong has pressed for uniform access to services, writing that “more dominoes [are] falling” and that states blocking staking harm residents by limiting participation. The comment came alongside progress on staking availability in key jurisdictions, reinforcing the view that participation can broaden as rules settle.
From a trading perspective, Ethereum staking changes how pullbacks behave. When whales accumulate and a larger slice is locked, dips tend to meet bids faster, especially near well-watched supports. If buyers defend the 4,200 to 4,300 zone and the broader market avoids a macro shock, traders will likely lean into a retest of the next shelf overhead. The cleaner the order book, the faster momentum accounts re-enter.
The medium view improves if fund flows and derivatives stay balanced. A steady premium, coupled with calm liquidations, removes fuel for disorderly swings. That is the kind of backdrop where narratives breathe and relative strength rotates toward assets showing inflows. In that scenario, Ethereum staking can play the quiet role of ballast, letting incremental demand translate into a trend rather than chop.
Price prediction is never a promise, but the map is readable. If ETH holds above the pivot and clears 4,500 with volume, the path opens toward a measured climb into the mid-4,000s, with an eventual attempt at the prior all-time high if macro winds cooperate.
If the pivot fails, a revisit of lower support would not break the thesis unless exchange reserves rise and long holders start distributing. The presence of large locked supply through Ethereum staking would still argue for a patient, stair-step structure rather than a slide.
Momentum grows when supply tightens and confidence improves. With whales adding, reserves thin, and the fund premium supportive, the setup leans constructive. A clean push through the pivot would validate the view that Ethereum staking is acting like a new version of strong hands, turning calm conviction into staying power.
What is Ethereum staking and how does it affect price action?
Ethereum staking is the process of locking ETH to secure the network and earn yield. Reducing the liquid supply on exchanges can make prices more sensitive to fresh demand, which may support trend formation when sentiment is improving.
Why does the fund market premium matter for ETH?
A positive premium indicates that futures trade above spot, a sign of constructive positioning from larger investors. Persistent positive readings have historically aligned with upward drift in the following weeks.
Do validator exit queues weaken participation?
Design friction exists to protect network security. As Vitalik Buterin put it, “friction in quitting is part of the deal,” which reduces herd exits during stress.
Fund Market Premium
A metric comparing futures pricing to spot that helps gauge institutional sentiment. Positive values often signal supportive demand from professional money.
Exchange Reserves
The aggregate ETH held on trading venues. Lower reserves suggest fewer coins available for immediate sale and can point to reduced sell pressure.
Realized Price
An on-chain estimate of the average cost basis for all coins. Price action above realized price indicates aggregate profit, while deep moves below have aligned with capitulation zones in past cycles.
Whale Accumulation Band
A supply band tracking holdings of large addresses. Rising balances in the 10,000 to 100,000 cohort have preceded strong cycles in earlier years.
Read More: Ethereum Staking turns into staying power as ETH eyes a 4,500">Ethereum Staking turns into staying power as ETH eyes a 4,500
Could the next crypto cycle be shaped by a presale token outperforming giants like Chainlink and Avalanche? With institutional capital returning and investor optimism growing, the conversation is changing fast. Analysts suggest that the top new crypto presales today are attracting more attention than many long-established altcoins. BullZilla ($BZIL) is now at the heart of this buzz, a meme-driven project with serious fundamentals that merges community energy, transparent tokenomics, and verifiable ROI tracking through BlockchainFX analytics. The result is a presale model investors can finally trust, balancing hype with hard data and structure.
The renewed excitement surrounding BullZilla, Chainlink, and Avalanche signals a new phase in market maturity. Speculation alone no longer drives the charts; it’s about utility, interoperability, and proven staking ecosystems that actually work. Each project here embodies a different aspect of crypto progress, BullZilla with its algorithmic presale structure, Chainlink powering real-world data feeds across Web3, and Avalanche delivering lightning-fast DeFi scalability. Together, they show that the next wave of success belongs to projects blending transparency, speed, and function rather than just hype.
Avalanche (AVAX) remains one of 2025’s strongest Layer-1 contenders. Trading near $37, it continues attracting institutional partners for its lightning-fast speeds, customizable subnets, and low transaction fees. Reports show over 75,000 daily active users and increasing stablecoin activity, placing it among the top five DeFi networks. Partnerships with financial institutions using Evergreen Subnets for tokenized finance have strengthened its foothold in regulated blockchain infrastructure. These moves reinforce Avalanche’s vision of merging enterprise trust with decentralized technology while maintaining its competitive edge against Ethereum’s congestion.
Avalanche’s low latency and energy efficiency make it ideal for DeFi, gaming, and tokenized applications demanding quick finality. As developers crowd Ethereum, Avalanche’s subnets offer a scalable escape hatch. The network’s focus on compliance and institutional collaboration sets it apart as a blockchain ready for mainstream adoption. With its technical prowess and user growth, AVAX is evolving from a competitor to a cornerstone within the top new crypto presales today, promising enduring relevance and scalability.
Avalanche’s subnets and institutional partnerships are driving adoption across tokenized finance. Its scalability, transaction speed, and low fees make it a preferred choice for enterprises seeking regulatory-friendly blockchain infrastructure.
Yes. Avalanche’s growth in active users, partnerships, and developer engagement solidifies its status as a top Layer-1 asset. Its efficiency and compliance-ready model position it for lasting long-term adoption and network resilience.
BullZilla is redefining how early-stage crypto investing works. Built on Ethereum, this presale project is gaining massive traction thanks to its Progressive Price Engine, 24-stage structure, and Roarblood Vault staking system. The project sits at Stage 8A, priced at $0.0001924, with over $960,000 raised, 31 billion tokens sold, and a community of 3,200 holders. The listing price is set at $0.00527141, and each stage increases by roughly 3.4%, creating built-in scarcity.
What makes BullZilla stand out among the top new crypto presales today is its hybrid of meme energy and financial logic. The token’s design ensures continuous progression, prices move up automatically every $100,000 raised or every 48 hours. Its Roarblood Vault allows investors to stake and earn up to 70% APY, turning holding into a revenue stream. With deflationary burns, tiered staking, and community incentives, BullZilla isn’t just riding hype, it’s building a long-term ecosystem designed to outlast trends.
A $2,000 investment in BullZilla’s Stage 8A presale buys 10,395,010 $BZIL tokens. At the listed price of $0.00527141, that position would be valued at roughly $54,796.36. Investors benefit from a presale structure that multiplies value before launch through staged increases, making BullZilla one of the most competitive early-entry opportunities this year. Its stage-based approach rewards timing, with early participants securing significantly higher token counts than those who join later.
To join the BullZilla presale, visit the official BullZilla website and connect a Web3 wallet like MetaMask or Trust Wallet. Make sure your wallet holds ETH or USDT, then connect to the presale portal. Select the amount you want to invest, approve the transaction, and your tokens will be automatically secured. Once the presale ends, your $BZIL allocation can be claimed directly from the same interface. This streamlined process has made BullZilla’s presale one of the most accessible in the industry, even for first-time investors.
Crypto history is filled with stories of early investors turning modest entries into fortunes. BullZilla stands out by adding accountability and analytics. Its BlockchainFX integration allows users to track ROI in real time, transforming speculation into a measurable growth journey. Structured presales like this offer both transparency and compounding potential — a rare mix that makes them transformative for patient investors.
Chainlink continues to dominate the decentralized oracle sector, securing over $25 billion in total value across major DeFi platforms, insurance protocols, and tokenized asset projects. Its Cross-Chain Interoperability Protocol (CCIP) enables seamless data exchange across networks like Ethereum, Avalanche, and Arbitrum. This interoperability gives Chainlink a unique role in bridging blockchains and real-world systems. As enterprise adoption grows, Chainlink remains one of the best crypto coins to buy right now for investors seeking a utility-backed asset with institutional relevance.
According to Messari, institutional adoption of hybrid blockchain frameworks is accelerating, with Chainlink oracles serving as the trusted bridge between private and public networks. These integrations enable secure, verifiable data exchange for banks, insurers, and global enterprises, positioning Chainlink as the backbone of decentralized information infrastructure. With the expansion of its Cross-Chain Interoperability Protocol (CCIP) and deepening partnerships across financial systems, LINK’s long-term growth trajectory appears increasingly solid, making it a top choice for investors heading into 2026’s next market cycle.
Chainlink delivers accurate, tamper-proof data from the real world to blockchains. This makes decentralized applications, especially those in finance, function reliably, securely, and transparently without depending on centralized intermediaries.
Yes. Chainlink’s ongoing CCIP expansion, institutional integrations, and growing role in real-world asset tokenization are expected to boost demand and market value significantly in the next cycle.
Crypto markets may be volatile, but one truth stays constant, timing matters. As liquidity deepens and investor focus shifts toward utility-driven ecosystems, BullZilla, Chainlink, and Avalanche are setting the tone for 2025. Chainlink continues to dominate data integration, Avalanche refines DeFi scalability, and BullZilla redefines what presales can achieve with verified ROI metrics and transparent growth tracking. Together, they’re bridging speculation with structure, proving that the next cycle belongs to projects built on purpose, not just promise.
Yet, BullZilla’s transparency, deflationary tokenomics, and BlockchainFX-powered presale give it a measurable edge. It offers investors a front-row seat to data-driven profitability, where every stage increases price visibility and ROI potential. While Chainlink and Avalanche hold established influence, BullZilla is turning presales into performance, with $960,000 raised, over 31 billion tokens sold, and exponential growth still ahead. For long-term believers, this could be the project that defines the top new crypto presales today heading into the next bull run.
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
This article is for educational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments are volatile. Always verify official links and conduct independent research before participating in any presale or token purchase.
Read More: Avalanche and Chainlink Momentum Builds, BullZilla Climbs Fast in the Top New Crypto Presales Today">Avalanche and Chainlink Momentum Builds, BullZilla Climbs Fast in the Top New Crypto Presales Today
The market opens with a calmer stride. Crypto prices reflect a modest bid across majors as funding normalizes and forced selling cools. Traders are watching policy signals and liquidity conditions, with attention on whether easing talk translates into sustained flows. Positioning looks cleaner than it did late last week, which tends to reduce whipsaws and gives price action a chance to breathe.
Bitcoin trades in a tightened range, and that alone feels constructive after a choppy weekend. The first task for bulls is to defend recent higher lows while pressing toward the upper band of resistance seen in overnight trade.
Derivatives data shows a softer pace of liquidations than earlier in the week. When volatility cools without a sharp drop in open interest, it often signals that participants are rebuilding positions with more caution. If macro headlines lean supportive, crypto prices can grind higher as systematic buyers follow momentum signals.
Ethereum continues a measured catch-up. The market likes the improving depth on major pairs and the narrative around network activity stabilizing after the last burst of upgrades. Traders are focusing on the 4,200 to 4,300 zone as a pivot that can flip sentiment from cautious to constructive.
If spot demand holds into the close, the door opens for a test of the next shelf above. In that scenario, crypto prices for ETH tend to pull alt liquidity with them, especially in high quality large caps.
XRP is steady after recent swings. The coin’s behavior has been textbook range trading, with quick fades at resistance and fast rebounds near support. That rhythm suggests market makers are active and retail is respecting levels. A clean close above the mid-range would encourage momentum accounts to re-engage. If the tape stays quiet, crypto prices for XRP likely chop within the band until a higher time frame catalyst arrives.
BNB holds its footing above the prior breakdown area, which is a small but notable positive. The spot book shows buyers willing to defend incremental dips, and that has reduced the frequency of sharp wicks. The pair’s next step is to stabilize volume on up days rather than clustering activity during selloffs. If that shift continues, crypto prices for BNB can lean into a slow stair-step higher rather than relying on one-off squeezes.
Solana carries a confident tone when broader risk appetite improves. Recent sessions show buyers returning on shallow pullbacks, which is usually a sign that intraday participants expect follow-through. A
s long as the market respects the nearest support shelf, the path of least resistance remains to the upside. Should liquidity thin out, the pair can still experience quick air pockets, but the medium view improves if higher lows keep printing. That backdrop often helps crypto prices across adjacent high beta names.
Macro expectations sit front and center. A friendlier path for policy usually eases financial conditions, lowers discount rates, and supports risk assets. On the micro side, the liquidation profile has cooled and sentiment sits close to neutral. Neither euphoria nor panic is in control, which is often the recipe for a grind rather than a spike.
If exchange flows and spot demand improve together, crypto prices tend to hold gains more easily, and leadership broadens beyond a single coin.
This is a healthier tape than a few days ago. Bitcoin is calm, Ethereum is building, and the rest of the board is following in a sensible way. It is not a victory lap, but it is constructive. If macro signals remain supportive and the derivatives picture stays balanced, crypto prices can continue to firm into the week. If the tone sours, expect a quick check of nearby support, followed by another attempt to reset and climb.
Where can readers see live crypto prices for top coins like BTC and ETH?
Live quotes are available on major price dashboards and institutional terminals. The figures in this article come from real-time market feeds.
Why do policy odds affect crypto prices?
Rate expectations change the price of liquidity. Easier policy often supports risk assets by lowering discount rates and easing financial conditions.
Do liquidations always push markets higher afterward?
No. Large short liquidations can fuel a bounce, but if demand is weak, the effect fades quickly. Context matters.
Open interest
The total number of outstanding futures or options contracts. Rising open interest with rising crypto prices can signal trend confirmation.
Market capitalization
The combined value of all circulating crypto assets. It helps frame market size and dominance when comparing segments.
Policy rate probabilities
Implied odds from futures that estimate the chance of an interest rate move at an upcoming meeting. Traders watch these odds because shifts can move crypto prices.
Liquidations
Forced closures of leveraged positions when margin is insufficient. Heavy short liquidations can reduce immediate selling pressure and sometimes lift crypto prices.
Read More: Crypto prices today: Market up 3.5% as BTC, ETH, XRP, BNB rebound">Crypto prices today: Market up 3.5% as BTC, ETH, XRP, BNB rebound
Updated on 27th October, 205
This article was first published on The Bit Journal.
Kraken revenue has reached unprecedented heights in the third quarter of 2025, marking a pivotal moment for both the exchange and the wider crypto market. The U.S.-based company reported $648 million in revenue and $178.6 million in adjusted EBITDA, a 114% year-over-year increase, underscoring the strength and resilience of its operations.
Kraken revenue increased 50% quarter over quarter, and adjusted EBITDA increased 124 percent, pushing profit margins to 27.6%, in what analysts term a clear sign of market maturity.
The exchange recorded a 23 percent increase in volume of trading of $561.9 billion in the last quarter, and currently has over $59.3 billion of client assets. Having 5.2 million funded accounts, Kraken is now on the same level with other major exchanges across the world, such as Coinbase and Binance.
The Kraken revenue growth was impressive and it did not occur in a vacuum. The success of the exchange is a year of strategic growth and product diversification. Its acquisitions of Small Exchange and NinjaTrader have strengthened its dominance in derivatives trading and broadened its access to the U.S market two areas where many competitors continue to have regulatory uncertainty.
Along the same innovative line, Kraken launched xStocks in collaboration with Backed, which enables investor crowds across 160 countries to trade U.S. equities into a token.
This innovative act blends conventional finance with Web3 because intermediaries and time constraints on the market have disappeared. Within several months, xStocks has produced over $5 billion in trading volume, which has additionally added to the overall Kraken revenue performance.
The robust Kraken financial results in Q3 have heightened market anticipations of an initial public offering (IPO). In 2025, the company had previously raised $500 million at a valuation of $15 billion and it is said to be undergoing another funding round that would potentially value the company at 20 billion a definite indicator of investor optimism regarding Kraken revenue growth and stability.
In case it becomes publicly traded in 2026, Kraken would be one of the publicly traded exchanges alongside Coinbase, Bullish and Gemini. However, the clear Proof-of-Reserves system, diversified revenue sources and excellent regulatory position put Kraken in a safer situation compared to most of its counterparts.
The gradually increasing Kraken revenue is more than just an indicator of financial success; it is the general change of the digital asset industry. The quarterly Proof-of-Reserves audits, adoption of distributed validator technology (DVT) to support Ethereum staking, and open reporting have gained the company a lot of institutional credibility.
With the Trump administration becoming increasingly crypto-friendly, the further integration of Kraken into U.S. regulated derivatives and institutional services can further drive Kraken revenue growth in the next few quarters.
Kraken revenue performance can be seen as a manifestation of the vision of a mature crypto company in a volatile and fast-moving landscape that is disciplined, profitable, and at the crossroads of traditional finance and the open economy of Web3.
Kraken’s record-breaking quarter signals more than financial strength it reflects the crypto industry’s steady shift toward institutional maturity. The shift towards a public listing by the exchange appears more and more definite, as it gains regulatory integration, product diversification, and transparency, making Kraken one of the shaping forces of the next stage in the evolution of world digital finance.
Follow us on Twitter and LinkedIn, and join our Telegram channel to be instantly informed about breaking news!
Kraken Revenue: Income from trading, staking, and crypto services.
EBITDA: Measure of Kraken’s operational profit.
Derivatives Trading: Crypto futures and options trading.
xStocks: Tokenized U.S. stock trading on Kraken.
Tokenized Equities: Blockchain-based versions of traditional stocks.
Proof-of-Reserves: Audit verifying Kraken’s asset holdings.
DVT (Distributed Validator Technology): Enhances Ethereum staking security.
IPO (Initial Public Offering): Kraken’s potential public listing.
Web3: Decentralized internet with blockchain integration.
$648M in revenue and $178.6M in EBITDA.
Strong trading, derivatives, and xStocks success.
Yes, a possible 2026 public listing.
Proof-of-Reserves, U.S. regulation, and diversified income.
Read More: Kraken Reports Record $648M in Revenue, Eyes 2026 IPO After Massive Q3 Surge">Kraken Reports Record $648M in Revenue, Eyes 2026 IPO After Massive Q3 Surge
Kyrgyzstan has introduced a new stablecoin, KGST, pegged 1:1 to the national currency, the som. Additionally, the country has established a national cryptocurrency reserve to support its expanding blockchain ecosystem.
A well-known XRP community figure recently called attention to a tightening XRP liquidity on Binance, arguing that a large buy could push prices up. Notably, XRP has recently recovered to above $2.6 after days of range-bound price action.
Cardano permabull Dan Gambardello has continued to hint at an explosive Cardano move, recently arguing that the token could increase twofold out of nowhere. His analysis sounds a clarion call to those sleeping on Cardano, especially as the token enters a recovery state.
The prospect of retiring on cryptocurrencies is gaining momentum, and Cardano holders are among those hoping their ADA bags deliver such upside. Cardano has joined a broader market recovery today, rallying 5% over the past 24 hours to reach $0.6861.
Global payments leader Western Union is preparing to launch a stablecoin-based settlement pilot, marking its most significant move toward blockchain-powered remittances. Specifically, the pilot aims to improve the company’s approach to managing its extensive payment network, which processes 70 million transactions quarterly across 200 countries and serves over 150 million customers worldwide.
With Shiba Inu enduring a double-digit decline this October, investors are now shifting their focus to November in hopes of a potential recovery. October has historically been a strong month for Shiba Inu and the broader crypto market, often delivering major price rallies.
Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse has recently stressed that XRP remains the heartbeat of the company’s long-term vision. Garlinghouse made this known while celebrating the completion of the Hidden Road deal.
With XRP ranging for the past two weeks after a major liquidation event, an analyst has identified what may likely come next. For context, this major liquidation event occurred during the sudden Oct.
The global crypto market rose sharply over the weekend, as Bitcoin and major altcoins gained on better economic news and large short liquidations. Market data showed that Bitcoin rose 3.4% on Sunday to a two-week high of $115,400, before stabilizing around $115,226.
Content creator OxManuel has made a bold prediction on Cardano and the prospect that its future price trajectory will retire current holders. OxManuel shared these thoughts in his recent X post, maintaining a bullish stance on the cryptocurrency.
Bitcoin rebounded to $116,000, but traders were nervous about the bull market even while stocks soared on news of a likely US-China trade deal.
Bitcoin, which had been the main driver of crypto ETP outflows a week earlier, almost fully recovered its losses with $931 million in inflows last week.
Defunct crypto exchange Mt. Gox postponed some long-awaited customer repayments by another year to Oct. 31, 2026, citing incomplete creditor procedures.
Magic Eden’s native token, ME, has experienced a significant price surge in the past 24 hours.
Prices rose to intraday highs above $0.60 for the first time since the October 11 crash, with bulls’ gains coming amid a retest of a key technical barrier.
As the altcoins rank among the top gainers in the 500 largest cryptocurrencies by market cap, buyers are likely to hold the crucial level and target a new leg up.
But what could help ME price in the short term?
Per CoinMarketCap data, Magic Eden’s ME token is one of the standout performers in the cryptocurrency arena today.
The token’s 35% uptick in the past 24 hours has come amid a robust trading volume of $129 million – the metric is up 1,280% in the past 24 hours.
This performance has not only outpaced the broader market but also dwarfed top performers such as Pi Network, Virtuals Protocol and Zcash.
ZEC hovered around $270 on October 24, but was near $350 at the time of writing.
On the technical front, ME broke above the critical hurdle at $0.50, reaching intraday highs of $0.60.
While the altcoin is well off its all-time peak above $13.24, bulls have bounced off the all-time low of $0.23.
ME could retest $0.55 or $0.50 before seizing on an uptick across the market to target the psychological $1 mark.
RSI at 60 suggests bulls have more room to aim for gains.
Several factors appear to have converged to ignite this pump.
Notably, the official Magic Eden X account issued a cryptic yet bullish proclamation early this morning: “Big week ahead.”
This post, which garnered over 300 likes and widespread speculation within the community, hinted at impending announcements or developments that could further bolster the platform’s growth.
Such communications from project leads often serve as potent catalysts, drawing in retail traders and amplifying social sentiment.
ME gains also follow the community cheering of the recent acquisition of Dynamic by Fireblocks, which the platforms announced on October 23.
As a key user of Dynamic’s developer platform, Magic Eden could benefit significantly from this integration.
Dynamic powers over 50 million on-chain accounts for industry leaders, including Kraken, Ondo Finance, Magic Eden and zerohash.
Magic Eden’s seamless user onboarding and embedded wallet functionalities for NFT trading across chains.
The deal merges Fireblocks’ institutional-grade custody with Dynamic’s agile tools, creating what executives describe as the “first complete custody-to-consumer stack” for on-chain finance.
Overlaying these platform-specific tailwinds is a broader crypto market rebound.
While gains in October 2025 remain muted as the macroeconomic environment hit risk-on sentiment, Bitcoin’s climb to $116,000 and Ethereum’s break to $4,200 has bulls excited.
The big week for crypto includes a potential rally ahead of a Federal Reserve rate cut, the impact of the US-China trade deal and SEC approval for exchange-traded funds.
The macroeconomic lift could spill over to altcoins like Magic Eden.
The post Magic Eden’s ME token soars 35%, reclaims $0.60 amid ‘big week ahead’ hype appeared first on CoinJournal.
In a landmark ruling that could reshape cryptocurrency in India, the Madras High Court has declared that cryptocurrencies qualify as property under Indian law.
The Court’s decision, delivered by Justice N. Anand Venkatesh, affirms that cryptocurrencies can be owned, held in trust, and protected as legal property — a major step in clarifying the legal status of digital assets in the country.
The case arose from a petition by an investor whose 3,532.30 XRP coins were frozen after a cyberattack on WazirX, one of India’s largest cryptocurrency exchanges.
In July 2024, the platform suffered a $234 million hack involving Ethereum and ERC-20 tokens.
While the investor’s XRP holdings were not part of the stolen assets, WazirX sought to redistribute all users’ funds under its so-called “socialisation of losses” plan.
Justice Venkatesh firmly rejected the proposal, ruling that each investor’s digital holdings are individual property and cannot be diluted or redistributed to cover exchange losses.
He emphasised that cryptocurrencies, though intangible, possess all the essential attributes of property — they are identifiable, transferable, and exclusively controlled through private keys.
“It is not a tangible property nor is it a currency,” the judge observed. “However, it is a property, which is capable of being enjoyed and possessed in a beneficial form.”
This interpretation grants digital asset holders stronger legal standing, ensuring that their cryptocurrencies are recognised as assets protected under Indian law.
The Court also settled questions over jurisdiction, dismissing WazirX’s argument that Singaporean arbitration rules applied because its parent company, Zettai Pte Ltd, is based in Singapore.
Justice Venkatesh cited the Supreme Court’s earlier decision in PASL Wind Solutions Pvt Ltd v. GE Power Conversion India Pvt Ltd (2021), noting that Indian courts have authority over assets located within India.
Because the investor’s transactions originated from Chennai and involved an Indian bank account, the Court confirmed that the case fell squarely under Indian jurisdiction.
The court further highlighted that Zanmai Labs Pvt Ltd, which operates WazirX in India, is registered with the Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU) — unlike its foreign parent company or Binance.
This distinction reinforced that Indian exchanges operating domestically are subject to Indian oversight and accountability, particularly in protecting user assets and maintaining transparent custodial practices.
Justice Venkatesh’s decision went beyond individual relief to call for higher standards of corporate governance in the Web3 and crypto sectors.
He urged exchanges to maintain separate client funds, conduct independent audits, and uphold robust KYC and anti-money laundering controls.
These measures, the Court noted, are vital for building trust in the digital economy and protecting consumers from future mishandling of assets.
Legal experts hailed the judgment as a milestone in developing “crypto-jurisprudence” in India.
Vikram Subburaj, CEO of Indian exchange Giottus, described it as a foundational moment that signals to all market participants — exchanges, users, and regulators — that the digital asset space will be held to strong standards of governance and protection.
The Court’s ruling not only protects the rights of individual investors but also strengthens the broader regulatory framework around digital assets.
By recognising cryptocurrency as property, the judgment fills a crucial legal gap in a country where tax enforcement on crypto remains strict, but investor protections have lagged.
As Justice Venkatesh wrote, courts now serve as the “central stage where the future of digital value is debated.”
Through this ruling, the Madras High Court has given India a clearer picture of ownership, responsibility, and trust in the age of decentralisation.
With cryptocurrency in India now firmly recognised as property under Indian law, the decision marks a turning point for the country’s digital asset ecosystem — affirming that in India, crypto holdings are not just speculative instruments but protected assets under the law.
The post Cryptocurrency is as ‘property’ under Indian law, rules Madras High Court appeared first on CoinJournal.
Bitplanet has made history in South Korea’s financial landscape by becoming the nation’s first publicly traded company to purchase Bitcoin (BTC) through a regulated domestic exchange.
The KOSDAQ-listed technology firm recently acquired 92.67 BTC — worth approximately $10.9 million — marking a new chapter in the country’s corporate embrace of digital assets.
The BTC acquisition positions Bitplanet as a pioneer in compliant Bitcoin adoption within Asia’s evolving financial ecosystem.
For the past month, @Bitplanet_KR has been quietly building the most reliable and compliant Bitcoin treasury infrastructure in Korea — culminating in becoming the first public company to purchase Bitcoin directly through a licensed domestic crypto exchange. As of October 26,… pic.twitter.com/hEmpvh9fUL
— Bitplanet Inc. (@Bitplanet_KR) October 26, 2025
It is the first time a listed company has acquired Bitcoin through a licensed exchange within the country’s regulated financial infrastructure.
Executed entirely under the supervision of South Korea’s Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU), the transaction signals growing confidence among institutional investors that Bitcoin can serve as a legitimate, strategic treasury asset.
The Seoul-based company described the move as a deliberate, rules-based initiative rather than a speculative trade.
Co-CEO Paul Lee explained that the purchase marks the start of a disciplined, long-term accumulation plan designed to reduce timing risks while positioning Bitcoin as a strategic treasury reserve.
The transaction was executed fully in compliance with domestic financial laws, a milestone that could encourage other listed companies to follow suit.
Notably, the timing of Bitplanet’s move coincided with a strong rally in Bitcoin prices, which recently climbed above $115,000 amid optimism about US Federal Reserve rate cuts and increasing exchange-traded fund (ETF) inflows.
By choosing this moment to make its first acquisition, Bitplanet demonstrated not only market awareness but also confidence in Bitcoin’s long-term role as a corporate asset.
Founded in 1997 as SGA Co., Ltd., Bitplanet has deep roots in IT, cybersecurity, and education technology services.
The company rebranded in September 2025 to reflect a broader shift toward blockchain and Bitcoin-focused ventures.
Its pivot follows the full $50 million acquisition of SGA earlier in the year and the completion of a $40 million fundraising round to support its new treasury strategy.
This strategic transformation underscores Bitplanet’s vision of becoming South Korea’s first institutional-grade Bitcoin treasury company.
The firm has developed a comprehensive infrastructure for compliant digital asset management, including regulated custody solutions, secure storage, and real-time audit systems that meet government and financial oversight standards.
Bitplanet’s management says it intends to accumulate Bitcoin daily through licensed domestic exchanges, aiming to build a reserve of up to 10,000 BTC over time.
This steady, methodical approach minimises exposure to market volatility and mirrors similar strategies employed by firms such as Japan’s Metaplanet, one of Bitplanet’s key backers.
Bitplanet’s Bitcoin strategy is supported by a global network of digital asset investors.
The firm’s backers include Simon Gerovich of Metaplanet, AsiaStrategy, Sora Ventures, UTXO Management, KCGI, Kingsway Capital, and ParaFi Capital — groups known for advancing institutional Bitcoin adoption worldwide.
Their involvement signals strong confidence in Bitplanet’s compliance-focused model and its potential to establish a new standard for Bitcoin treasury management in Asia.
Industry observers believe the company’s regulated approach could pave the way for broader corporate participation in South Korea’s growing digital asset market.
The BTC purchase also aligns with the country’s forthcoming Digital Asset Basic Act, scheduled to take effect by 2027, which will formalise the rules for cryptocurrency custody and corporate holdings.
By moving early, Bitplanet positions itself to benefit from the regulatory clarity that this law is expected to bring.
The post Bitplanet becomes South Korea’s first listed firm to buy Bitcoin (BTC) appeared first on CoinJournal.
Global payments leader Western Union is preparing to launch a pilot project that will test a stablecoin-based settlement system aimed at transforming the speed, transparency, and cost efficiency of cross-border remittances.
The initiative marks one of the company’s boldest moves yet into blockchain technology and comes at a time when traditional financial institutions are increasingly exploring digital asset solutions.
During the company’s third-quarter earnings call, CEO Devin McGranahan revealed that Western Union is “actively testing stablecoin-enabled solutions” designed to reduce the firm’s dependence on traditional correspondent banking systems.
The pilot will focus on using on-chain settlement rails to move funds more efficiently across the globe while maintaining compliance and customer trust.
McGranahan emphasised that on-chain settlements could allow Western Union to move money faster, cut operational costs, and increase transparency across its vast international network.
With more than 150 million customers in over 200 countries, the company processes roughly 70 million money transfers each quarter.
The shift to blockchain-powered settlements could mark a major leap in how it manages global liquidity and treasury operations.
Stablecoins — digital assets pegged to stable currencies like the US dollar — are increasingly viewed as a key tool for improving international payment systems.
They offer near-instant transfers and lower transaction fees, making them particularly appealing for firms that operate in regions with high remittance flows or limited banking access.
Western Union’s decision to move forward follows the passage of the GENIUS Act, a landmark US law signed in July that provides a regulatory framework for stablecoin issuers.
The law has given traditional financial institutions greater confidence to explore digital assets, reducing uncertainty around compliance and consumer protection.
McGranahan noted that the GENIUS Act has opened new doors for the company to experiment with digital assets safely and responsibly.
McGranahan said, “Historically, Western Union has taken a cautious stance toward crypto. However, with clearer rules now in place, we are seeing real opportunities to integrate digital assets into our business.”
The law’s passage has also accelerated stablecoin adoption among Western Union’s competitors and partners.
Mastercard, MoneyGram, and PayPal have each launched or announced their own stablecoin initiatives in recent months, signalling growing institutional momentum behind blockchain-based payments.
Beyond its treasury operations, Western Union is exploring partnerships that would position its global network as an on-ramp and off-ramp for digital assets.
McGranahan said the company is in discussions with potential partners interested in using its infrastructure to connect the traditional banking world with the digital asset ecosystem.
Such integration could allow customers to move seamlessly between fiat currencies and stablecoins — especially in regions with underdeveloped banking systems.
Western Union also plans to expand partnerships that enable customers to hold, send, and receive stablecoins, offering them more flexibility in managing funds and preserving value in inflation-prone economies.
The US Treasury Department estimates that the stablecoin market has already surpassed $300 billion and could reach $2 trillion by 2028.
Notably, Western Union’s initiative places it among a growing group of financial institutions seeking to capture a share of that rapidly expanding market.
While this pilot represents a major step forward, it is not Western Union’s first foray into blockchain.
The company previously tested Ripple’s XRP network for cross-border payments in 2015 and again in 2021.
It also filed multiple trademarks in 2022 for crypto-related services, signalling long-term interest in the digital asset space.
McGranahan has repeatedly stressed that the company’s goal is not just to follow industry trends but to modernise how money moves globally.
By leveraging stablecoins, Western Union aims to make international remittances faster, cheaper, and more inclusive — without compromising on trust or compliance.
The post Western Union is piloting a stablecoin-based settlement system for global remittances appeared first on CoinJournal.
JPYC Inc., a Tokyo-based fintech company, has officially launched Japan’s first yen-backed stablecoin, signalling a major shift in the nation’s approach to regulated digital assets.
The stablecoin, named JPYC, went live on October 27, 2025, following approval from Japan’s Financial Services Agency (FSA).
The stablecoin is fully backed by domestic bank deposits and Japanese government bonds, ensuring one-to-one convertibility with the yen.
The launch of JPYC marks a historic moment for Japan, making it the first country to circulate a stablecoin fully pegged to its national currency with full regulatory backing.
Alongside the stablecoin, JPYC introduced JPYC EX, a platform that enables users to issue and redeem the token.
The system follows strict identity verification and anti-money-laundering standards under Japan’s Act on Prevention of Transfer of Criminal Proceeds.
JPYC’s President, Noriyoshi Okabe, described the launch as a “major milestone in the history of Japanese currency.”
He said the initiative has already attracted interest from seven companies preparing to incorporate the coin into their services.
The company aims to issue up to 10 trillion yen worth of JPYC within three years while promoting it for both domestic and international use.
To encourage adoption, JPYC will not charge transaction fees initially. Instead, it will earn revenue from interest accrued on Japanese government bond (JGB) holdings.
Okabe explained that the goal is to reduce settlement costs and support innovation by offering businesses a low-fee digital transaction system.
According to a credible source, Japan’s three largest banks — Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, and Mizuho Bank — are also preparing to launch their own yen-backed stablecoins on October 31.
Their joint initiative will use MUFG’s Progmat platform to facilitate corporate settlements, connecting hundreds of thousands of payment terminals across Japan.
Experts say these institutional moves could accelerate stablecoin adoption.
Tomoyuki Shimoda, a former Bank of Japan executive and current academic at Rikkyo University, believes that while yen-based stablecoins may take two to three years to achieve widespread use, megabank participation could quicken the pace.
But despite optimism, regulators and policymakers are treading carefully.
The Bank of Japan’s Deputy Governor, Ryozo Himino, has acknowledged that stablecoins could become “a key player in the global payment system,” potentially altering the role of traditional bank deposits.
However, officials remain cautious about the risks of funds flowing outside regulated financial systems.
The global stablecoin market, valued at over $286 billion, is currently dominated by dollar-pegged assets like Tether’s USDT and Circle’s USDC, which make up around 99% of total supply.
The introduction of a fully yen-backed digital currency represents Japan’s first significant step toward diversifying that landscape.
JPYC’s launch also reflects Japan’s broader ambitions to modernise its financial infrastructure.
By leveraging blockchain technology and government-backed reserves, the firm hopes to build trust in digital payments and enhance cross-border interoperability.
As other Asian economies such as South Korea and China explore similar initiatives, Japan’s early move could position it as a regional leader in stablecoin innovation.
JPYC’s no-fee model, backed by government bonds and regulatory approval, sets a unique precedent for how digital currencies can coexist with traditional financial systems.
The post JPYC Inc. launches first yen-backed stablecoin alongside issuance and redemption platform appeared first on CoinJournal.
The post Zcash Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Is ZEC A Good Investment? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Zcash is a privacy-focused cryptocurrency project that prioritizes anonymity and financial security through zk-SNARK zero-knowledge proof technology. Unlike networks like Bitcoin and Ethereum, ZEC transactions can be shielded, keeping details such as sender, receiver, and transaction amount private, while still validating activity on a public blockchain.
Launched in 2016 from Bitcoin’s codebase, ZEC offers both transparent transactions similar to Bitcoin and fully private transactions. This dual-mode system makes ZEC unique in the privacy coin sector, giving users the choice of compliance-friendly transparency or robust confidentiality.
With increasing debates around financial surveillance, CBDCs, and the balance between freedom and regulation, ZEC has re-emerged as a hedge against regulatory overreach. Keen on hodling ZEC tokens, but worried about its long-term growth? Read this ZCash price prediction 2025-2030.
| Cryptocurrency | Zcash |
| Token | ZEC |
| Price | $358.1473
16.18%
|
| Market Cap | $ 5,831,459,916.87 |
| 24h Volume | $ 1,518,177,867.8175 |
| Circulating Supply | 16,282,292.6655 |
| Total Supply | 16,282,292.6655 |
| All-Time High | $ 5,941.7998 on 29 October 2016 |
| All-Time Low | $ 15.9691 on 05 July 2024 |
Zcash (ZEC) is trading at $348.21, rallying strongly above the 20-day SMA at $253.94. Technicals indicate:
Zcash shows strong institutional momentum with Grayscale’s Zcash Trust launch and Hyperliquid’s leveraged ZEC futures spiking volumes to $1.28B. Despite a bearish long/short ratio at 0.74, spot market participation remains vital to sustain gains. Privacy demand fuels ZEC’s rise alongside Monero and Dash amid CBDC debates, though only 20% supply is shielded. That being said, ZEC’s 2025 price is forecast between $108.87 and $526.61, averaging $317.74.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2025 | 108.87 | 317.74 | 526.61 |
Also Read: Monero (XMR) Price Prediction 2025, 2026-2030
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 163.31 | 326.61 | 689.92 |
| 2027 | 244.96 | 489.92 | 734.88 |
In 2026, ZEC could range between $163.31 and $689.92, with an average price near $326.61. Growth would depend on derivatives markets stabilizing and shielded adoption rising.
By 2027, ZEC’s potential average price could touch $489.92, with a floor near $244.96 and a bullish ceiling at $734.88. Regulatory battles, particularly in the EU, may create turbulence, but increasing decentralization efforts may offset risks.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2028 | 367.44 | 734.88 | 1102.32 |
| 2029 | 551.16 | 1102.32 | 1653.48 |
| 2030 | 824.02 | 1648.05 | 2472.07 |
Assuming steady user adoption, ZEC could average $734.88 in 2028, trading between $367.44 and $1,102.32. If more of ZEC’s circulating supply becomes shielded, demand may accelerate.
In 2029, ZEC might consolidate around $1,102.32, with lows near $551.16 and highs at $1,653.48. Growing concerns over CBDCs and surveillance could make privacy assets a mainstream hedge.
Looking to 2030, ZEC could average $1,648.05, climbing from lows of $824.02 to highs of $2,472.07. If ZEC survives regulatory headwinds and proves indispensable in financial privacy, this decade could mark its strongest adoption cycle.
Considering the growing Zcash network upgrade and the upcoming announcement, CoinPedia’s formulated a ZEC price prediction. The price might reach $526.61 mark by the end of 2025.
If the network fails to execute its plan, then the price can flip into a bearish trap and dip below $108.87. Considering the everyday buy and sell pressure, and keeping the above factors in mind. The average price by the end of 2025 would be around $317.74.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2025 | 108.87 | 317.74 | 526.61 |
Also Read: Ethereum Price Prediction 2025, 2026-2030
| First Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $326 | $385 | $1110 |
| priceprediction.net | $212 | $331 | $1054 |
| CoinCodex | $219 | $296 | $993 |
*The targets mentioned above are the average targets set by the respective firms.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Based on anticipated network progress, the Zcash (ZEC) price prediction for 2025 ranges widely, with a potential high between $108 and $526 and an average expected price of around $317.
We are optimistic about the long-term potential, the ZEC token could trade for well over $2472 by 2030.
Price depends on network upgrades, cross-chain adoption, overall crypto market trends, investor sentiment, and regulatory developments.
Zcash offers strong privacy tech and capped supply, making it appealing for long-term holders, though volatility and regulatory risks remain.
The post Ripple XRP Price Prediction 2025, 2026-2030: Will XRP Reach $5? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
XRP price currently stands at $2.99, with a market capitalization of $179.79 billion. Analysts and AI forecasts alike suggest that XRP could reach $5.05 by the end of 2025. Long-term XRP price predictions also place it as high as $26.50 by 2030, with an ultra-bullish target of $526 by 2050.
Ripple (XRP) remains one of the top five crypto assets in the world, gaining traction as institutional adoption ramps up and its prolonged legal battle approaches resolution. Since President Trump’s return to office, XRP has seen a resurgence in on-chain activity, investor sentiment, and speculation around potential ETF approval.
In July 2025, XRP marked a new all-time high of $3.66, coinciding with the ProShares Ultra XRP ETF launch. As more asset managers have filed for the ETF approval race, the crypto community is now asking: How high can XRP go?
| Cryptocurrency | XRP |
| Token | XRP |
| Price | $2.6180
-0.47%
|
| Market Cap | $ 157,127,775,692.44 |
| 24h Volume | $ 4,476,366,643.2068 |
| Circulating Supply | 60,017,279,517.00 |
| Total Supply | 99,985,778,283.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 3.8419 on 04 January 2018 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0028 on 07 July 2014 |
October began with a sharp decline in XRP price USD to $1.75, which invalidated the descending triangle pattern. This drop was triggered by an unexpected announcement from Donald Trump regarding 100% tariffs on China.
However, institutional funds quickly stepped in, viewing it as a blue chip investment, which led to a strong recovery on XRP price chart, bringing the price back up to $2.49 by October 11th. The XRP price then stabilized around the $2.40 area for a few days, and by the end of October, it was attempting to recover its previous range of $2.70-$2.75.
Also, on October 29th, an important news event is anticipated, with a higher probability of a 0.25% basis point rate cut. If this occurs, November could see prices break above $3.00. Conversely, if the momentum fails and the price declines again, a breakdown may become inevitable.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| October 2025 | $1.50 | $3.00 | $4.00 |
| Platform | Low Price | Average Price | High Price |
| Claude | $3.00 – $3.15 | $3.50 – $4.00 | $7.50 – $8.20 |
| Blackbox | $2.50 | $3.50 | $5.00 |
| Gemini | $3.00 – $4.00 | $4.50 – $6.00 | $6.50 – $8.00+ |
XRP initiated a strong rally after breaking a multi-month falling wedge, peaking at $3.66 in July. However, the subsequent correction formed a short-term descending triangle that ultimately failed to hold crucial support.
This support failed due to geopolitical news, which triggered a massive liquidation event, causing a swift 40% crash from the triangle’s base, driving XRP to a $1.75 low and invalidating the short-term structure.
But, at this event, the Institutional funds viewed the XRP dip as an opportunity, accumulating the asset and catalyzing a quick bounce back above $2.40 by mid-October. This crash appears to have been a significant liquidity sweep, clearing out overleveraged traders.
The XRP crypto’s current technical outlook indicates that it is currently defending a critical long-term trendline of support that originates from the April lows. This maintains the integrity of the long-term falling wedge breakout, which now hinges entirely on this trendline holding.
Additionally, the XRP price is currently approaching the $2.70-$2.75 zone, which it lost during the October bearish fall. However, for an upward momentum to resume, the XRP price in USD must regain and sustain the $2.70–$2.75 zone, which acts as a pivotal resistance-to-support level. The XRP price forecast for 2025 suggests that a success here could confirm the end of the correction, opening the path for a retest of the $3.66 high and establishing a potential Q4 target of $5.00.
However, the XRP price analysis for 2025 also indicates a crucial downside risk, as a failure of the current long-term trendline support could signal the full structural failure of the bullish thesis. Such a breakdown would initiate a sharp downward acceleration toward deeper support levels.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $2.05 | $3.45 | $5.05 |
The XRP Ledger: DEX Transaction Count chart indicates a significant bullish divergence starting from May 2025. While the price is consolidating, the activity in decentralised exchanges (DEX) is increasing sharply.
The high transaction volume, which includes both orders placed and cancelled, shows that experienced traders are actively positioning themselves and adding liquidity in anticipation of a future price movement.
As a result, this on-chain metric suggests that the market is preparing for a powerful and sustainable rally in the XRP price.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| XRP Price Prediction 2026 | 5.50 | 6.25 | 8.50 |
| Ripple Price Prediction 2027 | 7.00 | 9.0 | 13.25 |
| XRP Price Prediction 2028 | 11.25 | 13.75 | 16.00 |
| XRP Price Prediction 2029 | 14.25 | 16.50 | 21.50 |
| XRP Price Prediction 2030 | 17.00 | 19.75 | 26.50 |
This table, based on historical movements, shows XRP price prediction 2030 to reach $26.50 based on compounding market cap each year. This table provides a framework for understanding the potential XRP price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Based on historic price sentiments and XRP’s rising popularity, here are the XRP future price projections beyond 2030, where Ripple price forecasts suggest that it has become more speculative. Therefore, assuming continued adoption and dominance, XRP may see aggressive valuations in the decades ahead.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2031 | 25.00 | 29.50 | 35.25 |
| 2032 | 31.50 | 36.75 | 41.25 |
| 2033 | 35.75 | 42.25 | 47.75 |
| 2040 | 97.50 | 135.50 | 179.00 |
| 2050 | 219.25 | 331.50 | 526.00 |
A look at this table, highlights the XRP price prediction 2040 and XRP price prediction 2050 potential high ambitious targets but this reflect a transformative vision for XRP as a dominant global payment player.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $2.05 | $3.49 | $17.76 |
| Coincodex | $2.38 | $1.83 | $1.66 |
| Binance | $2.16 | $2.27 | $2.76 |
| Name | 2025 |
| Standard Chartered | $5.50 |
| Sistine Research | $33 to $50 |
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Analysts and AI forecasts project XRP could reach $5.05 by the end of 2025, driven by ETF approvals, partnerships, and regulatory clarity.
Based on compounding growth and adoption, projections estimate XRP could trade around $26.50 by 2030, with averages near $19.75.
The highest speculative target is $526 by 2050, though nearer-term all-time highs (~$3.66) and 2025 targets (~$5.05) are more grounded in current trends.
Hypothetically, yes—if XRP reaches $500+ and an investor holds a significant amount (e.g., 2,000 XRP). However, this is speculative and depends on extreme long-term growth.
XRP is considered a strong investment due to its institutional adoption, regulatory progress, and role in cross-border payments. However, it carries volatility risks like all cryptocurrencies.
The post Ondo Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030: Can Ondo Hit $10? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
ONDO Finance in the RWA sector is a hot topic, investors are closely eyeing its future potential. Especially as its native token ONDO continues to build credibility and momentum through high-profile developments.
Moreover, Ondo Finance is known to be a leading RWA provider on the Solana chain and it is witnessing growing institutional interest, ONDO has solidified itself as a major player in the Real World Asset (RWA) space.
With such attraction, ONDO price prediction 2025 is what analysts and retail investors are intrigued about. But how far can it go from here? Let’s dive into the detailed ONDO price forecast from 2025 to 2030.
| Cryptocurrency | Ondo |
| Token | ONDO |
| Price | $0.7494
0.83%
|
| Market Cap | $ 2,367,406,273.63 |
| 24h Volume | $ 113,780,778.3264 |
| Circulating Supply | 3,159,107,529.00 |
| Total Supply | 10,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 2.1413 on 16 December 2024 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0835 on 18 January 2024 |
The biggest rise in the ONDO price was when Donald Trump won the election last year, hitting $2.148 by mid-December on Coinbase. Since then, it has continuously declined, and by April 2024, it fell to a low of $0.70.
In the entire Q2, it has seen its price action trapped in a range, despite being a leading performer in tokenized RWA’s based on Coingecko’s report that came in June 2025.
In Q2, many were anticipating that this altcoin could at least gain like last year’s first half movement, but met with a strong supply level by mid-May and declined.
By the third week of June, it fell 35% from the mid-May high, hitting $0.61, due to geopolitical uncertainty. The H1 closed negatively, but ceasefire news between the US, Israel, and Iran gave relief to investors, and they turned their hopes to H2.
The price action for ONDO throughout 2025 has been defined by a deep consolidation box, firmly capped by the $1.10 resistance. Quarters two and three proved to be no different, maintaining the tight range, yet a pattern of deliberate liquidity hunting has been the dominant theme.
The token has consistently targeted the $0.70 support area, using it as a repeated point of leverage to trigger retail stop-losses. This ‘shakeout’ maneuver was seen clearly in April and June, but it intensified in October, culminating in the largest liquidation event of the year. This aggressive dip drove ONDO down to $0.60.
Crucially, the subsequent immediate recovery by the bulls that pushed ONDO straight back above the $0.70 support strongly reinforces the thesis. It seems this was not a genuine breakdown, but a strategic move to clean out weak hands before a major rally. This pattern frequently precedes when a significant upward expansion is about to come.
The decisive moment seems like it is now here, as October is about to end with an important key event which is a fed rate cut of 0.25% basis point. This could be a catalyst where it could retest the $1.10 range’s upper border.
For ONDO to enter its next phase of price discovery, the $1.10 resistance must be flipped and held with conviction. If bulls can sustain a close above $1.10 in November, establishing it as new support, the path could open rapidly to targets at $1.50 and potentially as high as $2.10 before the year is complete.
However, the failure to break the $1.10 ceiling will prolong the accumulation phase and risks another deep retest of the lower support levels.
| Month | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| ONDO Price November 2025 | $0.80 | $1.00 | $1.29 |
Looking at the broader, long-term chart for ONDO, there’s a significant observation on the weekly chart that firmly indicates that the longer a price consolidates, the more powerful the eventual breakout tends to be. This was clearly demonstrated by ONDO’s price action in 2024, and the weekly chart also confirms the strength of its key support levels.
Similarly, this technical setup, combined with growing fundamentals, clearly paints an optimistic picture for ONDO crypto. The increase in institutional collaborations and retail adoption, along with favorable external market factors, is bolstering the current momentum.
Bullish Scenario: If this positive pressure continues, and ONDO can achieve a daily close above the $1.16 resistance level in Q4, it could pave the way for a retest of $2.10 by year-end.
Bearish Scenario: However, if the multi-month support at $0.80 is breached, ONDO could find its next supports at $0.66 and $0.45, where new buying interest could emerge.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $0.80 | $1.20 | $2.10 |
The on-chain data indicates that although the price is currently capped and has been consolidating for several months, the on-chain metrics have strengthened significantly despite the weak ONDO price action.
Since January 2024, the number of confirmed transactions sent to a project’s contracts has increased. By October 2025, the project had surpassed 1.2 million transactions, making it the second-largest project for real-world asset (RWA) issuance after BitGo.
Additionally, the Ondo TVL (Total Value Locked) metric indicates that the total USD value of outstanding tokens across Ondo’s tokenized yield product has reached an all-time high of $1.4 billion. This suggests that adoption is increasing, as well as the influx of funds into ONDO at a favorable rate.
| Year | Potential Low ($) | Potential Average ($) | Potential High ($) |
| 2026 | 1.65 | 2.75 | 4.15 |
| 2027 | 2.20 | 3.65 | 5.25 |
| 2028 | 2.95 | 4.30 | 6.90 |
| 2029 | 4.75 | 5.60 | 8.45 |
| 2030 | 5.35 | 7.45 | 9.30 |
The price projection of ONDO crypto for 2026 could range between $1.65 to $4.15, with an average trading price of roughly $2.75.
This altcoin could hit a potential high of $5.25 in 2027, with a potential low of $2.20, and an average price of $3.65.
By 2028, forecasts indicate a potential low of $2.95 and a high of $6.90. This could bring the average price to $4.30.
During 2029, the price of the Ondo token is anticipated to reach a minimum of $4.75, with a maximum of $8.45, and an average price of $5.60.
ONDO coin price may reach a high of $9.30 in 2030. With a potential low of $5.35. With this, the average price could settle at around $7.45.
| Firm Name | 2025 | 2026 | 2030 |
| Changelly | $1.32 | $1.87 | $8.26 |
| priceprediction.net | $1.34 | $2.03 | $8.43 |
| DigitalCoinPrice | $2.01 | $2.29 | $5.01 |
CoinPedia’s price prediction for Ondo is extremely volatile. This is due to this altcoin’s highly fidgety nature. If the crypto market successfully regains momentum, this ETH-based token may surge toward a new high.
With this, the Ondo Price Prediction for this year could range between $3.05 as its high and $1.19 as its potential low.
We expect the Ondo Price to reach $3.05 in 2025.
| Year | Potential Low | Potential Average | Potential High |
| 2025 | $1.19 | $2.12 | $3.05 |
Also read, Arbitrum Price Prediction 2025, 2026 – 2030!
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
At the time of writing, the price of the Ondo token was $ 0.74939085.
Ondo project is a Decentralized Financial (DeFi) platform. It is known to offer risk-isolated, fixed-yield loans backed by yield-generating cryptocurrency assets.
The token is available for buying and selling on all the major centralized exchange platforms.
For the Ondo token to reach $100, it will require a surge of 9800.99% from its current valuation.
One can buy, hold, or sell Ondo crypto tokens by creating a wallet on a centralized cryptocurrency exchange.
The project made its presence in 2021. However, its native token “ONDO” made its first appearance in 2024.
With a potential surge, this altcoin may record a high of $11.75 during 2030 with an average trading price of $9.30.
The post Pi Coin Price Breaks Out 26%, But Can It Hold Above $0.28? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Watching Pi Coin price this week has been a rollercoaster. The excitement kicked off with an unexpected surge, pushing Pi up over 26% in a single day. This wild action has caught the attention of traders, but what reinforces the optimism is not just the price. It’s the story behind the numbers.
Successively, a technical breakout, millions of tokens moving off exchanges, and a wave of new KYC approvals have converged. Thereby, creating a near-perfect storm that reignited bullish sentiment in a market that had otherwise looked stagnant. Investors are now buzzing about whether Pi can sustain its run or if this is just a temporary spike.
As of today, Pi Coin price finds itself dancing around $0.2610, up a blistering 26.45% on the day and 26.26% over the week. What strikes me is the surge in trading volume, $108.27 million in just 24 hours, marking a massive 774% jump.
A closer inspection of the 4-hour chart reveals why traders got excited. First, Pi network price broke past both its 7-day SMA at $0.207 and the 30-day SMA at $0.23. Notably, a hidden bullish divergence showed up on the RSI, when it ticked higher from 40 to 46 even as the price dipped earlier this week. This tells us that buyers were keeping an eye out for a move.
The MACD histogram flipping positive (+0.00496) confirmed growing bullish momentum. This lined up perfectly with the 20 EMA crossing above the 50 EMA on the 4-hour chart. Consequently, the so-called golden cross usually unleashes a wave of buy pressure, and this time was no exception. However, resistance at $0.28 stands out as a pivotal level. A close above it could quickly attract breakout traders eyeing the next target at $0.36. Contrarily, a failure here or a drop below $0.20 could encourage profit-takers and risk a swift 20% correction.
Overall, Pi Coin is at a crossroads. If the price secures a daily close above $0.28, it could unlock fresh upside as confidence snowballs. But if resistance holds, expect short-term volatility and heightened risk of a retrace.
The jump was sparked by bullish trading signals, a big drop in exchange supply, and a sharp rise in KYC-verified users, all fueling optimism and rapid buying.
If Pi closes above the $0.28 resistance, momentum could quickly carry it to the $0.36 target, supported by strong trading volume and positive technicals.
The biggest risk is failing to break the $0.28 resistance. A reversal below $0.20 might lead to a 20% correction as recent buyers cash out.
The post Pi Network Price Prediction: Can PI Sustain Its Sudden 20% Jump? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The crypto market today is witnessing renewed bullish momentum, with Pi Network (PI) emerging as a top gainer amid altcoin recovery. In the past few hours, the PI price surged over 20%, rebounding sharply from the $0.21 support zone to trade around $0.26. This sudden rally comes as nearly 2.7 million users successfully migrated to the mainnet, marking a major milestone for the project and fueling optimism across the Pi community.
The recent rally in Pi Network’s price appears to be more than just a speculative bounce—it reflects improving market confidence and subtle on-chain shifts. Analysts point to increased user activity within the ecosystem, growing mainnet interactions, and renewed discussions around Pi’s future exchange listings. According to recent market data, Pi Network’s latest uptrend is backed by a combination of technical and fundamental factors:
Pi Network has been in a continuous downtrend since early 2025, printing lower highs and lower lows. However, today’s breakout above the long-term resistance line near $0.22 marks the first meaningful bullish signal in several months. The move is accompanied by strong buying volume, indicating that buyers are regaining control.
| Zone | Type | Range |
| Immediate Support | Post-breakout base | $0.21–$0.22 |
| Short-Term Resistance | Supply zone | $0.28–$0.30 |
| Next Major Resistance | April swing highs | $0.35–$0.38 |
| Critical Support | Breakdown level | $0.18 |
The zone between $0.28 and $0.30 represents a key test area. A decisive daily close above it could open the door for a push toward $0.34–$0.38. Failure to break through may lead to sideways consolidation between $0.21 and $0.28. The structure resembles a falling wedge pattern, a bullish reversal setup often seen after extended declines. Confirmation has been strengthened by the breakout above the wedge’s resistance line, rising RSI readings and a noticeable spike in trading volume.
This pattern implies a potential target near $0.34, derived from the measured wedge height added to the breakout point. Pi Network’s breakout above the descending trendline, supported by rising volume and positive RSI momentum, signals the first technical confirmation of a potential trend reversal. If the price manages to close above the $0.28–$0.30resistance area, PI could extend its rally toward $0.35–$0.38 in the near term.
However, traders should monitor volatility and avoid premature entries until volume confirms sustained buying pressure.
Despite the surge, experts warn that Pi Network remains speculative. The project has yet to achieve a fully open mainnet or secure major exchange listings. Until these milestones are reached, price rallies may remain sentiment-driven rather than fundamentally supported.
Investors are advised to monitor:
If Pi Network continues its current pace of user migration and ecosystem development, analysts believe PI price could retest the $0.30–$0.35 range in the near term. However, without a confirmed listing or broader adoption, consolidation around current levels remains the most likely scenario.
The post Alibaba’s Ant Group Eyes Crypto Future with ‘AntCoin’ Trademark in Hong Kong appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Alibaba’s fintech arm, Ant Group, is stirring buzz in the crypto world after filing a trademark application for “AntCoin” in Hong Kong. While the filing doesn’t confirm a token launch, it signals that the company is laying the legal groundwork to blend its Alipay payments ecosystem with Hong Kong’s fast-emerging regulated Web3 and stablecoin framework.
According to the Hong Kong Intellectual Property Department, the AntCoin trademark, filed in June, covers a sweeping range of financial operations, from traditional banking, lending, and foreign exchange to blockchain settlement, digital-asset custody, stablecoin issuance, and even loyalty rewards. This suggests Ant Group’s long-term ambition to merge conventional financial services with decentralized digital finance, potentially making Alipay a gateway to Web3 adoption in Asia.
The timing of this move is noteworthy. Hong Kong recently introduced a stablecoin licensing regime in August, aimed at attracting regulated crypto innovation. Ant’s filing aligns neatly with this regulatory shift, showing the company’s intent to explore opportunities under the city’s new pro-crypto environment.
Adding to the anticipation, Ant Group Chairman Eric Jing is set to speak at the upcoming Hong Kong FinTech Week, sharing the stage with Christopher Hui, Hong Kong’s Secretary for Financial Services, and Fred Hu of Primavera Capital. This year’s event, traditionally focused on traditional finance, will heavily emphasize crypto and Web3 themes, sparking speculation that Ant might unveil more details about its blockchain direction.
Having said that, if Ant Group goes ahead with launching ANTCOIN, it could be a game changer for crypto adoption. With millions of Alipay users, the company could easily introduce digital currency to the mainstream. However, strict Chinese regulations might slow things down. Still, the move signals how major fintech giants are increasingly exploring the digital asset space.
However, Ant Group’s interest in blockchain isn’t new, it has previously launched pilot projects exploring distributed ledger technology for supply chains and cross-border payments. However, the AntCoin filing marks its most direct step yet toward entering the regulated crypto economy. By securing the trademark early, the company ensures flexibility in branding, technology development, and compliance under Hong Kong’s evolving rules.
Though Ant Group hasn’t confirmed any token launch, the AntCoin trademark underscores how traditional fintech giants are preparing for the next wave of digital finance. With Hong Kong positioning itself as a crypto innovation hub, Ant’s latest move could soon bridge Alipay’s massive user base with regulated digital-asset services, potentially reshaping Asia’s payments landscape.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Ant Group is Alibaba’s fintech arm, known for Alipay, one of the world’s largest digital payment platforms, serving over a billion users globally.
Ant Group’s valuation is estimated around $80–$100 billion, reflecting its strong presence in digital payments, finance, and blockchain innovation.
AntCoin is a trademark filed by Ant Group in Hong Kong, hinting at future digital finance or blockchain services within its Alipay ecosystem.
Not yet. AntCoin’s trademark doesn’t confirm a crypto launch but shows Ant Group’s interest in regulated blockchain and digital payment innovations.
The post Mt. Gox Repayment Delayed Again $4B Bitcoin Unlock Now in 2026 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Mt. Gox Bitcoin unlock has been delayed once again, but this time, it may actually be good news for the crypto market. On Monday, the rehabilitation trustee of the defunct exchange announced that the repayment deadline has been pushed back to October 31, 2026, extending the wait for thousands of creditors hoping to recover lost funds.
According to the latest update, Mt. Gox has repaid around 19,500 creditors through its base repayment, early lump-sum, and intermediate repayment programs. These distributions were made to those who completed all necessary eligibility procedures.
However, a large number of creditors are still waiting due to incomplete documentation and processing delays, prompting the Tokyo District Court to approve yet another deadline extension.
This marks the third major delay since the repayment schedule was first set for October 31, 2023. Despite mounting frustration, the trustee emphasized that the new deadline ensures repayments are made “to the extent reasonably practicable.”
Blockchain data from Arkham Intelligence shows that Mt. Gox still holds 34,689 BTC, valued at roughly $4 billion, in its official wallet. The exchange also confirmed plans to distribute a portion of its recovered assets, including:
While several creditors have already received their repayments through Kraken and Bitstamp since mid-2024, a large sum remains untouched. With repayments now delayed until 2026, this means that $4 billion worth of potential sell pressure has been effectively removed from the market for another year.
If the Mt. Gox Bitcoin unlock had occurred this month as planned, even a small portion of the 34,000+ BTC hitting exchanges could have triggered heavy sell pressure, shaking market confidence. The postponement means:
“The Mt. Gox delay removes a massive psychological burden from Bitcoin investors,” said one market analyst. “It’s one less thing for traders to worry about while the macro outlook is turning positive.”
The timing of this extension could hardly be better for Bitcoin bulls. The U.S. Federal Reserve has recently hinted at an end to quantitative tightening (QT) and possible interest rate cuts in 2026, while trade tensions between the U.S. and China appear to be easing.
All three factors point to one thing: liquidity is coming back into the market. Combined with the Mt. Gox delay, the reduced selling pressure and improving macro landscape could create the perfect setup for Bitcoin’s next bullish phase.
As one trader put it: “No Mt. Gox dump, falling rates, and rising liquidity — this is the kind of alignment we wait years for.”
With repayments now postponed until October 31, 2026, creditors must endure another year of uncertainty. Still, for the broader crypto market, the delay removes billions in potential selling pressure, a temporary bullish catalyst that could strengthen Bitcoin’s price stability in the coming months.
Partial repayments show progress, but the final resolution of the Mt. Gox bankruptcy, more than a decade after its collapse, remains a work in progress.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Mt. Gox was hacked in 2014, losing most of its Bitcoin holdings and leading to bankruptcy. Recovery efforts have been ongoing since.
Around 850,000 BTC were lost in the Mt. Gox hack, though about 200,000 BTC were later recovered for creditor repayment.
Yes, if you were a verified creditor who filed claims, you can receive repayments through approved exchanges once distributions resume.
Some creditors began receiving partial repayments in 2024 via platforms like Kraken and Bitstamp, but most funds remain pending.
The new repayment deadline is October 31, 2026, allowing more time to complete verification and distribute funds.
The delay eases market fear and limits BTC selling, improving liquidity sentiment and boosting confidence among investors.
The post Crypto Industry Backs Australia’s Draft Law, Warns of Vague Rules appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Australia has taken a major step toward regulating digital assets. The government’s new draft laws aim to bring crypto platforms under financial regulation, which is a move many see as long overdue.
But while the industry welcomes the direction, it’s also calling for clearer rules before things move forward.
The proposed law would require digital-asset platforms to hold an Australian Financial Services Licence (AFSL) from ASIC, placing them closer to how banks and traditional institutions are regulated.
The draft introduces two new categories: digital asset platforms and tokenized custody platforms. Platforms with less than $6.5 million in annual transactions or holding under $3,300 in customer deposits will not need a licence, easing the pressure on smaller players.
Those who fail to comply could face penalties of up to A$16.5 million or 10% of annual turnover, showing how serious the government is about tightening oversight.
Also Read: Crypto Regulations in Australia 2025
The reaction from Australia’s crypto industry has been largely positive.
Kate Cooper, CEO of OKX Australia, said the draft laws show crypto is finally becoming part of the mainstream financial system, but added that implementation will be key.
Liam Hennessy, partner at Thomson Geer, called the approach “fair,” noting that it avoids the strict rules in Europe and the confusing rules in the United States.
But others believe the draft still leaves too much room for confusion.
Caroline Bowler, former CEO of BTC Markets, said, “The draft legislation, as it stands, leaves some critical questions unanswered. Structure must come with clarity.”
The consultation period closed on October 24, with submissions now under review. Crypto.com’s Vakul Talwar said the government should move fast and predicted legislation could arrive as early as March 2026.
Others, like MHC Digital’s Edward Carroll, expect it could take until the end of that year.
Even as regulation takes shape, crypto adoption in Australia continues to rise. According to a16z’s State of Crypto 2025 report, 31% of Australians now use crypto, up from 28% last year.
Stablecoins processed $46 trillion in transactions over the past year, rivaling Visa and PayPal, while global institutions like BlackRock, Visa, and JPMorgan expand their crypto services.
For now, all eyes are on how Australia turns this draft into law and whether it can strike the balance between safety and progress.
The post Crypto Markets Brace for Fed Rate Cuts, Big Tech Earnings, and Trump–Xi Meeting appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The crypto and stock markets are gearing up for a big week ahead.
Investors will be watching for key developments from the Fed, including interest rate decisions and Powell’s conference, along with major earnings reports from tech giants and the upcoming Trump–Xi meeting.
All of this could have a big impact on markets, giving investors long-awaited clarity on liquidity, earnings, and global trade that will shape how money moves for the rest of the year.
THIS IS GONNA BE A BIG WEEK
— Ash Crypto (@Ashcryptoreal) October 27, 2025
Wednesday:
-Fed Interest Rate & QT Decision
-Fed Chair Powell’s Press Conference
-Microsoft, Alphabet, and Meta Earnings Reports
Thursday:
–President Trump–Xi Meeting
– Apple and Amazon Earnings Reports
Expect high market volatility pic.twitter.com/kC4ynthP22
Markets widely expect the Fed to cut interest rates for the second time this year in its next meeting. According to the CME FedWatch Tool, the odds of a 25-basis-point rate cut currently stand at 97.3%.
With the government shutdown cutting off access to most recent economic data, investors will be closely watching how policymakers balance inflation with a cooling job market. Analysts note the Fed must clearly explain how it is making decisions with limited data, relying on its own surveys to decide on the policy matters.
Markets will also watch Powell’s tone closely in his upcoming press conference, as it could shape expectations for further rate cuts this year. If he points to easing inflation or growing signs of a weaker job market, it could reinforce the Fed’s confidence in continuing rate cuts. Ultimately, that could send money flowing back into stocks and crypto.
Powell has also hinted that quantitative tightening is nearing its end, which could influence investor sentiment. The end of QT could mark a major turning point for risk assets, as it could effectively stop draining liquidity from the markets.
Big Tech earnings are up next, with Microsoft, Alphabet, and Meta reporting on Wednesday, followed by Apple and Amazon on Thursday. Strong results could give both the stock and crypto markets a solid boost.
Finally, the highly anticipated Trump–Xi meeting on Thursday takes center stage.
U.S Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said Sunday that the U.S. and Chinese officials have agreed on a “very substantial framework” for a trade deal, setting the stage for talks between President Trump and President Xi this week.
The deal would prevent 100% U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods and delay China’s planned rare-earth export controls. Moreover, Trump is also optimistic and expects to reach an agreement soon.
With the FOMC meeting and possible rate cuts, progress on trade talks, and the government shutdown coming to an end, the setup looks stacked with bullish catalysts. However, there is also a risk that markets may have already priced in much of the optimism, which could leave little room for growth.
The post Ethereum Eyes $5,000 in November 2025 — But a Strong Monthly Close Is Crucial! appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The crypto market today is buzzing as the Ethereum (ETH) price edges closer to the $4,300 mark amid renewed bullish momentum and strong on-chain activity. However, analysts caution that a decisive monthly close above key resistance levels is essential to confirm the breakout and sustain upward momentum. With Bitcoin consolidating near local highs, investor attention has shifted toward Ethereum’s potential rally—positioning November as a make-or-break month for ETH’s long-term bullish trajectory.
In the past week, specifically after the 20th of October, the Bitcoin ETF inflows have been steadily increasing, absorbing $446 million. However, the Ethereum ETF experienced a $244 million outflow led by Fidelity’s FETH with nearly $92.25 million. Interestingly, none of the nine ETH ETFs posted a net inflow. This indicates consolidation more than rotation, as every dollar leaving Ethereum could have found its way into Bitcoin’s vault.
Bitcoin has become the global liquidity sink and the black hole of the capital trust, as it doesn’t promise yield but permanence. This suggests the institutions are not betting against innovation but rather chasing immutability, as BTC doesn’t promise yield but permanence.
Ethereum price has been consolidating between $3,682 and $4,300 since the start of the month and as the markets are approaching the month-end, a major breakout is awaited. The price, after the freefall from $4,732, is facing strong resistance at $4,271 which is the neckline of the double-bottom pattern. Currently, the ETH price is facing a similar action yet again, which raises concern over the next price action.
As seen in the above chart, the ETH price is trading below the Ichimoku cloud, suggesting the bearish influence over the token. On the other hand, the CMF undergoes a parabolic recovery from 0, hinting towards a significant influx of buying volume. However, the levels are yet to rise above the ascending trend line that keeps the possibility of trend reversal open. Therefore, the ETH price appears to have entered a decisive phase, as a rise above the neckline at $4,271 could push the levels to $4,500 or above. Meanwhile, a rejection from here could keep the price within the consolidated zone mentioned above.
Therefore, Ethereum’s current price action holds significant importance for the coming weeks. A decisive breakout above $4,300 could trigger a surge in liquidity, attracting strong buying interest and accelerating bullish momentum toward $4,800 and beyond. Such a move would greatly increase the likelihood of Ethereum reaching the $5,000 milestone before the end of 2025. However, analysts emphasize that a monthly close above $4,300 remains critical to validate the breakout and confirm the continuation of the long-term uptrend.
The new Digital Assets and Money Movement division will spearhead US Bank’s stablecoin, ‘crypto’ custody, digital money, and asset tokenization efforts.
The post US Bank launches digital unit amid crypto’s open banking fight appeared first on CoinGeek.
Tokenized mining rigs turn extra local energy into shared Bitcoin rewards, giving communities a fair way to profit and power new opportunities.
The post Tokenized mining rigs fueling growth of grassroots hubs appeared first on CoinGeek.
According to NYDIG research, Bitcoin’s price moves are driven more by the strength of the US dollar and broad liquidity conditions than by direct ties to inflation.
Greg Cipolaro, NYDIG’s global head of research, said the data show weak and inconsistent links between inflation measures and Bitcoin. That view shifts attention away from the old narrative that Bitcoin is mainly an inflation hedge.
Cipolaro argued that expectations for inflation are a slightly better signal than headline inflation readings, but still not a tight predictor of Bitcoin’s price.
Instead, Bitcoin and gold both tend to gain when the US dollar weakens. While gold’s inverse relation with the dollar is long established, Bitcoin’s opposite movement to the dollar is newer but visible.
Based on reports, gold has historically climbed as the dollar falls. Bitcoin is following that pattern, though its correlation is less steady than gold’s.
As Bitcoin becomes more connected with mainstream finance, NYDIG expects that its inverse relationship with the dollar will likely strengthen.
This makes sense to traders who price everything in dollars and seek alternatives when the greenback loses purchasing power.
Cipolaro highlighted interest rates and money supply as the two major macro levers that move both gold and Bitcoin.
Lower interest rates and looser monetary policy have tended to support higher prices for these assets.
In simple terms: when borrowing costs drop and liquidity rises, Bitcoin often benefits. The note framed gold as more of a real-rate hedge, while Bitcoin is described as acting like a gauge of market liquidity — a subtle but important distinction for investors.
On-chain data show signs of renewed selling. Reports say illiquid Bitcoin — coins held in long-dormant wallets — fell from 14.38 million earlier in October to 14.300 million on the 23rd of October.
That change means roughly 62,000 BTC, worth about $6.8 billion at recent prices, moved back into circulation. In the past, large inflows did exert price pressure. In January 2024, a substantial sum of coins came available that caused the price momentum to soften.
According to Glassnode data, there has been a consistent selloff from wallets holding from 0.1 to 100 BTC, and first-time buyer supply has contracted down to ~213,000 BTC.
The overall assessment from a macro perspective and on-chain metrics is not favorable. Demand from new buyers appears to be lighter, momentum traders appear to have stepped aside, and more coins are now available to trade. This combination can blunt rallies or deepen pullbacks until liquidity conditions improve or the dollar weakens.
Featured image from Gemini, chart from TradingView
Over the years, a number of indicators have emerged that have often helped to pinpoint the Bitcoin bull market peak. These indicators have been triggered in previous cycles, and their triggers have often been a signal that it was time to get out of the market, as a new bear market is underway. However, this time around, even with the Bitcoin price hitting multiple new all-time highs, none of these cycle peak indicators have been triggered, suggesting that the market top has yet to be reached.
The Bull Market Peak Indicator tracker on the Coinglass website follows a total of 30 indicators that follow 30 indicators that show the progress of the Bitcoin bull market toward reaching a top. Some major ones include the Bitcoin Bubble Index, the Puell Multiple, the Bitcoin Rainbow Chart, and the Altcoin Season Index, among others.
Usually, these indicators are tracked on a scale of 0-100%, with 0% meaning that it is far from being triggered and 100% showing that an indicator has been triggered. If only a few of these get to the 100% mark and are triggered, it usually doesn’t mean that the Bitcoin peak has been reached.
However, even now, not one of these indicators has been triggered. Most continue to remain quite low, while the likes of the Bitcoin dominance are high, but still have not been triggered. For there to be a definite progress toward the Bitcoin market peak, at least half of these would have to be triggered.
Since none of the bull market peak indicators have been triggered, it means that the Bitcoin price might actually be far away from its all-time high. With the score still being 0 out of 30, it points to this being a time to hold, despite the declines that the market has suffered recently.
According to a previous report from Bitcoinist, this was the case a few months ago, and now two months later, the tracker remains the same. Thus, it could be that $126,000 is not the all-time high for Bitcoin, and that the market could end up getting an altcoin season after all.
In the case that more than half of the bull market peak indicators do get triggered, then it means that the top of the market is getting close. Once it gets to 30/30, then it signals the start of the next bear market, and this is when selling is at its highest in the market, leading to rapid price declines across the board.
What to Know:
Snorter Token combines meme coin appeal with real utility through its advanced Telegram-based trading bot that levels the playing field for retail traders.
Early price forecasts suggest up to 1,285% ROI by 2030, backed by strong features and exclusive holder benefits.
The presale ends in less than 7 hours, so this could be your last chance to grab $SNORT at its lowest price before it hits major exchanges.
Ever since its launch earlier this year, Snorter Token ($SNORT) has become one of the most sought-after crypto presales of 2025 – and for good reason.
Sure, its cute yet gun-trained aardvark mascot plays a big role in attracting meme coin investors, but under the hood, Snorter Token offers a potentially game-changing trading bot designed to level the playing field between everyday traders and the whales.
As a result, $SNORT continues to attract tens of thousands of dollars in investment every single day, even as it nears the end of its presale – less than 7 hours to go, so you won’t find it at the low price of $0.1083 ever again!
If you’re a retail participant aiming to join the meme coin mania and hopefully make some chunky profits for yourself, unfortunately, the task ahead of you is a tall one.
Also, that has nothing to do with your own experience level and everything to do with the unfair and unjust techniques used by advanced players.
Right now, big-money traders use automated sniping scripts and insider tactics to scoop up all the liquidity in newly listed meme coins, leaving little to nothing for smaller players.And of course, we all know those initial meme coin frenzies are often the most profitable crypto rallies ever.
If that wasn’t enough, retail traders also have to watch out for rug pulls and sandwich attacks, as malicious on-chain actors are at all times after whatever little profit you do manage to make amidst all this chaos.
What’s more, you also have to constantly hop between charts, DEX dashboards, and Telegram rooms – and this when modern trading technology should be able to offer you a single, trustworthy interface.
Fortunately, there’s a solution to all that.
Snorter Bot uses a purpose-built Solana routing engine to offer retail traders sub-second execution.
In simple English, this means that if you’re a Snorter Bot user, you can place buy/sell limit or stop orders well before liquidity arrives in a new meme coin.
And when it finally does, Snorter Bot takes matters into its own hands and executes your trades at lightning speed – allowing you to participate in the meme coin action in the truest sense of the word.In addition to reducing the dominance of crypto whales, Snorter Bot also ensures you’re protected from all kinds of on-chain dangers.
It comes packed with robust safeguards against front-running, rug pulls, honeypots, and even complex sandwich attacks.
Here’s a comprehensive guide on $SNORT’s utility.
One of Snorter’s standout features, though, is its ease of use.
Since Snorter Bot operates entirely on Telegram, every single action – from placing trades to managing your crypto portfolio, and even using the copy-trading function – can be done through simple chat commands.
Speaking of the copy-trading function, it can help you earn decent profits by connecting your wallet to that of proven meme coin traders and copying their trades.That said, you’ll admittedly be much better off using this feature as a learning tool – to see how the pros trade and then use that insight to ultimately craft a strategy of your own.
Snorter Bot is all set to first launch on Solana and then expand its coverage to multiple blockchains, including Ethereum, BNB, Polygon, and Base, ultimately reaching every corner of the retail meme coin trading community, no matter where they operate.
This naturally puts the spotlight on its native cryptocurrency, $SNORT (it exists as an SPL token on Solana and an ERC-20 on Ethereum), which could be the next 1000x crypto.
But it’s worth remembering that these gains are potentially only on offer for the next 7 hours, i.e., as long as the Snorter Token presale is live. Once $SNORT lists on exchanges, you might never find it at this low a price again.
Take a look at our step-by-step guide on how to buy $SNORT for just $0.1083.
It’s also worth noting that buying $SNORT unlocks an entirely new set of holder-exclusive benefits, including:
Grab your $SNORT tokens now before the presale ends and the price blasts off!
Disclaimer: Investments in crypto are highly risky, so kindly invest only after doing your own research. This article is not financial advice.
Authored by Elena Bistreanu, NewsBTC – https://www.newsbtc.com/news/7-hours-before-snorter-token-presale-ends-as-1285-prediction-hypes-investors
Solana started a fresh increase above the $200 zone. SOL price is now consolidating above $200 and might aim for more gains above the $208 zone.
Solana price started a decent increase after it settled above the $180 zone, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. SOL climbed above the $188 level to enter a short-term positive zone.
The price even smashed the $198 resistance. The bulls were able to push the price above $200. The price is now consolidating gains above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent upward move from the $177 swing low to the $204 high.
Solana is now trading above $200 and the 100-hourly simple moving average. Besides, there is a bullish trend line forming with support at $198 on the hourly chart of the SOL/USD pair.
On the upside, the price is facing resistance near the $205. The next major resistance is near the $208 level. The main resistance could be $212. A successful close above the $212 resistance zone could set the pace for another steady increase. The next key resistance is $225. Any more gains might send the price toward the $232 level.
If SOL fails to rise above the $205 resistance, it could start another decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $198 zone and the trend line. The first major support is near the $192 level and the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent upward move from the $177 swing low to the $204 high.
A break below the $192 level might send the price toward the $184 support zone. If there is a close below the $184 support, the price could decline toward the $180 support in the near term.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for SOL/USD is gaining pace in the bullish zone.
Hourly Hours RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for SOL/USD is above the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $198 and $184.
Major Resistance Levels – $205 and $208.
The search for the top new cryptos to buy for 2025 has intensified as investors seek projects combining innovation, utility, and growth potential. Among the leading contenders, Cardano, Hyperliquid, and BullZilla stand out for their unique approaches to blockchain technology. Cardano offers a research-driven foundation, Hyperliquid transforms DeFi liquidity, and BullZilla blends meme-coin excitement with real tokenomics. These projects are capturing attention not only for their technical merits but also for their potential returns in the evolving crypto market.
BullZilla, in particular, has ignited investor interest with its presale mechanics, offering structured rewards and a Progressive Price Engine that drives scarcity and value growth. Meanwhile, Hyperliquid continues to redefine decentralized trading, and Cardano strengthens its ecosystem through staking and scalability upgrades. As 2025 approaches, the combination of legacy blockchain stability, decentralized finance innovation, and meme-driven momentum is shaping the next wave of investment opportunities in cryptocurrencies.
Cardano (ADA) continues to lead as one of the most academically grounded and research-driven blockchain platforms. Its peer-reviewed development model ensures long-term reliability, while upgrades like Hydra and side-chain integration enhance scalability, transaction throughput, and interoperability. Cardano’s ecosystem supports a growing range of DeFi applications, offering low transaction fees, staking rewards, and strong security for developers and users alike. With its mission to serve as the foundational layer for decentralized applications and real-world adoption, Cardano is steadily expanding across emerging markets, particularly in Africa. Analysts anticipate ADA’s gradual price growth through 2025 as enterprise partnerships and cross-chain integrations accelerate. While not as explosive as BullZilla’s presale surge, Cardano remains one of the most stable and credible cryptos for long-term investors.
Cardano operates through a rigorous peer-reviewed academic process, ensuring scalability, sustainability, and exceptional security for all ecosystem participants, promoting long-term growth, innovation, and reliability within the decentralized blockchain network.
Powered by Hydra upgrades, minimal transaction fees, and increasing real-world adoption, Cardano delivers consistent growth, enhanced efficiency, and sustainable long-term value for investors throughout 2025 and beyond.
Introducing BullZilla ($BZIL), the breakout star among the top new cryptos to buy for 2025 reshaping meme-coin investing through real tokenomics and tangible yield mechanics. Now in Stage 8 (Echoes of the Bull), Phase 1, each token is priced at $0.0001924, with over $960K raised, 31 billion tokens sold, and 3,200 holders. Driven by its Progressive Price Engine and 24-stage burn mechanism, BullZilla increases in value every 48 hours or once $100,000 is raised, ensuring sustainable scarcity and rewarding early believers. Its HODL Furnace offers staking returns up to 70% APY, while tiered reward systems motivate long-term holders. As investors seek the next breakout opportunity, BullZilla’s hybrid approach between meme appeal and DeFi utility sets it apart from typical presales.
At the current presale rate, a $3,000 investment secures approximately 15.59 million BZIL tokens. With the listing target of $0.00527, that could translate to nearly $82,000, a 2,639.81% ROI from the current stage or 3,246.08% ROI for earliest entrants. The next price jump of +3.46% to $0.00019906 is expected soon, reinforcing the urgency for early entry. How to buy BullZilla presale? Start by setting up a Web3 wallet such as MetaMask or Trust Wallet. Purchase ETH or USDT from a trusted exchange and transfer it to your wallet. Visit the official BullZilla presale portal, connect your wallet, and swap for $BZIL. Tokens remain locked until presale completion, and claim details are displayed transparently on the platform.
BullZilla combines meme-coin appeal with DeFi utility, featuring staking up to 70% APY, a 24-stage burn mechanism, and a Progressive Price Engine for long-term value and scarcity.
The presale runs in 48-hour stages or until $100K is raised, with token prices increasing automatically each stage, rewarding early buyers and driving scarcity-driven demand and momentum.
Yes. BullZilla’s HODL Furnace allows holders to stake tokens for passive income, offering returns up to 70% APY while contributing to long-term token scarcity and ecosystem growth.
Hyperliquid (HYPE) is rapidly emerging as a frontrunner in decentralized perpetual trading, offering near-zero gas fees and ultra-fast transaction settlement. Its advanced on-chain architecture delivers transparency and speed, drawing traders away from centralized exchanges. With a market capitalization exceeding $12 billion and rising daily trading volume, Hyperliquid is expanding its ecosystem beyond governance to include liquidity incentives, staking rewards, and advanced trading utilities. As global adoption of decentralized finance accelerates, Hyperliquid’s scalable infrastructure positions it as a direct competitor to leading centralized exchanges. Its focus on efficiency, reliability, and innovation makes it a cornerstone project for investors seeking sustainable exposure to the DeFi sector. At this growth trajectory, Hyperliquid could redefine decentralized trading standards by 2025 and beyond.
Hyperliquid’s ultra-low gas fees, instant trade settlements, and transparent infrastructure establish it as a leading choice for seamless, efficient, and trustworthy decentralized perpetual trading across global markets.
Yes, with powerful utility, high scalability, and growing institutional interest, Hyperliquid provides investors with strategic exposure to the long-term expansion and value potential of decentralized finance.
In summary, the top new cryptos to buy for 2025 offer a blend of stability, innovation, and explosive growth potential. Cardano represents a research-driven, scalable blockchain with long-term adoption prospects, while Hyperliquid leads the DeFi liquidity revolution with ultra-fast, gas-free trading. BullZilla stands out as a high-reward opportunity, combining meme-coin appeal with structured tokenomics, staking rewards, and scarcity mechanisms. Together, these projects showcase the diverse strategies shaping the next crypto cycle.
Investors looking for exposure in 2025 should consider the balance between proven ecosystems and emerging stars. While Cardano and Hyperliquid provide steady utility and portfolio resilience, BullZilla captures momentum-driven growth with its presale stages and reward mechanisms. Understanding the unique potential of each project helps investors make informed decisions. By acting strategically, early participants can position themselves to benefit from both long-term adoption and the high upside that new crypto opportunities like BullZilla present.
Follow BZIL on X (Formerly Twitter)
Read More: Explosive Growth Ahead: Cardano, Hyperliquid, and BullZilla Ignite Momentum Among Top New Cryptos to Buy for 2025">Explosive Growth Ahead: Cardano, Hyperliquid, and BullZilla Ignite Momentum Among Top New Cryptos to Buy for 2025
EasyA co-founder Dom Kwok has doubled down on his $1,000 XRP price prediction, urging holders to remain patient. This latest outlook follows a lighthearted exchange on X, where user Stealth asked Kwok what to do with his XRP holdings.
How much would the XRP price have grown by 2035 if the XRP Ledger (XRPL) introduced a fee-burning mechanism like Ethereum's EIP-1559? For context, the XRPL already destroys a small amount of XRP with each transaction, but this feature only exists to prevent spam, not to generate revenue or reduce supply over time.
Amid growing predictions that Shiba Inu could reach $0.0001, findings reveal that the token’s enormous supply makes that target a dead-end projection. Since Shiba Inu reached its all-time high of $0.00008845 in October 2021, several community analysts have identified $0.0001 as the next major target.
Binance just turned up the heat again. On October 25, 2025, at 14:00 (UTC+8), the world’s largest exchange officially listed Giggle Fund (GIGGLE) and SynFutures (F), opening spot trading for pairs GIGGLE/USDT, GIGGLE/USDC, GIGGLE/TRY, F/USDT, F/USDC, and F/TRY.
Both tokens carry Binance’s Seed Tag, signaling early-stage, high-potential projects that traders should keep a close eye on.
Binance Will List Giggle Fund (GIGGLE) and SynFutures (F) with Seed Tag Applied
Read more 👉 https://t.co/4czkYC8A9m pic.twitter.com/5Yf7kORLWl
— Binance (@binance) October 25, 2025
Move over, Doge and Pepe. There’s a new meme in town, one that gives back.
Giggle Fund (GIGGLE) is built on the BNB Smart Chain and has quickly captured attention for mixing humor with heart. This isn’t just another memecoin chasing hype; it’s a project that channels a portion of every transaction into charitable donations for children’s education.
According to the project’s team, Giggle Fund has already raised nearly $7 million through its Giggle Academy initiative, a program funding classrooms, supplies, and digital learning access for underprivileged children worldwide.
Binance itself spotlighted the project earlier this week in its charity blog, celebrating how $GIGGLE is turning memes into missions. The blog post read like an endorsement of what’s possible when community energy meets real-world impact.
Shortly after, the exchange doubled down, granting Giggle Fund a Binance Alpha listing.
“Thank you, Binance, for believing in the mission and helping us bring education to kids worldwide!” the Giggle Fund team wrote on X.
Within hours of the Binance listing, Giggle Fund exploded across crypto markets.
That’s a +154.84% gain in 24 hours, pushing Giggle into one of the day’s most talked-about tokens.
So what caused the rocket fuel? Three major triggers:
1. Binance Listing (Oct 25, 2025), The main catalyst. Spot trading opened with instant demand. Volume spiked 10x within hours.
2. Charity-Backed Tokenomics, Every transaction contributes to Giggle Academy, creating a do good, earn good feedback loop.
3. Whale Accumulation, On-chain data showed large wallets piling in, with one investor reportedly buying $1.2 million worth of GIGGLE during the listing hour.
Giggle Fund’s mix of community fun, viral marketing, and purpose-driven tokenomics has given it a unique identity in a market dominated by pure speculation.
Big love to Binance! ❤️
Yesterday, @binance highlighted us in their charity blog, showcasing how $GIGGLE is transforming memecoins into a force for global good, raising almost $7M to date for children’s education.🙏
Today, Binance continues their support with $GIGGLE Alpha… pic.twitter.com/gyDGjDlrn4
— GiggleFund (@GiggleFundBSC) October 3, 2025
But make no mistake, this is still high-volatility territory. The token’s price swung from $85 → $274 → $225 in less than 24 hours. That’s not for the faint-hearted.
Still, even skeptics admit, Giggle Fund has proven that laughter can move markets.
That’s how traders are describing it online.
What started as a niche experiment on the BNB Chain is now the first major charity-driven memecoin to land on Binance’s main platform. For its holders, it’s validation. For Binance, it’s a clear nod toward community coins that stand for more than hype.
The listing announcement alone sent waves through the memecoin sector. Projects with similar social themes saw temporary volume spikes, suggesting traders are betting on “cause-based crypto” as the next meta.
Giggle Fund’s community, known as the “Laughing Legion,” celebrated the milestone with a mix of memes, jokes, and heartfelt gratitude.
“It’s not about luck, it’s about laughter and learning,” one user wrote.
Alongside Giggle’s emotional surge came a quieter but equally important listing: SynFutures (F).
Unlike GIGGLE’s meme-driven energy, SynFutures represents serious infrastructure. It’s a decentralized exchange (DEX) and full-stack DeFi protocol providing liquidity solutions and derivative trading tools for on-chain markets.
The project has been building steadily for months, and its inclusion on Binance, with the Seed Tag, marks a major milestone in its evolution.
By listing both SynFutures and Giggle Fund together, Binance made a subtle but strategic point: crypto isn’t just speculation or structure, it’s both. One brings the community, the other brings the rails.
While SynFutures didn’t see the same fireworks as GIGGLE on launch day, traders expect its utility to grow as decentralized finance continues to mature.
This double listing highlights a broader theme, Binance’s role in shaping the next phase of crypto diversity.
By supporting a memecoin that donates to real causes and a DeFi protocol building infrastructure, the exchange is signaling a wider philosophy: innovation isn’t limited to one side of crypto.
It’s community and code. Emotion and engineering.
The Seed Tag for both tokens reminds investors of the obvious: early-stage equals high risk. But it also means early opportunity, the kind Binance users rarely ignore.
For Giggle Fund, the message is simple, doing good doesn’t have to be boring.
Its founders call it “philanthropy on-chain.” Each transaction doesn’t just circulate capital, it circulates hope.
The team says it wants to build a world where trading can directly impact classrooms and communities. The Binance listing, they say, is “just the beginning.”
Meanwhile, SynFutures continues to build in the background, aiming to give traders deeper control over decentralized markets and smarter access to liquidity.
Together, both projects reflect what’s next for crypto: utility with a human touch.
In one day, Binance managed to spotlight the best of two worlds, fun meets function.
Giggle Fund turned memes into meaning. SynFutures reinforced the foundation beneath it.
And as traders watch GIGGLE’s wild swings, from laughter to liquidity, one thing’s clear:
Crypto isn’t just about profit anymore. Sometimes, it’s about purpose.
Disclosure: This is not trading or investment advice. Always do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any services.
Follow us on Twitter @themerklehash to stay updated with the latest Crypto, NFT, AI, Cybersecurity, and Metaverse news!
The post Binance Lists Giggle Fund (GIGGLE) and SynFutures (F), Memecoins Meet Market Infrastructure appeared first on The Merkle News.
The new x402 category just went live on CoinGecko, and it’s already becoming one of the most-watched trends in the crypto space.
But what is x402, and why is it suddenly everywhere?
NEW Category: x402
x402 is an open-source HTTP-native payment protocol developed by @coinbase.
We've added a new category to help you track all their tokens in one place.
Check it out 👉 https://t.co/Ub1mFuIubS pic.twitter.com/SWTntAPdLz
— CoinGecko (@coingecko) October 25, 2025
Let’s break it down.
x402 is an open-source HTTP-native payment protocol created by Coinbase.
In simple terms, it’s a new open payment system that lets anyone, even AI bots, send small crypto payments instantly. No accounts. No cards. No banks.
It’s built directly on a web rule called HTTP 402, “Payment Required.”
That code has existed since the 1990s, but it was never used until now.
Coinbase and Cloudflare revived it to create something revolutionary, a way for the internet itself to accept crypto payments.
Here’s what this means:
The x402 protocol allows machines, apps, and AI agents to transact autonomously. They can buy data, pay for compute, or rent API access, all without human intervention.
For the first time, AI can pay AI, trustlessly, instantly, and across chains.
x402 is taking over! @Coinbase + @Cloudflare's open protocol revives HTTP 402 for instant USDC micropayments.
AI agents pay autonomously—no accounts or API keys! 2-second settlement, $0.001 microtransactions. Cross-chain (Base, Solana, Polygon, NEAR).
$30T economy by 2030?… pic.twitter.com/KpxRezuWsx
— WilcosX.eth Ⓜ️Ⓜ️T (@WilcosX) October 25, 2025
The reason x402 matters comes down to one simple shift: AI agents need to transact.
As autonomous AI systems get smarter, they need to make micro-purchases, buying data, renting servers, and paying APIs in real time. Traditional payment rails don’t support that.
Visa and Mastercard can’t handle one-cent transactions every few seconds.
But x402 can.
That’s why Coinbase built it, to power the financial layer for AI and the next generation of the internet.
The process is incredibly simple, yet powerful:
It all happens automatically in about two seconds, with zero transaction fees.
No centralized payment processors. No trusted intermediaries.
It’s DeFi logic embedded into HTTP, the universal protocol of the web.
In the past month alone, x402 has already recorded over 43,000 transactions, according to on-chain data shared by Coinbase.
The project is being tested with Google Cloud, AWS, and even Singapore’s CBDC initiative.
Backed by Visa, AWS, and Google AP2, x402 is quickly shaping up to be a serious infrastructure layer for real-world payments, not just another crypto experiment.
Coinbase and Cloudflare also announced the creation of the x402 Foundation to coordinate development, adoption, and open-source standards across chains like Base, Solana, Polygon, and NEAR.
x402 is a huge leap forward for crypto utility.
It fixes one of the internet’s longest-standing issues, how to pay for things online instantly, cheaply, and securely.
Today, most payments rely on middlemen charging 3% or more.
With x402:
It’s like giving the internet a built-in crypto wallet.
The potential use cases are massive.
AI Bots Paying for Data, Imagine an AI scraping financial data, paying 0.01 USDC each time it queries an API.
Pay-Per-Article Models, Websites could replace subscriptions with tiny, instant payments per read.
Cloud Compute Rentals, Servers could charge bots by the second for processing time.
Everything happens on-chain, automatically, without logins or invoices.
That’s the power of HTTP 402, and why many are calling it the new money layer for the internet.
The x402 movement is already spawning a growing ecosystem of projects.
Some early builders include:
And of course, the first breakout token from the ecosystem, $PING (@pingobserver), is already gaining attention;
Meme tokens are even starting to emerge under the x402 narrative, like $SANTA (@santavirtuals) and $DREAMS (@daydreamsagents), each capturing the attention of early adopters watching this trend unfold.
It’s still early days.
Most websites don’t yet support x402 payments. Developer tools are limited.
And speculative tokens are everywhere, crowding the signal.
But despite the early noise, the foundation looks strong.
If more web services, AI agents, and protocols begin adopting x402, it could become the standard for crypto-native payments online.
The next few months will be crucial as adoption metrics start to surface, especially if big names like Coinbase, Cloudflare, and Google Cloud continue driving integration.
At its core, x402 represents a shift in how value moves online.
It’s the bridge between the web, crypto, and AI, three technologies that have mostly operated in isolation.
With x402, the web finally gets a native payment layer, AI gets a way to transact, and crypto gets a global use case beyond speculation.
It’s still early, but the signs are clear:
HTTP 402 is coming to life, and it might just change how the internet works.
Disclosure: This is not trading or investment advice. Always do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any services.
Follow us on Twitter @themerklehash to stay updated with the latest Crypto, NFT, AI, Cybersecurity, and Metaverse news!
The post x402 Goes Live on CoinGecko, Coinbase’s New Payment Protocol is Powering the “AI × Crypto” Wave appeared first on The Merkle News.
Pump.fun just hit a massive milestone. The project’s buybacks of the $PUMP token have surpassed $150 million, with 9.4% of total supply already repurchased in just over three months.
That makes Pump.fun only the second Solana project to ever reach this level, the first being Raydium (@Raydium), which has completed over $200 million in lifetime buybacks.
It’s a powerful statement for Solana’s growing on-chain economy and a signal that revenue-backed models are taking center stage again in crypto.
In traditional markets, companies buy back their own shares to increase shareholder value.
Crypto projects do something similar, only faster, and transparently on-chain.
When a platform earns revenue, it can use part of it to buy back tokens from the open market.
That reduces supply, supports price stability, and directly reflects how well the platform is performing.
For long-term investors, this is one of the strongest fundamentals to watch.
Projects that generate consistent revenue and use it for buybacks tend to show sustainable token strength over time.
And that’s exactly what we’re seeing now with Pump.fun and a few standout protocols across the ecosystem.
Pump.fun started as a memecoin launch platform on Solana.
Now it’s one of the highest-earning on-chain businesses in the ecosystem.
Its model is simple: every token launched pays a small fee, and the platform earns revenue from that constant stream of activity.
As of now, Pump.fun’s buyback total exceeds $150 million, repurchasing nearly one-tenth of its entire supply.
For comparison, few DeFi or trading protocols across any blockchain have achieved that scale in such a short time.
That buyback number alone places Pump.fun alongside Solana’s biggest names, second only to Raydium, the long-standing DEX with over $200 million in total buybacks over its lifetime.
This shows the strength of Solana’s on-chain liquidity and how memecoin platforms have evolved into serious economic drivers within the ecosystem.
Token supplies in crypto are variable.
Inflation, emissions, and unlocks often weigh on token prices.
Buybacks act as a counterweight, a way to absorb supply and stabilize value.
When a project’s revenue grows, it gains the power to consistently buy back tokens, effectively linking price performance to actual business output.
That’s what separates sustainable tokens from hype-driven ones.
Hyperliquid and Pump.fun have recently shown how well this model can work.
Both platforms run with strong revenue inflows, and both are executing significant buybacks that strengthen token confidence.
These are signs of maturity across DeFi, a shift toward revenue-aligned token economies.
Of course, not every project can sustain this.
Many tokens, even promising ones, eventually succumb to supply growth, emissions, staking rewards, or token unlocks overwhelm their buyback power.
It’s a pattern that’s played out countless times before.
That’s why revenue remains the most critical factor in long-term crypto investment.
Tokens without cash flow eventually rely on speculation alone.
Tokens with revenue can support real, repeatable demand.
As buyback programs scale, they not only defend token prices but also build a feedback loop, the more users interact with the platform, the more revenue it earns, and the stronger the buybacks become.
Between Pump.fun and Hyperliquid, the conversation in crypto is shifting back to revenue-based valuation, something that used to define traditional equity markets.
These projects are proving that on-chain platforms can operate like real businesses:
This evolution could define the next major narrative in DeFi, one centered not on speculation or liquidity mining, but on cash flow and buyback economics.
For Solana, this is a major credibility boost.
Projects like Pump.fun and Raydium are showing how active ecosystems can monetize usage at scale.
With over $350 million combined in lifetime buybacks, these two platforms alone have created a benchmark for real revenue generation in the blockchain space.
And with Solana’s ultra-low fees and high throughput, it’s clear why it’s becoming the preferred home for revenue-driven on-chain projects.
The next step will be how these projects scale further.
Can Pump.fun sustain its buyback pace over the next six months?
And can Hyperliquid keep its edge as perp trading heats up across L2s?
If these projects continue to prove that real revenue equals real value, we may be witnessing the start of a more mature phase for crypto, one where fundamentals finally matter again.
Pump.fun’s $150 million buyback milestone isn’t just a stat, it’s a signal.
Revenue-backed crypto projects are thriving again, and investors are starting to notice.
As supply-heavy projects fade, platforms with strong revenue and aggressive buybacks are likely to dominate the next market cycle.
And Pump.fun is leading that charge, one buyback at a time.
Disclosure: This is not trading or investment advice. Always do your research before buying any cryptocurrency or investing in any services.
Follow us on Twitter @themerklehash to stay updated with the latest Crypto, NFT, AI, Cybersecurity, and Metaverse news!
The post Pump.fun’s $PUMP Buybacks Cross $150 Million appeared first on The Merkle News.
Skipping cryp to taxes can trigger hefty fines and legal issues. Find out what really happens if you fail to report or pay taxes on your holdings.
JPYC President Noriyoshi Okabe said that the stablecoin has already garnered interest from seven companies that are looking to incorporate it into their services.
Australia’s crypto exchanges have been largely positive about the government’s proposed crypto laws, but have told the Treasury that further clarity is needed.
The Crypto Fear & Greed Index has flipped to neutral, leaving “fear” behind for the first time since the mid-October market crash sparked by Trump’s China tariffs.
Argentina’s La Libertad Avanza party, led by President Javier Milei, has won the midterms, positioning Milei as the frontrunner for the 2027 elections.
A new Bitcoin improvement proposal calls for a one-year soft fork for Bitcoin while developers resolve the transaction filtering debate, but the language within it has sparked controversy.
Could AI have prevented the collapse of Mt. Gox if it had existed back then? An AI-powered post-mortem by the exchange’s former CEO raises an intriguing “what if.”
The post Solana Price Brings Bulls With Breakout Rally, Is $222 Next? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Solana price has just stolen the spotlight among altcoins, breaking out with powerful momentum that has traders buzzing. The latest 6% daily surge comes on the back of a broader market rally led by Bitcoin’s impressive climb to $115k. As a result, Solana’s market cap now stands at a staggering $112.54 billion with daily trading volume rocketing nearly 90% higher, echoing a strong surge of interest.
The energy behind Solana’s move isn’t an accident. In the past 24 hours, $195M in altcoin shorts were liquidated as Bitcoin ramped higher, creating fuel for Solana’s breakout. A fresh wave of bullishness was also triggered after Solana’s co-founder, Anatoly Yakovenko, challenged Ethereum’s layer two security models.
SOL’s price rally has plenty of confirmation under the hood. The coin decisively reclaimed the $200 level after piercing both its 30-day SMA at $204.37 and its long-term 200-day SMA at $177.33. Technically, this marks a momentum shift, as price action closed above both the pivotal $197.6 region and the 50% Fib retracement of $205.42.
Talking about indicators, the MACD histogram just turned positive (+1.3), reflecting a bullish crossover and increasing upward momentum. With the RSI close to 59.31, there’s ample room for continued gains before the chart runs into the typical overbought zone above 70. SOL’s daily low and high from $193.61 to $204.88 carve out a new support base, this is while resistance now sits at $222.2.
What I’m watching next is how Solana holds above $205.42. Sustained closes above this level confirm the rally is real and could open the rallies towards $211.78 and $222.27. If buyers manage a weekly close above $222, then the chart’s structure positions the asset for a potential return to the $280 region.
“$SOL is still holding its 3-year support trendline. The most important level for Solana is $280, and a weekly close above it will trigger a massive rally. I still think $400-$500 SOL is happening this cycle.”
— BitBull
Solana’s price surge was jump-started by Bitcoin’s climb to new highs, which triggered a cascade of altcoin buying, forced liquidations of short positions, and renewed confidence from bullish narratives within the ecosystem.
SOL’s RSI is just shy of 60, suggesting there’s room before extreme overbought signals. Momentum and breakout confirmation point to more upside potential if key resistances are breached.
The next resistances are $211.78 and $222.27. If these levels are convincingly captured, then the path to $280 opens.
The post Crypto News Today: XRP, Cardano, BNB Rebound, While Pepeto Announces $700,000 Giveaway appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The market is recovering after one of 2025’s sharpest dips, and the fear from last week now looks like a normal correction, just as expected. XRP, Cardano (ADA), and Binance Coin (BNB) are recovering after fast drops. XRP is near $2.45 and up about 7% this week, ADA is around $0.65 with a 4.7% weekly rise, and BNB trades near $1,124 after a 4.8% gain over 7 days.
Readers who followed our earlier buy-the-dip call are already in profit. From here, the smart play is to add on strength and stake in presales like Pepeto (PEPETO) to earn while you wait for the next leg higher.
Pepeto (PEPETO) is the meme coin many are watching now. It is a presale that blends meme culture with audited rails. The project offers a $700,000 giveaway, a 220% APY staking program, and a fast growing community preparing for the next major crypto Bull run.
XRP is around $2.41, down a little over 16% this month after a steady Q3 run led to profit taking. Some holders are uneasy, but many analysts see a normal reset that clears excess leverage and can set up longer term gains.
Big wallets still look steady, with on chain data showing net accumulation instead of broad selling. For experienced investors, the plan is simple, buy the dip to rebuild size and put part of the stack into staking projects that keep paying while the market bases.
ADA trades near $0.65 and is up about 4.7% this week after a 22% drop earlier in the month. The long term view is intact. Network growth and builder activity still push Cardano, and in past cycles the bigger ADA moves often began after resets like this. That setup seems to be forming now as price lifts this week.
Many long term ADA holders stake to earn while price picks up. That approach shows in newer plays like Pepeto, where rates run higher. In a volatile market, this turns wait time into yield and grows balances instead of sitting idle. It is a steady way to keep gains coming while majors take their time, and for more upside, some pair ADA with high potential presales such as Pepeto that can deliver larger multiples when listings and liquidity arrive.
BNB is around $1,124, up about 4.8% this week after touching a new high above $1,300. Binance activity stays firm, and this bounce matches the broader altcoin reset that is starting to turn higher.
Seasoned traders used the drop to rotate, not step away. As liquidity moves, some are adding early stage plays like Pepeto, where high staking yields and a low entry cost can set up bigger upside into Q4 and beyond.
Built on Ethereum, Pepeto (PEPETO) has raised over $7M in its presale, with tokens at $0.000000161. It mixes memecoin appeal with practical tools that fix common trader pain points, such as a zero fee demo exchange (PepetoSwap), a cross chain bridge, and 220% APY staking, so holders can stay long through volatility.
The project has passed audits by SolidProof and Coinsult, adding trust and transparency that matters to smart investors. Pepeto’s total supply is 420 trillion tokens, which echoes PEPE’s structure, while its utilities add real use that many early stage projects lack.
To thank early backers and celebrate the $7M milestone, the team is running a $700,000 giveaway linked to the presale.
To enter, contribute at least $100 on Pepeto.io, then complete the required tasks on the official portal, follow and repost on X, tag friends, join the Telegram, and submit a valid wallet and contact info.
Prizes go to 7 winners, $300,000 in PEPETO for first, $200,000 for second, $100,000 for third, and four community rewards of $25,000 each, a setup that keeps the community active while staking can keep balances growing during the reset.
Join PEPETO $700,000 Giveaway Now
Tier 1 listings tend to unlock deeper liquidity, broader reach, and the first real price lift as new buyers arrive, and with the team signaling a Tier 1 listing on its socials, this pre listing window is when early spots are usually set, and won’t stay open for long; staking at 220% APY adds tokens each day while price bases, so entering now can place you ahead of fresh exchange demand.
History shows early buyers in Dogecoin, Shiba Inu, and Pepe moved before listings and caught the life-changing returns that followed, which is why the smart play here is to start a position and stake today.
Visit the official presale website: https://pepeto.io
Connect your MetaMask or Trust Wallet
Purchase using USDT, ETH, BNB, or credit card
Join the Giveaway and Stake tokens instantly for 220% APY rewards
Hold for long term growth as exchange listings approach
Your Next Move
Smart investors know corrections often create the next big winners. As XRP, Cardano, and BNB hold near key levels, the edge goes to those who turn swings into value, and staking with Pepeto is a clear way to do that. With verified audits, growing tools, a $700,000 giveaway, and high staking yields, Pepeto shows real builders do not fear red days, they earn through them.
For More About Pepeto
The post North Korea’s AI Hackers Redefine Crypto Crime in 2025 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
North Korea’s hackers have found a new weapon — and it’s not quantum computing.
In 2025 alone, state-sponsored groups like the Lazarus Group have stolen more than $2 billion in cryptocurrency, using artificial intelligence to supercharge every stage of their operations. AI now scans thousands of smart contracts in minutes, identifies exploitable code, and automates multi-chain attacks once limited to elite cyber teams.
The record-breaking $1.5 billion Bybit hack in February 2025 marked a turning point. Investigators from Elliptic and TRM Labs say North Korean hackers used AI-driven reconnaissance tools and deepfake recruiter profiles to infiltrate internal systems. Once inside, AI algorithms detected weaknesses, executed exploits, and routed stolen funds through Tron-based mixers and over-the-counter brokers, masking their trail with near-machine precision.
Cybersecurity experts note that AI now handles the entire attack lifecycle — from writing malicious code to generating phishing lures and managing laundering paths. As one analyst at Mysten Labs put it,
“Large language models have made cybercrime scalable even small teams can now operate like industrial-scale hackers.”
While quantum computing remains a long-term risk, no existing system can yet break Bitcoin’s ECDSA encryption. Experts estimate it will take a decade or more before quantum decryption becomes realistic. The immediate challenge, they say, is defending against adaptive AI models that evolve faster than traditional security protocols.
Exchanges and DeFi projects are now urged to run continuous, AI-aware security audits that scan for vulnerabilities as fast as attackers do. Firms like Elliptic, Chainalysis, and Mandiant are integrating AI-based monitoring to track suspicious fund flows and detect AI-generated phishing campaigns.
Some blockchain projects, including Mysten Labs and Algorand, are already preparing for quantum threats by developing quantum-resistant cryptography — ensuring long-term resilience while addressing today’s AI risks.
As North Korea’s hackers weaponize AI, the global crypto industry faces a new reality: machine-driven crime that learns, adapts, and scales at lightning speed. Defending against it will require the same technology that made it possible — AI fighting AI.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
North Korea’s state-backed hackers, including the Lazarus Group, use artificial intelligence to scan smart contracts, detect vulnerabilities, create phishing campaigns, and automate laundering. AI tools can analyze thousands of blockchain codes in minutes, allowing hackers to launch faster and more precise crypto attacks.
The Bybit hack of February 2025, attributed to North Korea’s Lazarus Group, was the largest crypto theft in history, worth $1.5 billion. Hackers used AI-generated deepfakes and automated exploit detection to breach systems and launder stolen funds through Tron mixers and OTC brokers.
AI poses an immediate risk because it enables real-time scanning, phishing, and automated attacks, while quantum computers capable of breaking blockchain encryption are still years away. Experts say AI-driven cybercrime is already scalable, making it the top concern for crypto platforms in 2025.
The post XRP News: Why You Might Not Be Able to Sell XRP Easily During the Next Big Move appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
XRP news is buzzing as the price reclaimed $2.50 and open interest jumped. That is exciting, but it comes with a real warning. In a fast rally, selling at the desired price can be challenging. Order books thin out, big buyers move off the exchange, and market orders slip. As this wave builds, some investors are also watching Remittix as a steady, real-world payments play they can research while they set their plans.
Source: Ether Nasyonal
In recent XRP news, Jake Claver said many exchanges may not have the liquidity to fill large market sales during a spike. Institutions often trade off-exchange through OTC desks, ETFs, or DATs, so less supply sits on public books when retail tries to exit. Diana shared the same caution. When everyone clicks ‘sell’ at once, the exit is narrow and slippage gets painful. You can aim for ten dollars and fill much lower.
So what does ‘ready’ look like in plain terms? Know your target numbers before things heat up. Use limit orders for at least part of your exits so you are not chasing fills during a spike. Keep your XRP in proper custody so you are not stuck waiting on exchange risk checks when speed matters. These steps are not flashy, but they are the difference between a plan and a panic. If price pushes through resistance and XRP news turns even more positive, you will be glad you set this up early.
Source: TradingView
There is strength in the tape, which is why XRP news is loud right now. Open interest jumped to about 1.6 billion XRP in a day, roughly 4.07 billion dollars in notional value. Price trades near $2.54 after reclaiming $2.50. The first band that matters is $2.56 to $2.70. A daily close above that zone, with solid volume, can open a push to $3.00.
If buyers fail, the map points back to $2.30, with a deeper retest near $2.00 if sellers press. Keep your focus on closes, volume, and how spot leads the move. That is the heart of the warning in current XRP news from Claver and Diana, and is the filter pros use to judge fresh XRP news headlines.
While XRP news drives headlines, some long-only desks are lining up projects that already solve a clear problem. Remittix is in that lane. The wallet beta is live. People can send crypto and have it arrive as local cash in bank accounts across more than 30 countries. Transfers use real-time FX and clear, low fees, which help freelancers, global earners, and small businesses get paid on time.
The funding base is solid, too. Remittix has raised over $27.7 million through the sale of more than 681 million tokens at $0.1166 each. The focus has been steady delivery, security reviews, and wider access, not hype. If majors keep firm and breadth improves, practical services like this tend to turn interest into users.
Here is the bottom line. XRP news is strong, price action is improving, and open interest is rising. That can be a great setup, but exits get hard when the crowd arrives. Plan now. Set targets, move to proper custody, and use limits. Watch $2.56 to $2.70 for confirmation and $3.00 as the next test, with $2.30 and $2.00 below as risk markers. As the story builds, keep an eye on builders like Remittix while you prepare. A calm plan and a short list of real projects will serve you better than hurrying when the next big move hits.
Discover the future of PayFi with Remittix by checking out their project here:
Website: https://remittix.io/
Socials: https://linktr.ee/remittix
$250K Giveaway: https://gleam.io/competitions/nz84L-250000-remittix-giveaway
The post Crypto News Today (Live) Updates : Bitcoin Price, XRP Price Today,Zcash Price,GameStop,Ethereum Price appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
October 27, 2025 12:24:58 UTC
According to CoinShares, digital asset investment products recorded $921 million in net inflows last week. Bitcoin led the surge with $931 million in inflows, signaling continued institutional confidence. In contrast, Ethereum saw its first outflows in five weeks, totaling $169 million. Meanwhile, Solana and XRP experienced cooling yet positive flows, attracting $29.4 million and $84.3 million, respectively. Overall trading volume in digital asset ETPs climbed to $39 billion, notably higher than the year-to-date weekly average of $28 billion, highlighting rising market participation.
October 27, 2025 12:18:46 UTC
OranjeBTC has expanded its Bitcoin holdings, acquiring 7 BTC for approximately $774,000 at an average price of $110,613 per Bitcoin. The firm has achieved a 1.82% BTC yield year-to-date in 2025. As of October 27, 2025, OranjeBTC now holds a total of 3,708 BTC, acquired for about $390.94 million at an average cost basis of $105,431 per Bitcoin. The consistent accumulation underscores OranjeBTC’s continued confidence in Bitcoin’s long-term market outlook.
October 27, 2025 12:18:46 UTC
The U.S. government shutdown has entered a critical phase, now marking the second-longest funding lapse in the nation’s history. Hundreds of thousands of federal employees missed their first full paychecks on Friday, intensifying pressure on lawmakers to reach a deal. With no immediate resolution in sight, the standoff continues to disrupt essential services and heighten concerns over the broader economic impact if the shutdown drags on further.
October 27, 2025 12:18:46 UTC
Beyond economic uncertainty, the Federal Reserve faces mounting political pressure. President Donald Trump has repeatedly criticized Fed Chair Jerome Powell on Truth Social, ahead of Powell’s expected departure next year. The White House has also targeted Fed Governor Lisa Cook, seeking her removal over alleged mortgage fraud — a case now headed to the U.S. Supreme Court.Economist Diane Swonk of KPMG expects the Fed to cut rates twice more this year and end quantitative tightening to prevent liquidity stress. “The goal is to get it just right, and that’s hard with such a blunt tool,” she said. With legal battles looming and policy decisions under scrutiny, the Fed’s independence is once again being put to the test.
October 27, 2025 12:15:23 UTC
The lack of official data complicates the Fed’s ongoing debate: should it cut rates further to support the labor market, or hold firm as inflation remains above the 2% target? The most recent jobs report showed a sharp slowdown, with just 22,000 new jobs in August, while inflation remains stubbornly high, partly due to former President Donald Trump’s tariffs on major trading partners.Former Fed official Joseph Gagnon said the central bank must now decide “how much inflation is still to come versus how much is just never going to come.” Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, meanwhile, blamed persistent inflation on the previous Biden administration but expressed confidence it will decline “in the coming months.”
October 27, 2025 12:15:23 UTC
The Federal Reserve is expected to deliver its second interest rate cut of 2025 this Wednesday, even as the ongoing U.S. government shutdown leaves policymakers without access to crucial economic data. The standoff between Republicans and Democrats over health care subsidies has halted most official reports, forcing the Fed to make decisions with limited insight into the economy’s health. Analysts anticipate a quarter-point cut, lowering the benchmark rate to 3.75–4.00%, as officials weigh inflation pressures against signs of labor market weakness. With only limited data available, including a recent inflation report showing prices up 3.0% year-on-year, the Fed faces one of its most uncertain policy meetings in years.
October 27, 2025 12:15:23 UTC
Despite recent skepticism, market data suggests XRP’s downside liquidity is nearly exhausted, meaning there’s limited room for further decline. While short-term price fluctuations are still possible, the lack of liquidity below current levels often leads to a liquidity grab higher, as exchanges and market makers seek deeper zones where trading volume and profits increase. Analysts believe this setup could soon trigger a strong upward move, catching many traders off guard.
October 27, 2025 12:12:16 UTC
Strategy has added 390 BTC to its treasury for approximately $43.4 million at an average price of $111,053 per Bitcoin, marking a 26% BTC yield year-to-date in 2025. As of October 26, 2025, the company now holds a total of 640,808 BTC, acquired for around $47.44 billion at an average price of $74,032 per BTC. This latest accumulation reinforces Strategy’s long-term conviction in Bitcoin as a premier store of value asset.
October 27, 2025 11:08:17 UTC
This week could define global markets — and possibly ignite the biggest bull run in history. Here’s what’s lined up:
Monday: Quantitative Tightening (QT) ends
Tuesday: FOMC expected to announce a rate cut
Wednesday: The Fed to inject $1.5 trillion in liquidity
Thursday: Potential US–China trade deal
Friday: S&P 500 earnings season kicks off
Saturday: Tariff deadline approaches
With liquidity returning and macro catalysts aligning, traders believe a massive risk-on rally could begin as
October 27, 2025 11:03:41 UTC
Bitcoin’s breakout above the $112K resistance zone marks a major turning point, confirming renewed bullish strength in the ongoing market cycle. The move signals that the bull market is far from over, with analysts eyeing more upside in the weeks ahead. A short-term pullback before the FOMC meeting is expected, offering a potential buy-the-dip opportunity as BTC retests support on lower timeframes. If key levels hold, Bitcoin could be on track to hit a new all-time high in November.
October 27, 2025 11:03:41 UTC
The BNB Foundation has completed its 33rd quarterly BNB burn, permanently destroying 1,441,281.413 BNB valued at approximately $1.66 billion. This latest burn reduces the total BNB supply to 137,738,379.26 tokens, bringing it closer to the network’s target cap of 100 million. The quarterly burn program is a core part of BNB’s deflationary model, designed to increase scarcity and support long-term value growth for holders.
October 27, 2025 08:37:21 UTC
Pi (PI) surged 15.61%, sparking optimism for a potential 5x–10x rally as excitement builds around the upcoming Pi Network DEX. Long-time pioneers who mined Pi for years are reportedly choosing to HODL rather than sell, anticipating major ecosystem growth. The Pi Core Team aims to counter centralized exchange manipulation by introducing its own decentralized exchange — a move expected to enhance transparency, liquidity, and long-term confidence in the Pi ecosystem.
October 27, 2025 08:37:21 UTC
OKX, which has completed KYB verification with Pi Network, announced that the Pi SWIFT Integration has been successfully activated. This marks the internal launch of Pi’s cross-border banking capability, effectively connecting Pi Network to the global SWIFT payment system. The integration could open the door for seamless international transactions using Pi, signaling a major milestone for the project’s transition toward real-world utility and financial interoperability.
October 27, 2025 08:35:29 UTC
Altcoin investors are showing familiar signs of early-cycle hesitation — many are simply relieved to be breaking even after months of volatility. The sentiment echoes Q4 2019, when traders sold their holdings at breakeven during the first rally, only to watch those same coins surge 20x in the following months. With market momentum building again, history may be hinting that patience could pay off for those holding strong.
October 27, 2025 08:33:41 UTC
Uphold has officially partnered with Vast Bank in a strategic move led by CEO Greg Kiss, former Ripple Chief Revenue Officer. The collaboration enhances liquidity for RLUSD — Uphold’s stablecoin that leverages XRP for settlement and compliance under U.S. Regulation E. This partnership marks another step in integrating XRP into real-world financial systems, strengthening Uphold’s position in regulated digital payments and expanding Ripple’s ecosystem reach within U.S. banking infrastructure.
October 27, 2025 08:31:38 UTC
Bitcoin’s latest price structure is echoing the 2024 ETF pump pattern, reflecting how market psychology often repeats. The chart shows a familiar descending wedge and compression below resistance — a setup that previously led to a powerful breakout. With liquidity and resistance between $115K and $120K still to clear, momentum continues to build. If Bitcoin breaks above this range, analysts say it could trigger another explosive rally, opening the path to new highs.
October 27, 2025 08:30:00 UTC
Evernorth Holdings has accumulated 388,710,606.03 XRP, reaching nearly 95% of its acquisition target. The firm’s average purchase price of around $2.44 is emerging as a key psychological and technical level for Ripple’s future price action. Analysts suggest that if XRP sustains momentum above this range, it could signal growing institutional confidence and strengthen long-term bullish sentiment around the asset.
October 27, 2025 06:41:46 UTC
XRP price is holding steady above its recent swing equilibrium, forming higher lows and signaling potential bullish continuation. Traders are eyeing the 2.55–2.59 demand zone particularly near 2.5529, where a fair value gap aligns as a possible entry point if a bullish reversal forms. Immediate resistance sits near 2.67, while a break below 2.5529 could flip the bias bearish toward 2.40 support. Market participants await confirmation signals before positioning for the next move.
October 27, 2025 06:32:25 UTC
Ethereum (ETH) is showing strong bullish momentum, reclaiming a crucial weekly demand zone between $3,800 and $4,100. The price is up 1.84% today, trading near resistance at $4,235.64. On the 4-hour chart, ETH’s structure remains positive, with support at $3,796.16. If bulls can hold above the current zone and break resistance, analysts expect Ethereum to target the $5,000 mark, signaling a potential continuation of the broader market rally.
October 27, 2025 06:14:18 UTC
$ZEC is soaring as the entry plan plays out perfectly, hitting resistance at the 1.618 Fibonacci projection. Traders are now watching closely to see whether Zcash will retrace for a healthy pullback before targeting the 2.618 extension or face a deeper correction back to the breakout zone. As momentum heats up, one truth remains in crypto markets: “What goes up, must come down.” The next move could define Zcash’s mid-term trend.
October 27, 2025 06:14:18 UTC
Privacy-focused crypto Zcash (ZEC) is making a comeback as investors highlight its strong fundamentals and long-term value. Like Bitcoin, it’s built as a store of value — but with advanced privacy features that could prove crucial in an era of rising surveillance and quantum threats. Since launching in 2016, Zcash has built credibility and a loyal “cult-like” community. With growing interest from top minds like Naval Ravikant, analysts say ZEC remains deeply undervalued at just 0.33% of Bitcoin’s market cap.
October 27, 2025 06:14:18 UTC
Bitcoin soared 3.41% to $115,243, smashing resistance levels and triggering massive short liquidations. Ethereum surged 6.91% to $4,212 amid whale accumulation and rising stablecoin activity. Institutional interest exploded Sharplink Gaming added $80M in ETH, and JPMorgan began accepting crypto collateral for loans. Solana hit $203.97 following Hong Kong’s first spot SOL ETF launch. With Japan debuting its yen stablecoin and DeFi volumes topping $1 trillion, the crypto market is in full-blown bullish mode.
The post Japan’s JPYC Launches World’s First Yen-Backed Stablecoin appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
JPYC Inc has launched Japan’s first yen-pegged stablecoin, JPYC, and its dedicated platform for issuing and redeeming tokens, JPYC EX. The stablecoin is secured 1:1 with Japanese yen and backed by bank deposits and government bonds, offering strong reliability. Users can access JPYC on Avalanche, Ethereum, and Polygon blockchains, making it versatile for digital payments. This move marks a major step in Japan’s shift toward blockchain-based finance and cashless transactions.
The post Arthur Hayes ZEC Coin Price Prediction Sends Zcash Soaring Past $350 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
Zcash (ZEC) Price is back in the spotlight after a stunning 30% price jump in just 24 hours, triggered by a bold prediction from BitMEX co-founder Arthur Hayes.
The token soared from $272 to $355 following Hayes’ “vibe check” post on X, where he hinted that the Zcash price could eventually hit a whopping $10,000.
This bullish call sent traders rushing in, pushing Zcash’s market capitalization past the $5 billion mark for the first time.
Arthur Hayes has a reputation for moving markets, and this time was no different. His simple post was enough to create massive fear of missing out (FOMO) among traders.
Binance Square contributor AB Kuai Dong said Hayes’ endorsement, given his status as a “legendary investor,” made everyone “follow the trend and join in,” turning it into a full-blown market frenzy.
Many traders on X admitted they couldn’t resist jumping in, with one user named Clemente confessing,
“I was filled with so much FOMO I couldn’t stay sidelined.”
DeFi analyst Ignas said that Zcash’s sudden surge in hype shows how crypto trends spread quickly. At first, people see the coin everywhere on social media and feel unsure because it’s an old project. But as the price keeps rising, curiosity turns into fear of missing out, and many end up buying just to join in.
Once they buy, they start liking and sharing more Zcash posts, which makes the hype grow even more. Ignas admitted he did the same, showing how easy it is to get caught in this loop.
Beyond Hayes’ influence, the rally also reflects renewed investor interest in privacy-focused cryptocurrencies amid growing global scrutiny over encryption and digital privacy. Zcash’s technology, built on zero-knowledge proofs, allows users to make either transparent or fully shielded transactions, ensuring total privacy for senders, receivers, and amounts. Traders are seeing Zcash and similar projects as a potential hedge against increasing government control over digital assets.
Fellow privacy token Monero (XMR) also saw a modest 3.6% gain to $346, though it remains restricted or delisted on major exchanges such as Binance, OKX, and several European platforms. Despite regulatory challenges, the renewed attention toward privacy tokens suggests the sector could see a broader revival if the momentum continues.
The past month has been phenomenal for Zcash, with a 490% surge in just 30 days, outpacing nearly every other top coin. The broader market sentiment remains cautiously optimistic, as Bitcoin holds steady near key resistance levels and altcoins begin to show strength. Zcash’s explosive rise suggests that traders are seeking high-risk, high-reward bets, particularly in niche sectors like privacy coins.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
Zcash is a privacy-focused cryptocurrency. It uses “zero-knowledge proofs” to let users choose between transparent transactions or fully shielded, private ones that hide sender, receiver, and amount.
ZEC surged after BitMEX co-founder Arthur Hayes hinted it could reach $10,000, sparking trader FOMO and renewed demand for privacy tokens.
You can buy Zcash on major exchanges like Binance or Coinbase. Create an account, verify your ID, deposit funds, and place a buy order.
Zcash has shown impressive short-term gains, but its price is highly volatile. As a privacy coin, it also faces regulatory uncertainties. Consider your risk tolerance and invest only what you can afford to lose.
The post XRP Bulls Target $5, While Ozak AI Price Prediction Aims for Triple-Digit ROI appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
XRP is gaining strong bullish momentum, with traders eyeing a breakout toward $5 as key support around $2.10 and resistance at $2.80, $3.50, and $5.00 guide the next major move. While XRP’s structure and liquidity make it a solid large-cap play, its upside is naturally capped compared to early-stage projects like Ozak AI, which is rapidly becoming a top pick for triple-digit ROI potential.
Currently in its 6th presale stage at $0.012, with over $4.1M raised and more than 975M tokens sold, Ozak AI blends an AI + blockchain narrative with real infrastructure—integrating 700,000+ AI nodes through partnerships with Perceptron Network and SINT, plus completed security audits from CertiK and Sherlock. With whales quietly accumulating, many traders see Ozak AI as a breakout contender that could far outpace XRP in percentage gains during the next bull run.
XRP has been showing renewed strength as bullish momentum builds across the market. Currently trading at $2.45, XRP is supported by $2.10, $1.75, and $1.30, with resistance levels at $2.80, $3.50, and $5.00—the latter being a key psychological level that traders are targeting in the next major rally. Increased institutional interest, growing liquidity, and expanding use cases for cross-border payments are creating a strong fundamental backdrop for XRP’s potential move toward $5.
While XRP’s bullish structure is attracting both retail and institutional capital, a growing number of traders and whales are also positioning themselves in Ozak AI, a project that offers a very different kind of upside—one focused on early-stage growth and potential triple-digit ROI.
Youtube embed:
XRP remains a strong and liquid large-cap asset, but its sheer size makes it unlikely to deliver 50x or 100x returns at this stage. Historically, major bull runs begin with large-cap rallies like XRP and Bitcoin, but some of the biggest gains come from smaller, early-stage tokens that benefit from capital rotation once confidence returns to the market. In 2025, the strongest emerging narrative is AI + blockchain, and Ozak AI is quickly becoming one of the top names in that sector.
Unlike speculative tokens that rely on hype, Ozak AI has real infrastructure backing its growth. The project is currently in its 6th OZ presale stage at $0.012, has raised over $4.1 million, and sold more than 975 million tokens. Through partnerships with Perceptron Network and SINT, Ozak AI integrates over 700,000 AI nodes, enabling predictive intelligence, signal processing, and agent-driven systems that set it apart from hype-only presales.
Adding to its credibility, Ozak AI is listed on CoinMarketCap and CoinGecko and has undergone security audits by CertiK and Sherlock, making it one of the more trusted early-stage plays in the AI + blockchain category.
Whales have a consistent history of identifying breakout narratives before retail investors catch on. In previous cycles, they quietly accumulated assets like Ethereum, Solana, and meme tokens like Shiba Inu well before their explosive rallies. Now, similar accumulation is taking place with Ozak AI, signaling strong conviction in its breakout potential.
This early accumulation often precedes the steepest phase of a rally, giving early entrants a significant advantage once the project hits major exchanges and retail attention surges.
XRP’s march toward $5 is fueling optimism and drawing significant capital, but in terms of percentage returns, Ozak AI represents a much more asymmetric opportunity. Its early-stage presale, strong AI infrastructure, and growing whale accumulation position it as a potential 100x performer in the next market cycle.
For investors looking to balance stability with explosive upside, XRP provides a reliable large-cap anchor, while Ozak AI delivers early-entry exposure to one of the most powerful narratives in crypto today. As XRP pushes higher, Ozak AI could become the real breakout story of the 2025 bull run.
Ozak AI is a blockchain-based crypto project that provides a technology platform that specializes in predictive AI and advanced data analytics for financial markets. Through machine learning algorithms and decentralized network technologies, Ozak AI enables real-time, accurate, and actionable insights to help crypto enthusiasts and businesses make the correct decisions.
For more, visit:
Website: https://ozak.ai/
Telegram: https://t.me/OzakAGI
Twitter: https://x.com/ozakagi
The post MYX Finance Price Prediction 2025 – 2030: Can MYX Sustain Its Explosive Growth? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
MYX Finance (MYX) has emerged as one of 2025’s most remarkable tokens, by delivering parabolic gains in just a matter of months. From trading under $0.05 in June to reaching a new all-time high above $19 in September, MYX has quickly become one of the year’s top performers in the DeFi space.
This meteoric rise has raised the question in the community: Can MYX maintain its momentum, or is the token due for a much deeper correction?
As its decentralized futures exchange is surging in activity by offering advanced cross-chain derivatives trading, MYX is positioning itself as a next-generation platform within decentralized finance. In this article, we’ll explore the fundamentals of MYX Finance, analyze recent market performance, and provide a detailed MYX price prediction 2025 to 2030.
| Cryptocurrency | MYX Finance |
| Token | MYX |
| Price | $2.8867
-1.82%
|
| Market Cap | $ 594,959,427.92 |
| 24h Volume | $ 37,718,216.7450 |
| Circulating Supply | 206,105,423.70 |
| Total Supply | 1,000,000,000.00 |
| All-Time High | $ 19.0135 on 11 September 2025 |
| All-Time Low | $ 0.0467 on 19 June 2025 |
MYX Finance is known as a decentralized futures exchange designed to make derivatives trading more accessible, efficient, and user-friendly to the people who want’s to trade.
Unlike other traditional platforms, MYX incorporates a uniquely brought Chain-Abstracted Wallet that allows traders to move seamlessly across blockchains without manual bridging.
Its simplicity has an innovative two-layer account model that ensures users maintain custody of funds while enabling gasless transactions through a relayer network.
The another highlights that makes MYX more attractive is that this exchange supports leverage of up to 50x with zero slippage, powered by its matching pool mechanism. This enhances efficiency and reduces trading risks.
As a reason why, in September, high-profile token listings happened, such as WLFI. This listing in particular have expanded the platform’s ecosystem and drawn more liquidity into the protocol.
With the recent October crash, many are thinking MYX is done for, but it’s the exact opposite because the price action might not be supporting now due to macro factors, but fundamentals have never been better.
As MYX Finance’s explosive growth is firmly rooted in robust on-chain fundamentals, moving beyond mere speculation. The platform has demonstrated consistent and significant expansion in user activity, evidenced by its surging monthly trading volume. This volume more than doubled during the year, climbing from $51 billion in January 2025 to $106.39 billion by the mid of october.
Also, Earnings have more than doubled in the same period, jumping from $18 million to $46.432 million.
Similarly, Total Value Locked (TVL) has seen explosive growth, climbing from $7.4 million at the start of the year to near $58 million by September. This trajectory demonstrates increasing trust and adoption, with new listings playing a significant role in accelerating growth.
If this momentum continues, MYX Finance could regain its lost levels once it regains macro support.
MYX Finance experienced a truly explosive second half of 2025. Following a multi-month period of consolidation, the token initiated its initial breakout in August, successfully establishing a foothold above the crucial $2 level.
This momentum accelerated dramatically in September, driven by a sector-wide surge across exchange tokens. What followed was a near-parabolic rally that culminated in MYX setting a staggering all-time high (ATH) of $19.90 on September 11th, marking a historic period of price discovery.
However, After the ATH, a sustained period of profit-taking saw MYX consolidate in a broad, yet heavily contested, range between $8 and $19. This period of distribution was violently settled on October 10th-11th when a catastrophic, market-wide liquidation cascade wiped out billions in leveraged long positions.
This brutal shakeout decimated investor accounts and pushed the MYX token back to square one at $1.40. The over 90% decline from the top range effectively served to fill the entirety of the September price action gap, leading many to label the move as a major pump-and-dump cycle.
Despite the seismic volatility, the bulls have since shown remarkable resilience, successfully reclaimed their position near $2.80 to $3 after the crash to $1.40, but then price action underwent a sideways range. This suggests that a renewed demand zone is forming post-shakeout, and this range could serve as a new accumulation point for bulls.
The immediate trajectory for MYX is clear: a sustained push higher through the remainder of November will see the token retest the key resistance pivot at $9, but before that $ the 4.40 and $6.40 hurdles need to be clear first. With a sustained momentum, if MYX price flips that level, it would unlock a clear path toward revisiting the prior ATH zone of $19 by year-end.
Conversely, a failure to hold current demand will inevitably push MYX back toward lower support structures, requiring a full re-evaluation of its market structure.
October began with profit selling but a catastrophic, market-wide liquidation cascade (Oct 10-11) crashed MYX from $17 to a low of $1.40.
The token has since shown resilience, reclaiming the $3 level, which indicates the formation of a renewed demand zone post-shakeout.
The immediate target for the rest of the month is to retest $9 resistance; failure to hold current demand risks a retreat to lower support structures
| Year | Minimum Price | Average Price | Maximum Price |
| 2025 | $9.00 | $15.00 | $26.00 |
| 2026 | $10.50 | $18.00 | $30.00 |
| 2027 | $12.00 | $24.50 | $37.00 |
| 2028 | $15.50 | $29.00 | $42.00 |
| 2029 | $19.00 | $35.00 | $46.00 |
| 2030 | $21.00 | $38.00 | $50.00 |
Looking beyond 2025, MYX Finance’s future will largely depend on whether it can sustain user growth, expand its ecosystem, and maintain competitive advantages in DeFi trading. As long as the platform continues to capture trading volume and revenues, MYX is well positioned to grow steadily.
By 2026, MYX could stabilize within the $18-$30 range. In the following years, increasing institutional adoption of decentralized derivatives could push MYX toward higher valuations, potentially reaching $50 by 2030.
This table provides a framework for understanding the potential MYX price movements. Yet, the actual price will depend on a combination of market dynamics, investor behavior, and external factors influencing the cryptocurrency landscape.
Stay ahead with breaking news, expert analysis, and real-time updates on the latest trends in Bitcoin, altcoins, DeFi, NFTs, and more.
MYX Finance is a decentralized futures exchange that allows traders to use up to 50x leverage with zero slippage. Its unique “Chain-Abstracted Wallet” feature simplifies cross-chain trading.
MYX has shown explosive growth, but its high volatility and concentrated token distribution suggest potential risks. Investors should consider their risk tolerance and conduct their own research.
Based on market momentum and increasing adoption, MYX is projected to reach an average price of $15.00 in 2025, with a potential maximum of $26.00.
MYX Finance is projected to reach a maximum price of $50 by 2030, with an average price of around $38. The long-term forecast depends on sustained growth, broader adoption of decentralized derivatives, and the platform’s ability to remain competitive.
Current sentiment for MYX Finance is mixed to bearish, following a significant price correction after its parabolic rise. While some technical indicators suggest a neutral or even bullish outlook in the short term, concerns about token unlocks, whale activity, and high volatility contribute to a cautious market sentiment.
Investing in MYX Finance in 2025 is a high-risk, high-reward proposition. While its innovative platform and potential for continued growth are attractive, the token’s recent extreme volatility, risks from large token unlocks, and allegations of market manipulation warrant caution. It’s crucial for potential investors to conduct their own thorough research and consider their risk tolerance.
The post Altcoins Surge as Bitcoin Breaks $115,000—Will the Crypto Rally Continue? appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The crypto market today is witnessing explosive momentum as Bitcoin surges past the $115,000 mark, reigniting bullish sentiment across the board. Major altcoins like VIRTUAL, ZEC & DASH are skyrocketing, reflecting renewed investor confidence and growing market liquidity ahead of a high-volatility week. With traders eyeing key macro events and technical breakouts, the digital asset space is buzzing with optimism. The big question now—can this rally be sustained, or is the market gearing up for another round of sharp corrections?
Over the past few months, the Virtual Protocol price has been stuck within a descending parallel channel. The token attempted a breakout that resulted in forming yet another lower high, indicating the rising strength of the bears. However, it has broken above the structure following a strong influx of buying volume that suggests the VIRTUAL price is poised for a strong upswing.
The price broke above the channel with a huge rise in the buying pressure; however, the technicals point towards a consolidation ahead of the next breakout. The RSI entered the overbought range and appears to be flattening. On the other hand, On-Balance Volume spiked and continues to maintain a steady rise. Flattening RSI & rising OBV is usually a bullish signal, hinting towards accumulation during consolidation. It implies that smart money is quietly buying regardless of price movement and creating bullish pressure beneath the surface.
Therefore, traders can expect a cooling phase before breaking the resistance zone between $1.86 and $1.94 that may pave the way beyond $2 to reach $2.1.
Zcash price is witnessing one of the bulliest months, not seen in the past few years. The buying volume rose back to the 2021 bull run days, which helped the price mark a steep rise after following a prolonged ascending consolidation. Currently, the ZEC price has surpassed one of the important resistances, which was the market top during the 2021 bull run. If the price sustains within the range, a continued upswing may help the price break higher targets.
As seen in the above chart, the ZEC price has broken the resistance zone between $293 and $316 and closed the weekly trade above this range. This suggests the bulls have held a tight grip over the rally, and the momentum may not fade as OBV remains escalated. Interestingly, the 50/200 weekly MA underwent a bullish crossover that could help the token sustain the upward trend and push towards the higher targets at 1.2 FIB at $471 and 1.4 FIB at $522.
Ever since the rally rose above the impact of the 2022 bear market, the DASH price has been stuck within a massive descending parallel channel. Every attempt of the token to break the resistance has resulted in a strong rejection, while the current scenario raises some hopes. The price has been defending the pivotal support just above $40 for a few weeks and hence flashes a huge possibility of a breakout above $60 in the coming days.
The DASH price remains within the descending parallel channel but has secured the pivotal support at the 200-day MA. With the volume spiking to the highest levels not seen in recent times, a breakout from the range could be imminent. On the other hand, the RSI has yet again entered the overbought range. Previously, this move followed a steep rejection, but the current rebound suggests there could be more room for the price to rise. Therefore, once the RSI reenters back into the overbought range, the price could break the channel and rise above the resistance zone between $61 and $63.
Once these levels are secured, the Dash price may enter a strong bullish trend and probably reach $100 in 2025.
Nigeria is targeting 277 gigawatts of power by 2060, which will cost over $400 billion; in the short term, it has signed renewable energy deals worth $435M.
The post Nigeria bets $410B on renewables; Zimbabwe maps AI future appeared first on CoinGeek.
Dubai leads the UAE's AI adoption with new initiatives, while Wikipedia experiences a traffic drop due to rising AI chatbot usage.
The post Dubai launches AI initiatives; Wikipedia sees traffic drop appeared first on CoinGeek.
XRP price started a fresh increase above $2.45. The price is now showing positive signs and might rise further if it clears the $2.680 resistance.
XRP price formed a base above $2.320 and started a fresh increase, like Bitcoin and Ethereum. The price surpassed the $2.380 and $2.450 resistance levels.
The bulls were able to push the price above $2.50 and $2.55. A high was formed at $2.668 and the price is now consolidating gains above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.668 high.
The price is now trading below $2.50 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average. There is a bullish trend line forming with support at $2.580 on the hourly chart of the XRP/USD pair.
If there is a fresh upward move, the price might face resistance near the $2.660 level. The first major resistance is near the $2.680 level, above which the price could rise and test $2.750. A clear move above the $2.750 resistance might send the price toward the $2.80 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $2.920 resistance. The next major hurdle for the bulls might be near $2.950.
If XRP fails to clear the $2.680 resistance zone, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $2.60 level. The next major support is near the $2.580 level.
If there is a downside break and a close below the $2.580 level, the price might continue to decline toward $2.50 or the 50% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $2.327 swing low to the $2.668 high. The next major support sits near the $2.450 zone, below which the price could continue lower toward $2.40.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for XRP/USD is now gaining pace in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for XRP/USD is now above the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $2.60 and $2.580.
Major Resistance Levels – $2.660 and $2.680.
Ethereum price started a recovery wave above $4,000. ETH is moving higher but faces a couple of key hurdles near $4,220 and $4,250.
Ethereum price started a minor recovery wave above the $3,880 zone, like Bitcoin. ETH price surpassed the $4,000 and $4,050 levels to enter a short-term positive zone.
The price even spiked above $4,220. A high was formed at $4,225 and the price is now consolidating gains. The price is stable above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent increase from the $3,708 swing low to the $4,225 high.
Ethereum price is now trading above $4,150 and the 100-hourly Simple Moving Average. Besides, there is a bullish trend line forming with support at $4,050 on the hourly chart of ETH/USD.
On the upside, the price could face resistance near the $4,220 level. The next key resistance is near the $4,250 level. The first major resistance is near the $4,320 level. A clear move above the $4,320 resistance might send the price toward the $4,450 resistance. An upside break above the $4,450 region might call for more gains in the coming sessions. In the stated case, Ether could rise toward the $4,500 resistance zone or even $4,550 in the near term.
If Ethereum fails to clear the $4,220 resistance, it could start a fresh decline. Initial support on the downside is near the $4,150 level. The first major support sits near the $4,120 zone.
A clear move below the $4,120 support might push the price toward the $4,050 support. Any more losses might send the price toward the $4,000 region in the near term. The next key support sits at $3,880.
Technical Indicators
Hourly MACD – The MACD for ETH/USD is gaining momentum in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI – The RSI for ETH/USD is now above the 50 zone.
Major Support Level – $4,120
Major Resistance Level – $4,220
Bitcoin price is attempting to recover above $113,500. BTC could rise further if there is a clear move above the $115,500 resistance.
Bitcoin price declined again below the $108,000 level. BTC tested the $106,720 zone and recently started a fresh increase. There was a move above the $112,000 resistance level.
The bulls were able to pump the price above $113,500 and the 100 hourly Simple moving average. Finally, the price spiked above $115,000 and is currently consolidating gains above the 23.6% Fib retracement level of the recent wave from the $106,718 swing low to the $115,400 high.
Besides, there is a bullish trend line forming with support at $113,350 on the hourly chart of the BTC/USD pair. Bitcoin is now trading above $114,000 and the 100 hourly Simple moving average.
Immediate resistance on the upside is near the $115,250 level. The first key resistance is near the $115,500 level. The next resistance could be $116,200. A close above the $116,200 resistance might send the price further higher. In the stated case, the price could rise and test the $117,000 resistance. Any more gains might send the price toward the $118,000 level. The next barrier for the bulls could be $118,800.
If Bitcoin fails to rise above the $115,500 resistance zone, it could start a fresh decline. Immediate support is near the $114,000 level. The first major support is near the $113,500 level or the trend line.
The next support is now near the $111,000 zone. Any more losses might send the price toward the $110,500 support in the near term. The main support sits at $108,500, below which BTC might struggle to recover in the short term.
Technical indicators:
Hourly MACD – The MACD is now gaining pace in the bullish zone.
Hourly RSI (Relative Strength Index) – The RSI for BTC/USD is now above the 50 level.
Major Support Levels – $114,000, followed by $113,500.
Major Resistance Levels – $115,500 and $116,500.
The post XRP Price Prediction For October 27 appeared first on Coinpedia Fintech News
The price of XRP is showing bullish signs of recovery as a bullish divergence continues to shape market momentum. After a week of steady buildup, XRP appears to be maintaining short-term upward pressure, hinting at a possible relief rally in the coming days.
On the daily chart, XRP is currently testing a critical resistance zone between $2.60 and $2.70. This range has acted as a strong ceiling for price movements, meaning that some hesitation could occur around these levels. However, a clean breakout above $2.70 may open the door for a move toward $2.87 as the next immediate target.
Beyond that, the next major resistance sits slightly above $3.00, around $3.10, which could mark the next decisive battle for momentum if the bullish structure holds.
XRP has just confirmed a short-term inverse head and shoulders pattern—a classic bullish reversal setup. The neckline for this pattern was around $2.50, and with price action now closing above it, this breakout technically activates a bullish target of around $2.88 to $2.90.
This means XRP could still climb roughly 10% higher from current levels if this pattern continues to play out. The move from the breakout point to the target area shows an overall possible gain of nearly 15%.
Despite this short-term gains, XRP remains within a broader bearish structure, still forming lower highs and lower lows on the daily timeframe. A sustained break above $2.70 followed by consistent trading above that level would be the first sign of a deeper trend shift.
For now, the bullish divergence continues to influence short-term momentum, and a brief upward phase may continue for the next few days or even a couple of weeks.
After accumulating around $8 billion worth of losses and debt, Iran’s Ayandeh Bank has been dissolved, with customer assets absorbed by the state-owned Bank Melli.
Login
